CARM 3rd Edition

3rd Edition
Builder’s Book, Inc.

BOO KSTO RE / PUBLISHER
Contractor’s Book Center
8001 Canoga Avenue / Canoga Park, CA 91304
1-800-273-7375 / www.buildersbook.com
ISBN-13: 978-1-889892-75-7 / ISBN-10: 1889892757
© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized
in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
information storage and retrieval systems, without advance written permission of the publisher.
Editor-in-Chief: Oussa Awad
Notice to the Reader

This book is designed to provide information about the California
Accessibility Codes and Regulations. The publisher has made every
effort to provide complete and accurate information, but does not
guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any information published
herein, nor shall the publisher have any liability or responsibility to any
person or entity for any errors, omissions, or damages arising out of
the use of this information. This book is provided with the understanding
that the publisher is not attempting to render legal, business or any
other advice or professional service. If such services are required,
the assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought.
For future updates, errata, amendments and other changes,

please contact Builder’s Book, Inc., 1-800-273-7375.
The information in this book is subject to change without notice.
© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

SECTION
HOW TO USE THIS REFERENCE MANUAL
This reference manual has been designed to help the reader confirm compliance with the
latest, most current accessibility requirements found in California’s Building Code (Title 24),
the Americans with Disabiilties Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)
and related materials.
You can use the Table of Contents or the Index to find an area of interest. Or, since your
purchase of the book brings you the entire reference on CD-ROM in PDF format, you can use
the disc to search on words, phrases, code references, etc. The CD-ROM also brings you the
relevant portions of the state codes that are referenced in the printed manual.
Once you have found an area of interest, you will typically find three different presentation of
the information: “Key Concepts” give you a quick overview, and point out the “big ideas” that
will help you understand the code and how it is applied. “Accessibility Highlights” present the
requirements in a easy-to-understand summary format. FInally, the illustrated “Checklists”
provide the code requirements, in detail, with exceptions, code citations, etc.
USING THIS REFERENCE MANUAL iii

COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM
HOW TO USE THIS REFERENCE MANUAL
Section Number and subject SECTION
28 eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe
Identifies type of page

(Key Concepts) In new construction, accessible rooms and spaces in accessible buildings must be served by
an accessible means of egress.
Areas for evacuation assistance (AEAs) are provided where an accessible means of egress
Brief overview of the subject area

cannot be provided.
AEAs are not required in existing buildings, nor in buildings that have supervised automatic
fire sprinkler systems.
Accessibility Highlights often add While stairways may be used as a component of an AEA, because they cannot be used
independently by wheelchair users, they can never be used as part of an accessible route.
helpful tables, charts, and how-to’s Alarms/emergency warning sytems must include both audible and visual alarms that com-
ply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Buildng Code Chapter 9, Section 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.
Page footers provide quick-scan

of the page’s coverage. When
combined with the page heading’s Evacuation
assistance
subject, you quickly find what

areas are
portions of Exit stairs
stairway
you’re looking for. landings
Smokeproof
48”
DOWN stairway
enclosures
Hundreds of exclusive illustrations (section
48”
DOWN
1005.3.3)
in the Checklist bring code
requirements alive.
Checklists provides code

requirements in a well-organized
and logical manner... and provide 188 EGRESS ANd AREAS FOR EvACUATION ASSISTANCE
citations for further research. COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM
SECTION SECTION
53 accessiBle sinks 14 Group r: loDGinG AnD DorMiToriEs
GENEral rEQuIrEMENTS REQUIREMENTS being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals
the number required to be accessible in Table 14-1.
Clear Floor Space Group R occupancies must be accessible or adaptable as pro- In addition, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the
vided in this section. requirements described below under “Visual Alarms, Notifica-
A clear floor space at least 30” by 48”must be provided Public-use and common-use areas serving adaptable guest tion Devices, and Telephones for Hearing Impaired” must be
in front of a sink to allow forward approach. Fig. 1 and/or dwelling units must be accessible. provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.5) being altered until the number of such rooms equals the num-
EXCEPTION ber required to be accessible in Table 14-2.
The clear floor space must be on an accessible route and
When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with
shall extend a max. of 19” underneath the sink. Fig. 3 any regulation under this section would create an unreason- Table 14-2
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.3) able hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent Additional Accessibility Required
FIGurE 1 facilitation is provided.
depth and height for Hearing-Impaired Persons in Guest Rooms
Hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless shelters,
Total Number of
Each accessible sink shall be a max. of 6½” deep. Fig. halfway houses and similar places of transient lodging must Number of Rooms Equipped
5 and 6 provide accessibility in accordance with the provisions of the Rooms for Hearing Impaired
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.4) accessibility requirements of the California Building Code,
except as otherwise provided in this Section. 1 to 25 1
Sinks shall be mounted with the counter or rim no higher
than 34” above the finish floor. Fig. 2, 3 and 5. Guest Rooms and Suites 26 to 50 2
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2) Facilities offering guest rooms and suites, and similar places 51 to 75 3
of transient lodging must provide a minimum of one accessi- 76 to 100 4
knee Clearance ble guest room or dormitory room together with their sanitary
facilities in conformance with Table 14-1 below. 101 to 150 5
Knee clearance that is at least 27” high, 30” wide and
19” deep. Fig. 6 and 7 151 to 200 6
Table 14-1
FIGurE 2 (ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2) Accessibility Required 201 to 300 7
It must be provided underneath sinks. Fig. 6 and 7 in Guest Rooms or Suites 301 to 400 8
(ca T24 1115B.4.7.1) (aDa 4.24.2) Plus Additional
Total Fully 401 to 500 9
Accessible Rooms
Number of Accessible 501 to 1,000 2% of total
with Roll-In
Rooms Rooms Showers 1,001 and over 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000
1 to 25 0 1
26 to 50 1 1 Available Range of Accommodations
51 to 75 3 1 Accessible guest rooms or suites must be dispersed
among the various classes of sleeping accommodations to
76 to 100 4 1 provide a range of options applicable to room sizes, costs,
101 to 150 5 2 amenities provided, and the number of beds provided.
151 to 200 6 2 Requirements for “equivalent facilitation” may be satis-
fied if the operator of a facility elects to limit construction
201 to 300 7 3 of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occu-
301 to 400 8 4 pancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the
FIGurE 3
cost of a single occupancy room to an individual with dis-
401 to 500 9 4 abilities who requests a single-occupancy room.
FIGurE 5
501 to 1,000 2% of total
4 plus 1 for each ad- Access to Beds
1,001 and over 20 plus 1 for each 100 ditional 100 over 400 Accessible sleeping rooms must have a 36” clear width
over 1,000 maneuvering space along both sides of a bed.
All accessible sleeping rooms or suites must comply with Visual When there are two beds, a 36” space between the beds
Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones for Persons with is satisfactory.
Hearing Impairments, below, and must be in conformance with
Table 14-1. Lift Device Clearances
EXCEPTION There must be a clear space under the bed for the use of a
personal lift device.
When guest rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or
portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at z This clear space must be on a long side of the bed which
least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the accessibility is adjacent to an accessible aisle.
FIGurE 4 FIGurE 6 requirements of this code as modified by this chapter must be z The clear space must extend horizontally to points not
provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms more than 12” from each end of the bed, vertically not
342 ClEar FlOOr SpaCE / hEIGhT / ClEaraNCE / dEpTh 98 GUEST ROOMS AND SUITES
COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM COPYRIGHT 2009 BUILDER’S BOOK, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. / 1-800-273-7375 / WWW.BUILDERSBOOK.COM
iv USING THIS REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION
tABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE
Using this Reference Manual.............................. iii Written Approval.....................................................25

Approval Obtained..........................................25
Alphabetical Index of Sections.......................... xv Approval Denied.............................................25
Unauthorized Deviations..........................................25
General Terminology & Definitions...................xvii Notifications ..........................................................25
Access Compliance Products..................................25
1. Accessibility In New Buildings......................1 Product Approvals..........................................25
Processing Independent Entity Evaluation
Key Concepts.................................................... 1 Approvals (IEEA).......................................25
Accessibility Highlights...................................... 2 IEEA Application Procedure..............................26
Checklist........................................................... 3 Accounting Of IEEA.........................................26
General Requirements...............................................3 Contacts For Questions...................................26
Design.....................................................................3 Division Of The State Architect, Access
Maintenance Of Accessible Features..........................3 Compliance, Acceptance Of Product..........26
Temporary Structures...............................................3 Product Submittal...........................................26
Temporary Restrictions.............................................4 Division Of The State Architect Access Compliance...26
Commercial Facilities Located In Products Evaluated By Recognized
Private Residences.............................................4 State And City Agencies...........................26
2. Building Accessibility......................................5 Products Evaluated By A Recognized
Evaluation Agency....................................26
Key Concepts.................................................... 5 Development Of DSA Acceptance Criteria.........26
Accessibility Highlights...................................... 6 Marking.........................................................26
Checklist........................................................... 7
General Requirements...............................................7 6. Historic Preservation....................................27
Distance To Elevators...............................................7 Key Concepts.................................................. 27
3. Access To Employee Areas.............................8 Accessibility Highlights.................................... 28
Checklist......................................................... 31
Key Concepts.................................................... 8 General Requirements.............................................31
Accessibility Highlights...................................... 9 Alternative Accessibility Provisions...........................31
Checklist......................................................... 10 Purpose.................................................................31
Work Stations.........................................................10 Intent.....................................................................31
Floors And Levels...................................................11 Scope....................................................................31
4. Accessibility For Existing Buildings And General Application.................................................31
Facilities (Alterations & Repairs)................12 Basic Provisions.....................................................31
Regular Code.........................................................31
Key Concepts.................................................. 12 Alternative Provisions..............................................31
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 13 Alternative Minimum Standards................................31
Checklist......................................................... 14 Entry.....................................................................31
General Requirements.............................................14 Doors....................................................................32
General Accessibility For Entrances, Exits Power Assisted-Doors.............................................32
And Paths Of Travel..........................................17 Toilet Rooms..........................................................32
5. Access To Public Buildings............................18 Exterior And Interior Ramps And Lifts.......................32
Equivalent Facilitation..............................................32
Key Concepts.................................................. 18 ADA Standards.......................................................33
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 19 Applicability............................................................33
Application For IEEA Form...............................22 Definition...............................................................33
Checklist......................................................... 23 Procedures............................................................33
Compliance Procedures / Projects Requiring DSA ADA Application......................................................33
Certification.....................................................23 Historic Preservations.............................................34
General..................................................................23 Minimum Requirements...........................................34
Application Process................................................23
Filing Fees.............................................................23 7A. Group A Occupancies: Assistive
Cancelling An Application – Filing Fee Returns...........24 Listening Systems.....................................35
Project Cost – Defined............................................24 Key Concepts.................................................. 35
Actual Project Cost – Defined..................................24 Accessibility Highlights.................................... 36
Revision Of Plans And Specifications........................24 Checklist......................................................... 37
Billing For Further Fees...........................................24 Assistive-Listening Systems In
Refunds.................................................................25 Assembly Areas...............................................37
Review Of Plans And Specifications..........................25
TABLE OF CONTENTS v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7B. Group A Occupancies: Auditoriums, 8. Group B Occupancies: Offices And

Assembly Halls, Theaters, Public Services.........................................57
And Related Facilities................................38 Key Concepts.................................................. 57
Key Concepts.................................................. 38 Accessibility Highlights.................................... 58
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 39 Checklist......................................................... 60
Checklist......................................................... 41 General Requirements.............................................60
General Requirements.............................................41 Assembly Areas In Group B Occupancies..................60
Accessibility To Key Facilities...................................41 Office Buildings, Personal & Public
Variety Of Locations................................................41 Service Facilities..............................................60
Wheelchair Spaces.................................................41 Business And Professional Offices............................61
Placement Of Wheelchair Locations.........................42 Personal And Public Service Facilities.......................62
Size Of Wheelchair Location....................................42 Public Utility Facilities..............................................62
Table: Size Of Wheelchair And Seating Police Dept, Law Enforcement, Fire Department
Locations........................................................43 Facilities And Courtrooms.................................63
Seating For Semi-Ambulant Individuals......................43 Miscellaneous General Standards.............................64
Life Safety Requirements.........................................43 Storage Areas........................................................64
Access To Performing Areas....................................44
Stages, Enclosed And Unenclosed Platforms And
9A. Group E Occupancies: Educational
Orchestra Pits..................................................44 Facilities...................................................65
Ticket Booths.........................................................44 Key Concepts.................................................. 65
Miscellaneous.........................................................44 Accessibility Highlights.................................... 66
Checklist......................................................... 67
7C. Group A Occupancies: Stadiums, Laboratory Rooms..................................................67
Gymnasiums And Sports-Related Teaching Facility Cubicles, Study Carrels, Etc...........67
Facilities...................................................45 Reading And Study Areas........................................68
Key Concepts.................................................. 45 Checkout Counter...................................................68
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 46 Book Shelving........................................................68
Checklist......................................................... 47 Card Catalog..........................................................68
General Requirements.............................................47 Open Book Stacks..................................................68
Participation Areas..................................................47 9B. Group F Occupancies: Factories & Industrial
Sanitary And Locker Facilities..................................48
Facilities...................................................69
7D. Group A Occupancies: Restaurants And Key Concepts.................................................. 69
Similar Dining Establishments, Banquet Accessibility Highlights.................................... 70
Facilities, Bars And Taverns, And Related Checklist......................................................... 71
Facilities...................................................49 General Requirements.............................................71
Key Concepts.................................................. 49 Factories...............................................................72
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 50 Warehouses...........................................................73
Checklist......................................................... 51 10. Group H Occupancies: Hazardous
General Requirements.............................................51 Occupancies.............................................74
Raised Or Sunken Areas..........................................51
Restrooms.............................................................51 Key Concepts.................................................. 74
Seating..................................................................52 Accessibility Highlights
Table: Basic Dimensions For Counters..............52 Checklist......................................................... 75
Food Service Aisles................................................53 General Requirements.............................................76
Food Preparation Areas...........................................53 Accessible Sanitation Facilities................................76
Tableware And Condiment Areas..............................53 Accessible Routes..................................................76
Vending Machines & Other Equipment......................53 Accessible Floors And Levels...................................76
Employee Work Areas.............................................76
7E. Group A Occupancies: Religious
Facilities...................................................54 11. Group I Occupancies: Patient Care
Facilities...................................................77
Key Concepts.................................................. 54
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 55 Key Concepts.................................................. 77
Checklist......................................................... 56 Accessibility Highlights.................................... 78
Sanctuary..............................................................56 Checklist......................................................... 80
Assembly Areas......................................................56 General Requirements.............................................80
Classrooms And Offices..........................................56 Entrance & Parking.................................................80
Sanitary Facilities....................................................56
vi TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
tABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE
Diagnostic, Treatment, Waiting Areas, Water Closets.......................................................104
Offices, Suites, And Sanitary Facilities...............81 Lavatory And Mirrors.............................................104
Patient Bedrooms And Toilet Rooms.........................81 Mirrors................................................................105
Patient Bedroom Areas...........................................83 Controls And Dispensers.......................................105
Alterations To Patient Bedrooms..............................83 Buildings And Complexes Containing
Publicly Funded Dwelling Units........................106
12. Group M Occupancies: Retail Facilities........84 Accessible Assigned Parking.................................106
Key Concepts.................................................. 84 Accessible Visitor Parking.....................................106
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 85 Public- And Common-Use Rooms Or Areas..............106
Checklist......................................................... 87 Participation Areas................................................107
General Requirements.............................................87 Swimming Pools...................................................107
Work Areas............................................................87 Door Signal Devices.............................................108
Check Stands.........................................................87 Doors & Openings................................................108
Table 11B-2: Accessible Checkstands..............87 Spaces................................................................108
Examples Of Checkout............................................88 Accessible Route..................................................108
Point-Of-Sale Machines............................................88
Turnstiles...............................................................88 15. Adaptable Dwelling Units...........................109
Theft-Prevention Barriers.........................................89 Key Concepts................................................ 109
Circulation..............................................................90 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 110
Storage Areas........................................................90 Checklist....................................................... 113
Fitting And Dressing Rooms.....................................91 Kitchens In Dwelling Units......................................113
Kitchen Sinks.......................................................113
13. Outdoor Occupancies.................................93 Countertops.........................................................114
Key Concepts.................................................. 93 Lower Shelving.....................................................114
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 94 Laundry Rooms....................................................115
Checklist......................................................... 95 Electrical Outlets..................................................115
Campsites.............................................................95 Bathroom.............................................................115
Beaches, Picnic Areas.............................................95 Bathroom Entrance Doorway.................................115
Sanitary Facilities....................................................95 Bathroom Maneuvering Space...............................115
Parking Lots...........................................................95 Water Closets.......................................................116
Trails, Paths...........................................................96 Grab Bar Reinforcement........................................116
Nature Trails...........................................................96 Toilet (Water Closet)......................................116
Highway Rest Areas................................................96 Back Wall Installations...................................116
Permanent Facilities................................................96 Side Wall Installation.....................................117
Shower Stalls.......................................................117
14. Group R Occupancies: Lodging Bathtubs..............................................................117
And Dormitories........................................97 Lavatories And Mirrors..........................................119
Key Concepts.................................................. 97
16. Accessible Routes: Bldgs. W/O Elevator....120
Accessibility Highlights.................................... 98
Checklist....................................................... 101 Key Concepts................................................ 120
General Requirements...........................................101 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 121
Guest Rooms And Suites.......................................101 Checklist....................................................... 123
Available Range Of Accommodations......................102 General Requirements...........................................123
Access To Beds............................................102 Single Building With Common
Lift Device Clearances..........................................102 (Lobby) Entrance............................................123
Dormitory Rooms.................................................102 All Other Sites, Including Single Building With Multiple
Buildings And Complexes Containing Publicly Entrances......................................................123
Funded Dwelling Units....................................102 Provisions To Test Nos. 1 And 2............................124
Public- And Common-Use Rooms Or Areas..............103 Test No. 1 — Individual Building Test......................124
Recreational Facilities...........................................103 Test No. 2 — Site Analysis Test.............................125
Kitchens, Kitchenettes Or Wet Bar Facilities............103 Test No. 3 — Unusual Characteristics Test.............125
Toilet Facilities......................................................103 Additional Requirements (CA T24 1150A.2)............125
Visual Alarms, Notification Devices And
Telephones For Persons With Hearing
Impairment....................................................103
Bathing And Shower Facilities................................104
Bathroom Doors...................................................104
Bathroom Floor Space..........................................104
Tubs And Showers................................................104
TABLE OF CONTENTS vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
17. Accessible Exterior Route Of Travel...........126 21. Guardrails................................................148

Key Concepts................................................ 126 Key Concepts................................................ 148
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 127 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 149
Checklist....................................................... 128 Checklist....................................................... 150
General Requirements...........................................128 Where Required....................................................150
Design And Construction.......................................128 Height..................................................................150
Signs...................................................................129 Openings.............................................................150
Accessible Route Of Travel....................................129 Assembly Guards..................................................151
Cross Aisles.................................................151
18. Parking....................................................130 Sightline - Constrained Guard Heights.............151
Key Concepts................................................ 130 Guards At The End Of Aisles..........................151
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 131
Checklist....................................................... 133 22. Curb Ramps.............................................152
Parking Stall Signage Requirements.......................133 Key Concepts................................................ 152
Medical Care Outpatient Facilities...........................133 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 153
Table 11B-6: Spaces Required.......................134 General Requirements................................... 155
Single Parking Stalls.............................................134 Width...................................................................155
Double Parking Stalls............................................135 Slope...................................................................155
Double Diagonal Parking Space Design..................136 Level Landing.......................................................155
Van Parking Space Design.....................................136 Finish...................................................................155
Parking Structures................................................136 Border.................................................................156
Obstructions........................................................156
19. Passenger Drop-Off And Loading Zones....137 Detectable Warnings.............................................156
Key Concepts................................................ 137 Diagonal Curb Ramps...........................................156
Checklist....................................................... 139 23. Pedestrian Grade Separations...................158
Location..............................................................139 Key Concepts................................................ 158
Passenger Loading Zones.....................................139 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 159
Valet Parking........................................................139 Checklist....................................................... 160
Accessibility Signs................................................140 General Requirements...........................................160
Color Of Symbol...........................................140
Finish And Contrast.......................................140 24. Walks And Sidewalks................................161
Proportions..................................................140 Key Concepts................................................ 161
Character Size.............................................140 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 162
Vertical Clearance.................................................140 Checklist....................................................... 163
Gratings...............................................................163
20. Ramps.....................................................141 Changes In Level..................................................164
Key Concepts................................................ 141 Level Areas And Door Clearances..........................165
Checklist....................................................... 144 25. Hazards...................................................166
General Requirements...........................................144 Key Concepts................................................ 166
Width...................................................................144 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 167
Slope...................................................................145 Checklist....................................................... 169
Landings – Location..............................................145 Warning Curbs......................................................169
Size Of Top And Bottom Landings..........................145 Overhanging Obstructions.....................................169
Landing Width......................................................145 Protruding Objects................................................169
Change Of Direction..............................................145 Head Room .........................................................169
Other Intermediate Landings..................................145 Free-Standing Signs..............................................170
Encroachment Of Doors........................................146 Detectable Warnings At Transit
Strike Edge..........................................................146 Boarding Platforms .......................................170
Hazards...............................................................146 Detectable Directional Texture
Handrails.............................................................146 At Transit Boarding Platforms..........................171
Wheel Guides.......................................................147 Detectable Directional Texture At
Guards.................................................................147 Hazardous Vehicular Areas..............................171
Outdoor Ramps....................................................147 Detectable Warnings At Reflecting Pools.................171
viii TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION
tABLE OF CONTENTS
26. Stairways.................................................172 Clear Space At Doors /

Landings / Clearance.....................................201
Key Concepts................................................ 172
Force To Open Door..............................................201
Door Closer.........................................................203
Checklist....................................................... 175
Surface................................................................203
General Requirements...........................................175
Stairway Width.....................................................175 30. Door Hardware.........................................204
Required Handrails................................................175
Handrail Configuration...........................................176 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 204
Handgrips............................................................177 Checklist....................................................... 205
Stair Treads, Risers And Nosing.............................178 General Requirements...........................................205
Striping For The Visually Impaired..........................179 31. Thresholds At Doorways............................206
Stair Level Identification Sign.................................180
27. Entrances & Exits.....................................183 Checklist....................................................... 207
Key Concepts................................................ 183 General Requirements...........................................207
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 184 Doormats.............................................................207
Checklist....................................................... 185 Carpets...............................................................207
General Requirements...........................................185 32. Clear Floor Or Ground Space For
Entrances & Signs................................................186 Wheelchairs............................................208
Temporary Restrictions.........................................186
Recessed Doormats.............................................186 Key Concepts................................................ 208
Gates..................................................................186 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 209
Service Entrances................................................186 Checklist....................................................... 210
Automatic Doors..................................................187 General Requirements...........................................210
Wheelchair Passage Width.....................................210
28. Egress And Areas For Evacuation..............188 Size And Approach...............................................210
Key Concepts................................................ 188 Relationship Of Maneuvering Clearances
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 189 To Wheelchair Spaces....................................210
Checklist....................................................... 191 Forward Approach........................................210
General Requirements...........................................191 Side Approach..............................................211
Location And Construction....................................191 33. Floors, Levels And Ground Surfaces..........213
Adjacent Stairway Width........................................192
Two-Way Communication.......................................192 Key Concepts................................................ 213
Identification.........................................................193 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 214
Area For Evacuation Assistance, Checklist....................................................... 215
High-Rise Alternative.......................................193 General Requirements...........................................215
Alarms / Emergency Warning Systems...................193 Ground And Floor Surfaces....................................215
Changes In Level..................................................216
29. Doors & Doorways....................................194 Carpets...............................................................216
Key Concepts................................................ 194 Grating................................................................216
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 195 34. Interior Travel Routes - Aisles,
Checklist....................................................... 197 Alcoves & Corridors................................217
Entrances............................................................198
Doors..................................................................198 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 217
Type Of Lock And Latch................................198 Checklist....................................................... 218
Width And Height..........................................198 Interior Requirements Aisles..................................218
Hinged Doors.......................................................198 Width...................................................................218
Pairs Of Doors......................................................198 Circulation Around Obstacles.................................219
Automatic And Power Assisted Doors.....................198 Alcoves- Forward Approach (Relationship Of
Revolving Door.....................................................199 Maneuvering Clearances
Turnstiles, Rails And Pedestrian Controls................199 To Wheelchair Spaces)...................................220
Recessed Doors...................................................200 Alcoves- Side Approach (Relationship Of
Consecutive Doors / Doors In A Series...................200 Maneuvering Clearances To
Doors Located In A Recess Or Alcove....................200 Wheelchair Spaces)........................................222
Gates..................................................................200
Service Entrances................................................200
Recessed Doormats.............................................200
Temporary Restrictions.........................................200
TABLE OF CONTENTS ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
35. Corridors, Hallways & Exterior Employee Work Areas...........................................245

Exit Balconies.........................................223 Groups I-1 And R-1................................................245
Spacing In Rooms.................................................245
Key Concepts................................................ 223 Spacing In Corridors.............................................246
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 224 ADA Requirements For Spacing In
Checklist....................................................... 225 Rooms And Corridors.....................................246
Corridor And Hallway Widths..................................225 Manual Alarm.......................................................246
Corridors And Hallways Over 200 Feet...................225 Auxiliary Alarms....................................................246
Circulation Around Obstacles.................................226
40. Elevators, Control Panels, Visual &
36. Water Fountains, Drinking.........................228
Audible Signals.......................................247
Key Concepts................................................ 228
Key Concepts................................................ 247
Checklist....................................................... 230
Checklist....................................................... 251
Where Only One Drinking Fountain
Area Is Provided.............................................230
Entrance Signs.....................................................251
Where More Than One Drinking
Door Operation.....................................................251
Fountain Is Provided.......................................230
Door Size.............................................................252
Clearances...........................................................231
Car Interior..........................................................252
Cantilevered Drinking Fountains.............................231
Car Call...............................................................253
Knee Clearance............................................231
Door Protective And Opening Device......................253
Toe Clearance..............................................231
Hall Call...............................................................253
Clear Floor Space.........................................232
Operations And Leveling........................................253
Alcoves................................................................232
Handrails.............................................................254
Bubbler................................................................233
Elevator Car Control Panel.....................................254
The Spout............................................................233
Minimum Illumination.............................................255
37. Space Allowances.....................................234 Car Position Indicator And Signal...........................255
Hall Call Buttons...................................................255
Hall Lantern..........................................................256
Checklist....................................................... 235
Doorjamb Marking................................................257
Plan Review And Approval......................................257
Wheelchair Passage Width.....................................235
Circulation Around Obstacles.................................235 41. Special Access (Wheelchair) Lifts..............258
Size And Approach...............................................235
Key Concepts................................................ 258
Wheelchair Turning Space.....................................236
Clear Floor Or Ground Space For
Checklist....................................................... 262
Wheelchairs: Size And Approach.....................236
Relationship Of Maneuvering Clearance
Landing Size........................................................262
To Wheelchair Spaces....................................237
Relationship To The Path Of Travel.........................262
Forward Reach.............................................238
When Provided As A Means Of Egress....................263
Without Obstruction...................................238
Pits ....................................................................264
With Obstruction........................................238
Car Enclosure......................................................264
Side Reach...................................................238
Car Doors And Gates............................................264
Without Obstruction...................................238
Light In Car..........................................................265
Over Obstruction.......................................238
Buffers And Buffer Supports..................................265
38. Reach Ranges..........................................239 Emergency Stop Switch........................................265
Emergency Devices..............................................265
Checklist....................................................... 239
Capacity..............................................................265
Forward Reach.....................................................239
Speed..................................................................266
Side Reach..........................................................239
Rise ....................................................................266
39. Alarms.....................................................240 Capacity Plate......................................................266
Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts.........................267
Key Concepts................................................ 240 Controls And Operating Mechanisms......................267
Checklist....................................................... 243
Alarms/Emergency Warning
Systems/Accessibility....................................243
Audible Alarms.....................................................243
Visual Alarms.......................................................244
x TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
tABLE OF CONTENTS
42. Public Telephones.....................................268 46. Lavatories/Lavatory Fixtures

Key Concepts................................................ 268 & Accessories.........................................292
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 269 Key Concepts................................................ 292
Checklist....................................................... 271 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 293
General Requirements...........................................271 Checklist....................................................... 294
Accessible Route..................................................272 General Requirements)..........................................294
Equipment For The Hearing Impaired......................273 Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles,
Enclosures...........................................................273 Dispensers And Controls................................294
Head Room..........................................................274 Mirrors................................................................295
Text Telephones....................................................275 Medicine Cabinets................................................295
Toilet Tissue Dispensers........................................296
43. Sanitary Facilities.....................................276 Faucet Controls....................................................295
Key Concepts................................................ 276
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 277 47. Toilet Facilities.........................................296
Checklist....................................................... 279 Key Concepts................................................ 296
Separate And Unisex Toilet Facilities.......................279 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 297
Clear Doorway Openings.......................................279 Checklist....................................................... 298
Identification Symbols For Sanitary Grab Bar Dimensions............................................298
Facilities - Door Signage.................................280 Grab Bars – Mounting Location..............................298
General........................................................280 Side Wall......................................................298
Men’s Sanitary Facility...................................280 Rear Wall.....................................................298
Woman’s Sanitary Facilities............................281 Grab Bar Dynamics...............................................298
Unisex Sanitary Facilities...............................282 Structural Strength.......................................299
Signs And Identification, Mounting Grab Bar – Surface...............................................299
Location And Height: Turning Space Requirements.................................299
Permanent Wall Sign......................................282 Sanitary Accessories............................................300
Raised Characters And Pictorial Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles,
Symbol For Signs...........................................282 Dispensers And Controls........................300
Character Type.....................................................282 Mirrors................................................................300
Character Size & Placement..................................282 Medicine Cabinets................................................301
Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms).......................282 Toilet Tissue Dispensers........................................301
Braille..................................................................282
Plan Review And Inspection...................................282 48. Single Accommodation Toilet....................302
Key Concepts................................................ 302
44. Urinal Facilities.........................................283 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 303
Key Concepts................................................ 283 Checklist....................................................... 305
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 284 General Requirements...........................................305
Checklist....................................................... 285 Water Closets.......................................................305
Clear Floor Space.................................................285 Toilet Seats..........................................................305
Basic Configuration And Location...........................285 Flush Valves.........................................................306
Alcove Urinals......................................................286 Grab Bars............................................................307
Accessible Route..................................................286 Grab Bar Diameter Or Width..................................307
Flush Controls......................................................287 Structural Strength...............................................307
Walls And Floor Surfaces.......................................287 Towel Sanitary, Napkins, Waste Receptacle.............308
Toilet Tissue Dispensers........................................308
45. Lavatory..................................................288 Interior Surfaces...................................................308
Key Concepts................................................ 288
Checklist....................................................... 290
Clear Floor Space.................................................290
Mounting Location................................................290
Toe Clearance......................................................290
Knee Clearance....................................................291
Hotwater And Drainpipes.......................................291
Faucet Controls....................................................291
TABLE OF CONTENTS xi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
49. Multiple Accommodation Toilet.................309 51. Side (Lateral) Transfer Toilets...................329

Key Concepts................................................ 309 Key Concepts................................................ 329
Wheelchair Clearance............................................312 General Requirements...........................................332
Clear Floor...........................................................313 Grab Bars............................................................333
Clear Floor Space With Inward-Swinging Doors........313 Grab Bar Diameter Or Width..................................333
Accessible Fixtures...............................................313 Structural Strength...............................................333
Compartments And Compartment Doors................313 Compartment Doors.............................................334
Automatic-Closing Device..............................313 Toilet Tissue Dispensers........................................334
Door Opening Hardware........................................314 Interior Surfaces...................................................334
Accessible Water-Closet Compartments.................314
Front-Side, Hinge-Side And Latch-Side 52. Grab Bars................................................336
Approach..............................................314 Key Concepts................................................ 336
Front-Side Approach Swing-In Accessibility Highlights.................................. 337
Compartment Door................................315 Checklist....................................................... 338
Front-Side Approach Swing-Out Projection............................................................338
Compartment Door................................315 Diameter..............................................................338
Latch-Side Approach Swing-In Structural Strength...............................................338
Compartment Door................................315 Surface................................................................339
Latch-Side Approach Swing-Out
Compartment Door................................315 53. Sinks........................................................340
Hinge-Side Approach Swing-In Key Concepts................................................ 340
Compartment Door................................315 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 341
Hinge-Side Approach Swing-Out Checklist....................................................... 342
Compartment Door................................316 Clear Floor Space.................................................342
Water Closet........................................................316 Depth And Height.................................................342
Grab Bars – Mounting Location..............................317 Knee Clearance....................................................342
Side Wall......................................................317 Exposed Pipes And Surfaces.................................343
Rear Wall.....................................................317 Faucet Controls And Operating Mechanisms...........343
Grab Bar Dimensions....................................317
Grab Bars – Structural Strength.............................318 54. Kitchens...................................................344
Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles...........318 Key Concepts................................................ 344
Toilet Tissue Dispensers........................................318 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 345
Interior Surfaces...................................................318 Checklist....................................................... 346
Ambulatory Accessible Stall...................................319 Clear Floor Space / Centerline / Clear Width...........346
General........................................................319 Clear Floor Space.................................................346
Grab Bars – Mounting Location......................319 Centerline....................................................346
Side Wall......................................................319 Clear Width..................................................346
Rear Wall.....................................................319 Kitchen Sink Faucet Controls.................................346
Grab Bar Dimensions....................................319 Countertops.........................................................347
Repositionable Countertops...................................347
50. Front Transfer Toilets................................322 Lower Shelving.....................................................348
Key Concepts................................................ 322 Removable Base Cabinets.....................................348
Checklist....................................................... 325 55. Bathtubs..................................................349
General Requirements...........................................325 Key Concepts................................................ 349
Grab Bars............................................................325 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 350
Grab Bar Diameter Or Width..................................326 Checklist....................................................... 352
Structural Strength...............................................326 Bathing Facilities..................................................352
Compartment Doors.............................................327 Clear Floor Space.................................................352
Toilet Tissue Dispensers........................................327 Seat In Tub...................................................352
Interior Surfaces...................................................327 Seat At Head Of Tub.....................................352
Seat....................................................................353
Grab Bar And Shower Seat Structural Strength.......353
Grab Bars / Basic Dimensions...............................353
Grab Bar Location With Seat In Tub........................354
Grab Bars Location With Seat At Head Of Tub.........354
xii TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION
tABLE OF CONTENTS
Wall Reinforcement For Grab Bars..........................354 58. Controls & Operating Mechanisms,
Controls...............................................................355 Vending Machines...................................373
Shower Spray Unit................................................355
Bathtub Enclosures...............................................355 Key Concepts................................................ 373
Door And Panels...................................................355 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 374
Glazing For Shower And Bathtub Enclosures...........355 Checklist....................................................... 375
Plastics................................................................355 General Requirements...........................................375
Alcove — Clear Floor Space..................................376
56. Showers...................................................357 Forward Reach.....................................................377
Side Reach..........................................................377
Key Concepts................................................ 357
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 358 59. Automated Teller Machines (ATMs)
Checklist....................................................... 359 And Point-Of-Sale Machines.....................378
Option 1: Roll-In Shower Key Concepts................................................ 378
60” Min. Width × 30” Min. Depth.....................360 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 379
Clear Floor Space.........................................360 Checklist....................................................... 381
Water Controls-Location................................360 General Requirements...........................................381
Hand-Held Sprayer Unit-Location....................360 Controls Or Operating Mechanisms........................381
Shower Seat-Mounting Location.....................360 One ATM..............................................................382
Option 2: Alternate Roll-In Shower Two ATMs............................................................384
60” Min. Width × 36” Min. Depth.....................361 Three Or More ATMs.............................................384
Clear Floor Space.........................................361 ATM Display.........................................................385
Water Controls-Location................................361 ATM Equipment For Persons With
Hand-Held Sprayer Unit-Location....................361 Vision Impairments . ......................................385
Shower Seat-Mounting Location.....................361 60. Fixed Or Built-In Seating, Tables
Option 3: Alternate Roll-In Shower And Counters..........................................386
60” Min. Width × 36” Min. Depth.....................361
Clear Floor Space.........................................361 Key Concepts................................................ 386
Water Controls-Location................................361 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 387
Hand-Held Sprayer Unit-Location....................362 Checklist....................................................... 388
Shower Seat-Mounting Location.....................362 Seating Space Allowance, Clear Floor
Requirements That Apply To Space & Reach Ranges..................................388
All 3 Shower Options......................................362 If High Forward Reach Is Over An
Floor Slope..................................................362 Obstruction...................................................389
Thresholds...................................................362 Side Reach..........................................................390
Water Controls.............................................362 If Side Reach Is Over An Obstruction......................390
Hand-Held Sprayer Unit.................................363 Height Of Work Surfaces.......................................390
Sprayer Unit Alternative.................................363 Sales And Service Counters, Teller
Shower Seat................................................363 Windows And Information Counters..................390
Shower Seat Dimensions...............................363
Grab Bars ...................................................364
Grab Bars Dimensions..................................364
Grab Bars Structural Strength ......................364
Soap Dish ...........................................................365
Enclosures...........................................................365
Doors And Panels.................................................365
Glazing And Plastics..............................................365
57. Storage....................................................368
Key Concepts................................................ 368
Checklist....................................................... 370
Forward Reach ....................................................371
Side Reach..........................................................372
Hardware.............................................................372
TABLE OF CONTENTS xiii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
61. Signs And Identification............................391 64. Electrical Receptacles,

Key Concepts................................................ 391 Switches & Controls................................412
General Requirements...........................................394 Electrical Receptacles...........................................413
Symbols Of Accessibility.......................................394 Switches..............................................................413
The Color Of Symbol.............................................394
Signs...................................................................395 65. Transportation Facilities............................415
Identification Signs........................................395 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 415
Directional And Informational Signs................395 Checklist....................................................... 419
Accessibility Signs........................................395 Bus Stop Pads And Shelters..................................419
Entrance Signs.............................................395 Bus Stop Pads.....................................................420
Accessibility Information Posted.............................395 Bus Stop Siting Alterations....................................420
Traffic Control Devices..........................................396 Fixed Facilities And Stations —
Symbols..............................................................396 New Construction..........................................421
International TTY Symbol...............................396 Path Of Travel.......................................................421
Volume Control Telephones Symbol................396 Entrances And Exits..............................................421
Assistive Listening Systems...........................396 Signage...............................................................421
Signs For Text Telephones.............................396 Accessible Fare Collection Systems.......................422
Cleaner Air Symbol.......................................396 Hazards / Platforms.............................................422
Finish And Contrast...............................................396 Detectable Warnings At Transit
Proportions..........................................................396 Boarding Platforms........................................422
Character Height..................................................397 Warning Texture And Color Features...............422
Braille..................................................................397 Color Contrast..............................................422
Mounting Location And Height...............................397 Detectable Directional Texture At
Raised Characters And Pictorial Symbol Signs........398 Boarding Platforms........................................423
Character Placement....................................398 Horizontal Gaps....................................................423
Plan Review Inspection..........................................398 Lighting...............................................................424
Plan Review And Approval......................................398 Telephones...........................................................424
Boarding Platforms...............................................424
62. Cleaner Air Symbol..................................402
Public Address Systems........................................424
Key Concepts................................................ 402 Clocks.................................................................424
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 403 Elevators/Escalators............................................424
Checklist....................................................... 404 Existing Facilities — Key Stations..........................425
General Requirements...........................................404 Existing Facilities — Alterations.............................425
Removal Of Symbol..............................................404 Airports — New Construction................................426
Color And Size Of Symbol.....................................404 Path Of Travel...............................................426
Conditions Of Use.................................................404 Telephones...........................................................426
Baggage Check-In/ Retrieval..................................426
63. Means Of Egress Identification Sign..........405 Public Address.....................................................427
Key Concepts................................................ 405 Clocks.................................................................427
Accessibility Highlights.................................. 406 Security Systems.................................................427
Checklist....................................................... 407
General Requirements...........................................408 66. Card Readers At Gasoline
Tactile Exit Signs..................................................408 Fuel Dispensing Facilities........................428
Graphics..............................................................408 Key Concepts................................................ 428
Exit Sign Illumination.............................................408 Accessibility Highlights.................................. 429
Stairway Signs In Buildings With Checklist....................................................... 430
Two Or More Stories......................................410 General Requirements...........................................430
Signage Detail Characteristics...............................410 Definitions............................................................430
Placement Location..............................................411 Application...........................................................430
Raised Characters And Pictorial Symbol Signs........411 Number Of Accessible Card-Reading
Floor-Level Exit Signs............................................411 Devices Required...........................................431
Path Marking........................................................411 Required Features.................................................431
Delayed Egress Locks..........................................411 Protection Of Dispensers
Required Accessibility...........................................411 Mounted At Grade..........................................431
xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
tABLE OF OF SECTIONS
CONTENTS
Section Page Section Page

Section Subject / Title Section Subject / Title
No. No. No. No.
Access To Employee Areas 3 8 Historic Preservation 6 27
Access To Public Buildings 5 18 Interior Travel Routes - Aisles, Alcoves & 34 217
Corridors
Accessibility For Existing Buildings And 4 12
Facilities (Alterations & Repairs) Kitchens 54 344
Accessibility In New Buildings 1 1 Lavatories/Lavatory Fixtures & 46 292
Accessories
Accessible Exterior Route Of Travel 17 126
Lavatory 45 288
Accessible Routes: Bldgs. W/O Elevator 16 120
Lodging And Dormitories 14 97
Adaptable Dwelling Units 15 109
Means Of Egress Identification Sign 63 405
Alarms 39 240
Multiple Accommodation Toilet 49 309
Assistive Listening Systems 7A 35
Offices And Public Services 8 57
Auditoriums, Assembly Halls, Theaters, 7B 38
And Related Facilities Outdoor Occupancies 13 93
Automated Teller Machines (ATMs) And 59 378 Parking 18 130
Point-Of-Sale Machines
Passenger Drop-Off And Loading Zones 19 137
Bathtubs 55 349
Patient Care Facilities 11 77
Building Accessibility 2 5
Pedestrian Grade Separations 23 158
Card Readers At Gasoline Fuel Dispensing 66 428
Facilities Public Telephones 42 268
Cleaner Air Symbol 62 402 Ramps 20 141
Clear Floor Or Ground Space For 32 208 Reach Ranges 38 239

Wheelchairs
Religious Facilities 7E 54
Controls & Operating Mechanisms, 58 373
Restaurants And Similar Dining 7D 49
Vending Machines
Establishments, Banquet Facilities, Bars
Corridors, Hallways & Exterior Exit 35 223 And Taverns, And Related Facilities
Balconies
Retail Facilities 12 84
Curb Ramps 22 152
Sanitary Facilities 43 276
Door Hardware 30 204
Showers 56 357
Doors & Doorways 29 194
Side (Lateral) Transfer Toilets 51 329
Educational Facilities 9A 65
Signs And Identification 61 391
Egress And Areas For Evacuation 28 188
Single Accommodation Toilet 48 302
Electrical Receptacles, Switches & 64 412
Sinks 53 340
Controls
Space Allowances 37 234
Elevators, Control Panels, Visual & Audible 40 247
Signals Special Access (Wheelchair) Lifts 41 258
Entrances & Exits 27 183 Stadiums, Gymnasiums And Sports- 7C 45
Related Facilities
Factories & Industrial Facilities 9B 69
Stairways 26 172
Fixed Or Built-In Seating, Tables And 60 386
Counters Storage 57 368
Floors, Levels And Ground Surfaces 33 213 Thresholds At Doorways 31 206
Front Transfer Toilets 50 322 Toilet Facilities 47 296
Grab Bars 52 336 Transportation Facilities 65 415
Guardrails 21 148 Urinal Facilities 44 283
Hazardous Occupancies 10 74 Walks And Sidewalks 24 161
Hazards 25 166 Water Fountains, Drinking 36 228
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
TABLE OF OF SECTIONS
CONTENTS xv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This book is designed to provide information about the California

Accessibility Codes and Regulations. The publisher has made every
effort to provide complete and accurate information, but does not
guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any information published
herein, nor shall the publisher have any liability or responsibility to any
person or entity for any errors, omissions, or damages arising out of
the use of this information. This book is provided with the understanding
that the publisher is not attempting to render legal, business or any
other advice or professional service. If such services are required,
the assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought.
For future updates, errata, amendments and other changes,

please contact Builder’s Book, Inc., 1-800-273-7375.
The information in this book is subject to change without notice.
© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved.
xvi TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION
General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology the design, construction, or alteration of building and
facilities.
comply with: Meet one or more specifications of AISLE: A circulation path between objects such as
these guidelines. seats, tables, merchandise, equipment, displays,
if, if ... then: Denotes a specification that applies only shelves, desks, etc.
when the conditions described are present. AISLE, EMPLOYEE AREAS: A space that serves as
may: Denotes an option or alternative. a passageway, which is created by architectural com-
ponents such as walls, fixed cabinetry or fixtures and
s h a l l : D e n o t e s a m a n d a t o r y sp e ci f i c a t i o n o r
not moveable components such as furniture.
requirement.
ALLEY: Any public way or thoroughfare less than 16
should: This term denotes an advisory specification
feet but not less than 10 feet in width which has been
or recommendation.
dedicated or deeded to the public for public use.
A ALTER OR ALTERATION: Any change, addition or
modification in construction or occupancy or structural
ACCESS AISLE: An accessible pedestrian space repair or change in primary function to an existing
between elements, such as parking spaces, seating, structure other than repair or addition.
and desks, that provides clearances appropriate for
use of the elements. ALTERNATE CARD READER: Shall be defined as func-
tionally equal card reader and control directly attached
ACCESSIBILITY: Is the combination of various elements to or an integral part of the fuel dispenser in addition
in a building or area, which allows access, circulation to the primary card reader, which is an integral part
and the full use of the building and facilities by persons of the dispenser.
with disabilities.
ANSI: American National Standards Institute, 1430
ACCESSIBLE: Is approachable and usable by persons Broadway, New York, NY 10018.
with disabilities in compliance with this code.
APARTMENT HOUSE: Any building or portion thereof
ACCESSIBLE ELEMENT: An element specified by the which contains 3 or more dwelling units and, for the purpose
regulations adopted by the office of the State Architect/ of this code, includes residential condominiums.
Access Compliance.
APPROVED: Approved means meeting the approval of
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION: Is a location which can be the enforcing agency, except as otherwise provided by
reached by an employee standing on the floor, platform, law, when used in connection with any system, mate-
runway or other permanent working area. rial, type of construction, fixture or appliance as the
ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS: A continuous and result of investigations and tests conducted by the
unobstructed way of egress travel from nay accessible agency, or by reason of accepted principles or tests
point in a building or facility to a public way. by national authorities, technical, health or scientific
organizations or agencies.
ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL: Is a continuous
unobstructed path connecting all accessible elements APPROVED TESTING AGENCY: Is any agency, which is
and spaces in an accessible building or facility that determined by the enforcing agency, except as otherwise
can be negotiated by a person with a severe disability provided by statute, to have adequate personnel and
using a wheelchair and that is also safe for and usable expertise to carry out the testing of systems, materials,
by persons with other disabilities, and that is also con- type of construction fixtures or appliances.
sistent with the definition of “path of travel”. AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE: Is an acces-
ACCESSIBLE SPACE: Is a space that complies with sible space which is protected from fire and smoke and
the regulations adopted by the Division of the State which facilitates a delay in egress.
Architect/ Access Compliance. AREA OF REFUGEE: An area where persons unable to
ADAPTABILITY: Refers to the capability of spaces or use stairways can remain temporarily to await instruc-
facilities to be readily modified and made accessible. tions or assistance during emergency evacuation.
ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNIT: An accessible dwelling AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE: An area, which has
unit within a covered multifamily building as designed direct access to an exit, where people who are unable to
with elements and spaces allowing the dwelling unit to use stairways may remain temporarily in safety to await
be adapted or adjusted to accommodate the user. further instructions or assistance during emergency
evacuation. (see Area for Evacuation Assistance)
ADDITION: An extension or increase in the floor area
or height of a building structure. ASSEMBLY AREA: A room or space accommodating
a group of individuals for recreational, educational,
ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY: A governmental agency political, social, civic or amusement purposes, or the
that adopts or enforces regulations and guidelines for consumption of food and drink.
General Terminology & Definitions xvii

ASSEMBLY BUILDING: A building or portion of a build- B
ing used for the gathering of 50 or more persons for
such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, BALCONY: That portion of the seating space of an
worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 4
or awaiting transportation. feet (1219 mm) or more above the level of the main
Any building or structure or portion thereof used or floor and shall include the area providing access to the
intended to be used for the showing of motion pictures seating area or serving only as a foyer.
when an admission fee is charged and when such building BASEMENT: Any floor level below the first story in a
or structure is open to the public and has a capacity of building, except that a floor level in a building having
10 or more persons. only one floor level shall be classified as a basement
ASSISTIVE DEVICE: An aid, tool or instrument used by unless such floor level qualifies as a first story as
a person with disabilities to assist in activities of daily defined herein.
living. Examples of assistive devices include tongs, BATHROOM:A room which includes a water closet (toilet),
knob-turners and oven-rack pusher/pullers. lavatory (sink), and/or a bathtub and/or a shower. It does
ATM INSTALLATION: A single ATM structurally affixed not include single-fixture facilities or those with only a
to a building or other structure. water closet and lavatory. It does include a compart-
mented bathroom. A compartmented bathroom is one
ATM SITE: The immediate area which is within or made in which the bathroom fixtures are distributed among
or to be made part of an existing building or a building interconnected rooms. A compartmented bathroom is
to be constructed, and to which one or more ATM’s is considered a single unit and is subject to the require-
or shall be affixed. ments for bathrooms for disabled persons.
ATRIUM: An opening through two or more floor levels BUILDING: Any structure as to which state agencies
other than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, have regulatory power, used or intended for support-
escalators, plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other ing or sheltering any use or occupancy, housing or
equipment, which is closed at the top and not defined enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, equipment
as a mall. Floor levels, as used in this definition, do or property of any kind, and also includes structures
not include balconies within assembly occupancies or wherein things may be grown, made, produced, kept,
mezzanines that comply with Section 507. handled, stored or disposed of, and all appendages,
ATTIC STORY: Any story immediately below the roof accessories, apparatus, appliances and equipment
and wholly or partly within the roof framing, designed, installed as a part thereof. “Building” shall not include
arranged or built for business or storage use. machinery, equipment or appliances installed for manu-
facture or process purposes only, nor shall it include
AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINE: (ATM) means any any construction installations which are not a part of
electronic information processing device, including a a building, any tunnel, mine shaft, highway or bridge,
point-of-sale machine, used by a financial institution or or include any house trailer or vehicle which conforms
other business entity and its customers for the primary to the Vehicle Code.
purpose of executing financial transactions between
itself and its customers. For the purpose of this sec- BUILDING ENTRANCE ON ANACCESSIBLE ROUTE:
tion, automated teller machine includes point-of-sale This is an accessible entrance to a building that is con-
machines used in grocery stores, ticket sale facilities, nected by an accessible route to public transportation
and other business entities, but does not include card- stops, to parking or passenger loading zones, or to
reading-devices located on fuel pump islands at gasoline public streets or sidewalks, if available.
service stations and motor vehicle fuel facilities. BUILDING, EXISTING: A building erected prior to the
AUTOMATIC: As applied to fire-protection devices, is adoption of this code, or one for which a legal building
a device or system providing an emergency function permit has been issued.
without the necessity of human intervention and acti- BUILDING OFFICIAL: The officer or other designated
vated as a result of a predetermined temperature rise, authority charged with the administration and enforcement
rate of rise of temperature or increase in the level of of this code, or the building official’s duly authorized
combustion products. representative in accordance with state law, Health
AUTOMATIC DOOR: Is a door equipped with a power and Safety Code 13146, in occupancies regulated by
operated mechanism and controls that open and close the State fire Marshal.
the door automatically upon receipt of a momentary
C
actuating signal. The switch that begins the automatic
cycle may be a photoelectric device, floor mat or
C.C.R.: California Code of Regulations.
manual switch.
CHILD-CARE CENTER: Any facility of any capacity
other than a large or small family day-care home as
defined in these regulations in which less than 24-hour-
xviii General Terminology & Definitions

SECTION

per-day nonmedical supervision is provided for children six beds, which provides inpatient care, including the
in a group setting. following basic services: medical supervision, 24-hour
CHILD OR CHILDREN: A person or persons under skilled nursing and supportive care, pharmacy, dietary,
the age of 18 years. social recreational, and at least provides services for
persons who are diagnosed with a terminal illness or
CIRCULATION PATH: An exterior or interior way of who are catastrophically and severely disabled.
passage from one place to another for pedestrians,
including but not limited to walks, hallways, courtyards, CONGREGATE RESIDENCE: Any building or portion
stairways, and stair landings. thereof which contains facilities for living, sleeping and
sanitation, as required by this code, and may include
CLEAR: Unobstructed. facilities for eating and cooking, for occupancy by
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE: The minimum unobstructed other than a family. A congregate residence may be a
floor or ground space required to accommodate a shelter, convent, monastery, dormitory, and fraternity
single stationary wheelchair and occupant. or sorority house but does not include jails, hospitals,
nursing homes, hotels or lodging houses.
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEPHONE: A telephone with
dedicated line(s) such as a house phone, courtesy COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS: All dwelling
phone or phone that must be used to gain entrance units in buildings consisting of three or more dwelling
to a facility. units or four or more condominium units. Covered
Multifamily Dwellings include dwelling units listed in
COMMERCE: Travel, traffic, transportation, commerce, Section 101.17.9. Dwelling units within a single struc-
trade, or communication: ture separated by firewalls do not constitute separate
1. within the state; buildings.
2. among the several states; CROSS SLOPE: Is the slope that is perpendicular to
the direction of travel.
3. between any foreign country or any territory or pos-
session and any state; or CURB CUT: Is an interruption of a curb at a pedestrian
way, which separates surfaces that are substantially
4. between points in the same state but through another at the same elevation.
state or foreign country.
CURB RAMP: Is a sloping pedestrian way, intended
COMMERCIAL FACILITIES: Facilities intended for
for pedestrian traffic, which provides access between
nonresidential use and whose operations will affect a walk or sidewalk to a surface located above or below
commerce, including factories, warehouses, office an adjacent curb face.
buildings, and other buildings in which employment may
occur. Commercial facilities shall not include railroad D
locomotives, railroad freight cars, railroad cabooses,
railroad cars covered under Title III of the Americans with DAY CARE: For the purposes of these regulations,
Disabilities Act of 1990, or facilities that are covered mean the care of persons during any period of a 24-hour
or expressly exempted from coverage under the Fair day where permanent sleeping accommodations are
Housing Act of 1988 (42 USC 3601-3631 et seq.) not provided.
COMMON USE: Refers to those interior and exterior NOTE: “Day care” shall not be construed to preclude the
rooms , spaces or elements that are made available for use of cots or mats for napping purposes, provided all
the use of a restricted group of people (for example, employees, attendants and staff personnel are awake
occupants of a homeless shelter, the occupants of an and on duty in the area where napping occurs.
office building or the guests of such occupants).
DAY-CARE HOME, LARGE FAMILY: A provider’s own
COMMON USE AREAS (Public): Public areas where the home licensed to provide day care for periods less
uses of the space is not limited exclusively to owners, than 24 hours per day for nine to 14 persons, includ-
residents or individual employees. ing children under the age of 10 years who reside at
COMMON USE AREAS (Private): Private use areas the home.
within multifamily residential facilities where the uses of DAY-CARE HOME, SMALL FAMILY: A home which
these areas are limited exclusively to owners, residents provides family day care to eight or fewer children,
and their guests. The areas may be defined as rooms or including children under the age of 10 years who reside
spaces or elements inside or outside of a building. at the home, in the provider’s own home, for periods
COMMUNITY KITCHEN: A separate room or building of less than 24 hours per day. Small family day-care
in employee housing used or intended to be used by homes are exempted from state fire- and life-safety
the occupants of the employee housing for cooking or regulations other than those state and local standards
preparing their own meals. applicable to Group R, Division 3 Occupancies. (See
Health and Safety Code, Section 13143 (b).)
CONGREGATE LIVING HEALTH FACILITY: as termed,
is a residential home with a capacity of no more than
General Terminology & Definitions xix

DETECTABLE WARNING: Is a standardized surface or ELEMENT: An architectural or mechanical component
feature built into or applied to walking surfaces or other of a building, facility, space, or site, e.g., telephone,
elements to warn visually impaired persons of hazards curb ramp, door, drinking fountain, seating, or water
in the path of travel. Only DSA/AC detectable warning closet.
products and directional surfaces shall be installed as ELEVATOR: A hoisting and lowering mechanism which
proved in the California Code of Regulations (CCR). Title moves a car or platform in fixed guides in a substan-
24, Part 1, Articles 2, 3 and 4. Refer to CCR Title 24, tially vertical direction and which is designed to carry
Part 12, Chapter 12-11A and B, for building and facility passengers or freight, or both, between two or more
access specifications for product approval for detect- fixed landings. A hoisting mechanism, such as a por-
able warning products and directional surfaces. NOTE: table hoist or a tiering machine, used to elevate or
Detectable warning products and directional surfaces lower material between two or more fixed landings and
installed after January 1, 2001, shall be evaluated by used or fixed in a permanent location will be classed
an independent entity, selected by the Department of as an elevator.
General Services, Division of the State Architect-Access
Compliance, for all occupancies, including transporta- ELEVATOR, PASSENGER: Is an elevator used primarily
tion and other outdoor environments, except that when to carry passengers.
products and surfaces are for use in residential housing ENFORCING AGENCY: The designated department or
evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department agency as specified by statute or regulation.
of Housing and Community Development. See Govern-
ment Code Section 4460. ENTRANCE: Any entrance to a facility which has a
substantial flow of pedestrian traffic to any specific
DIRECTIONAL SIGN: A publicly displayed notice which major function of the facility.
indicates a recommended direction or route of travel
by use of words or symbols. EQUIVALENT FACILITATION: Is an alternate means of
complying with the literal requirements of these standards
DISABILITY: (1) A physical or mental impairment that and specifications that provides access in terms of the
substantially limits one or more of the major life activi- purpose of these standards and specifications.
ties or; (2) A record of such impairment or; (3) Being
regarded as having such an impairment. NOTES:
DORMITORY: A room occupied by more than two 1. See Section 101.2, Purpose.
persons. 2. To determine equivalent facilitation, consider the
DWELLING UNIT: Is a single unit of residence for a means that provide for the maximum independence
family of one or more persons. Examples of dwelling of persons with disabilities while presenting the least
units covered by this chapter include condominiums, risk of harm, injury or other hazard to such persons
apartment units within an apartment building, and other or others.
types of dwellings in which sleeping accommodations EXISTING BUILDINGS: See “building, existing.”
are provided but toileting or cooking facilities are shared
EXIT: The exit is that portion of the means of egress
by occupants of more than one room or portion of the
dwelling. Examples of the latter include dormitory rooms system between the exit access and the exit discharge
and sleeping accommodations in shelters intended for or the public way. Components that may be selectively
occupancy as residences for homeless persons. included in the exit include exterior exit doors, exit
enclosures, exit passageways and horizontal exits, in
E addition to those common means of egress components
described in Section 1003.3.
EFFICIENCY DWELLING UNIT: a dwelling unit contain- EXIT ACCESS: The exit access is that portion of a
ing only one habitable room and includes an efficiency means of egress system that leads from any occupied
unit as defined by Health and Safety Code Section portion of a building or structure to an exit.
17958.1.
EXIT DISCHARGE: The exit discharge is that portion
EGRESS, MEANS OF: A continuous and unobstructed of the means of egress system between the exit and
way of exit travel from any point in a building or facility a public way.
to a public way. A means of egress comprises vertical
and horizontal travel and may include intervening room F
spaces, doorways, hallways, corridors, passageways,
balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, horizontal FACILITY (or FACILITIES): Is a building structure,
exits, courts and yards. An accessible means of egress room, site, complex or any portion thereof, that is built,
is one that complies with these guidelines and does not altered, improved or developed to serve a particular
include the stairs, steps, or escalators. Area of rescue purpose.
assistance or evacuation elevators may be included as FREE-STANDING PEDESTAL: Is a card reading device
part of accessible means of egress. which controls one or more remote fuel dispensers
xx General Terminology & Definitions

SECTION

that have no card readers as an integral part of the the physical or mental health of an individual and who
fuel dispenser. makes such services available to the public.
FULL-TIME CARE: Shall mean the establishment and HISTORICAL BUILDING: See “qualified historical
routine care of persons on an hourly, daily, weekly, building.”
monthly, yearly or permanent basis, whether for 24 HORIZONTAL EXIT: Is a wall that completely divides
hours per day or less, and where sleeping accommo- a floor of a building into two or more separate exit-
dations are provided. access areas to afford safety from fire and smoke in
G the exit-access area of incident origin.
HOTEL or MOTEL: Any building containing 6 or more
GARAGE: Is a building or portion thereof in which a guest rooms intended or designed to be used, or which
motor vehicle containing flammable or combustible are used, rented or hired out to be occupied, or which
liquids or gas in its tank [for SFM] or an electric vehicle are occupied for sleeping purposes by guests.
with a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovol-
taic array or other source of electric current is stored, I
repaired, charged (electric vehicles only) or kept.
INDEPENDENT ENTITY: A Non-profit product safety
GRAB BAR: Is a bar for the purpose of being grasped testing and certification organization, dedicated to
by the hand for support. testing for public safety. An independent entity would
GRADE (ADJACENT GROUND ELEVATION): This is operate for the testing certification and quality assess-
the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of ment of products, systems and services.
the ground, paving or sidewalk within the area between NOTE: Detectable warning products and directional
the building and property line or, when the property surfaces installed after January 1, 2001, shall be
line is more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the building, evaluated by an independent entity, selected by the
between the building and a line 5 feet (1524 mm) from Department of General Services, Division of the State
the building. Architect-Access Compliance for all occupancies, includ-
GROUND FLOOR: Any occupiable floor less than ing transportation and other outdoor environments,
one story above or below grade with direct access except that when products and surfaces are for use
to grade. A building or facility always has a least one in residential housing evaluation shall be in consulta-
ground floor and may have more than one ground floor tion with the Department of Housing and Community
as where a split level entrance has been provided or Development. See Gov’t Code Section 4460.
where a building is built into a hillside. INFANT: Any child who because of age only, is unable to
GUARDRAIL: A system of building components located walk and requires the aid of another person to evacuate
near the open sides of elevated walking surfaces for the the building. In no case shall the term “infant” mean a
purpose of minimizing the possibility of an accidental fall child beyond two years of age.
from the walking surface to the lower level. Guardrail is INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY: Is
also a vertical barrier erected along the open edges of that symbol adopted by Rehabilitation International’s
a floor opening, wall opening, ramp, platform, runway 11th World Congress for the purpose of indicating that
or other elevated area to prevent persons from falling buildings and facilities are accessible to persons with
off the open edge. disabilities. See Chapter 11B, Figure 11B-6.
H J
HANDRAIL: A railing provided for grasping with the JURISDICTION: As used in this code, is any political
hand for support. See also “guardrail.” subdivision which adapts this code for administrative
H C D 1: D e p t . o f H o u s i n g a n d C o m m u n i t y regulations within its sphere of authority.
Development
K
Application - Hotels, motels, lodging houses, apartment
houses, dwellings, employee housing and factory-built KICK PLATE: Is an abrasion-resistant plate affixed to
housing. the bottom portion of a door to prevent a trap condi-
Authority Cited - Health and Safety Code Sections tion and protect its surface.
17921, 50558 and 50559.
L
Reference - Health and Safety Code Sections 17000
through 17060, 17910 through 17990, 50558 and LEVEL AREA: Is a specified surface that does not
50559 have a slope in any direction exceeding 1/4 inch (6.4
HEALTH CARE PROVIDER: A person or entity regulated mm) in 1 foot (305 mm) from the horizontal (2.083
by a state to provide professional services related to percent gradient).
General Terminology & Definitions xxi

LIFT, SPECIAL ACCESS: See, “special access lifts.” O
LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS: Any funded building or
portion thereof having three or more apartments as OCCUPANCY: This is the purpose for which a building,
defined in this code or any publicly funded building or or part thereof, is used or intended to be used.
portion thereof OCCUPIABLE: A room or enclosed space designed for
LODGING HOUSE: Is any building or portion thereof human occupancy in which individuals congregate for
containing not more than five guest rooms where rent amusement, educational or similar purposes, or in which
is paid in money, good, labor or otherwise. occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped
with means of egress, light, and ventilation.
LOBBY: An area not defined as a waiting room at the
entrance of a building through which persons must OPEN RISER: Is the air space between tread projecting
pass. beyond the face of the riser immediately below.
OPERABLE PART: A part of a piece of equipment or
M appliance used to insert or withdraw objects, or to acti-
vate, deactivate or adjust the equipment or appliance
MARKED CROSSING: Is a crosswalk or other identi- (for example, coin slot, push button, handle).
fied path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a
vehicular way. P
MEANS OF EGRESS: A continuous and unobstructed
path of vertical and horizontal egress travel from any PASSAGE DOOR: A door through which persons may
occupied portion of a building or structure to a public traverse other than an exit door.
way. Such means of egress system consists of three PASSENGER ELEVATOR: An elevator used primarily
separate and distinct parts: the exit access, the exit, to carry persons. See definition of “elevator.”
and the exit discharge.
PATH OF TRAVEL: A passage that may consist of walks
MEZZANINE OR MEZZANINE FLOOR: That portion and sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian ramps, lob-
of a story which is an intermediate floor level placed bies and corridors, elevators, other improved areas,
within the story and having occupiable space above or a necessary combination thereof, that provides
and below its floor. free and unobstructed access to and egress from
MOTEL: Means the same as hotel as defined in this a particular area or location for pedestrians and/or
code. wheelchair users.
MULTIFAMILY DWELLING: Any building containing PEDESTRIAN: Is an individual who moves in walking
more than two dwelling units. areas with or without the use of walking-assistive devices
such as crutches, leg braces, wheelchairs, etc.
MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET FACILITY: A
room that has more than one sanitary fixture is intended PEDESTRIAN GRADE SEPARATION: A structure
for the use of more than one person at a time, and erected over or under an obstacle such as a freeway,
which usually is provided with privacy compartments or roadway, street, railroad, stream, etc., and intended
screens shielding some fixtures from view. A bathroom primarily for pedestrian use.
serving a hotel guest room and a privacy toilet in small PEDESTRIAN RAMP: Is a sloping path of travel
offices, stores and similar locations are not included intended for pedestrian traffic and as differentiated
in this category. from a curb ramp.
MULTISTORY DWELLING UNIT: This is a dwelling PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY: A walkway used exclusively
unit with finished living space located on one floor as a pedestrian traffic way.
and the floor or floors immediately above or below.
PEDESTRIAN WAY: Is a route by which a pedestrian
For the purposes of these regulations, an enclosed
may pass.
private garage serving the unit above (carriage units)
may also be considered multistory. PERMANENT: Facilities which are intended to be used
for periods of longer than those designated in this code
N under the definition of “temporary.”
PERMIT: An official document or certificate issued
NEWLY CONSTRUCTED: A building that has never
before been used or occupied for any purpose. by the building official authorizing performance of a
specified activity.
NOSE, NOSING: Is that portion of a tread projecting
PERSON WITH DISABILITY: An individual who has
beyond the face of the riser immediately below.
a physical impairment, including impaired sensory,
manual or speaking abilities, that results in a functional
limitation in gaining access to and using a building or
facility.
xxii General Terminology & Definitions

SECTION

PERSONS WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES: This PLATFORM, UNENCLOSED: A horizontal, generally
means, with respect to a person, a physical or mental level and raised surface for speakers, performances,
impairment which substantially limits one or more displays, etc., as distinguished from platforms which
major life activities, a record of such an impairment, are enclosed.
or being regarded as having such an impairment. This PLATFORM (WHEELCHAIR) LIFT: Is a hoisting and
term does not include current, illegal use of or addic- lowering mechanism equipped with a car or platform,
tion to a controlled substance. For purposes of these or support which serves two landings of a building or
guidelines, an individual shall not be considered to have structure and is designed to carry a passenger or pas-
a physical disability solely because that individual is sengers and (or) luggage or other material a vertical
a transvestite. distance as may be allowed.
As used in this definition, “physical or mental impairment” POWDER ROOM: A room containing only a water closet
includes: (toilet) and lavatory (sink).
Impairments which affect ambulation due to cerebral POWER ASSISTED DOOR:A door used for human pas-
palsy, poliomyelitis, spinal cord injury, amputation, sage with a mechanism that helps to open the door, or
arthritis, cardiac and pulmonary conditions and relieves the opening resistance of a door, upon which
other conditions or diseases which reduce mobility, the activation of a switch or a continued force applied
including aging. Any physiological disorder or con- to the door itself.
dition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss
affecting one or more of the following body systems: PRIMARY ENTRY: This is the principle entrance through
neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; which most people enter the building, as designated
respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; by the building official.
reproductive; digestive; genito-urinary; hemic and PRIMARY ENTRY LEVEL: Is the floor or level of the
lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or building on which the primary entry is located.
Any mental or psychological disorder, such as men- PRIVATE ENTITY: Means a person or entity other than
tal retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional a public entity.
or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities.
The term “physical or mental impairment” includes, PRIVATE FACILITY: A place of public accommodation
but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions or a commercial facility subject to Title III of the ADA
as orthopedic, visual, speech and hearing impair- and 28 CFR part 36 or a transportation facility subject
ments; cerebral palsy; autism; epilepsy; muscular to Title III of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.45.
dystrophy; multiple sclerosis; cancer; heart disease; PROFESSIONAL OFFICE OF A HEALTH CARE PRO-
diabetes; human immunodeficiency, virus infection; VIDER: Is a location where a person or entity, regulated
mental retardation; emotional illness; drug addiction by the State to provide professional services related
(other than addiction caused by current, illegal use to the physical or mental health of an individual, make
of a controlled substance) and alcoholism. These such services available to the public. The facility hous-
guidelines are designed to make units accessible or ing the professional office of a health care provided
adaptable for people with physical disabilities. only includes floor levels housing at least one health
“Major life activities” means functions such as caring for care provided, or any floor level designed or intended
one’s self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, for use by at least one health care provider.
hearing, speaking, breathing, learning and working. PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION: Includes, but is not limited
“Has a record of such an impairment” means the person to, any building or facility or other specific public use
has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a facilities not listed in Items 1 through 12 if they fall into
mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more of the following categories:
one or more major life activities. 1. Places. of public lodging.
“Is regarded as having an impairment” means: 2. Establishments serving food or drink open to public
The person has a physical or mental impairment that use.
does not substantially limit one or more major life 3. Places of exhibition or entertainment open to public
activities but that is treated by another person as use.
constituting such a limitation;
4. Places of public gathering.
The person has a physical or mental impairment that
substantially limits one or more major life activities 5. Sales or rental establishments open to public use.
only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such 6. Service establishments open to public use.
impairment; or 7. Stations used for public transportation.
The person has none of the impairments listed in this 8. Places of public display or collection.
definition but is treated by another person as having
such impairment. 9. Places of public recreation.
General Terminology & Definitions xxiii

10. Places of public education. part 35 or to the Title II of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.41
11. Social service center establishments open to public or 37.43.
use. PUBLICLY FUNDED: For the purpose of housing, all
12. Places of exercise or recreation open to public use buildings, structures, sidewalks, curbs and related
facilities constructed in the state and used or intended
Examples of public accommodation for purposes of this to be used as a public use area, as defined in Section
code shall include, but not be limited to, the following 1102A.16-P, shall comply with the accessibility stan-
private entities: dards of Chapter 11B of this code when state, county
1. An inn, hotel, motel or other place of lodging, except or municipal funds, or funds of any political subdivision
for a lodging house located within a building that con- of the state are used.
tains not more than five rooms for rent or hire. PUBLIC USE: Describes interior or exterior rooms or
2. A restaurant, bar or other establishment serving spaces that are made available to the general public.
food or drink. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that
is privately or publicly owned.
3. A motion picture house, theater, concert, hall, sta-
dium or other place of exhibition or entertainment. PUBLIC-USE AREAS: Interior or exterior rooms or
spaces of a building that are made available to the
4. An auditorium, convention center, lecture hall, or general public and does not include Common Use Areas
other place of public gathering (Private) defined above. Public Use Areas may be pro-
5. A bakery, grocery store, clothing store, hardware vided at a building that is privately or publicly owned.
store, shopping center, or other sales or retail estab- PUBLIC WAY: A street, alley or other parcel of land
lishment. open to the outside air leading to a street, that has
6. A laundromat, dry cleaner, bank, barber shop, beauty been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently
shop, travel service, shoe repair service, funeral par- appropriated to the public or public use and which has
lor, gas station, office of an accountant or lawyer, a clear width and height of not less than 10feet.
pharmacy, insurance office, professional office of a
health care provider, hospital or other service estab- Q
lishment.
QUALIFIED HISTORICAL BUILDING OR PROPERTY:
7. A terminal, depot, or other station used for specified Any building, site, structure, object, district or collec-
public transportation. tion of structures, and their associated sites, deemed
8. A museum, library, gallery, or other place of public of importance to the history, architecture or culture
display or collection. of an area by an appropriate local, state or federal
governmental jurisdiction. This shall include designated
9. A park, zoo, amusement park, or other place of rec- buildings or properties on, or determined eligible for,
reation. official national, state or local historical registers or
10. A nursery, elementary, secondary, undergraduate, or official inventories, such as the National Register of His-
postgraduate private school, or other place of edu- toric Places, California Register of Historical Resources,
cation. State Historical Landmarks, State Points of Historical
Interest, and officially adopted city or county registers,
11. A day-care center, senior citizen center, homeless
inventories, or surveys of historical or architecturally
shelter, food bank, adoption agency, or other social
significant sites, places or landmarks.
service center establishment.
QUALIFIED INTERPRETER: Means an interpreter who
12. A gymnasium, health spa, bowling alley, golf course,
is able to interpret effectively, accurately and impartially
or other place of exercise.
both receptively and expressively, using any necessary
13. A church. specialized vocabulary.
14. An office building. R
15. A public curb or sidewalk.
RAIL TRANSIT BOARDING PLATFORM: A horizontal
PUBLIC ENTITY: Means (1) Any State or local govern-
generally level surface, whether raised above, recessed
ment; (2)Any Department, agency, special purpose
below, or level with a transit rail, from which persons
district, or other instrumentality of a State of States or
embark/disembark a fixed rail vehicle.
local government; (3) The National Railroad Passenger
Corporation, and any commuter authority. RAMP: A walking surface which has a running slope
greater than 1:20.
PUBLIC FACILITY: A facility or portion of a facility
constructed by, on behalf of, or for the use of public READILY ACHIEVABLE: Means easily accomplishable
entity subject to the Title II of the ADA and 28 CFR and able to be carried out without much difficulty or
xxiv General Terminology & Definitions

SECTION

expense. In determining whether an action is readily RESIDENTIAL FACILITY (RF): Any family home, group
achievable factors to be considered include: care facility, or similar facility determined by the direc-
1. The nature and cost of the action needed under this tor of Social Services, for 24-hour nonmedical care
part; of persons in need of personal services, supervision,
or assistance essential for sustaining the activities
2. The overall financial resources of the site or sites of daily living or for the protection of the individual.
involved in the action; the number of persons Such facilities include small family homes and social
employed at a the site; the effect on expenses and rehabilitation facilities.
resources; legitimate safety requirements that are
necessary for the safe operation, include crime pre- RESTRAINT: The physical retention of a person within
vention measures; or the impact otherwise of the a room, cell or cell block by any means, or within the
action upon the operation of the site exterior walls of a building by means of locked doors
inoperable by the person restrained. Restraint shall
3. The geographic separateness, and the administrative also mean the physical binding, strapping or similar
or fiscal relationship of the site or sites in question to restriction of any person in a chair, walker, bed or other
any parent corporation or entity; contrivance for the purpose of deliberately restricting
4. If applicable, the overall financial resources of any the free movement of ambulatory persons.
parent corporation or entity; the overall size of the “Restraint” shall not be construed to include nonambu-
parent corporation or entity with respect to the num- latory persons nor shall it include the use of bandage
ber of its employees; the number , type and location material, strip sheeting or other fabrics or materials
of its facilities; and (soft ties) used to restrain persons in hospital-type beds
5. If applicable, the type of operation or operations of or wheelchairs to prevent injury, provided an approved
nay parent corporation or entity, including the com- method of quick release is maintained. Facilities employ-
position, structure, and functions of the workforce of ing the use of soft ties, however, shall be classified as a
the parent corporation or entity. building used to house nonambulatory persons.
REASONABLE PORTION: Shall mean that segment RISE: Is the vertical distance from the top of the tread
of a building, facility, area, space or condition which to the top of the next higher tread.
would normally be necessary if the activity therein is RISER: Is the upright portion of a step in a stair.
to be accessible by persons with disabilities.
RUNNING SLOPE: Is the slope that is parallel to the
RESIDENTIAL FACILITY (RF): Any family home, group direction of travel.
care facility, or similar facility determined by the direc-
tor of Social Services, for 24-hour nonmedical care S
of persons in need of personal services, supervision,
or assistance essential for sustaining the activities SANITARY FACILITY: Any single water closet, urinal,
of daily living or for the protection of the individual. lavatory, bathtub or shower, or a combination thereof,
Such facilities include small family homes and social together with the room or space in which they are
rehabilitation facilities. housed.
RECOMMEND: This term does not require mandatory SERVICE CORRIDOR: A fully enclosed passage used
acceptance, but identifies a suggested action that shall for transporting hazardous production materials and
be considered for the purpose of providing a greater for purposes other than required exiting.
degree of accessibility to persons with disabilities. SERVICE ENTRANCE: An entrance intended primarily
REMODELING: See “alter” or alteration.” for delivery of goods and services.
REPAIR: Is the reconstruction or renewal of any part of an SHAFT: An interior space, enclosed by walls or con-
existing building for the purpose of its maintenance. struction, extending through one or more stories or
basements that connects openings in successive
RESIDENTIAL CARE FACILITY FOR THE ELDERLY
floors, or floors and roof, to accommodate elevators,
(RCFE): A facility with a housing arrangement chosen
dumbwaiters, mechanical equipment or similar devices
voluntarily by persons 60 years of age or over, or their
or to transmit light or ventilation air.
authorized representative, where varying levels and
intensities of care and supervision, protective super- S H A L L : “ S h a l l ” a s u s e d i n t h is c o d e m e a n s
vision or personal care are provided, based on their mandatory.
varying needs, as determined in order to be admitted SHOPPING CENTER: Is one or more sales establish-
and to remain in the facility. Persons under 60 years ments or stores.
of age with compatible needs, as determined by the
Department of Social Services in regulations, may be SHOULD: This term denotes an advisory specification
allowed to be admitted or retained in a residential-care or recommendation. Also see recommend.
facility for the elderly. SIDEWALK: Is a surfaced pedestrian way contiguous to
a street used by the public. See definition for “walk”.
General Terminology & Definitions xxv

SIGNAGE: Displayed verbal, symbolic, tactile, and/or STAIR RAILING: Is a vertical barrier constructed along
pictorial information. the open side or sides of stairways and as intermediate
SINGLE-ACCOMMODATION SANITARY FACILITY: stair rails where required on wide stairways.
A room that has not more than one of each type of STAIRWAY: Two or more risers shall constitute a
sanitary fixture, is intended for use by only one person stairway.
at a time, has no partition around the toilet, and has STATE-OWNED/LEASED BUILDING: A building or
a door that can be locked on the inside by the room portion of a building that is owned, leased or rented
occupant. by the state. State-leased buildings shall include all
SITE: A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a required exits to a public way serving such leased area
designated portion of a public right-of-way. or space. Portions of state-leased buildings that are
SITE DEVELOPMENT: “On-site” and “off-site” work, not leased or rented by the state shall not be included
including, but not limited to, walks, sidewalks, ramps, within the scope of this section unless such portions
curbs, curb ramps, parking facilities, stairs, planting present an exposure hazard to the state-leased area
areas, pools, promenades, exterior gathering or assembly or space.
areas and raised or depressed paved areas. STORY: That portion of a building included between
SLEEPING ACCOMMODATIONS: Are rooms in which the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface
people may sleep; for example, dormitory and hotel or of the floor next above, except that the topmost story
motel guest rooms or suites. shall be that portion of a building included between
the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling
SLOPE: This is, for the purpose of covered multifamily or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above
buildings, the relative steepness of the land between a usable or unused under-floor space is more than 6
two points and is calculated as follows: The horizontal feet above grade, as defined herein, for more than 50
distance and elevation change between the two points percent of the total perimeter or is more than 12 feet
(e.g., an entrance and a passenger loading zone) are above grade, as defined herein, at any point, such
determined from a topographical map. The difference usable or unused under-floor space shall be considered
in elevation is divided by the distance and the resulting as a story.
fraction is multiplied by 100 to obtain the percentage.
For example, if a principle entrance is 10 feet (3048 STORY FIRST: Is the lowest story in a building which
mm) from a passenger loading zone, and the principle qualifies as a story and which provides the basic
entrance is raised 1 foot (305 mm) higher than the services or functions for which the building is used. A
passenger loading zone, then the slope is 1/10 x 100 floor level in a building having only one floor level shall
= 10 percent. be classified a first story, if the floor level is not more
than 4feet below grade, as defined herein, for more
SPACE: A definable area, example: room, toilet room, than 50 percent of the total perimeter, or more than 8
hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove, feet below grade at any point.
courtyard, or lobby.
STREET: Any thoroughfare or public way not less than
SPECIAL ACCESS LIFT: Is a hoisting and lowering 16 feet (4877 mm) in width that has been dedicated or
mechanism equipped with a car or platform, or support deeded to the public for public use.
that serves two landings of a building or structure and
is designed to carry a passenger or passengers and STRUCTURAL FRAME: The structural frame shall be
(or) luggage or other material a vertical distance as considered to be the columns and the girders, beams,
may be allowed. trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the
columns and all other members which are essential to
SPECIFIED PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION: Is trans- the stability of the building as a whole.
portation by bus, rail or any other conveyance (other
than by aircraft) that provides the general public with STURCTURALLY IMPRACTICABLE: Means that it is
general or special service (including charter service) acceptable to deviate from accessibility requirements
on a regular and continuing basis. only where unique characteristics of terrain prevent the
incorporation of accessibility feature and where provid-
SPIRAL STAIRWAY: Is a stairway having a closed cir- ing accessibility would destroy the physical integrity
cular form in its plan view with uniform section shaped of a facility. A situation in which a building must be
treads attached to and radiating about a minimum built on stilts because of its location in marchlands
diameter supporting column. or over water is an example of one the few situations
STAGE: A space within a building utilized for the enter- in which the exception for structural impracticability
tainment or presentations, which includes overhead would apply. This exception to accessibility should not
hanging curtains, drops, scenery or state effects other be applied to situations in which facility is locates in
than lighting and sound. “hilly” terrain or on a plot of land upon which there are
steep grades. In such circumstances, accessibility can
be achieve without destroying the physical integrity
xxvi General Terminology & Definitions

SECTION

of a structure, and is required in the construction of is not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels
new facilities. and dormitories.
STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION: The visual observation TRANSIT BOARDING PLATFORM: Is a horizontal,
of the structural system, for general conformance to generally level surface, whether raised above, recessed
the approved plans and specifications, at significant below or level with a transit rail, from which persons
construction stages and at completion of the structural embark/disembark a fixed rail vehicle.
system. Structural observation does not include or TREAD: Is the horizontal member of a step in a
waive the responsibility for the inspections required by stair.
Section 108, 1701 or other sections of this code.
TREAD DEPTH: Is the horizontal distance from the
STRUCTURE: Is that which is built or constructed, front to back of tread, including nosing when used.
an edifice or building of any kind or any piece of work
artificially built up or composed of parts joined together TREAD RUN: Is the horizontal distance from the lead-
in some definite manner. ing edge of a tread to the leading edge of an adjacent
tread.
STRUCTURE FRAME: Is considered to be the columns
and the girders, beam, trusses and spandrels having U
direct connections to the columns and all other mem-
bers which are essential to the stability of the building U.B.C.: The most recently adopted edition of the Uni-
as a whole. form Building Code as published by the International
Conference of Building Officials.
T
References to other model code sections which are
TACTILE: Describes an object that can be perceived found in any adopted sections of the model code or Title
using the sense of touch. 24, C.C.R., must be compared to the appropriate matrix
adoption table to determine if the enforcing agency has
TDD: (Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf) see adopted the model code section of a modified Title 24,
text telephone. C.C.R. section.
TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE: Means, with respect to UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP: Exists when the enforc-
an alteration of a building or a facility, that it has little ing agency finds that compliance with the building
likelihood of being accomplished because existing standard would make the specific work of the project
structural conditions would require removing or altering affected by the building standards infeasible, based on
a load-bearing member which is an essential part of an overall evaluation of the following factors:
the structural frame; or because other existing physi-
cal or site constraints prohibit modification or addition 1. The cost of providing access.
of elements, spaces, or features which are in full and 2. The cost of all construction contemplated.
strict compliance with the minimum requirements for
new construction and which are necessary to provide 3. The impact of proposed improvements on financial
accessibility. feasibility of the project.
TTY: (TELE TYPEWRITER): See text telephone. 4. The nature of the accessibility which would be gained
or lost.
TEMPORARY: Shall mean buildings and facilities
intended for use at one location for not more than one 5. The nature of the use of the facility under construc-
year and seats intended for use at one location for not tion and its availability to persons with disabilities.
more than 90 days. The details of any finding of unreasonable hardship
shall be recorded and entered in the files of the
TEXT TELEPHONE: Machinery or equipment that agency.
employs interactive graphic (i.e. typed) communica-
tions through the transmission of coded signals across V
the standard telephone network. Text telephones can
include, for example, devices known as telecommunica- VEHICULAR OR PEDESTRIAN ARRIVAL POINTS:
tion display devices (TTYs) or computers. Public or resident parking areas, public transportation
TOEBOARD: Is a vertical barrier erected along the stops, passenger loading zones and public streets or
open edges of floor openings or floor holes, platforms sidewalks.
and runways. VEHICULAR WAY: A route intended for vehicular traffic,
TOWNHOUSE: See “multistory dwelling unit”. such as a street, driveway, or parking lot.
TRANSIENT LODGING: This is a building, facility or

portion thereof (excluding inpatient medical care facili-
ties) that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping
accommodations. Transient lodging may include, but
General Terminology & Definitions xxvii

W WORK STATION: An area defined by equipment and/
or work surfaces intended for use by employees only,
WALK: This is a surfaced pedestrian way not located and generally for one or a small number of employees
contiguous to a street used by the public. (See defini- at a time. Examples include ticket booths; the employee
tion for “sidewalk.”) side of grocery store checkstands; the bartender area
behind a bar; the employee side of snack bars, sales
WHEELCHAIR: A chair mounted on wheels to be
counters and public counters; guardhouses; toll booths;
propelled by its occupant manually or with the aid of
kiosk vending stands; lifeguard stations; maintenance
electric power, of a size and configuration conforming
equipment closets; counter and equipment areas in
to the recognized standard models of the trade.
restaurant kitchens; file rooms; storage areas; etc.
WHEELCHAIR OCCUPANT OR WHEELCHAIR USER:
Is an individual who, due to a physical impairment or NOTE
disability, uses a wheelchair for mobility.
Most definitions in this book were obtained or derived from:
WORKING LEVEL OR WORKING AREA: A platform,
walkway, runway, floor or similar area fixed with refer- • 2007 California Building Code, Part 2, Volume 1
ence to the hazard. This does not include ladders or • Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility
portable or temporary means used for access, repair Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)
or maintenance, provided such means are removed September 1998
immediately upon completion of the work.
Phrases and words that are not defined in this list retain
their regular meanings as they are described in Webster’s
“Dictionary of the English language”.
xxviii General Terminology & Definitions

SECTION
Accessibility in New Buildings – Scope 1
New buildings and portions thereof in all occupancy classifications (unless otherwise noted)
must be accessible to persons with disabilities.
This means that accessibility requirements typically apply to the design and construction
of any new public and commercial buildings and publicly funded housing.
These requirements generally do not apply to single family residences (unless their con-
struction or operation is publicly funded). However, if a commercial enterprise is operated
out of a private residence, those portions of the residence used in the enterprise (even if
shared with residential uses) are subject to accessibility requirements when it comes to
new construction and alterations. In addition, accessibility requirements apply to the entry
(accessible path of travel) and any other portions of the residence available for the use of
employees or visitors (e.g., sanitary facilities) in the residence.
See Sections 14 and 15 to determine the applicability of accessibility requirements to mul-

tifamily dwelling units (apartments, condominiums, etc.).
See Sections 7 through 14 for requirements applicable to specific occupancy types.
See all other Sections of this book for the requirements applicable to specific building and
facility features (doors, entrances, means of egress, toilet facilities, etc.)
ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS 1

SECTION
1 Accessibility in New Buildings – Scope
General Requirements Temporary Structures

Accessibility requirements apply to temporary buildings/
All areas of new buildings and facilities must be made facilities, as well.
accessible.
“Temporary buildings/facilities” are not of permanent con-
zz This does not mean that there cannot be isolated or struction but are extensively used or are essential for public
temporary interruptions in service or access due to use for a period of time. Examples of temporary buildings
maintenance or repairs. or facilities include, but are not limited to:
Dimensions that are not stated as “maximum” or “mini- zz Reviewing stands
mum” are absolute (exact).
zz Temporary classrooms
All dimensions provided in this publication are subject to
conventional building industry tolerances for field condi- zz Bleacher areas
tions, except where a requirement is stated as a range with zz Exhibit areas
a specific minimum and maximum. zz Temporary banking facilities (trailers)
Design zz Temporary health screening services
The design/construction of accessible elements must be zz Temporary safe pedestrian passageways around a con-
in accordance with CA Title 24 Chapter 1 and sections struction site
that are listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the
Design and Construction. actual process of construction such as scaffolding, bridging,
materials hoists, or construction trailers are not subject to
Maintenance of Accessible Features these accessibility requirements.
A public accommodation must maintain all required
accessibility features and equipment in operable working Temporary Restrictions
condition. During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or
facility, the entrances used for primary access must be
accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
Commercial Facilities
Located in Private Residences
When a commercial facility is located in a private resi-
dence, the portion of the residence used exclusively as
a residence is not covered by this chapter, but portions
used both for the commercial facility and for residential
purposes is covered by the new construction and alteration
requirements of this code. Any portion used exclusively for
commercial enterprise is also subject to these require-
ments, of course.
The portion of the residence required to be accessible
includes the homeowner’s front sidewalk, the door or entry-
way, and hallways; and those portions of the residence,
interior or exterior, available to or used by employees
or visitors of the commercial facility, including sanitary
facilities.
2 ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS

SECTION
Accessibility in New Buildings – Scope 1
General Requirements
Buildings or portions of buildings shall be accessible

to persons with disabilities as required by this chapter.
Fig. 1
(CA T24 1101B.1)
zz All areas of newly designed or constructed buildings
and facilities shall be made accessible.
Design
The design and construction of accessible elements shall

be in accordance with this chapter and sections that are
listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Design
and Construction.
(CA T24 1101B.2)
Maintenance of Accessible Features FIGURE 1
A public accommodation shall maintain in operable working

condition those features of facilities and equipment that
are required to be accessible to and usable by persons
with disabilities. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1101B.3.1)
zz This section does not prohibit isolated or temporary
interruptions in service or access due to maintenance
or repairs.
(CA T24 1101B.3.2)
Figure 2
ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS 3

SECTION
1 Accessibility in New Buildings – Scope
DimensionS and Tolerances

Dimensions that are not stated as maximum or minimum
should be considered absolute (exact).
(CA T24 1101B.4)
A
ll dimensions stated in requirements are subject to con-
ventional building industry tolerances except where the
requirement states a range with a minimum and maximum.
(CA T24 1101B.5)
Temporary Structures
These guidelines cover temporary buildings or facilities
as well as permanent facilities.
(ADA 4.1.1(4))
zz Temporary buildings and facilities are not of permanent
construction but are extensively used or are essential
for public use for a period of time.
Figure 3 (ADA 4.1.1(4))
Examples of temporary buildings or facilities covered by
these guidelines include, but are not limited to:
(ADA 4.1.1(4))
zz Reviewing stands, temporary classrooms, bleacher
areas, exhibit areas, temporary banking facilities, tem-
porary health screening services, or temporary safe
pedestrian passageways around a construction site.
Fig. 3
(ADA 4.1.1(4))
zz Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with
the actual process of construction such as scaffolding,
bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are
not included.
(ADA 4.1.1(4))
Temporary Restrictions
During periods of partial or restricted use of a building
or facility, the entrances used for primary access shall
be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
Fig. 3
(CA T24 1101B.1.1.1.2)
Commercial Facilities
Located in Private Residences
When a commercial facility is located in a private resi-
dence, the portion of the residence used exclusively as
a residence is not covered by this chapter, except as
required by Section 1111B.5, Buildings and complexes
containing publicly funded dwellings, but that portion
used both for the commercial facility and for residential
purposes is covered by the new construction and altera-
tion requirements of this code.
(CA T24 1101B.6)
The portion of the residence covered extends to those
elements used to enter the commercial facility, including the
homeowner’s front sidewalk, if any, the door or entryway,
and hallways; and those portions of the residence, interior
or exterior, available to or used by employees or visitors
of the commercial facility, including sanitary facilities.
(CA T24 1101B.6)
4 ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS

SECTION
Building Accessibility 2
Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings must be provided for all occupancy classifi-
cations unless otherwise noted.
Accessible routes of travel are provided by level walking surfaces, ramps, elevators and
special access lifts.
Doors and other building features along an accessible route are subject to accessibility
requirements, as well.
Occupancy types/requirements may modify general accessibility requirements, but never

to the exclusion of them. (See Sections 7 through 14 for specific occupancy requirements.)
In multistory buildings, access must be provided by ramp, elevator or lift.
Stairways–regardless of their design and despite compliance with handrail and other
accessibility requirements pertaining to them–by themselves do not satisfy floor-to-floor
accessibility requirements.
Exceptions are made for...

zz Non-occupiable employee spaces that are accessed by catwalks, ladders, etc.
zz “Short-fat” and “tall-skinny” buildings: these are privately-funded multistory buildings less
than 3 stories high or less than 3,000 sq. ft. per story where reasonable accessibility is
provided in public spaces/facilities (on the ground floor). (This exception is not available
to healthcare provider offices, shopping malls or retail centers.)
While the codes exempt small spaces from accessible route requirements, this does not
exempt such spaces in their entirety.
zz Toilet facilities, drinking fountains, doors and doorways, etc. are still subject to acces-
sibility requirements.
BUILDING Accessibility 5
SECTION
2 Building Accessibility
General Requirements Available Exceptions

1. This requirement does not apply to floors or portions of
New Construction floors not customarily occupied. These would include, but
not be limited to, non-occupiable or employee spaces
Accessible elevators, lifts or ramps must be provided in NEW accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very nar-
construction where: row passageways or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and
Elevators are otherwise required, AND frequented only by service personnel for repair or mainte-
Square foot area exceeds 10,000 sq. ft. on any floor. nance purposes: such spaces as elevator pits and elevator
penthouses, piping and equipment catwalks and machinery
The accessible means of vertical access (via ramp, elevator rooms.
or lift) must be provided within 200 ft. of travel of each stairs
2. This requirement does not require a ramp or elevator above
and each escalator. the first floor in the following types of privately funded multi-
Existing Construction story buildings:
A. Multi-storied office buildings (other than the professional
Accessible elevators, lifts or ramps must be provided in EXIST-
office of a health care provider) and passenger vehicle
ING construction where: service stations less than three stories high or less than
Elevators are otherwise required, AND 3,000 sq. ft. per story.
Square foot area exceeds 10,000 sq. ft. on any floor, AND B. Any other privately funded multi-storied building that is
A NEW stairway or NEW escalator is installed/ not a shopping center, shopping mall or the professional
office of a health care provider, and that is less than
constructed.
three stories high or less than 3,000 sq. ft. per story if
The accessible means of vertical access (via ramp, elevator, a reasonable portion of all facilities and accommoda-
or lift) must be provided within 200 ft. of travel of each new tions normally sought and used by the public in such a
stairs or new escalator. building are accessible to and usable by persons with
disabilities.
FIGURE 1
6 Building Accessibility
SECTION
gENERAL Requirements
Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings shall

be provided for all occupancy classifications except as
modified or enhanced by this chapter.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
Occupancy requirements in this chapter may modify general
requirements, but never to the exclusion of them.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
When a building or facility contains more than one use,
the occupancy specific accessibility provisions for each
portion of the building or facility shall apply.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
An accessible route of travel complying with Section 17,
Accessible Routes of Travel, shall connect all elements and
spaces within a building or facility. Multistory buildings
and facilities must provide access to each level, including FIGURE 2
mezzanines, by ramp or passenger elevator complying
with Sections 20 and 40, respectively. If more than one 2. The following types of privately funded multistory buildings
elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply do not require a ramp or elevator above and below the first
with Section 40, Elevators. floor:
(CA T24 1103B.1) (CA T24 1103B.1.2)
Multistory buildings must provide access by ramp or 2.1 Multistoried office buildings (other than the professional
elevator. office of a health care provider) and passenger vehicle
(CA T24 1103B.1) service stations less than three stories high or less than
3,000 sq. ft. per story. Fig. 1
Distance to Elevators (CA T24 1103B.1.2.1) (ADAAG 4.1.3(5) Exc. 1(a))
2.2 Any other privately funded multistoried building that is
In new construction of buildings and only where elevators not a shopping center, shopping mall or the professional
are required, pursuant to this Section, and which exceed office of a health care provider, or a terminal, depot or
10,000 sq. ft. on any floor, an accessible means of other station used for specified public transportation, or
vertical access via ramp, elevator or lift shall be provided an airport passenger terminal (In such a facility, any area
within 200 ft. of travel of each stairs and each escalator. housing passenger services, including boarding and
(CA T24 1103B.1) debarking, loading and unloading, baggage claim, dining
facilities, and other common areas open to the public
In existing buildings that exceed 10,000 sq. ft. on any must be on an accessible route from an accessible
floor and in which elevators are otherwise required pursuant entrance) and that is less than three stories high or less
to this Section, whenever a newly constructed means of than 3,000 sq. ft. per story if a reasonable portion of all
vertical access is provided via stairs or an escalator, an facilities and accommodations normally sought and used
accessible means of vertical access via ramp, elevator, by the public in such a building are accessible to and
or lift shall be provided within 200 ft. of travel of each usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 2
new stairs or escalator. (CA T24 1103B.1.2.2)
(CA T24 1103B.1)
The elevator exception set forth in this section does not obviate
Exceptions or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other acces-
1. Stairs used solely for emergency egress. sibility requirements in this code. For example, floors above or
(CA T24 1103B.2) below the accessible ground floor must meet the requirements
of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or bathing
1. Floors or portions of floors not customarily occupied, includ-
facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then
ing, but not limited to, nonoccupiable or employee spaces
toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible
accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very
ground floor.
narrow passageways or freight (nonpassenger) elevators,
and frequented only by service personnel for repair or main- (CA T24 1103B.1)
tenance purposes: such spaces as elevator pits and elevator If a building or facility is eligible for this exception but a passen-
penthouses, piping and equipment catwalks and machinery ger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator shall meet
rooms. the requirements of Section 1116B and shall serve each level
(CA T24 1103B.1.1) (ADAAG 4.1.1(5)(b)(ii)) in the building. A passenger elevator that provides service from
a garage to only one level of a building or facility is not required
to serve other levels.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
SECTION
3 Access to Employee Areas
In order to make the greatest number of employment opportunities available to disabled per-
sons, most areas used by persons employed in both the public and private sectors must be
accessible.
General or common employee areas must be made fully accessible. These include work sta-
tions, common work areas, conference and meeting rooms, training areas, break rooms,
corridors, etc.
A work station is a specific place of work for an individual employee only.
Examples of work stations include individual employee cubicles in offices, bartender’s area
behind a bar, shipping stations and counters,
It must be accessed by an accessible aisle (see Aisle Widths below).
The work station must be at the same level as the rest of the floor.
The area inside the work station need not meet access provisions regarding space allow-
ance, reach ranges, counter or table heights or lengths.
8 ACCESS to Employee Areas

SECTION
Access to Employee Areas 3
Requirements Floor Surfaces

Floor surfaces along accessible routes and accessible
Work Stations spaces should be stable, firm and slip-resistant.
Entryways must be 32” in clear width. Carpets or carpet tiles should be securely attached; pad or
backing should either be firm or not present at all; carpet
Areas exclusively used by employees as work areas must
itself should be level loop, textured loop, level-cut pile or
be designed and constructed so that individuals with dis-
level-cut/uncut pile texture; pile not exceeding ½” in height.
abilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas.
See Section 33.
zz Such areas need not be constructed for accessible
Exposed edges of carpet should be fastened to floor sur-
maneuvering within the work area and need not be con-
faces, with trim along the entire length of the exposed
structed or equipped (e.g., with racks or shelves) to be
edge.
accessible.
Handicapped access is not required to: Changes in Level / Edge Treatments
Observation galleries used primarily for security purposes. Changes in level of floor covering or surface
Non-occupiable spaces which are normally accessed by zz Up to ¼” vertical: no edge treatment required.
ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passage- zz Between ¼” and ½”: use a bevel no greater than 1:2.
ways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented
zz Greater than ½”: must be accomplished by means of a
only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces
ramp.
include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator pent-
houses, mechanical rooms, piping or equipment catwalks. See Section 33.
Aisle Widths Floors and Levels

Minimum aisle widths within work station areas... Floors of a given story must be on the same level or be con-
nected by ramps, elevators or lifts.
zz Aisles serving one side = 36”
zz Aisles serving both sides = 44” Available Exceptions
These aisles must connect to one or more of the acces- 1. Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation
sible paths of travel that serve the facility. 2. Existing Dining & Bar Facilities: Hardship & 75% Facilitation
3. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints
4. Existing Buildings: Facility Is Specifically Exempted
ACCESS to Employee Areas 9

SECTION
3 Access to Employee Areas
Employee areas shall conform to all requirements of Divi-

sion of the State Architect/Access Compliance in the CA
Building Code, Plumbing Code and Electrical Code.
(CA T24 1123B.1)
Work Stations
Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas
that are used only as work areas shall be designed and
constructed so that individuals with disabilities can
approach, enter, and exit the areas. These guidelines do
not require that any areas used only as work areas be
constructed to permit maneuvering within the work area
or be constructed or equipped (i.e. with racks or shelves)
to be accessible. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1123B.2) (ADA 4.1.1(3))
Specific work stations shall comply with the following
requirements:
Entryways shall be 32” in clear width. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1123B.2)
FIGURE 1 Min. width of aisle shall not be less than 36” wide serving
only one side. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.6.2)
Min. width of aisles serving both sides shall be 44”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.6.2)
Exception
Accessibility is not required to observation galleries used pri-
marily for security purposes.
(CA 1123B.2)
Accessibility is not required to nonoccupiable spaces access
only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passage-
ways, or freight (nonpassenger) elevators, and frequented only
by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include,
FIGURE 2 but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses,
mechanical rooms, piping or equipment catwalks.
(CA T24 1123B.2)
FIGURE 3
10 ACCESS to Employee Areas

SECTION
Access to Employee Areas 3
Floor surfaces along accessible routes and accessible

spaces shall be stable, firm and slip-resistant.
(CA T24 1120B.2 & CA T24 1124B.1) (ADA 4.5.1)
Carpets or carpet tiles shall be securely attached and have
a have a firm cushion, pad or backing or no cushion or
pad; level loop, textured loop, level-cut pile or level-cut/
uncut pile texture with pile not exceeding ½” in height.
See Section 33, Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces
and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge.
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Changes in level up to ¼” vertical and without edge FIGURE 4
treatment. Changes in level between ¼” and ½” shall
be accomplished by means of a ramp. Changes in level
greater than ½” shall be accomplished by means of a
curb ramp, ramp, elevator or platform lift that complies
with Sections 22 (Curb Ramps), 20 (Ramps), 40 (Eleva-
tors), and 41 (Platform/ Wheelchair Lifts), respectively.
See Section 33, Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(CA T24 1124B.2) (ADA 4.5.2)
Floors and Levels
Floors of a given story shall be on the same level or be

connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or
platform (wheelchair) lifts. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1120B.1) (ADA 4.3.8)
Exceptions
1. In existing buildings other than dining, banquet and bar facili-
ties, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance
with this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an
exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is pro- FIGURE 5
vided. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1120B.1)
2. In existing dining, banquet and bar facilities, where the
enforcing agency determines that compliance with this sec-
tion would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception
shall be granted provided a min. of 75% of these facilities
shall be a common level throughout or shall be connected by
pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or lifts, provided that
the same services and décor are provided in an accessible
space usable by the general public and are not restricted to
use by people with disabilities. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1120B.1)
3. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when legal
or physical constraints would not allow compliance with this
section or equivalent facilitation without creating an unrea-
sonable hardship. FIGURE 6
(CA T24 1120B.1)
4. Where specifically exempted in other portions of this code.
(CA T24 1120B.1)
ACCESS to Employee Areas 11

SECTION
4 Accessibility for Existing Buildings
In general, all renovations, general repairs, alterations and additions to existing public and
commercial buildings and publicly funded housing must be made accessible.
zz NOTE: The requirements related to private sector multiple family dwelling units do not
provide for their application to existing buildings.
Unisex accessible toilet rooms may be provided where existing toilet rooms cannot be
made accessible.
Certain doorways may be provided with only a 30” clear opening width.
Changing from one occupancy group to another does not necessarily trigger access require-
ments for the entire building or space; however, any alterations, additions, etc., made as
part of that occupancy change are subject to general accessibility requirements, including
the requirement to provide an accessible path of travel to those alterations/additions.
12 ACCESSibility for Existing Buildings (Alteration/Repair)

SECTION
Accessibility for Existing Buildings 4
Requirements Restroom Facilities: Modified

Where it is technically infeasible in the area of an alteration:
These requirements apply to renovation, structural repairs,
alterations and additions to existing buildings, includ- To make existing restroom facilities code compliant, AND
ing those buildings or structures identified as “historic To install separate sanitary facilities for each sex
buildings.” ... then the installation of at least one accessible unisex toilet/
These requirements set forth minimum standards for bathroom per floor being altered, located in the same area as
removing architectural barriers, and providing and main- existing toilet facilities, will be permitted.
taining accessibility to existing buildings and their related Such a facility must meet the requirements of Section 48,
facilities. Single Accommodation Toilets.
Applicability of Requirements Entrances, Exits and Paths of Travel
When alterations, structural repairs or additions are made to When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate
existing buildings/facilities, such changes must comply with a pair of doors, at least one of the doors must provide
all provisions applicable to New Buildings, except as modified a clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the door
by this section. positioned at an angle of 90º from its closed position.
In addition to the specific alteration, structural repair, or addi- In existing buildings, doorways may be 30” in clear width:
tion, accessibility requirements must also apply to ensure that zz If occupant load < 10 (except Group I, Division 1 Occu-
the following are accessible: pancies), or
The primary entrance to the building or facility zz If occupant load > 10, but it is determined that com-
The primary path of travel to the specific area of alteration, pliance with the 32” requirement would create an
structural repair or addition unreasonable hardship.
Sanitary facilities Available Exceptions
Drinking fountains Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints
Signs
Public telephones serving the area
Available Exceptions
Existing Buildings: Project Cost $50K or Less & Hardship. In
this case, the owner should provide whatever accessibility is
possible without incurring cost more than 20% of the project
cost, giving priority to accessible elements/features in the fol-
lowing order of priority: an accessible entrance; an accessible
route to the altered area(s); at least one accessible restroom
for each sex; accessible telephones; accessible drinking foun-
tains; additional accessible elements such as parking, storage
and alarms.
Existing Buildings: Limited Alterations, Repairs or Additions
Existing Buildings: Repairs or Maintenance Not Affecting
Accessibility
ACCESSibility for Existing Buildings (alteration/Repair) 13

SECTION
The provisions of this division apply to renovation, struc-

tural repair, alteration and additions to existing buildings,
including those identified as historic buildings. This division
identifies minimum standards for removing architectural
barriers, and providing and maintaining accessibility to
existing buildings and their related facilities. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1134B.1)
No renovation, structural repair, alteration, or addition
shall be undertaken which decreases or has the effect of
decreasing accessibility or usability of a building or facility
below the requirements for new construction at the time
FIGURE 1
of renovation, structural repair, alteration or addition.
(CA T24 1134B.1)
All existing buildings and facilities, when alterations,
structural repairs or additions are made to such buildings
or facilities, shall comply with all provisions of Division I,
New Buildings, except as modified by this division. These
requirements shall apply only to the specific alteration,
structural repair or addition and shall include those areas
listed below:
(CA T24 1134B.2)
A primary entrance to the building or facility and the primary
path of travel to the specific area of alteration, structural
FIGURE 2 repair or addition, and sanitary facilities, drinking fountains,
signs and public telephones serving the area.
(CA T24 1134B.2.1)
Exceptions
1. When the total construction cost of alterations, structural
repairs or additions does not exceed a valuation threshold
of $50,000, based on January 1981, “ENR US20 Cities”
average construction cost index of 3372.02 (Engineering
News Record, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company), and the
enforcing agency finds that compliance with this code cre-
ates an unreasonable hardship, compliance shall be limited
to the actual work of the project. The enforcing agency shall
annually update the valuation threshold to a current amount
based on the increase in the index since the last figure used.
(For example, the January 2008 amount is $119,958.65)
For purposes of this exception, an unreasonable hardship
exists where the cost of providing an accessible entrance,
path of travel, sanitary facilities, public phones and drinking
fountains, is disproportionate to the cost of the project; that
FIGURE 3 is, where it exceeds 20% of the cost of the project without
these features. See Fig. 3. Where the cost of the alterations
necessary to make these features fully accessible is dispro-
portionate, access shall be provided to the extent that it can
be without incurring disproportionate cost. In choosing which
accessible elements to provide, priority should be given to
those elements that will provide the greatest access in the
following order:
1.1 An accessible entrance,
1.2 An accessible route to the altered area,
1.3 At least one accessible restroom for each sex,
1.4 Accessible telephones,
1.5 Accessible drinking fountains, and

SECTION
1.6 When possible, additional accessible elements such as

parking, storage and alarms. Fig. 4
The obligation to provide access may not be evaded by per-
forming a series of small alterations to the area served by a
single path of travel if those alterations could have been per-
formed as a single undertaking. If an area has been altered
without providing an accessible path of travel to that area,
and subsequent alterations of that area or a different area
on the same path of travel are undertaken within three years
of the original alteration, the total cost of alterations to the
areas on that path of travel during the preceding three-year
period shall be considered in determining whether the cost
of making that path of travel accessible is disproportionate.
Only alterations undertaken after January 26, 1992, shall be
considered in determining if the cost of providing an acces-
sible path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of FIGURE 4
the alterations.
2. Certain types of privately funded, multistory buildings and
facilities were formerly exempt from accessibility require-
ments above and below the first floor under this code, but as
of the effective date of this regulation are no longer exempt
due to more restrictive provisions in the federal American
with Disabilities Act. In alteration projects involving buildings
and facilities previously approved and built without elevators,
areas above and below the ground floor are subject to the
20% disproportionality provisions described in Exception 1,
above, even if the value of the project exceeds the valuation
threshold in Exception 1. The types of buildings and facilities
are:
FIGURE 5
2.1 Office buildings and passenger vehicle service stations
of three stories or more and 3,000 or more sq. ft. (279
m²) per floor.
2.2 Offices of physicians and surgeons. 3.5 Altering existing handrails to meet accessibility require-
2.3 Shopping centers. Fig. 5 ments.
2.4 Other buildings and facilities three stories or more and 3.6 Alteration solely for the purpose of removing barriers
more than 3,000 sq. ft. (279 m²) per floor if a reason- undertaken pursuant to the requirements of Sections
able portion of services sought and used by the public is 36.402 and 36.404 through 36.406 of Title III of the
available on the accessible level. Department of Justice regulations promulgated pursu-
For the general privately funded multistory building exception ant to the Americans with Disabilities Act, Public Law
applicable to new construction and alterations, see Section 101-336, 28 C.F.R. Section 36.402, 28 C.F.R. Section
2, Exception 2.1. Fig. 1 36.404, 28 C.F.R. Section 36.405 and 28 C.F.R. 36.406)
The elevator exception set forth in this section does not obviate or the accessibility requirements of this code as those
or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other acces- requirements or regulations now exist or are hereafter
sibility requirements in this code. For example, floors above or amended, including the following:
below the accessible ground floor must meet the requirements 3.6.1 Installing ramps
of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or bathing 3.6.2 Making curb cuts in sidewalks and entrances
facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then 3.6.3 Repositioning shelves
toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible 3.6.4 Rearranging tables, chairs, vending machines,
ground floor. display racks, and other furniture.
3. Alterations, structural repairs or additions consisting of one 3.6.5 Repositioning telephones
or more of the following shall be limited to the actual work of 3.6.6 Adding raised markings on elevator control but-
the project: tons
3.1 Altering 1 building entrance to meet accessibility 3.6.7 Installing flashing alarm lights
requirements. 3.6.8 Widening doors
3.2 Altering 1 existing toilet facility to meet accessibility 3.6.9 Installing offset hinges to widen doorways
requirements.
3.6.10 Eliminating a turnstile or providing an alterna-
3.3 Altering existing elevators to meet accessibility require- tive accessible path
ments.
3.6.11 Installing accessible door hardware
3.4 Altering existing steps to meet accessibility require-
ments. 3.6.12 Installing grab bars in toilet stalls

SECTION
3.6.13 Rearranging toilet partitions to increase maneu- 4. Projects which consist only of heating, ventilation, air condi-
vering space tioning, reroofing, electrical work not involving placement of
3.6.14 Insulating lavatory pipes under sinks to prevent switches and receptacles, cosmetic work that does not affect
burns items regulated by this code, such as painting, equipment
3.6.15 Installing a raised toilet seat not considered to be a part of the architecture of the build-
3.6.16 Installing a full-length bathroom mirror ing or area, such as computer terminals, office equipment,
etc., are not considered alteration projects for the purposes
3.6.17 Repositioning the paper towel dispenser in a of accessibility for persons with disabilities and shall not be
bathroom subject to this code, unless they affect the usability of the
3.6.18 Creating designated accessible parking spaces building or facility. For the purposes of this section, the term
3.6.19 Installing an accessible paper cup dispenser at “construction cost” does not include building permit fees or
an existing inaccessible water fountain discretionary permit fees.
3.6.20 Removing high-pile, low density carpeting Note: The only purpose of this exception is to exclude proj-
3.6.21 Installing vehicle hand controls. ects from activating the provisions of this section. The
3.7 Altering existing parking lots by resurfacing and/or exceptions are not intended to relieve projects from com-
restriping. plying with other applicable provisions of this code (e.g.,
replacement of carpet does not activate the provisions
of this section; however, it still must comply with Section
1124B.3), Floors. Levels and Ground Surface Section 33.
M
W
U
FIGURE 6

SECTION
Where it is technically infeasible in the area of an altera-

tion to make existing toilet facilities code compliant and
to install separate toilet facilities for each sex, then the
installation of at least one unisex toilet facility per floor
being altered, located in the same area as existing toilet
facilities, will be permitted. Such a facility shall meet
the requirements of Section 48, Single Accomodation
Toilets. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1134B.2.2)
General Accessibility for

Entrances, Exits and Paths of Travel
FIGURE 7
Automatic doors. When an automatic door operator is
utilized to operate a pair of doors, at least one of the
doors shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening width
of 32” with the door positioned at an angle of 90º from
its closed position. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2 & 1134B.3.1)
Exceptions
1. In existing buildings the following shall apply:
1.1 Where the occupant load is less than 10, except Group
I, Division 1 Occupancies, or where occupant load is
greater than 10 and it is determined that compliance
with this Section would create an unreasonable hardship,
doorways may be 30 inches in clear width, and a projec-
tion of 5/8” max. will be permitted for the latch side
stop. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2)
2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not FIGURE 8
apply when legal or physical constraints will not allow compli-
ance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation
without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section
109.1.5. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2)

SECTION
5 Access to Public Buildings
Generally, whenever State funds are used to build or modify a public building or facility, or
local governments fund the building or modification of educational facilities, the plans and
other documentation must be reviewed and approved by the California Division of the State
Architect (DSA), Office of Regulation Services.
This Section describes the application and approval process and its requirements in detail.
18 ACCESSibility for Public Buildings

SECTION
Access to Public Buildings 5
Projects Requiring DSA Certification An application will be considered received when all of the
required documents and fees have been received by the
office and an application number assigned.
General
Documents submitted for review and used for certification
Plans and specifications for buildings and facilities must be
will be retained by the DSA/ORS and cannot be returned.
reviewed by the Division of the State Architect, Office of Regu-
lation Services (DSA) and certified to be in compliance with Filing Fees
the “Access to Public Buildings by Physically Handicapped Per-
Filing fees are based on project cost–both estimated and
sons Law” prior to a contract being awarded in the following
actual. See “Calculating Fees” below.
projects:
Project cost used in the calculation of fees shall be the cost
Where state funds are utilized for the construction or alter-
for the total outlay contemplated for all work included in the
ation of any public building or facility.
certified plans and specifications.
Where the funds of counties, municipalities, or other
political subdivisions are utilized for the construction or “Project” Defined
alteration of: The term “project” includes all buildings and other struc-
zz Elementary school buildings and facilities tures, together with the development of the site
zz Secondary school buildings and facilities zz In the event the plans and specifications submitted with
zz Community college buildings and facilities the application do not provide for the construction of,
addition to, or alteration to a building or structure, then
Application Process it shall be for the site development proposed in the
The governmental agency controlling the appropriation application.
from which the project is funded must submit the follow- “Actual Project Cost” Defined
ing to the DSA:
“Actual project cost” includes:
zz Completed application (Form No. ORS-1)
zz All items which are normally considered to be contrac-
zz Full, complete, and accurate Plans tors’ operation costs
zz Full, complete, and accurate Specifications zz Fees and reimbursable charges paid to construction
zz Filing fee managers
Written approval must be obtained prior to award of a con- zz Addenda or change order items which increase the con-
struction contract. tract amount
A separate application (Form No. ORS-1), along with the zz Items not otherwise subject to the approval of the office
accompanying plans, specifications and fling fee, must be and not included in the approved plans and specifica-
submitted for each project. tions, unless such costs are segregated by separate bid
The application package may be submitted to any of the items or by separately priced items of change orders,
following offices: or by a certified copy of the subcontractor’s bid. Such
segregation must not be made by contract price break-
down or estimates.
DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
S.F. BAY AREA REGIONAL OFFICE Calculating Fees
1515 Clay Street, Suite 1201 The fee schedule in effect at the time of filing will apply
Oakland, California 94612 throughout the duration of such application.
DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT zz If the actual project cost exceeds the estimated cost
SACRAMENTO REGIONAL OFFICE by more than 5 percent, the additional fee will be com-
1102 Q Street, Suite 5200 puted and billed.
Sacramento, CA 95814

LOS ANGELES BASIN REGIONAL OFFICE
700 N Alameda Street, Suite 5-500
Los Angeles, California 90012
Attention: Access Compliance Section

SAN DIEGO REGIONAL OFFICE
Reselent Business Park
16680 West Bernardo Drive
San Diego, CA 92127
ACCESSibility for Public Buildings 19

SECTION
The filing fee for an application is currently calculated as zz The original plans or specification are substantially
follows: abandoned.
zz The plans and specifications that replace the originals
0.2% (.002) of the first $500,000 of the estimated are, in fact, for a new project.
project cost zz A modified set of plans is for an essentially different
PLUS concept.
0.1% (.001) of the project cost greater than A new application package and fee is required regardless
$500,000 up to and including $2,000,000 of the fact that the project may have the same name, be of
the same general size, and be situated at the same location
PLUS as the project for which the original application was made.
0.01% (.0001) of the excess of the estimated
project cost over $2,000,000 DSA Review Process and Approval
The DSA reviews the submitted documents to ensure that
The minimum fee for any application is $200. the requirements of this section are fully met.
Actual Project Cost – Upon completion of its review, and if the documents comply
with the requirements, DSA will return to the project owner
Reporting Further Fees & Refunds
(awarding authority) a written approval. This approval is the
For public school projects the DSA shall determine whether “written approval” required under Section 4454 of the Gov-
or not further fees are due and shall bill the district for such ernment Code.
further fees.
After written approval, no changes or revisions that affect
For projects other than public schools, the applicant or compliance items may be made, unless they are submitted
owner must submit to DSA a report verifying the actual to DSA for approval.
project cost within 90 days after the completion of the
project. Approval Denied
zz This actual project cost will be the basis for the further If the application package fails to meet the requirements,
fee computation. DSA will return to the awarding authority:
zz The accuracy and timely submission of this actual proj- zz The plans with corrections noted thereon.
ect cost report is the responsibility of the owner or his zz Instructions for resubmittal of the plans and
designated agent. specifications.
zz The owner will be billed for further fees upon comple- The corrected plans remain the property of the DSA and
tion of the project or portion thereof if fee is due. must be returned within six months or the application will
zz Claims for refunds of five dollars or less due to errors in be void.
cost reporting or fee computation must be made within No valid construction contract may be awarded before
one year from the date of payment. written approval is obtained.
Cancelling an Application Unauthorized Deviations
If the applicant requests the cancellation or withdrawal of In the event that there is an unauthorized deviation from
the application and return of the plans and specifications the requirements of these regulations with respect to the
and filing fee, this must be granted unless the review has standards specified, the same must be rectified by full
begun. compliance within ninety (90) days after the discovery of
No portion of the filing fee can be returned after the review such deviation.
has started.
Notification of Interested Parties
Revising Plans or Specifications Where the DSA is the enforcement authority and any project
No changes or revisions may be made following DSA writ- is proposed to be approved and such approval action would
ten approval which would affect handicapped compliance deny accessibility to handicapped persons, the State Architect
items, unless such changes or revisions are submitted to must notify affected handicapped persons or organizations
the Access Compliance Section of the DSA for approval. and others who have made written requests to be informed as
No additional fee is charged if: to such proposals under consideration.
zz The entire matter is actually one transaction having to
do with the same project.
zz The revisions do not require substantial review for
accessibility.
A new application (with complete documentation and new
fees) is required if:

SECTION
Access Compliance Products All products require prior evaluation by a recognized evalu-
ation agency that has a program specifically intended for
such purposes. DSA/AC shall review the evaluation report
Product Approvals
for compliance with related and appropriate national stan-
Detectable warning products and directional surfaces dards and Title 24 requirements.
installed after January 1, 2001, must be evaluated by an
No products can be approved for use that do not require
independent entity, selected by the DSA, for all occupancies,
evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency.
including transportation and other outdoor environments,
except that when products and surfaces are for use in resi- No products can be approved by any state and city agen-
dential housing, evaluation shall be in consultation with the cies for use that do not require evaluation by a recognized
Department of Housing and Community Development. evaluation agency.
Products must have, as a minimum, an approved report
Application Process published by a nationally recognized evaluation agency.
Independent Entity Evaluation Approvals (IEEA) must be zz Without an evaluation report, the applicant will be
filed and registered in the DSA headquarters office. required to obtain such a report or will be denied accep-
Upon receipt of an IEEA application, the entity requesting tance on DSA/AC projects.
such approval must send the application fee and a copy of zz The report and its evaluation criteria may be reviewed
the application to: for compliance with national standards.
DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA/AC acceptance criteria are based on acceptance cri-
HEADQUARTERS OFFICE teria from recognized evaluation agency(ies).
ACCESS COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (DSA/AC) Marking (Labeling)
1130 K Street, Suite 101
Sacramento, California 95814 Each approved detectable warning and directional surface
product must be provided with:
Approval/Acceptance Process zz Label indicating the DSA label number,
A paper file will be created for each IEEA, which will initially zz Manufacturer’s product number, and
include a copy of the application and the application fee.
Headquarters personnel will then file the product, manu- zz Product approval expiration date.
facturer and registration information, creating an IEEA Application for Independent
number. Entity Evaluation Approval (IEEA)
Prior to issuing IEEA acceptance, it is required that all fees
be paid. The application form (providing the following information)
must be filed in duplicate:
zz If fees are due, the applicant must contact the manu-
facturer for payment and forward the payment to the
DSA headquarters office, along with the request for the
additional payment.
Upon acceptance, the acceptance letter will be retained at
DSA headquarters, Access Compliance, and a copy of the
status approval letter will be returned to the applicant.
Contacts for Questions
IEEA Contact: DSA Headquarters, Attention: Access Com-
pliance, IEEA Program.
Headquarters Administration Contact: DSA Headquarters,
Attention: Access Compliance, IEEA Program.
Headquarters Accounting Contact: DSA Headquarters,
Attention: Accounting.
Acceptance of Detectable Warning
and Directional Surface Products
Detectable warning products and directional surfaces
must be evaluated by an independent entity, selected by
the DSA, for all occupancies, including transportation and
other outdoor environments, except that when products
and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation
shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing and
Community Development.

SECTION
APPLICATION FOR IEEA FORM

(Filed in Duplicate)
1. Product Name:___________________________________________________________________
2. Description of Product:____________________________________________________________
Expiration Date:__________
3. Intended Product Use:_____________________________________________________________
4. Company Name:_ ________________________________________________________________
5. Company Address:________________________________________________________________
6. Contact Person:__________________________________________________________________
Title:__________________________________________________________________________
Contact Person’s Phone Number:__________________________________________________
Contact Person’s Fax Number:_____________________________________________________
7. Name of Applicant:_ ______________________________________________________________
8. Signature of Applicant: ____________________________________________________________
Date:___________________
9. Application Fee Submitted:________________
Please make checks payable to:

Division of the State Architect
Access Compliance
New Submittal: $ 1,500.00

Revised Submittal: $ 500.00
Fees shown above are for an initial application. Additional time expended during
product review in excess of the initial fee will be billed on an hourly basis.
10. Return application, check and submittal to:
Division of the State Architect

Access Compliance
1130 K Street, Suite 101

SECTION
COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT

SACRAMENTO REGIONAL OFFICE
PROJECTS REQUIRING DSA CERTIFICATION 1102 Q Street, Suite 5200
Plans and specifications for buildings and facilities must
be reviewed by the Division of the State Architect, Office DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
of Regulation Services (DSA/ORS) and certified to be in LOS ANGELES BASIN REGIONAL OFFICE
compliance with California law requiring access for per- 700 North Alameda St., Suite 5-500
sons with disabilities prior to a contract being awarded. Los Angeles, California 90012
(CA T24 5-101)
Where state funds are utilized for the construction or alter- DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
ation of any public building or facility. SAN DIEGO REGIONAL OFFICE
16680 West Bernardo Drive
(CA T24 5-101)
San Diego, CA 92127
Where funds of countries, municipalities, or other political
subdivisions are utilized for the construction or alteration A separate application, along with the plans, specifications,
of: and filing fees must be submitted for each project.
zz Elementary school buildings and facilities (CA T24 5-103)
zz Secondary school buildings and facilities An application will be considered received when all of the
zz Community College buildings and facilities. required documents and fees have been received by the
office and an application number is assigned.
CA T24 5-101)
(CA T24 5-103)
GENERAL The documents submitted for review and used for cer-
tification shall be retained by the DSA and cannot be
For the purpose of assuring compliance with minimum returned.
requirements for accessibility by persons with disabilities, (CA T24 5-103)
the governmental agency controlling the appropriation
from which the project is funded shall submit an applica- Filing Fees
tion, together with plans and full, complete and accurate
specifications and filing fee, to the State Architect. The The filing fee for projects under applications received on
DSA will process the documents. Written approval shall or after September 1, 1984 shall be two-tenths of one
be obtained prior to award of a construction contract. percent (0.2%) of the first $500,000.00 of the estimated
(CA T24 5-102) project cost plus one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the
project cost greater than $500,000.00 up to and includ-
Application Process ing $2,000,000.00 plus one-hundredth of one percent
(0.01%) of the excess of the estimated project cost over
For each project to be reviewed and certified, the follow- $2,000,000.00.
ing must be submitted to the DSA: (CA T24 5-104)
(CA T24 5-103) The minimum fee in any case shall be $200.00.
zz Completed application (Form DSA-1)
(CA T24 5-103) Example calculations of the filing fee that must
accompany application:
zz Full, complete, and accurate Project Plans
(CA T24 5-103) Estimated project cost = $250,000.00
zz Full, complete, and accurate Specifications. .002 x $250,000.00 = $ 500.00
(CA T24 5-103)
zz Filing fee Estimated project cost = $1,500,000.00
(CA T24 5-103) .002 x $500,000.00 = $1,000.00
The application package must be submitted to one of the .001 x $1,000,000.00 = $1.000.00
following regional offices: $2,000.00
DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT Estimated project cost = $5,000,000.00
SAN FRANCISCO BAY AREA REGIONAL OFFICE
1515 Clay Street, Suite 1201 .002 x $500,000.00 = $1000.00
Oakland, California 94612 .001 x $1,500,000.00 = $1,500.00
.0001 x $3,000,000.00 = $300.00
$2,800.00

SECTION
The fee schedule in effect at the time of filing shall apply When the contract for the work includes items not otherwise
throughout the duration of such application. subject to the approval of the office and not included in the
(CA T24 5-104) approved plans and specifications: the actual cost shall
include this work unless such costs are segregated by:
If the actual project cost exceeds the estimated cost by
more than 5% a further fee for such projects shall become zz separate bid items, OR
due and shall be equal to the difference between the filing (CA T24 5-105)
fee paid and the amount computed of the actual cost of zz separately priced items of change orders, OR
the project (using the above schedule)
(CA T24 5-105)
(CA T24 5-104)
zz by a certified copy of the subcontractor’s bid, OR
The actual project cost shall be determined as directed
(CA T24 5-105)
in Section 5-105 and billed according to Section 5-107.
(CA T24 5-104) zz Such segregation shall not be made by contract price
breakdown or estimates.
Cancelling an Application – Filing Fee Returns (CA T24 5-105)
Unless the review has begun, if the applicant requests the Revision of Plans and Specifications
cancellation or withdrawal of the application and return
of the plans and specifications and filing fee, this shall No Additional Fee is charged if:
be granted.
(CA T24 5-104)
zz The entire matter is actually one transaction having to
do with the same project.
No portion of the filing fee can be returned after the (CA T24 5-106)
review has started.
(CA T24 5-104) zz The revisions do not require substantial review for
accessibility.
Project Cost – Defined (CA T24 5-106)
Additional Fee and New Application package wll be
For purposes of determining the fees, both the estimated
required if:
and actual project cost shall be the cost for the total
outlay contemplated for all work included in the certified zz The original plans or specification are substantially
plans and specifications. abandoned.
(CA T24 5-105) (CA T24 5-106)
The term “project” includes all buildings and other struc- zz The facts and specifications that replace the originals
tures, together with the developments of the site. are, in fact, for a new project.
(CA T24 5-105) (CA T24 5-106)
In the event that plans and specifications submitted with zz A modified set of plans is for an essentially different
the application do not provide for the construction of, addi- project.
tion to, or alteration to the building structure, then it shall
(CA T24 5-106)
be for the site development proposed in the application.
(CA T24 5-105) Note: This is regardless of the fact that the project
may have the same name, be of the same gen-
Actual Project Cost – Defined eral size, and be situated at the same location as
the project for which the original application was
“Actual project cost” includes: made.
zz All items normally considered to be contractors’ opera- (CA T24 5-106)
tion costs.
Billing for Further Fees
(CA T24 5-105)
zz Fees and/or reimbursable charges paid to construction For Public School Projects, the DSA shall determine
managers whether or not further fees are due and shall bill the
(CA T24 5-105) district for such further fees.
(CA T24 5-107)
zz Addenda or change order items which increase the con-
tract amount For Projects other than Public Schools, the applicant
(CA T24 5-105) or owner shall submit to the office a report verifying the
actual project cost within 90 days after the completion
of the project.
(CA T24 5-107)

SECTION
This actual project cost shall be the basis for the further Unauthorized Deviations
fee computation.
(CA T24 5-107) In the event that there is an unauthorized deviation from
The accuracy and timely submission of this actual project the requirements of these regulations with respect to
cost report shall be the responsibility of the owner or his the standards specified, the same must be rectified by
designated agent. full compliance within 90 days after discovery of such
deviation.
(CA T24 5-107)
(CA T24 5-110)
The owner shall be billed for further fees upon completion
of the project or portion thereof if fee is due. Notifications
(CA T24 5-107)
Where the State Architect is the enforcement authority and
Refunds any project is proposed to be approved and such approval
action would deny accessibility (either required by Sec-
Claims for refunds of $5 or less due to errors in cost tions 4450 and 4458, inclusive, of the Government Code)
reporting or fee computation shall be made within one to persons with disabilities, or by reason of an equivalent
year from the date of payment. facilitation exception granted pursuant to Section 4451
(CA T24 5-108) of the Government Code, the State Architect shall notify
affected persons with disabilities or organizations and
Review of Plans and Specifications others who have made written requests to be informed
as to such proposals under consideration.
The DSA will review the submitted documents to ensure (CA T24 5-110)
that the requirements cited in Article 1 are fully met.
(CA T24 5-109) NOTE: General Requirements and building standards are
located in the following sections of this book (Title 24, Part 2.)
Written Approval
(CA T24 5-111)
Approval Obtained ACCESS COMPLIANCE PRODUCTS

Upon completion of review, DSA will return to the award-
ing authority a written approval, if the documents comply Product Approvals
with the requirements. Detectable warning products and directional surfaces
(CA T24 5-110) installed after January 1, 2001 must be evaluated by an
This approval of the application constitutes the “written independent entity, selected by the Department of General
approval” required by Section 4454 of the Government Services, Division of the State Architect, Access Compli-
Code. ance, for all occupancies, including transportation and
(CA T24 5-110) other outdoor environments, except that when products
and surfaces are for use in residential housing, evaluation
No changes or revisions shall be made following written
shall be in consultation with the Department of Housing
approval which affect access compliance items unless
and Community Development.
such changes or revisions are submitted to the DSA for
(CA T24 5-200)
approval.
(CA T24 5-110) Processing Independent Entity
Approval Denied Evaluation Approvals (IEEA)
If the documents fail to meet the requirements of these Must be registered in the DSA headquarters office.
regulations, DSA will return to the awarding authority the (CA T24 5-201)
plans with corrections noted thereon together with instruc- To maintain a central file for all IEEA and to operate within
tions for resubmittal of the plans and specifications. the current DSA program, certain administration and all
(CA T24 5-110) accounting must be performed at the DSA headquarters
The corrected plans are the property of the Division of office under the direction of the Principal Architect.
the State Architect and shall be returned within 6 months (CA T24 5-201)
or the application will be void.
IEEA Application Procedure
(CA T24 5-110)
No valid construction contract may be awarded before Upon receipt of an IEEA application, send: the application
written approval is obtained. fee and a copy of the application to the DSA headquarters
(CA T24 5-110)
office, attention: Access Compliance.
(CA T24 5-202)

SECTION
A paper file will be created for each IEEA, which will initially DSA-AC shall review the evaluation report for compliance
include a copy of the application and the application fee. with related and appropriate national standards and Title
(CA T24 5-202) 24 requirements.
Headquarters personnel will then file the product, manu- (CA T24 5-301)
facturer and registration information, creating an IEEA Product Submittal
number.
(CA T24 5-202) Products mus t meet the requirements of Section
5-301.
The application fee will be given to the headquarters’
cashier for deposit. (CA T24 5-301.1.)
(CA T24 5-202) Division of the State Architect
IEEA Acceptance Procedure Access Compliance
1. Prior to issuing IEEA acceptance, it is required that all Products exempt from evaluation by a recognized
fees be paid. If fees are due, please contact the manufacturer agency.
for payment and forward the payment to the DSA headquar- (CA T24 5-301.2)
ters office, along with the request for the additional payment.
No products can be approved for use that do not require
(CA T24 5-203) evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency.
2. The fee, if any, will be given to the headquarters’ (CA T24 5-301.2)
cashier for filing and deposit.
(CA T24 5-203) Products Evaluated by Recognized
State and City Agencies
3. The acceptance letter will be retained at DSA head-
quarters, Access Compliance. A copy of the status approval No products can be approved by any state and city agen-
letter will be returned to the applicant. cies for use that do not require evaluation by a recognized
(CA T24 5-203) evaluation agency.
(CA T24 5-301.3)
4. Headquarters’ personnel will register, prepare and
distribute all necessary copies of the acceptance letter. The Products Evaluated by a Recognized
original file shall be maintained at headquarters.
Evaluation Agency
(CA T24 5-203)
Products must have, as a minimum, an approved report
Accounting of IEEA published by a nationally recognized evaluation agency.
Income for IEEA will be earned in the month in which they Without an evaluation report, the applicant will be required
are banked. This money will be applied to DAA for deposit. to obtain such a report or will be denied acceptance on
(CA T24 5-204) DSA-AC projects.
Contacts for Questions The report and its evaluation criteria may be reviewed for
compliance with national standards.
IEEA Contact:
DSA Headquarters Development of DSA Acceptance Criteria
Attention: Access Compliance, IEEA Program. Development of new DSA-AC acceptance criteria shall be
(CA T24 5-205) based on acceptance criteria from a recognized evalua-
Headquarters Administration Contact: tion agency.
DSA Headquarters (CA T24 5-301.5)
Attention: Access Compliance, IEEA Program.
(CA T24 5-205) Marking
Headquarters Accounting Contact: Each detectable warning and directional surface products
DSA Headquarters shall be provided with:
Attention: Accounting. zz Label indicating the DSA label number,
(CA T24 5-205) zz Manufacturer’s product number, and
Division of the State Architect, Access zz Product approval expiration date.
Compliance, Acceptance of Product (CA T24 5-301.6)
The procedure for the DSA-AC acceptance of manufactured

products is detailed in this article. All products require
prior evaluation by a recognized evaluation agency that
has a program specifically intended for such purposes.
(CA T24 5-301)

SECTION
Historic Preservation 6
Qualified historical buildings are those that meet the requirements of the California State His-
torical Building Code, Part 8, Title 24, CCR as printed in Part 2, Chapter 8-6.
Generally, historic buildings and structures must comply with the code as regards acces-
sibility; however, when compliance would diminish the historic significance or character of
the site, accessibility may be reduced to providing only minimum requirements:
zz At least one accessible exterior route, within 200 feet of the public entrance.
zz Minimum clear openings of 30” on entrance doors.
zz At least one accessible unisex toilet room.
zz Access by ramps with maximum slope of 1:6.
zz Accessible alternatives must be provided which allow the disabled to enjoy equivalent
experiences, services, functions, materials and resources.
The substitution and allowance of these alternatives must be taken on a case-by-case

basis, and documentation justifying deviations from accessibility requirements must be
filed and maintained as part of the public record.
Special Stds. for Buildings with Historic Significance 27

SECTION
6 Historic Preservation
Alternative Accessibility Provisions Entry

Alternatives for entries do not allow exceptions for the require-
The purpose of these regulations is to provide alternative ment of level landings in front of doors, except as those that
regulations to facilitate access and use by persons with may be provided for “Power-Assisted Doors” (below).
disabilities to and throughout buildings or structures desig-
nated as qualified historical buildings or properties. Alternatives listed in order of priority are:
These regulations require enforcing agencies to accept any Access to any entrance used by the general public and no
reasonably equivalent alternatives to the regular code when further than 200 feet from the primary entrance.
dealing with qualified historical buildings or properties. Access at any entrance not used by the general public but
open and unlocked with directional signs at the primary
Intent entrance and as close as possible to, but no further than
To preserve the integrity of qualified historical buildings 200 feet from, the primary entrance.
and properties while providing access to and use by per-
sons with disabilities. Doors
Alternatives listed in order of priority are:
Scope / Applying the Regular Code Single-leaf door which provides a minimum of 30 inches of
These regulations apply to every qualified historical building clear opening.
or property that is required to provide access to persons Single-leaf door which provides a minimum 29½ inches
with disabilities. clear opening.
The regular code for access for persons with disabilities Double door, one leaf of which provides a minimum 29½
must be applied to qualified historical buildings or prop- inches clear opening.
erties, unless strict compliance with the regular code will
threaten or destroy the historical significance or character- Double doors operable with a power-assist device to pro-
defining features of the building or property. vide a minimum 29½ inches clear opening when both doors
are in the open position.
Alternative Provisions
Power Assisted-Doors
If the historical significance or character-defining features
are threatened, alternative provisions for access may be The use of a power-assisted door or doors may be consid-
applied pursuant to this chapter provided the following con- ered an equivalent alternative to level landings, strike-side
ditions are met: clearance and door-opening forces required by the regular
code.
zz Such alternative provisions must be applied only on an
item-by-item or a case-by-case basis (see “Preferred Toilet Rooms
Alternatives,” below). In lieu of separate-gender toilet facilities as required in the
zz The alternative provisions are applied according to regular code, an accessible unisex toilet facility may be
the priorities outlined in under “Preferred Alternatives” designated.
(below), whereby the alternative providing the greatest
accessibility is listed first. Exterior and Interior Ramps and Lifts
zz Documentation is provided stating the reasons for the Alternatives listed in order are:
application of the alternative provisions. A lift or a ramp of greater than standard slope but no
zz Such documentation must be maintained as part of the greater than 1:10, for horizontal distances not to exceed
public record. 12 feet.
If it is found that the application of the preferred alterna- zz Signs must be posted at upper and lower levels to indi-
tives listed in Preferred Alternatives (below) threaten the cate steepness of the slope.
historical significance or character defining features, the Access by ramps of 1:6 slope for horizontal distance not to
provisions of “Equivalent Facilitation” and its “Exceptions” exceed 13 inches.
(both below) may be applied. zz Signs must be posted at upper and lower levels to indi-
Preferred Alternatives cate steepness of the slope.
Access provided by experiences, services, functions, materi-
The alternatives within each category below are listed in als and resources through methods, including, but no limited
order of priority or preference (with the highest priority or to, maps, plans, videos, virtually reality, and related equipment,
most preferred alternative listed first). at accessible levels. This alternative must be documented as
These alternatives apply only to the specific building stan- required in Section 8-605.
dards listed below.
28 Special Stds. for Buildings with Historic Significance

SECTION
Equivalent Facilitation Exceptions

If the historical significance or character-defining features
Use of other designs and technologies, or deviation from par- would be threatened or destroyed by the application of alter-
ticular technical and scoping requirements, are permitted if native access standards as provided by this chapter, and no
the application of either the regular code or the “Preferred Equivalent Facilitation is feasible, an exception from the literal
Alternatives” listed above would threaten or destroy the histor- requirements for full and equal access or any alternative pro-
ical significance or character-defining features of the building visions may be provided only if the following conditions are
or site or cause unreasonable hardship. met:
Alternatives to equivalent facilitation are permitted only where Such exception is considered only on an item-by-item or a
the following conditions are met: case-by-case basis.
Such alternatives must be applied only on an item-by-item Interpretive exhibits and/or equal services of the exempted
or a case-by-case basis. significant historical aspects are provided for the public in
The alternative design and/or technologies used will pro- a location fully accessible to and usable by persons with
vide substantially equivalent or greater accessibility to, and disabilities (including hearing and sight impairment).
usability of, the facility. Services are provided in an accessible location equal to
The official charged with the enforcement of the standards those provided in the excepted location.
must document the reasons for the application of the alter- The official charged with enforcement of the standards
native design and/or technologies and their effect on the must document the reasons for the application of the alter-
historical significance or character-defining features. native design and/or technologies and their effect on the
zz Documentation must be provided stating the reasons historical significance or character-defining features.
for the application of the alternative provisions. zz Documentation must be provided stating the reasons
zz Such documentation must include the opinions and com- for the application of the alternative provisions.
ments of state or local accessibility officials and the zz Such documentation must include the opinions and com-
opinions and comments of representative local groups ments of state or local accessibility officials and the
of people with disabilities. opinions and comments of representative local groups
zz Such documentation must be recorded and entered into of people with disabilities.
the permanent file of the enforcing agency, and must be Such documentation must be recorded and entered into
maintained as part of the public record. the permanent file of the enforcing agency, and must be
maintained as part of the public record.
ADA Standards Applicability
A “qualified historic building or facility” is a building or facility

that is:
Listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of
Historic Places: or
Designated as historic under an appropriate State or local
law.
General Rule
Alterations to a qualified historical building or facility must
comply with (Accessible Buildings: Alterations), the applicable
technical specifications of ADAAG Section 4, and the appli-
cable special application sections, unless it is determined in
accordance with the procedures in ADA 4.1.7(2) that...
Compliance with the requirements for accessible routes
(exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would
threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building
or facility
... in which case the alternative requirements in ADA 4.1.7(3)
may be used for the feature.

SECTION
Procedures Historic Preservation

Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Subject Minimum Requirements
to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act: zz At least one accessible route complying with Section 17
Section 106 Process. Section 106 of the National Historic (Accessible Route of Travel) from a site access point to
Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470f) requires that a Federal an accessible entrance must be provided. At least one
agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally assisted, accessible entrance connecting to the accessible route
or federally licensed undertaking consider the effects of the within the facility and to accessible paths, walkways,
agency’s undertaking on buildings and facilities listed in or parking, public transportation, etc., which is used by the
eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places public must be provided.
and give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a zz If toilets are provided, then at least one toilet complying
reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking with Section 47 must be provided along an accessible
prior to approval of the undertaking. route that complies with Section 17. Toilet facility may
ADA Application. Where alterations are undertaken to a be unisex.
qualified historic building or facility that is subject to sec- zz Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all
tion 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the publicly used spaces on at least the level of the acces-
Federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking must sible entrance must be provided.
follow the section 106 process. If the State Historic Preser-
vation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation zz Full accessibility must be provided to all levels of a build-
agrees that compliance with the requirements for acces- ing or facility whenever practical.
sible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or zz Displays and written information, documents, etc.,
toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance should be located where they can be seen by a seated
of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in person.
4.1.7(3) may be used for the feature. zz Exhibits and signage displayed horizontally (e.g., open
Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Not books) should be no higher than 44” above the floor.
Subject to Section 106 of the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act. Where If the State Hist. Pres. Officer agrees that compliance with
alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or accessibility requirements for accessible routes (ext. and
facility that is not subject to section 106 of the Nat’l Hist. int.), ramps, entrances or toilets would threaten or destroy
Pres. Act, if the entity undertaking the alterations believes the historical significance of the building or facility, the
that compliance with requirements for accessible routes alternative requirements below may be used.
(ext. and int.) ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten zz A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to
or destroy the historic significance of the building or facil- exceed 2 ft. may be used as part of an accessible route
ity and that alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) should be to an entrance.
used for the feature, the entity should consult the State
Hist. Pres. Officer. zz If no entrance used by the public can comply with these
requirements, then access at any entrance not used by
Consultation With Interested Persons. Interested persons the general public but open (unlocked) with directional
should be invited to participate in the consultation process, signage at the primary entrance may be used. The
including State or local accessibility officials, individuals accessible entrance must have a notification system.
with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals Where security is a problem, remote monitoring may
with disabilities. be used.
Certified Local Government Historic Preservation Pro-
grams. Where the State Hist. Pres. Officer has delegated
the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section
to a local government historic preservation program that
has been certified in accordance with the Nat’l Hist. Pres.
Act of 1966 and implementing regulations, the responsibil-
ity may be carried out by the appropriate local government
body or official.

SECTION
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Qualified historical buildings shall comply with the California

State Historical Building Code, Part 8, Title 24, CCR as
printed in Part 2, Chapter 8-6. Fig. 1
(CA-T24, 1135B.1)
ALTERNATIVE ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS
Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to provide alternative
regulations to facilitate access and use by persons with FIGURE 1
disabilities to and throughout facilities designated as
qualified historical buildings or properties.
(CA T24 8-601.1) applied pursuant to this chapter provided the following
These regulations require enforcing agencies to accept conditions are met:
any reasonably equivalent alternatives to the regular (CA T24 8-602.2)
code when dealing with qualified historical buildings or Such alternative provisions shall be applied only on an
properties. item-by-item or a case-by-case basis.
(CA T24 8-601.1) (CA T24 8-602.2.1)
Intent Documentation is provided, including meeting minutes

or letters, stating the reasons for the application of the
It is the intent of this chapter to preserve the integrity of alternative provisions.
qualified historical buildings and properties while providing (CA T24 8-602.2.2)
access to and use by persons with disabilities. Such documentation shall be retained in the permanent
(CA T24 8-601.2) file of the enforcing agency.
(CA T24 8-602.2.2)
Scope
Alternative Minimum Standards
These regulations shall apply to every qualified historical
building or property that is required to provide access to The alternative minimum standards for alterations of
persons with disabilities. qualified historical buildings or facilities are contained in
(CA T24 8-601.3) the ADA Standards for Accessible Design, as incorporated
and set forth in federal regulation 28 C.F.R. Pt. 36. See
General Application “ADA Standards” heading in this Section.
(CA T24 8-603.1)
The provisions in the CHBC apply to local, state and federal
governments (Title II entities); alteration of commercial Entry
facilities and places of public accommodation (Title III
entities); and barrier removal in commercial facilities and These alternatives do not allow exceptions for the require-
places of public accommodation (Title III entities). Except ment of level landings in front of doors, except as provided
as noted in this chapter. in “Power Assisted Doors” heading in this Section:
(CA T24 8-601.4) (CA T24 8-603.2)
Basic Provisions Access to any entrance used by the general pub-

lic and no further than 200 feet from the primary
Regular Code entrance.
(CA T24 8-603.1.1)
The regular code for access for persons with disabilities Access at any entrance not used by the general
shall be applied to qualified historical buildings or prop- public but open and unlocked with directional signs
erties unless strict compliance with the regular code at the primary entrance and as close as possible
will threaten or destroy the historical significance or to, but no further than 200 feet from, the primary
character-defining features of the building or property. entrance.
(CA T24 8-602.1) (CA T24 8-603.2.2)
Alternative Provisions The accessible entrance shall have a notification system.

Where security is a problem, remote monitoring may be
If the historical significance or character-defining features used.
are threatened, alternative provisions for access may be (CA T24 8-603.2.3)

SECTION
Doors EQUIVALENT FACILITATION
Alternatives listed in order of priority are: Use of other designs and technologies, or deviation
(CA T24 8-603.3) from particular technical and scoping requirements, are
permitted if the application of the alternative provisions
Single-leaf door which provides a min. of 30” of clear
contained in “Alternative Provisions” heading in this Sec-
opening.
tion would threaten or destroy the historical significance
(CA T24 8.603.3.1)
or character-defining features of the building or site.
Single-leaf door which provides a min. 29½” clear opening. (CA T24 8-604)
(CA T24 8.603.3.2)
Such alternatives shall be applied only on an item-by-item
Double door, one leaf of which provides a min. 29½” or a case-by-case basis.
clear opening. (CA T24 8-604.1)
(CA T24 8.603.3.3)
Access provided by experiences, services, functions,
Double doors operable with a power-assist device to materials and resources through methods including, but
provide a min. 29½” clear opening when both doors are not limited to, maps, plans, videos, virtual reality and
in the open position. related equipment, at accessible levels.
(CA T24 8.603.3.4) (CA T24 8-604.2)
Power Assisted-Doors The alternative design and/or technologies used will

provide substantially equivalent or greater accessibility
A power-assisted door or doors may be considered an to, and usability of, the facility.
equivalent alternative to level landings, strikeside clearance (CA T24 8-604.2)
and door-opening forces required by the regular code. The official charged with the enforcement of the stan-
(CA T24 8-603.4) dards shall document the reasons for the application of
the design and/or technologies and their effect on the
Toilet Rooms historical significance or character-defining features.
(CA T24 8-604.3)
In lieu of separate-gender toilet facilities as required in
the regular code, an accessible unisex toilet facility may Such documentation shall be in accordance with require-
be designated. ments under “Alternative Provisions” heading in this
(CA T24 8-603.5)
Section, and shall include the opinions and comments
of state or local accessibility officials and the opinions
Exterior and Interior Ramps and Lifts and comments of representative local groups of people
with disabilities.
Alternatives listed in order are: (CA T24 8-604.3)
(CA T24 8-603.6) Such documentation shall be recorded and entered into
A lift or a ramp of greater than standard slope but no greater the permanent file of the enforcing agency.
than 1:10, for horizontal distances not to exceed 5 feet. (CA T24 8-604.3)
(CA T24 8-603.6.1) Copies of the required documentation should be available
Signs shall be posted at upper and lower levels to indicate at the facility upon request.
steepness of the slope. (CA T24 8-604.3)
(CA T24 8-603.6.1)
Note: For commercial facilities and places of public accommo-
Access by ramps of 1:6 slope for horizontal distance not dation (Title III entities).
to exceed 13”.
(CA T24 8-604.3)
(CA T24 8-603.6.2)
Equivalent facilitation for an element of a building or
Signs shall be posted at upper and lower levels to indicate
property when applied as a waiver of an ADA accessibility
steepness of the slope.
requirement will not be entitled to the Federal Department
(CA T24 8-603.6.2)
of Justice certification of this code as rebuttable evidence
of compliance for that element.
(CA T24 8-604.3)

SECTION
ADA STANDARDS ADA Application

Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic
Applicability building or facility that is subject to section 106 of the
National Historic Preservation Act, the Federal agency with
General Rule. Alterations to a qualified historic building jurisdiction over the undertaking shall follow the section
or facility shall comply with 4.1.6 Accessible Buildings: 106 process. If the State Historic Preservation Officer
Alterations, the applicable technical specifications of 4.2 or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation agrees that
through 4.35 and the applicable special application sec- compliance with the requirements for accessible routes
tions 5 through 10 unless it is determined in accordance (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would
with the procedures in the “Procedures” heading in this threaten or destroy the historic significance of the build-
Section, that compliance with the requirements for acces- ing or facility, the alternative requirements in “Minimum
sible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or Requirements” heading in this Section may be used for
toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance the feature.
of the building or facility in which case the alternative (ADA 4.1.7(2)(a)(ii))
requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used for the feature. Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities
(ADA 4.1.7(1)(a)) Not Subject to Section 106 of the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act
EXCEPTION: (Reserved). (ADA 4.1.7(2)(b))
Definition Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic

building or facility that is not subject to section 106 of
A qualified historic building or facility is a building or the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act, if the entity undertaking the
facility that is: alterations believes that compliance with requirements
(ADA 4.1.7(1)(b)) for accessible routes (ext. and int.) ramps, entrances, or
toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance
zz Listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of of the building or facility and that alternative requirements
Historic Places: or in “Minimum Requirements” heading in this Section should
(ADA 4.1.7(1)(b)(i)) be used for the feature, the entity should consult the State
zz Designated as historic under an appropriate State or Hist. Pres. Officer.
local law. (ADA 4.1.7(2)(b))
(ADA 4.1.7(1)(b)(ii)) If the State Hist. Pres. Officer agrees that compliance
with accessibility requirements for accessible routes (ext.
PROCEDURES and int.), ramps, entrances or toilets would threaten or
destroy the historical significance of the building or facil-
Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities ity, the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used.
Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preserva- (ADA 4.1.7(2)(b))
tion Act:
Consultation With Interested Persons. Interested persons
(ADA 4.1.7(2)(a))
should be invited to participate in the consultation process,
zz Section 106 Process. Section 106 of the National His- including State or local accessibility officials, individuals
toric Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470f) requires that a with disabilities, and organizations representing individu-
Federal agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, feder- als with disabilities.
ally assisted, or federally licensed undertaking consider (ADA 4.1.7(2)(c))
the effects of the agency’s undertaking on buildings and
facilities listed in or eligible for listing in the National Certified Local Government Historic Preservation Programs.
Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Coun- Where the State Hist. Pres. Officer has delegated the
cil on Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to consultation responsibility for purposes of this section
comment on the undertaking prior to approval of the to a local government historic preservation program that
undertaking. has been certified in accordance with section 101(c) of
the Nat’l Hist. Pres. Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470a (c)) and
(ADA 4.1.7(2)(a)(i))
implementing regulations (36 CFR 61.5), the responsibility
may be carried out by the appropriate local government
body or official.
(ADA 4.1.7(2)(d))

SECTION
HISTORIC PRESERVATIONS At least one accessible entrance complying with Section

27 Entrances & Exits which is used by the public shall
be provided.
Minimum Requirements
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(b))
At least one accessible route complying with Section 17 EXCEPTION
Accessible Route of Travel from a site access point to an If no entrance used by the public can comply with 4.14, then
accessible entrance shall be provided. access at any entrance not used by the general public but open
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(a)) (unlocked) with directional signage at the primary entrance
EXCEPTION may be used. The accessible entrance shall have a notifica-
tion system. Where security is a problem, remote monitoring
A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed may be used.
2 ft. may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance.
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(b))
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(a))
If toilets are provided, then at least one toilet complying
with Section 47 Toilet Facilities and Section 48 and/or
49 (depending on whether the toilet facilities are of the
single- or multiple-accommodation variety) and Section 2
Building Accessibility shall be provided along an accessible
route that complies with Section 17 Accessible Route of
Travel. Toilet facility may be unisex.
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(c))
Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all pub-
licly used spaces on at least the level of the accessible
entrance shall be provided.
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(d))
Access shall be provided to all levels of a building or facil-
ity in compliance with this Section whenever practical.
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(d))
Displays and written information, documents, etc., should
be located where they can be seen by a seated person.
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(e))
Exhibits and signage displayed horizontally (e.g., open
books) should be no higher than 44” above the floor surface.
(ADA 4.1.7(3)(e))

SECTION
Group A: Assistive Listening Systems in Assembly Areas 7a
Group A Occupancies include auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, and related facilities.
zz Assistive Listening Systems for the hearing impaired are required in such facilities.
zz Assistive Listening Systems are also typically required in assembly area and conference
room portions of other occupancy types where the occupancy load is 50 or more.
The number of devices available must equal 4% of the total number of seats, but in no event
less than 2 systems.
Several types of listening systems will satisfy this requirement.
Signs announcing the availability of such systems must be posted in a prominent place, and
use the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss.
Assistive Listening Systems 35

SECTION
7a Group A: Assistive Listening Systems in Assembly Areas
Requirements Location
If an assistive listening system is limited to specific areas or
All Group A Occupancies must be equipped with assistive lis- seats, then such areas or seats must:
tening systems.
Be located within a 50-foot viewing distance of the per-
Assistive-Listening Systems in Assembly Areas forming area.
Have a complete view of the stage or playing area.
Assembly areas, conference and meeting rooms must pro-
vide assistive-listening systems for persons with hearing Signage
impairments as provided in this section. Assistive listening systems must be identified, in a prominent
Exception place (such as a customer service counter, ticket booth, or
assembly area entrance), with signage that uses both:
This section does not apply to systems used exclusively for
paging, or background music, or a combination of these two The International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss
uses. Wording stating “Assistive-listening System Available”
Personal receivers / systems Fees and Charges
The minimum number of assistive listening systems required: A facility may charge for such assistive listening devices its
4 percent of the total number of seats, but in no case less usual fee for audio-visual equipment (if any).
than two. zz No surcharge, however, may be made to disable individ-
Types of listening systems include, but are not limited to: uals or groups to cover the cost of such equipment.
audio-induction loops Permanent vs. Portable Systems
radio frequency systems (AM or FM) Permanently installed systems are required if:
infrared transmission An area accommodates at least 50 people or if it has a per-
manently installed audio-amplification system, AND
The area has fixed seating
Otherwise, portable systems may be used. A single portable
assistive listening system may serve more than one room or
area.
36 Assistive Listening Systems

SECTION
Group A: Assistive Listening Systems in Assembly Areas 7a
All Group A Occupancies shall be accessible as provided
in this chapter. See also the general requirements listed
in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Design and
Construction.
(CA T24 1104B.1)
Assistive-Listening Systems in Assembly Areas

Assembly areas, conference and meeting rooms shall
provide assistive-listening systems for persons with hear-
ing impairments as provided in this section.
(CA T24 1104B.2) (ADA 4.1.3(19)(b))
Exception
This section does not apply to systems used exclusively for
paging, or background music, or a combination of these two
uses.
(CA T24 1104B.2)
Number of personal receivers required. The min. number
required: 4% of the total number of seats, but in no case FIGURE 1
less than 2. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.2.1)
Types of Systems. Types of listening systems include, but
are not limited to, audio-induction loops, radio frequency
systems (AM or FM) and infrared transmission.
(CA T24 1104B.2.2) (ADA 4.33.7)
Location. If system is limited to specific areas or seats,
then such areas or seats served by a listening system shall
be located within a 50’ viewing distance of the perform-
ing area and shall have a complete view of the stage or
playing area. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.2.3) (ADA 4.33.6)
Signage. Assistive listening systems shall be identified,
in a prominent place (such as at a customer service
counter, a ticket booth, or the entrance to an assembly
area) with the international symbol of access for hear-
ing loss and wording stating “Assistive-listening System
Available”. The sign must comply with Section 61, Signs
and Identification. Figs. 2 & 3 FIGURE 2
(CA T24 1104B.2.4; 1117B.5.8.4) (ADA 4.30.7(4))
Fees and Charges. A facility may charge for such system
its usual fee for audio-visual equipment. No surcharge,
however, may be made to an individual or group with a
disability to cover the cost of such equipment.
(CA T24 1104B.2.5)
Portable Systems. A portable system may serve more
than one conference or meeting room.
(CA T24 1104B.2.6)
P
ermanently installed systems are required if (1) An area FIGURE 3
accommodates at least 50 people or if it has an audio-
amplification system, AND (2) The area has fixed seating.
(CA T24 1104B.2.6)
An adequate number of electrical outlets or other
supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable
assistive-listening system shall be provided.
(CA T24 1104B.2.6)
Assistive Listening Systems 37

SECTION
7b Group A: Auditoriums, Theaters, Assembly
Group A Occupancies include auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, and related facilities.
Wheelchair seating areas must provide line-of-sight choices that are comparable to those
available to the general public.
zz This means that, with very few exceptions, wheelchair seating areas cannot be clustered
in undesirable locations.
zz In the currently popular stadium-style theater seating arrangement, be careful not to
locate seating only in the front rows and/or only in the back rows. In most cases, if you
want to use a cluster, the most acceptable location is likely to be within the middle third
of seats, and near the middle of the rows.
zz What is acceptable or not is a somewhat subjective question, and one should either rely
on prior experience or consult others with experience or the local government authority
for guidance.
The following outlines the specific requirements concerning seating arrangements for
wheelchair users and accessible route considerations.
38 Wheelchair Seating Areas and Accessible Routes

SECTION
Group A: Auditoriums, Theaters, Assembly 7b
Requirements Additional Accessibility Considerations

Wheelchair seating locations must be connected by an
In all theaters, assembly halls, auditoriums, etc., where seating accessible route to performing areas.
is provided, there must be spaces for persons using wheel-
chairs and semi-ambulant persons to attend as members of zz This includes stages, orchestra pits, platforms, arena
the audience. floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms and other spaces
used by performers.
Exceptions
Exceptions
1. In existing buildings and facilities when the enforcing agency
determines that compliance with this code would create an 1. When the enforcing agency finds that compliance with this
unreasonable hardship, such requirements shall not apply. code, for an enclosed/unenclosed platform or depressed
When this finding is applied, 1% min. of total seating must area not more than 24” above or below an adjacent acces-
be accessible and usable by persons with disabilities using sible level, would create an unreasonable hardship, the
wheelchairs and such seating must comply with level require- enclosed and unenclosed platform or depressed area must
ments and individual space requirements of this code. be made accessible by a portable ramp with a slope not
exceeding 1 unit vertical to 12 units horizontal (8.33% slope).
2. When an existing theater is subdivided into more than one Fig. 14
facility having upper levels not accessible by ramp or eleva-
tor, and the enforcing agency determines that full compliance 2. In existing buildings and facilities, all stages, enclosed/
with this code would create an unreasonable hardship, the unenclosed platforms, and orchestra pits need not be acces-
upper levels need not be made accessible, provided all facili- sible when the enforcing agency determines that compliance
ties at grade are accessible and any activities available to the would create an unreasonable hardship.
public in all of the facilities are scheduled to ensure that all Both customer and employee sides of ticket booths,
such functions are available in the accessible facility. and concession/refreshment sales facilities must be
accessible.
Location
Public toilets and other public areas must be made acces-
Seating for persons with disabilities (as well as related toilet sible. (See Sanitary Facilities, Section 43.)
facilities) must be accessible from the main lobby or from a Size of Wheelchair Location
primary entrance.
The following are the minimum dimensions for two (2)
Placement of Wheelchair Locations spaces:
Wheelchair areas must be an integral part of any fixed seat- zz Forward or rear access: 66” wide by 48” deep.
ing plan. The placement of these areas should: zz Side access: 66” wide by 60” deep.
zz Provide persons with disabilities a choice of admission Removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces,
prices and lines of sight comparable to those for mem- and can remain in place so long as spaces are not required
bers of other seats. to accommodate wheelchair users.
zz When room capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces
must be provided in more than one location. Semi-Ambulant Persons
zz Adjoin an accessible route which must also serve as a A minimum of 1% of total seating, but no less than 2 seats
means of egress in case of emergency. must be provided for semi-ambulant individuals.
A minimum of one companion fixed seat must be provided Such seating must provide 24” clear leg space between the
next to each wheelchair area. front of the seat to nearest obstruction or the back of the
In determining seating location, life safety must be consid- seat immediately in front.
ered, and all seating must comply with fire and panic safety
requirements of the state fire marshal. Availability / Variety
Exception
Accessible seating or accommodations must be provided
in a variety of locations to provide persons with disabilities
Where seat capacity is less than 300, accessible viewing posi- a choice of admission prices otherwise available to mem-
tions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies and other areas bers of the general public.
having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5%. Equiv-
alent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels Signage must be posted at ticket office stating availability
having accessible egress. of such seats.
Wheelchair Seating Areas and Accessible Routes 39

SECTION
Number of Wheelchair Seating Spaces Design Characteristics

The number of wheelchair spaces required, based on the
facility’s seating capacity, is shown in the table below. The ground/floor at wheelchair spaces must be level and must
comply with the following:
TABLE 7B-1 Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and
Wheelchair Seating Spaces in accessible rooms and spaces, including floors, walks,
No. of Wheelchair ramps, stairs and curb ramps, must be stable, firm, and
Seating Capacity slip-resistant.
Seating Spaces
4 to 26 1 Changes in Level
27 to 50 2 zz Changes in level up to ¼ inch (6 mm) vertical may
remain without edge treatment.
51 to 300 4 zz Changes in level between ¼ inch (6 mm) and ½ inch
301 to 500 6 (12.7 mm) must be accomplished by means of a ramp.
Over 500 6 plus one additional Carpet
space for each increment zz If carpet or carpet tile is used on a ground or floor sur-
of 100 over 500 face, then it must be securely attached; have a firm
cushion, pad or backing or no cushion or pad; and have
In addition, one percent (but a minimum of at least one) of a level loop, textured loop; level-cut pile, or level-cut/
all fixed seats must be aisle seats with either removable, uncut pile texture.
folding or no armrests on the aisle side. Each such seat zz The maximum pile height shall be ½ inch (12.7 mm).
must be identified by a sign or a marker.
zz Exposed edges of carpet must be fastened to floor
surfaces and have trim along the entire length of the
exposed edge. Carpet edge trim must comply with the
“Changes in Level” requirements above.

SECTION
In all assembly places where seating is provided, there

shall be spaces for persons using wheelchairs and semi-
ambulant persons, as provided in this section.
(CA T24 1104B.3.1) (ADA 4.1.3(19)(A))
Exceptions
1. In existing buildings and facilities when the enforcing agency
determines that compliance with this code would create an
unreasonable hardship, such requirements shall not apply.
When this finding is applied, 1% min. of total seating shall
be accessible and usable by persons with disabilities using
wheelchairs and such seating shall comply with level require- FIGURE 1
ments and individual space requirements of this code. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.3.1)
2. When an existing theater is subdivided into more than one
facility having upper levels not accessible by ramp or eleva-
tor, and the enforcing agency determines that full compliance
with this code would create an unreasonable hardship, the
upper levels need not be made accessible, provided all facili-
ties at grade are accessible and any activities available to the
public in all of the facilities are scheduled to ensure that all
such functions are available in the accessible facility. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.3.1)
FIGURE 2
Accessibility to Key Facilities
Seating for persons with disabilities shall be accessible

from the main lobby or from a primary entrance, together
with related toilet facilities. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1104B.3.2) (ADA 4.33.3)
Variety of Locations
Accessible seating or accommodations in places of public

amusement and resort, including theaters, concert halls
and stadiums, shall be provided in a variety of locations
to provide persons with disabilities a choice of admission FIGURE 3
prices otherwise available to members of the general
public. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104B.3.3) (ADA 4.33.3)
Signage shall be posted at ticket office stating availability
of such seats. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104B.3.4.1) (ADA 4.1.3(19)(A))
Wheelchair Spaces
The number of wheelchair spaces is as shown in Table 1,

Wheelchair Seating Spaces.
(CA T24 Table 11B-1) (ADA 4.1.3(19)(A))
Also, 1%, but a min. of 1, of all fixed seats shall be aisle
seats with either removable, folding or no armrests on FIGURE 4
the aisle side. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1104B.3.4.1) (ADA 4.1.3(19)(A))
Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or a marker
with the International Symbol of Accessibility. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1104B.3.4.1) (ADA 4.1.3(19)(A))

SECTION
Signage notifying patrons of the availability of such seats

TABLE 1: Wheelchair Seating Spaces must be posted at the ticket office. Signs and markers must
CA T24 Table 11B-1 / ADA 4.1.3(19)(A) comply with Section 61, Signs and Identification. Fig. 4
Seating Capacity No. of Wheelchair Seating Spaces When the seating capacity exceeds 500, one additional
wheelchair seating space shall be provided for each total
4 to 25 1 seating capacity increase of 100. Table 1
26 to 50 2 (CA T24 1104B.3.4.2) (ADA 4.1.3(19)(A))
51 to 300 4 The ground or floor at spaces shall be level and shall com-
ply with Section 33, Floor, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
301 to 500 6 (CA T24 1104B.3.4.3) (ADA 4.33.4)
Over 500 6 plus one additional space for each
increment of 100 over 500 Placement of Wheelchair Locations
Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed

seating plan, to provide persons with disabilities a choice
of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those
for members of other seats. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1104B.3.5) (ADA 4.33.3)
Adjoin an accessible route which shall also serve as a
means of egress in case of emergency. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1104B.3.5) (ADA 4.33.3)
FIGURE 5 Min. of one companion fixed seat shall be provided next
to each wheelchair area. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1104B.3.5) (ADA 4.33.3)
When capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be
provided in more than 1 location in addition to complying
with Section 1104B.3.3, Variety of locations.
(CA T24 1104B.3.5) (ADA 4.33.3)
Exception
Where seat capacity is less than 300, accessible view-
ing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies and
other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater
FIGURE 6 than 1:20 (5% slope). Equivalent accessible viewing posi-
tions may be located on levels having accessible egress.
Fig. 9
(CA T24 1104B.3.5) (ADA 4.33.3)
Where it is determined that dispersing accessible seating
throughout an existing assembly area would create an unrea-
sonable hardship, accessible seating areas may be clustered.
Each accessible seating area shall have provisions for com-
panion seating and shall be located on an accessible route that
also serves as a means of emergency egress.
(CA T24 1104B.3.5)
Size of Wheelchair Location

FIGURE 7
Each wheelchair location shall provide minimum clear
floor or ground space specified in the following and shall
adjoin an egress aisle on at least one side.
The following sizes are min. length for two spaces:
Forward or rear access: 66” wide by 48” deep. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1104B.3.6) (ADA 4.33.2)
Side access: 66” wide by 60” deep. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1104B.3.6) (ADA 4.33.2)

SECTION
Removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces

when those spaces not required to accommodate wheel-
chair users. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1104B.3.7)
Size of Wheelchair and Seating Locations

Floor Space Forward or Side Access
Required Rear Access Aisle
Length 48” Min. 60” Min.
Width 66” Min. 66” Min.
FIGURE 8
Seating for Semi-Ambulant Individuals
In addition to spaces provided for wheelchair users as

noted in Table 1 and requirements set forth in this sec-
tion, there shall be provided seating for semi-ambulant
individuals.
(CA T24 1104B.3.8)
A min. of 1% of total seating, but no less than 2 seats is
provided for semiambulant individuals. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1104B.3.8)
Such seating shall provide 24” clear leg space between
the front of the seat to nearest obstruction or the back
of the seat immediately in front. Fig. 12 FIGURE 9
(CA T24 1104B.3.8)
Life Safety Requirements
In determining seating location, life safety shall be con-

sidered, and all seating must comply with fire and panic
safety requirements of the state fire marshal.
(CA T24 1104B.3.9)
Access to Performing Areas
An accessible route shall connect wheelchair seating

locations with performing areas, including stages, arena
floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms and other spaces
used by performers. Fig. 13 FIGURE 10
(CA T24 1104B.3.10) (ADA 4.33.5)
FIGURE 11
FIGURE 12

SECTION
Stages, Enclosed and Unenclosed Platforms

and Orchestra Pits
Stages, enclosed/unenclosed platforms, and orchestra pits

shall be made accessible to those with disabilities. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1104B.3.11)
Exceptions
1. When the enforcing agency finds that compliance with this
code, for an enclosed/unenclosed platform or depressed
area not more than 24” above or below an adjacent acces-
sible level, would create an unreasonable hardship, the
FIGURE 13 enclosed and unenclosed platform or depressed area shall
be made accessible by a portable ramp with a slope not
exceeding 1 unit vertical to 12 units horizontal (8.33% slope).
Fig. 14
(CA T24 1104B.3.11)
2. In existing buildings and facilities, all stages, enclosed/
unenclosed platforms, and orchestra pits need not be acces-
sible when the enforcing agency determines that compliance
would create an unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1104B.3.11)
Ticket Booths
Customer/employee sides of ticket booths, concession/

refreshment sales facilities shall be accessible. Fig. 15
FIGURE 14 (CA T24 1104B.3.12)
Miscellaneous
Public toilets and other public areas shall be made acces-

sible. See Sanitary Facilities, Section 43, Fig. 16.
(CA T24 1104B.3.13)
FIGURE 15
FIGURE 16

SECTION
Group A: Stadiums, Gyms and Sports-Related 7c
Group A Occupancies include stadiums, gymnasiums and sports-related facilities.
The following outlines the specific requirements for sports-related facilities, including ticket
booths, participation areas (fields, courts, courses, pools, etc.), clubrooms and locker
rooms.
Accessible Spectator, Participation and Locker AReas 45

SECTION
7c Group A: Stadiums, Gyms and Sports-Related
Requirements Be designed to have a live-load capacity of not less than

300 lbs.
Seating Be positioned so that, if the pool has water of different
depths, it will place the operator into water that is at least
Spectator seating must comply with the requirements
3 ft. deep.
applicable to Auditoriums, Assembly Halls, Theaters and
Related Facilities. (See Section 7a.) Lower the operator at least 18” below the surface of the
water.
Ticket Booth
Sanitary and Locker Facilities
The customer side of a ticket booth must in all cases be
accessible. Where spectator, participant sanitary, or locker facilities are
provided, they must conform with the requirements discussed
The employee side of a ticket booth may be, but is not
in Sections 47 through 52, 55 and 56.
required to be, accessible.
Participation Areas Exceptions
Participation areas must be accessible to persons with dis- 1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with
abilities, including the following listed and any similar activity these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship, an
areas: exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is pro-
Playing fields and running tracks vided through the use of other models or materials.
Tennis, racquetball and handball courts. 2. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency finds that
compliance with regulations would create an unreasonable
Gymnasium floor areas and general exercise rooms. hardship, an exception may be granted when all of the follow-
Basketball, volleyball and badminton courts ing min. conditions are met:
Bowling lanes. a. Total seating does not exceed 5,000: min. 1% acces-
sible; Total seating exceeds 5,000: 1 additional seat for
Athletic team rooms and facilities 2,000 seats over 5,000.
Club rooms b. Sanitary facilities, ticket booths, club rooms, conces-
Swimming pools sions and refreshment facilities are accessible.
c. One of each type of participation area is accessible.
Swimming Pools
Specifically with regard to swimming pools:
Deck areas must be accessible.
A mechanism to assist persons with disabilities in gain-
ing entry into the pool and in exiting the pool must be
provided.
Such a mechanism may consist of a swimming pool lift device,
which meets all of the following criteria:
Have a seat that meets all of the following:
zz The seat must be rigid.
zz The seat must be not less than 17” and not more than
19” inclusive of any cushioned surface that might be
provided, above the pool deck.
zz The seat must have two armrests. The armrest on
the side of the seat by which access is gained must be
either removable or fold clear of the seat.
zz The seat must have a back support that is at least 12”
tall.
zz The seat must have occupant restraint for use by the
occupant of the seat, and the restraint must meet the
standards for operable controls and must not require
tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The
force required to activate controls must be no greater
than 5 lbs. of force.
Be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and
water levels.
Be stable and not permit unintended movement when a per-
son is getting into or out of the seat.
46 Accessible Spectator, Participation and Locker AReas

SECTION
Group A: Stadiums, Gyms and Sports-Related 7c
Seating. Spectator seating shall comply with Section

CA T24 1104B.3, Auditoriums, Assembly Halls, Theaters
and Related Facilities.
(CA T24 1104B.4.1)
Ticket booth. The customer side of a ticket booth shall
be, and the employee side may be, accessible. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.4.2)
FIGURE 1
Participation Areas
Participation areas shall be accessible to persons with

disabilities, including the following listed and similar
activity areas:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3)
1. Tennis, racquetball and handball courts.
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.1)
2. Gymnasium floor areas and general exercise
rooms.
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.2)
3. Basketball, volleyball and badminton courts, and
bowling lanes. Fig. 2 FIGURE 2
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.3)
4. Swimming pool deck areas must be acces-
sible, and a mechanism to assist persons with
disabilities in gaining entry into the pool and in exit-
ing the pool shall be provided. Such a mechanism
may consist of a swimming pool lift device as long
as the device meets all of the following criteria.
Fig. 3:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4)
a) Have a seat that meets all of the following:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1)
i. The seat must be rigid. Fig. 3;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.1)
ii. The seat must be not less than 17” and not more
than 19” inclusive of any cushioned surface that
might be provided, above the pool deck. Fig. 3;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.2)
iii. The seat must have two armrests. The armrest
on the side of the seat by which access is gained
shall be either removable or fold clear of the seat.
Fig. 3;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.3)
iv. The seat must have a back support that is at
least 12” tall. Fig. 3;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.4) FIGURE 3
v. The seat must have occupant restraint for use
by the occupant of the seat, and the restraint must
meet the standards for operable controls and shall
not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of
the wrist. The force required to activate controls
shall be no greater than 5 lbs. of force. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.5 & 1117B.6.4)
Accessible Spectator, Participation and Locker AReas 47

SECTION
7c Group A: Stadiums, Gyms and Sports-Related
5. Athletic team rooms and facilities, playing fields

and running tracks.
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.5)
Clubrooms shall be made accessible to persons with
disabilities.
(CA T24 1104B.4.4)
Sanitary and Locker Facilities
Where spectator and/or participant sanitary and/or

locker facilities are provided, they shall conform with the
requirements in Sections 43 (Sanitary Facilities), 47 (Toilet
Facilities), 55 (Bathing Facilities) and 40 (Elevators) and
Section 41 (Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts). Fig. 5
(CA T24 1104B.4.5)
Exceptions
1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with
these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship, an
FIGURE 4 exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is pro-
vided through the use of other models or materials.
(CA T24 1104B.4.5.1)
2. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency finds that
compliance with regulations would create an unreasonable
hardship, an exception may be granted when all of the follow-
ing min. conditions are met:
(CA T24 1104B.4.5.2)
2.1 When total seating does not exceed 5,000: min. 1%
accessible; When total seating exceeds 5,000: 1 additional
seat for 2,000 seats over 5,000, shall be accessible and
usable by persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1104B.4.5.2.1)
2.2 Sanitary facilities, ticket booths, club rooms, concessions
and refreshment facilities are accessible.
(CA T24 1104B.4.5.2.2)
2.3 One of each type of participation area is accessible.
(CA T24 1104B.4.5.2.3)
FIGURE 5
b) Be capable of unassisted operation from both

the deck and water levels. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.2)
c) Be stable and not permit unintended movement
when a person is getting into or out of the seat.
Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.3)
d) Be designed to have a live-load capacity of not
less than 300 lbs. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.4)
e) Be positioned so that, if the pool has water of dif-
ferent depths, it will place the operator into water
that is at least 3 ft. deep. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.5)
f) Lower the operator at least 18” below the sur-
face of the water. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.6)
48 Accessible Spectator, Participation and Locker AReas

SECTION
Group A: Dining, Banquet and Bar Facilities 7d
Group A Occupancies include restaurants and similar dining establishments, banquet facili-
ties, bars and taverns, and related facilities.
The following outlines the specific requirements for restaurants, dining halls, banquet and
bar facilities.
Accessibility must be provided “where each type of functional activity occurs,” meaning
that in large facilities, virtually every public area should be accessible.
Requirements cover accessible route, clear floor space at dining/seating areas, aisle width,
counter and shelf heights, etc.
Tray slides and tableware areas in cafeteria-style facilities must also be accessible.
Dining, Banquet and Bar Facilities 49

SECTION
7d Group A: Dining, Banquet and Bar Facilities
Requirements Service Aisles

Min. clear width of aisle: 36”. (Preferred 42” to allow pas-
Dining, banquet, and bar facilities must be accessible to sage around a person using a wheelchair.)
persons with disabilities as provided in this Section.
Max. height of tray slides 34” above the floor.
In new construction, all dining areas (including raised or
sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas) Counters / Bars / Shelves
must be accessible.
Height Above
Exceptions for Existing Buildings
Finished Minimum Knee Clearance
1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines Type of Counter Floor Length (Fwd. Approach)
that compliance with any regulation under this section would
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be Dining / Bar 27” high
28” to
Facilities 60” 30” wide
granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 24”
(food/drink areas) 19” deep
2. In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply when
Dining / Bar 27” high
legal or physical constraints would not allow compliance with 28” to Not
Facilities 30” wide
these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an (other areas)
34” Specified
19” deep
unreasonable hardship.
Food Service Full Length Clearance shown
34” max.
Areas of Accessibility (Tray Slides) of Counter above is optional
Sales & Service 28” to Clearance shown
Entrances and Exits 36”
Counters 34” above is optional
Entrances to and exits from dining, banquet, bar and similar
If self-service shelves are provided (for napkins, condi-
facilities must be provided at entrances and exits as described
ments, tableware, etc.) shelves must be configured so that
in Section 27 (Entrances).
at least 50% of each service item is within reach ranges as
Functional Activity Areas shown below.
Wheelchair access must be provided to all areas where each 24” maximum forward reach (front edge of counter/shelf to
type of functional activity (dining, banquets, bar, self-service/ the dispensing/availability of any service item).
buffet, restrooms, etc.) occurs within the facility. Maximum height:
Restrooms zz 46” maximum height if forward reach over obstruction
is present.
Restrooms and powder rooms must conform to require-
ments in Section 1115B, ADA 4.22 and 4.23, Bathing & Toilet zz 54” maximum height if no obstruction is present.
Facilities. Tableware areas
Seating / Tables Tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverage
The minimum requirements for each dining, banquet and bar display shelves, and dispensing devices must be located
area are as follow: within accessible reach range.
The ratio of accessible seating is based on the total num- Food Preparation Areas
ber of seats provided: 1 wheelchair seating space with a Access to food preparation areas must comply with the
minimum of 1, for every 20 seats. provisions for entrance doors and doorways in CBC Sec-
At least 5% but not less than 1, of the fixed tables must be tion 1008, and aisles in CBC Sections 1014.4 and 1014.4.1.
accessible and comply with Fixed or Built-in-Seating and
Tables (Section 60). Raised Platforms
An accessible route must lead to and throughout this In banquet rooms or spaces where a head table or speak-
area. er’s lectern is located on a raised platform, the platform
must be accessible according to:
Clear floor space for each wheelchair seating space must
be minimum of 30” x 48”. zz Ramps (Section 20)
Knee space must be at least 27” high at fixed tables or zz Platform Lifts (Section 41)
counters, 19” deep, 30” wide. Open edges on a raised platform must be protected by
Tables height must be a minimum of 28” and a maximum of placement of tables or by a curb.
34” from the floor level.
Vending Machines & Other Equipment
Minimum clear width of main aisles: 36”.
Spaces for vending machines and other equipment must
Accessible seating must be integrated with general seating. be located on an accessible route, and must comply with:
zz Space Allowances (Section 37)
zz Reach Ranges (Section 38)
Also see Vending Machines (Section 58).
50 Dining, Banquet and Bar Facilities

SECTION
Dining, banquet, and bar facilities shall be made accessible

to persons with disabilities as provided in this section. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.5.1) (ADA 5.1)
All areas where each type of functional activity occurs
shall be made accessible. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.1)
In new construction, all dining areas including raised or
sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas,
shall be accessible. Fig. 1
(ADA 5.4)
Exceptions FIGURE 1
1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be
granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1104B.5.1.1)
2. In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply when
legal or physical constraints would not allow compliance with
these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an
unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5.
(CA T24 1104B.5.1.2)
Entrance. Access to these facilities shall be provided at
entrances and exits as required by Section 27 (Entrances).
Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.2)
Raised or Sunken Areas
All dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas,

loggias, and outdoor seating areas, shall be accessible.
Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.5.3)
FIGURE 2
A raised platform where a head table or speaker’s lectern
is located shall be accessible according to Section 20,
Ramps, or Section 41, Platform Lifts.
(CA T24 1104B.5.3) (ADA 5.7)
Open edges of raised or sunken areas shall be protected
as required by Sections 21 (Guardrails) and 25 (Hazards/
Warning Curbs), or by other means as required by the CA
T24 code. For existing buildings see Section 33 (Floors,
Levels and Ground Surfaces).
(CA T24 1104B.5.3) (ADA 5.7)
Restrooms
Restrooms and powder rooms shall conform to require-

ments in Section 43 (Sanitary Facilities/Bathing & Toilet
Facilities). Fig. 2
FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1104B.5.7) (ADA 4.1.2(6))

SECTION
7d Group A: Dining, Banquet and Bar Facilities
Seating
Min. requirement for each dining, banquet and bar area:

1 wheelchair seating space with a min. of 1, for every 20
seats with at least 1 min. wheelchair seating space per
functional area. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)
At least 5% but not less than 1, of the fixed tables shall
be accessible and comply with Fixed or Built-in-Seating
and Tables, Section 60. Fig. 2
(ADA 4.1.3(18) & 5.1)
An accessible route shall lead to and through this area.
Fig. 2
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)
Clear floor space shall be min. of 30” x 48”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1118B.4) (ADA 4.2.4.1)
Knee space shall be at least 27” high, 19” deep, 30”
FIGURE 4 wide at fixed tables or counters. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1122B.3) (ADA 4.32.3)
Tables height is 28”-34” from the floor level. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1122B.4) (ADA 4.32.4)
Min. clear width of main aisles: 36”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1104B.5.4) (ADA 5.3)
Accessible seating to be integrated with general seating
to allow a reasonable selection of seating area and to
avoid having one area specifically highlighted as the area
for persons with disabilities. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)
The ratio of accessible seating is based on the total
number of seats provided.
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)
Access to such seating spaces must be provided with
FIGURE 5 main aisles of a min. of 36” clear width.
(CA T24 1104B.5.4)
In establishments where separate areas are designated for
smoking and nonsmoking patrons, the required number of
Counters and Bars accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be proportionally
distributed between the smoking and nonsmoking areas.
Knee Clearance
Types of Height “above (forward (CA T24 1104B.5.4)
Counters finish floor” Min. Length approach) Where food or drink is served at counters exceeding 34”
27” High, 30”Wide, in height for consumption by customers seated or standing
28” to 34” 19” Deep at the counter, a portion of the main counter which is a
Dining/Bars (CA T24 1104B.5.4; 60” (CA T24 min. 60” in length shall be provided in compliance with
(service) 1122B.4) (ADA (ADA 5.2) 1104B.5.4; Section 60 (Seating, Tables and Counters, Fixed or Built-In).
4.32.4; 5.2) 1122B.3) (ADA (CA T24 1104B.5.4)
4.32.3)
Dining/Bars 28” to 34”
Not Specified Required
(no service) (ADA 4.32)
34” max.
Food Service
(CA T24 1104B.5.5) Full Length Optional
(tray slides)
(ADA 5.5)
36” max. 36” Optional
Sales/Service
(ADA 7.2(1)) (CA T24 1122B.4) (CA T24 1122B.3)
52 Dining, Banquet and Bar Facilities

SECTION
Food Service Aisles

Min. clear width of aisle: 36”. (Preferred 42” to allow pas-
sage around a person using a wheelchair.) Fig. 6
(CA T24 1104B.5.5) (ADA 5.5)
Max. height of tray slides 34” above the floor. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1104B.5.5) (ADA 5.5)
If self-service shelves are provided, at least 50% of each
type within reach ranges as in Fig. 8.
(CA T24 1104B.5.5) (ADA 5.5)
Tableware areas. Tableware, dishware, condiments, food
and beverage display shelves, and dispensing devices
shall be located within accessible reach range. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1104B.5.6) (ADA 5.6)
Food Preparation Areas
Access to food preparation areas shall comply with the

provisions for entrance doors and doorways in Section FIGURE 6
29, and aisles in Section 34.
(CA T24 1104B.5.8)
Tableware and Condiment Areas
Self-service tableware, dishware, condiments, food and

beverage display shelves and dispensing devices shall
comply with Sections 37, Space Allowances, and Sec-
tion 60, Fixed or Built-in Seating: Tables and Counters.
Fig. 7 and 8.
Vending Machines & Other Equipment
Spaces for vending machines and other equipment shall

comply with ADA 4.2, Sections 37 & 38, Space Allowance
and Reach Ranges, and shall be located on an accessible
route. See Vending Machines, Section 58.
(ADA 5.8)
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 8

SECTION
7e Group A: Religious Facilities
Group A Occupancies, as we’ve seen, include auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, and
related facilities. Another division with occupancy Group A includes religious facilities.
Religious facilities are not exempt from accessbility requirements in California.
The following outlines the specific requirements for churches, synagogues, mosques, tem-
ples, and other religious-related facilities.
zz In general, the requirements applicable to the sanctuary (i.e., the general assembly area)
of a religious facility are the same as those for other assembly halls and auditoriums
(Sections 7A and 7B).
zz The requirements applicable to accessible classrooms, offices, and sanitary facilities are
the same as those found in the other, appropriate Sections of this book.
54 Religious Facilities
SECTION
Group A: Religious Facilities 7e
Requirements Assembly Areas

Assembly areas must be made accessible to persons with
Religious facilities must be made accessible to persons disabilities, according to the requirements described in
with disabilities as provided in this section. Section 7B.
Exception Enclosed and unenclosed platforms and stages in assem-
In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines bly areas must conform to these requirements.
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted Classrooms and Offices
when equivalent facilitation is provided. Classrooms and offices must have accessible entry according
to CA T24 Chapter 10, Means of Egress.
Sanctuary
Sanctuary areas must be made accessible to persons with dis- Sanitary Facilities
abilities as follows: Sanitary facilities must conform to the requirements of Sec-
Wheelchair seating must conform to the requirements as tions 47 (Toilet Facilities) and 55 (Bathtubs).
described in Section 7B with respect to Location, Design
Characteristics and Semi-Ambulant Persons.
zz Exceptions described in 7B are equally available to reli-
gious facilities.
Wheelchair access must be provided to raised platforms,
choir rooms, choir lofts, performing areas and other simi-
lar areas.
Exception
In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply to choir
lofts when the enforcing agency determines that such compli-
ance would create an unreasonable hardship.
Religious Facilities 55
SECTION
7e Group A: Religious Facilities
Religious facilities shall be made accessible to persons

with disabilities as provided in this section. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.1)
E
xception: In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency
determines that compliance with any regulation under
this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an
exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is
provided.
(CA T24 1104B.6.1)
Sanctuary
Sanctuary areas shall be made accessible to persons

(CA T24 1104B.6.2)
Wheelchair seating spaces shall conform to the require-
ments in Section 7b, Seating.
FIGURE 1 (CA T24 1104B.6.2.1)
Wheelchair access shall be provided to raised platforms,
choir rooms, choir lofts, performing areas and other
similar areas. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.2.2)
E
xception: In existing buildings, these regulations shall
not apply to choir lofts when the enforcing agency deter-
mines that such compliance would create an unreasonable
hardship.
(CA T24 1104B.6.2.2)
Assembly Areas
Assembly areas shall be made accessible to persons with

disabilities. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.3)
Enclosed and unenclosed platforms and stages in assembly
areas shall conform to these requirements. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.3)
Classrooms and Offices
Classrooms and offices shall have accessible entry accord-

ing to CA T24 Chapter 10, Means of Egress.
(CA T24 1104B.6.4)
Sanitary Facilities
Sanitary facilities shall conform to the requirements of

Section 47 (Sanitary Facilities) and Section 55 (Bathing
and Toilet Facilities). Fig. 1
(CA T24 1104B.6.5)
56 Religious Facilities
SECTION
Group B: Offices and Public Services 8
Group B Occupancies include the following:

zz General and specialized business professional offices, including medical and dental
offices, insurance, real estate, attorneys, credit bureaus, consultants of all types, coun-
seling and accounting.
zz Personal and public service facilities (i.e., offices), public utility facilities, and certain pub-
lic facilities (police and law enforcement facilities, fire stations and courtrooms).
zz When deciding which access provision should apply to a particular feature or portion of
an occupancy, consider the use or function.
The following outlines the specific areas within these occupancies that must be made
accessible, and any exceptions.
Offices & Public Service and Utility Facilities 57

SECTION
8 Group B: Offices and Public Services
Requirements Business And Professional Offices

The following areas within business and professional offices
Group B Occupancies must be accessible as provided in this must be made accessible:
Section. See also the general accessibility requirements in
Section 2 and those applicable to new buildings/facilities in Client and visitor areas and office areas, together with
Section 1. related toilet rooms.
Conference/counseling rooms, cubicles and similar areas.
EXCEPTIONS
Conference rooms with occupancy loads of 50 or more are
required to provide assistive listening sytems (see Section
that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship,
7A).
an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is
provided. Offices (employee work areas).
2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall NOTE: Employee work areas within Group B occupancies must
not apply when legal or physical constraints will not allow have min. 36” wide clear access, except as modified in other
compliance or equivalent facilitation without creating an portions of these regulations. See Section 34 (Interior Travel
unreasonable hardship. Routes).
3. In buildings and facilities, floors of a given story must be a Medical and dental offices must also comply with Section 11
common level throughout, or must be connected by ramps, (Accessibility for Group I Occupancies).
elevators or special access lifts.
Personal and Public Service Facilities
Assembly Areas within Group B Occupancies
Within personal and public service facilities, the following
Group B Occupancies or those portions of Group B Occupan- areas must be made accessible:
cies used for assembly purposes, but having an occupant load
zz Client and visitor areas.
less than 50, must conform to:
zz Offices (employee work areas).
zz The requirements in this Section.
zz Related toilet rooms.
zz Section 9 (Factories and Warehouses).
Employee work areas must have 36” wide clear access,
zz Section 12 (Accessibility for Group M Occupancies).
except as modified in other portions of these regulations.
Office Buildings See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes).
Office buildings and personal and public service facilities are ATMs
those used by the public as customers, clients, visitors, or
ATMs used by financial institutions and their customers
which are potentially places of employment and shall include,
must be made accessible. See Section 59 (Automatic
but are not limited to the following:
Teller Machines).
All types of general and specialized business offices,
including those related to medicine, dentistry, insurance, Public Utility Facilities
consultants, real estate, attorneys, credit bureaus, coun- The following areas within public utility facilities must be
seling, accounting. made accessible:
Sales firms (merchandise and equipment outlets), including zz Office areas.
personal and household furnishings and supplies, foods,
zz Meeting rooms and similar areas.
sporting goods, office supplies, vehicles and related parts
and supplies, building materials and pet shops. zz Related toilet rooms.
All personal and public facilities, including banks, savings
and loan companies, credit unions, newspaper and printing
establishments, photographic studios, laundromats, clean-
ing and laundry outlets, veterinarian clinics and hospitals,
automobile rental agencies, travel bureaus, public utility
facilities, police stations and detention facilities, court-
rooms and fire stations.
58 Offices & Public Service and Utility Facilities

SECTION
Public Tour Areas Miscellaneous General Standards

Public tour areas–to the extent that public tours are con- Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways
ducted through or about a facility, or where the public is
permitted to walk in such areas–must provide accessibility Aisles and walkways must be sized according to their func-
in those other portions of the facility and grounds where tional requirements but in no case may they be less than
such tours occur. 36” wide. See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes).
EXCEPTIONS Storage areas
1. Facilities in operational areas that would not have any reason- A doorway providing access to a storage area must not be
able availability to or usage by persons who use wheelchairs less than 32” wide.
for mobility are not subject to the wheelchair accessibility Storage areas must be accessible in the number and
requirements for members of the public. However, this
dimensions described in Section 57 (Storage).
should not be interpreted to exempt offices, labs, conference
rooms, etc., from wheelchair accessibility for employees.
2. When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with
this subsection would create an unreasonable hardship, an
exception to such provision shall be granted when equivalent
facilitation is provided. However, this should not be inter-
preted to exempt offices, labs, conference rooms, etc., from
wheelchair accessibility for employees.
Visitor overlook facilities, orientation areas and similar pub-

lic-use areas, and their related sanitary facilities must be
made accessible.
Where there is public parking, spaces must be provided
for persons with disabilities as specified under Section 18
(Parking).
Police, Fire and Courtroom Facilities
The following areas within police, law enforcement, fire and
courtroom facilities must be made accessible:
zz Office areas, conference rooms, classrooms.
zz Dispatch rooms and similar areas.
zz Detention-area visitor rooms.
zz Related sanitary facilities.
zz At least one detention cell facility with supporting sani-
tary facilities.
zz Courtroom areas, including the judge’s chambers and
bench, counsel tables, jury box, witness stand and pub-
lic seating areas.
NOTE: Living and sleeping quarters for fire fighters or law
enforcement personnel need not be made accessible.

SECTION
Group B Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in

this chapter. See also General Requirements in CA T24
1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility, Design and Construction.
(CA T24 1105B)
This section applies to specified types of facilities and
identifies specific accessibility and usability requirements
to be provided for each of the listed occupancy uses.
(CA T24 1105B.1)
EXCEPTIONS
FIGURE 1 that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship,
an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is
provided.
(CA T24 1105B)
2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not
ance or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable
hardship. See 109.1.5.
FIGURE 2 (CA T24 1105B)
3. In buildings and facilities, floors of a given story shall be a
common level throughout, or shall be connected by pedes-
trian ramps, passenger elevators or platform (wheelchair)
lifts. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1120B)
Assembly Areas In Group B Occupancies

FIGURE 3
Group B Occupancies used for assembly purposes shall
Parking conform to the requirements in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility
sign Accessibility. For floors and levels in dining, banquet and
bar facilities see Section 33 (Floors, Levels and Ground
ET Surfaces).
JAY'S MARK
(CA T24 1105B.2)
Office Buildings, Personal & Public Service

Facilities
Office buildings and personal and public service facilities

shall conform to the provisions of this section. Figs. 1-4
(CA T24 1105B.3)
FIGURE 4
Facilities covered in this section are those used by the
public as customers, clients, visitors, or which are poten-
tially places of employment and shall include, but are not
limited to the following requirements:
(CA T24 1105B.3.1)
zz All types of general and specialized business offices,
including those related to medicine, dentistry, insur-
ance, consultants, real estate, attorneys, credit
bureaus, counseling, accounting. Figs. 1-4
(CA T24 1105B.3.1.1)

SECTION
zz All types of sales establishments, including outlets for

all general and special merchandise and equipment,
including personal and household furnishings and sup-
plies, foods, sporting goods, office supplies, vehicles
and related parts and supplies, building materials and
pet shops. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1105B.3.1.2)
zz All personal and public facilities, including banks, sav-
ings and loan companies, credit unions, newspaper
and printing establishments, photographic studios,
laundermats, cleaning and laundry outlets, veterinar- FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6
ian clinics and hospitals, automobile rental agencies,
travel bureaus, public utility facilities, police stations
and detention facilities, courtrooms and fire stations.
Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1105B.3.1.3)
In addition to the requirements of this section, all areas
used for business transactions with the public shall comply
with Sections 12 (Accessibility for Group M Occupan-
cies/Sales) and 60 (Fixed or Built-in Seating, Tables, and
Counters).
Business And Professional Offices
Client and visitor areas and office areas, together with

related toilet rooms shall be made accessible. Figs. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.1)
Conference/counseling rooms, cubicles and similar areas
shall be made accessible. Fig. 6
FIGURE 7
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.2)
Employee work areas shall have min. 36” clear width
access, except as modified in other portions of these
regulations. See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes-/Aisles,
Alcoves & Corridors), Fig. 6
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.3)
Professional, medical and dental offices shall be made
accessible and shall also comply with Section 11 (Acces-
sibility for Group I). Fig. 7
(CA T24 1105B.3.2.4)

SECTION
Personal and Public Service Facilities
Client and visitor areas, office areas, and related toilet

rooms shall be made accessible. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1105B.3.3.1)
Employee work areas shall have 36” clear width access,
except as modified in other portions of these regulations.
See Section 34, Interior Travel Routes- Aisles, Alcoves &
Corridors, Aisles. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1105B.3.3.2)
ATMs used by a financial institution and its customers for
execution of financial transactions shall be made acces-
sible. See Automatic Teller Machines, Section 59, Fig. 8.
(CA T24 1105B.3.3.3)
Public Utility Facilities

FIGURE 8
Office areas, meeting rooms and similar areas together
with related toilet rooms shall be made accessible. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.1)
Public tour areas, to the extent that such public tours
are conducted through or about a facility, or where the
public is permitted to walk in such areas, shall provide
accessibility in those portions of the facility and grounds
where this occurs. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.2)
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Facilities in operational areas that would not have any reason-
able availability to or usage by persons who use wheelchairs
for mobility are not subject to the wheelchair accessibility
FIGURE 9 requirements of these regulations.
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.2)
2. When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with
this subsection would create an unreasonable hardship, an
exception to such provision shall be granted when equivalent
facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.2)
FIGURE 10

SECTION
Visitor overlook facilities, orientation areas and similar

public-use areas, and any sanitary facilities that serve
these facilities shall be made accessible. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.3)
Where there is public parking, spaces shall be provided
for persons with disabilities as specified under Parking,
Section 18, Fig. 12.
(CA T24 1105B.3.4.4)
FIGURE 11
Police Dept, Law Enforcement, Fire Department
Facilities and Courtrooms
Office areas, conference rooms, classrooms, dispatch

rooms and similar areas, along with related sanitary
facilities shall be made accessible. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.1)
The detention-area visitor room shall be made acces-
sible. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.2)
At least one detention cell facility with supporting sanitary
facilities shall be made accessible. Fig. 15 FIGURE 12
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.3)
FIGURE 13
FIGURE 14 FIGURE 15

SECTION
Courtroom areas, including the judge’s chambers and

bench, counsel tables, jury box, witness stand and public
seating areas shall be made accessible. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1105B.3.5.4)
Miscellaneous General Standards
Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways shall be sized

according to functional requirements and in no case shall
be less than 36” wide. Section 34.
(CA T24 1105B.3.6.1)
Storage areas
The doorway providing access to storage areas shall not

be less than 32” wide. Storage areas shall be accessible
FIGURE 16
in the number and dimensions under Section 57 (Stor-
age). Fig. 17
(CA T24 1105B.3.6.2)
FIGURE 17

SECTION
Group E: Educational Facilities 9a
Group E Occupancies include educational and education-related facilities.
These include laboratories, teaching cubicles, study carrels, public-use computers, and
similar workstations and areas within libraries.
Education and Library Facilities 65

SECTION
9a Group E: Educational Facilities
Requirements Libraries
Group E Occupancies must be accessible as provided General Use Areas / Study Areas
here. (See also the general requirements listed elsewhere At least 5% or a min. of 1 of each element of fixed seating,
throughout this book.) tables, study carrels, computers and similar workstations
EXCEPTIONS must comply with the following:
1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines Space Allowances (Section 37)
that compliance with any regulation under this section would Reach Ranges (Section 38)
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters, (Section
granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. 60)
2. In existing buildings, where the enforcing agency determines Library general use areas such as those housing card files,
that, because of physical constraints, compliance with these book stacks, periodicals, reading and reference areas, infor-
regulations or equivalent facilitation would create an unrea-
mation desks, circulation counters, etc., must be made
sonable hardship, these regulations shall not apply.
accessible to persons with disabilities.
Laboratory Rooms
Checkout Counter
Laboratory areas must have at least 5% (but a minimum of
At least one checkout counter in each checkout area must be:
one) of its work stations which are accessible.
At least 36” long
Space Allowances (Section 37)
Between 34” and 36” high from the finished floor.
Reach Ranges (Section 38)
Served by an access aisle on the customer side which is at
Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters, (Section
least 36” wide.
60)
EXCEPTION Book Shelving
Where the enforcing agency determines that it would create an Height of book shelving:
unreasonable hardship to require compliance with these regu- Maximum of 54” above finished floor, unless an attendant
lations for special-use rooms such as laboratory preparation is available to assist.
rooms, supply rooms, small research laboratories, and areas
containing specialized equipment not readily usable by per- Card catalog
sons with particular disabilities, such facilities need not comply Card catalog maximum height is 54”
with these regulations, except that a clear width of 32” must be
maintained into such rooms. zz 48” maximum height is preferred.
Lower reach must be 18” minimum above the finished floor.
Teaching Cubicles, Study Carrels, Etc.
Clear aisle width must be 44” minimum.
At least 5% (but a minimum of one) of the cubicles or carrels
in each group (language, dental, audiovisual, typing, drafting, Open Book Stacks
darkrooms, etc.) must be made accessible to and usable by Open book stacks available for customer use may be of
persons with disabilities. normal height.
Space Allowances (Section 37) Open book stacks must have main aisles no less than 44”
Reach Ranges (Section 38) in width.
Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters, (Section Side, range and end aisles must be no less than 36” in
60) width.
EXCEPTIONS
1. In existing buildings, multi-tiered, closed book stacks (those
restricted to employee use) are exempt from these accessibil-
ity standards.
66 Education and Library Facilities

SECTION
Group E: Educational Facilities 9a
Group E Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in

this chapter. See also the general requirements listed in
Section 1114B.1.1. Facility Accessibility.
(CA T24 1106B.1)
EXCEPTIONS
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be
(CA T24 1106B.1)
FIGURE 1
2. In existing buildings, where the enforcing agency determines
that, because of physical constraints, compliance with these
regulations or equivalent facilitation would create an unrea-
sonable hardship, these regulations shall not apply. See
Section 109.1.5.
(CA T24 1106B.1)
Laboratory Rooms
Laboratory rooms shall have 5% of all workstations, or a

min. of 1 work station, accessible to and usable by per-
sons with disabilities in compliance with Section 37 Space
Allowances and Section 38 Reach Ranges, and Section
60 Seating, Tables and Counters, Fixed or Built-in. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1106B.2)
FIGURE 2
EXCEPTION
Where the enforcing agency determines that it would create an H
unreasonable hardship to require compliance with these regu-
lations for special-use rooms such as laboratory preparation
rooms, supply rooms, small research laboratories, and areas
containing specialized equipment not readily usable by per-
sons with particular disabilities, such facilities need not comply
with these regulations, except that a clear width of 32” shall be
maintained into such rooms.
(CA T24 1106B.2)
Teaching Facility Cubicles, Study Carrels, etc.,
Shall have 5%, but always at least one cubicle or carrel in

each group (language, dental, audiovisual, typing, draft-
ing, darkrooms, etc.) made accessible to and usable by
persons with disabilities in compliance with Sections 37 FIGURE 3
and 38, “Space Allowance and Reach Ranges” and Sec-
tion 60, “Fixed or Built-in Seating, Tables, and Counters”,
Section 60. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1106B.3)
Reading and Study Areas
At least 5% or a min. of 1 of each element of fixed seating,

tables, study carrels, computers or similar workstations
shall be on an accessible route complying with Section
1114B.1.2, Facility Accessiblity, Sections 37 and 38 “Space
Allowance and Reach Ranges” and Section 60, “Fixed or
Built-in Seating, Tables and Counters” and Section 34,
“Aisles.” Fig. 4
(CA T24 1106B.4.5) (ADA 8.2) FIGURE 4
Education and Library Facilities 67

SECTION
9a Group E: Educational Facilities
Library general use areas such as those housing card

files, book stacks, periodicals, reading and reference
areas, information desks, circulation counters, reserve
areas, special facilities or collections, etc., shall be made
accessible to persons with disabilities. Figs. 4 and 5
(CA T24 1106B.4.1) (ADA 8.1)
Checkout Counter
At least 1 lane at each check-out area must be on an

accessible route complying with Section 17 (Accessible
Route of Travel) and must have a portion of the counter
FIGURE 5 which is a min. of 36” in length with a max. height of
34” above the finish floor with a 36” wide aisle on the
customer side. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1106B.4.5; ADA 8.3))
Any traffic control or book security gates or turnstiles
shall comply with the requirements for turnstiles in Sec-
tion 29 (Doors and Doorways).
(CA T24 1106B.4.5)
Book Shelving
Max. height of book shelving shall be 54” above finished

floor unless an attendant is available to assist. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1106B.4.3) (ADA 8.5)
FIGURE 6 Card catalog
Card catalog max. height shall be 54” (48” preferred).

Lower reach shall be 18” min. above the finished floor.
Clear aisles shall be 44” min. wide when they serve both
sides and 36” min. width side aisle. Figs. 6 and 7
(CA T24 1106B.4.2, 1106B.4.4) (ADA 8.4)
Open Book Stacks
Open book stacks available for customer use may be of

normal height, and shall be on an accessible route comply-
ing with Section 17 (Accessible Routes of Travel). Fig. 8
(CA T24 1106B.4.2) (ADA 8.5)
FIGURE 7 Open book stacks shall have main aisles no less than 44”
in width. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1106B.4.2)
Side, range and end aisles shall be no less than 36” in
width. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1106B.4.2)
EXCEPTIONS
1. In existing buildings, multitiered, closed book stacks (those
restricted to employee use) are exempt from these accessibil-
ity standards. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1106B.4.2)
FIGURE 8
68 Education and Library Facilities

SECTION
Group F: FActory & Industrial Facilities 9b
Group F Occupancies include factories and manufacturing-related facilities, warehouses, etc.
Offices, sanitary facilities, etc. associated with Group F occupancies are subject to the
accessibility requirements outlined in the other, appropriate sections of this book.
Warehouses & Manufacturing-Related Facilities 69

SECTION
9b Group F: Factory & Industrial Facilities
Factories Service Areas

Major or principal floor areas must be made accessible. The following areas need not be made accessible:
Office areas must be made accessible. zz Floors or portions of floors not customarily occu-
Sanitary facilities serving these areas must be made pied, including, but not limited to, non-occupiable or
accessible. employee spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks,
crawl spaces, very narrow passageways or freight (non-
Warehouses passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service
The following must be made accessible: personnel for repair or maintenance purposes.
Miscellaneous warehousing areas which are located on the zz Such spaces as elevator pits and elevator penthouses,
floor nearest grade and those areas on other floors that piping and equipment catwalks and machinery rooms.
are otherwise provided with access by level entry, ramp The following types of privately funded multistory buildings
or elevator. do not require a ramp or elevator above and below the first
Office areas for offices associated with a warehouse. floor:
Sanitary facilities serving the warehouse and its associated zz Multi-storied office buildings (other than the profes-
office areas sional office of a health care provider) and passenger
vehicle service stations less than three stories high or
less than 3,000 square feet (279 m²) per story.
zz Any other privately funded multi-storied building that
is not a shopping center, shopping mall or the profes-
sional office of a health care provider, and that is less
than three stories high or less than 3,000 square feet
(279 m²) per story if a reasonable portion of all facilities
and accommodations normally sought and used by the
public in such a building are accessible to and usable by
persons with disabilities.
EXCEPTION
In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted
when equivalent facilitation is provided.
70 Warehouses & Manufacturing-Related Facilities

SECTION
Group F: Factory & Industrial Facilities 9b
General Requirements
Factories and warehouses shall conform to the provisions

of this section:
Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings shall
be provided for all occupancy classifications except as
modified or enhanced by this chapter.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
Occupancy requirements in this chapter may modify
general requirements, but never to the exclusion of them.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
In multistory buildings, specific accessibility provisions for
each portion of the building or facility shall apply. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1103B.1))
An accessible route of travel complying with Section 17
(Accessible Route of Travel) shall connect all elements and
spaces within a building or facility. Figs. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1103B.1)
Multistory buildings and facilities must provide access to FIGURE 1
each level, including mezzanines, by ramp or passenger
elevator complying with Section 40 (Elevators) or 41
(Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts). Fig. 1
(CA T24 1103B.1)
If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger
elevator shall comply with Section 40.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
Floors or portions of floors not customarily occupied,
including, but not limited to, nonoccupiable or employee
spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces,
very narrow passageways or freight (nonpassenger)
elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for FIGURE 2
repair or maintenance purposes: such spaces as eleva-
tor pits and elevator penthouses, piping and equipment
catwalks and machinery rooms. Stair striping shall be
required on stairs.
(CA T24 1103B.1 Exception 1)
The following types of privately funded multistory build-
ings do not require a ramp or elevator above and below
the first floor:
(CA T24 1103B.1 Exception 2)
Multistoried office buildings (other than the professional
office of a health care provider) and passenger vehicle
service stations less than three stories high or less than
3,000 square feet (279 m²) per story. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1103B.1 Exception 2.2.1)
Any other privately funded multistoried building that is
not a shopping center, shopping mall or the professional
office of a health care provider, or a terminal, depot or
other station used for specific public transportation,
or an airport passenger terminal (In such a facility, any
area housing passenger services, including boarding and
debarking, and loading and unloading, baggage claim,
dining facilities, and other common areas open to the
public must be on an accessible route from the acces-

SECTION
9b Group F: Factory & Industrial Facilities
sible entrance), and that is less than three stories high

or less than 3,000 square feet (279 m²) per story if a
reasonable portion of all facilities and accommodations
normally sought and used by the public in such a building
are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1103B.1 Exception 2.2.2)
The elevator exception set forth in this section does not
obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with
the other accessibility requirements in this code. For
example, floors above or below the accessible ground
floor must meet the requirements of this section except
for elevator service. If toilet or bathing facilities are
provided on a level not served by an elevator, then toilet
or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible
ground floor.
(CA T24 1103B.1 EXEPTION 2.2)
If a building or facility is eligible for this exception but a
passenger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator
shall meet the requirements of Section 40 (Elevators) and
shall serve each level in the building. A passenger elevator
FIGURE 1 that provides service from a garage to only one level of
a building or facility is not required to serve other levels.
(CA T24 1103B.1 EXEPTION 2.2)
that compliance with any regulation under this section
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception
shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1107B Exception)
Factories
Major or principal floor areas shall be made accessible.

FIGURE 2
Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1107B.1.1)
Office areas shall be made accessible. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1107B.1.2)
Sanitary facilities serving these areas shall be made
accessible.
(CA T24 1107B.1.3)
72 Warehouses & Manufacturing-Related Facilities

SECTION
Group F: Factory & Industrial Facilities 9b
Warehouses
Miscellaneous warehousing areas which are located on

the floor nearest grade and those areas on other floors
that are otherwise provided with access by level entry,
ramp or elevator shall be made accessible. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1107B.2.1)
Office areas shall be made accessible.
(CA T24 1107B.2.2)
Sanitary facilities serving these areas shall be made
accessible.
(CA T24 1107B.2.3
Factories and warehouses must conform to the provisions of
this section:
Accessibility to buildings or portions of buildings must be
provided for all occupancy classifications except as modi-
fied or enhanced by this Section.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
Occupancy requirements in this chapter may modify gen- FIGURE 1
eral requirements, but never to the exclusion of them.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
Multistory buildings must provide access by ramp or ele-
vator, subject to the exceptions under “Stairways” and
“Service Areas” under respective Sections.
(CA T24 1103B.1)
FIGURE 2

SECTION
10 Group H: Hazardous Occupancies
Group H Occupancies include those considered “Hazardous.” Examples include (but are not
limited to) facilities that manufacture, process or store:
zz Explosives, blasting agents, fireworks and black powder.
zz Organic peroxides; oxidizers; unstable (reactive) materials.
zz Pyrophoric, flammable or Oxidizing gases.
zz Flammable or combustible liquids which are used or stored in normally open containers
or systems, or in closed systems at more that 15 psi (100 kPa) pressure.
Group H Occupancies are not exempt from accessibility requirements. Specific storage or
hazardous material handling areas may be exempted if it can be shown that the operations
performed there or materials present there cannot reasonably be handled by a disabled
person.
74 Hazardous Occupancies
SECTION
Group H: Hazardous Occupancies 10
Requirements Accessible Routes

Entrances, stairs, ramps, doors, turnstiles, corridors,
Group H Occupancies must be accessible as provided walks and sidewalks and hazards present in any Group H
here. See also the general requirements listed elsewhere Occupancy must be accessible as specified in the appli-
throughout this book. cable Sections elsewhere in this book.
“Accessible facilities,” as used in this context, are those
that are used by the public as customers, clients, patients, Accessible Floors and Levels
or visitors, or which are actual or potential places of Floors, levels and their accessibility must be provided as
employment. specified in Section 33 (Floors, Levels & Ground Surfaces).
Exceptions For Existing Group H Occupancies Employee Work Areas
When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with Employee work areas within a Group H Occupancy must be
any regulation under this section would create an unreason- made accessible by providing:
able hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent
facilitation and protection are provided. zz 36” minimum aisle width
The provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or zz 32” minimum clear opening door width
physical constraints prevent compliance with these building See Section 34 (Interior Travel Routes).
standards or the provisions of equivalent facilitation without
creating an unreasonable hardship.
Accessible Sanitation Facilities

All sanitation facilities provided in any Group H Occupancy
must be accessible as specified in the applicable Sections
elsewhere in this book.
Hazardous Occupancies 75
SECTION
10 Group H: Hazardous Occupancies
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Accessible Routes
Group H Occupancies shall be accessible as provided in Entrances, stairs, ramps, doors, turnstiles, corridors,
this chapter. (See also requirements in Section 1114B.1.1, walks and sidewalks and hazards shall provide acces-
Facility Accessibility) sibility as specified. See applicable section, Section 17
(CA T24 1108B.1) (Accessible Route of Travel).
(CA T24 1108B.3)
Exceptions
1. In existing group H Occupancies, when the enforcing agency Accessible Floors and Levels
determines that compliance with any regulation under this
section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception Shall comply with the requirements specified in this chap-
shall be granted when equivalent facilitation and protection ter. See Floors Levels & Ground Surfaces, Section 33.
are provided. (CA T24 1108B.4)
(CA T24 1108B.1, exception 1)
2. In existing Group H Occupancies, the provisions of this sec- Employee Work Areas
tion shall not apply when legal or physical constraints prevent
compliance with these building standards or the provisions of Shall be accessible by means of a 36” min. aisle width
equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hard- and a 32” min. clear opening door width, as specified
ship. See Section 109.1.5. in Section 34, Interior Travel Routes - Aisles, Alcoves &
(CA T24 1108B.1, exception 2)
Corridors. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1108B.5)
Accessible Sanitation Facilities Accessible facilities used in this section are those that
are used by the public as customers, clients, visitors or
Accessible sanitation facilities in all Group H Occupancies which are potential places of employment.
shall be provided as specified. See applicable section. (CA T24 1108B.6)
(CA T24 1108B.2)
FIGURE 1
76 Hazardous Occupancies
SECTION
Group I: Patient Care facilities 11
Group I Occupancies include those that provide the full- or part-time care of patients.
Offices, sanitary facilities, and other building features not specifically covered in this Sec-
tion but associated with a Group I occupancy, are nonetheless subject to the accessibility
requirements outlined in the other, appropriate Sections of this book.
Medical and other Patient Care Facilities 77

SECTION
11 Group I: Patient Care Facilities
Requirements General Accessibility: Interior

The following areas within a Group I Occupancy must be made
Group I Occupancies must provide accessible facilities. accessible:
zz “Accessible facilities,” as used in this context, are Diagnostic and treatment areas and where applicable, at
those that are used by the public as customers, clients, least one dressing room, sanitary facility, etc., for each
patients, or visitors, or which are actual or potential unit or suite.
places of employment.
Waiting areas, offices and sanitary facilities serving them.
Exception Offices and Suites. In buildings that house offices and
In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines suites of physicians, dentists, etc., all such offices or
that compliance with any regulation under this section would suites must be made accessible.
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted
when equivalent facilitation is provided. Patient Areas
Entrance & Parking Patient bedrooms and associated toilet facilities must be made
accessible as follows:
At least 1 accessible entrance must be protected from the
weather by canopy or roof overhang. Within long-term-care facilities, including skilled nursing
facilities, intermediate care facilities, bed and care, and
Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles must be level nursing home: minimum 50% of patient bedrooms and toi-
with surface slopes not exceeding 1 unit vertical in 50 units let rooms and 100% of public-use and common-use areas
horizontal (2% slope) in all directions. must be made accessible.
A minimum vertical clearance of at least 9’-6” (114”) must be Within general-purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, and
provided at accessible passenger loading zones and along detoxification facilities: minimum 10% of patient bedrooms
vehicle access routes to such areas from site entrances. and toilets and 100% of public-use and common-use areas
zz NOTE: This vertical clearance is greater than the 8’-2” must be made accessible.
clearance required at the entrance to parking structures. Within hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize
So if a passenger loading zone is located within a struc- in treating conditions that affect mobility, or units within
ture, a greater vertical clearance must be provided. either that specialize in treating conditions that affect
Passenger Loading Zone mobility: 100% of patient bedrooms and toilets and 100%
of public-use and common-use areas must accessible.
Accessible entrances must incorporate a passenger load-
ing zone. See Section 19 (Passenger Drop-Off and Loading “Medical care facilities” as used in this context are those:
Zones). Where people receive physical or medical treatment or
Passenger loading zones must provide the following: care
An access aisle at least 60” wide and 20’ long. Where persons may need assistance in responding to an
emergency
The access aisle must be adjacent and parallel to the vehi-
cle pull-up-space. Where the period of stay may exceed 24 hours
See Section 19 (Passenger Drop-Off and Loading Zones). Patient Bedrooms
If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle Each accessible patient bedroom must comply with the follow-
pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with Section 22 ing requirements:
(Curb Ramps) must be provided. The room must be sized and configured so that there is
Parking Spaces a turning space measuring 60” clear in diameter, or so
that there is a T-shaped space to allow a 180º turn by a
At outpatient units and facilities, 10% of parking spaces wheelchair.
serving each outpatient unit must be made accessible.
zz In rooms with two beds, it is preferable that this turning
At facilities serving persons with mobility impairments, space be located between two beds.
20% of parking spaces serving each unit must be made
accessible. The room must have a minimum clear floor space of 36”
along each side of the bed, and must provide an accessible
Exception route to each side of the bed.
Clinics and other medical facilities that are not intended for The room must have an accessible door that complies with
patient stays of 24 hours or more, and that are located above Section 29 (Doors).
the first story of a building, and that do not have a dedicated
entrance from the exterior of the building at the first story, may Patient Toilet Rooms
be exempted from these requirements. Patient toilet rooms required to be accessible must comply
with Section 43 (Sanitary Facilities).
78 Medical and other Patient Care Facilities

SECTION
Alterations to Wings/Departments
When patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of
a planned renovation of an entire wing, department, or other
discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage of
the patient bedrooms that are being added or altered (includ-
ing their associated toilet/bathrooms) must comply with the
percentages set forth under “Patient Areas” above.
The percentage of rooms which satisfy the accessibility
requirements within the alteration must be consistent with the
percentage of rooms required to be accessible by the appli-
cable requirements above (under “Patient Areas”), until the
numbers of accessible patient bedrooms in both the portion
of the facility and in the overall facility equal the numbers that
would be required if the facility were newly constructed.
Examples
If 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics
department of a hospital, 10% (i.e., 2) of the altered rooms
must be made accessible.
If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being
altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility impair-
ments, 100% (all 20) of the altered rooms must be made
accessible.
Alterations to Individual Patient Bedrooms
When patient bedrooms are being added or altered individually,
and not as part of an alteration of the entire area, the altered
patient bedrooms (including their associated toilet/bathroom)
must be made accessible to comply with the requirements
described under “Patient Areas” above, unless either:
The number of accessible rooms provided in the depart-
ment or area containing the altered patient bedroom
already equals or exceeds the number of accessible
patient bedrooms that would be required if the appropriate
percentage requirements were applied to that department
or area, OR
The number of accessible patient bedrooms in the entire
facility already equals or exceeds the overall number that
would be required if the facility were newly constructed.

SECTION
All Group I Occupancies shall be accessible as provided

in this chapter. See also general requirements listed in
Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility.
(CA T24 1109B.1)
Exception
that compliance with any regulation under this section
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception
shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1109B.1, Exception)
Entrance & Parking

FIGURE 1
At least 1 accessible entrance shall be protected from
the weather by canopy or roof overhang. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 6.2)
Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading
zone. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 6.2)
Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at
least 60” wide and 20’ long adjacent and parallel to the
vehicle pull-up-space. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.6)
If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle
pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with Section
22 (Curb Ramps) shall be provided. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.6)
At outpatient units and facilities provide 10% of parking
spaces serving each outpatient unit or facility. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1129B.3.2.1) (ADA 4.1.2 (5)(d)(i))
FIGURE 2
At facilities serving persons with mobility impairments
provide 20% of parking spaces serving each unit or
facility. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1129B.3.2.2) (ADA 4.1.2 (5)(d)(ii))
Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level
with surface slopes not exceeding 1 unit vertical in
50 units horizontal (2% slope) in all directions. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.3)
Min. vertical clearance of 114” at accessible passenger
loading zones and along vehicle access routes to such
areas from site entrances shall be provided. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1109B.2) (ADA 4.6.5)
Exception
Clinics and other medical facilities that are not intended for
patient stays of 24 hours or more, and that are located above
the first story of a building, and that do not have a dedicated
entrance from the exterior of the building at the first story.
FIGURE 3 (CA T24 1109B.2)

SECTION
Diagnostic, Treatment, Waiting Areas, Offices,

Suites, and Sanitary Facilities
Diagnostic and treatment areas and where applicable, at
least one dressing room, sanitary facility, etc., for each
unit or suite, shall be made accessible.
(CA T24 1109B.6)
Waiting areas, offices and sanitary facilities serving them
shall be made accessible as covered in other portions of
these standards. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1109B.7)
In buildings that house offices and suites of physicians, FIGURE 4
dentists, etc., all such offices or suites shall be made
accessible, subject to other provisions of these regula-
tions. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1109B.8)
Patient Bedrooms and Toilet Rooms

Patient bedrooms and associated toilet facilities shall be
made accessible as follows:
Medical care facilities included in this section are those in
which people receive physical or medical treatment or care
and where persons may need assistance in responding to
an emergency and where the period of stay may exceed 24
FIGURE 5
hours. Fig. 9
(ADA 6.1)
Long-term-care facilities, including skilled nursing facili-
ties, intermediate care facilities, bed and care, and nursing
home shall have at least 50% of patient bedrooms and
toilet rooms, and all public-use and common-use areas
accessible. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1109B.3.1) (ADA 6.1(3))
General-purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, and
detoxification facilities shall have at least 10% of patient
bedrooms and toilets, and all public-use and common-use FIGURE 6
areas accessible. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1109B.3.2) (ADA 6.1(1))
Hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treat-
ing conditions that affect mobility, or units within either that
specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, shall
have all patient bedrooms and toilets and all public-use and
common-use areas accessible. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1109B.3.3) (ADA 6.1(2))
EXCEPTIONS FIGURE 7
1. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added
or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing,
a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical
facility, the accessible rooms provided shall comply with
Section 11 (Group I Occupancies) and shall be consistent
with the percentage of rooms required to be accessible
by Section 11, until the number of accessible patient bed-
rooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be
required if the facility were newly constructed. (For example,
is 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics
department of a hospital, 2 of the altered rooms must be FIGURE 8

SECTION
made accessible. If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bed-

rooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating
mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made
accessible.)
2. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added
or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the
entire area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with
Section 11, unless either: a.) the number of accessible rooms
provided in the department or area containing the altered
patient bedroom that would be required if the percentage
requirements of Section 11 were applied to that department
or area; or b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms, in
the facility equals the overall number that would be required
if the facility were newly constructed. Where toilet/bathrooms
are part of the patient bedrooms which are added or altered
and required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom
FIGURE 9 shall comply with Section 11.
FIGURE 10

SECTION
Patient Bedroom Areas Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which
are added or altered and required to be accessible, each
Accessible patient bedrooms shall comply with the fol- such patient toilet/bathroom shall comply with Section 11.
lowing requirements:
(ADA 6.1(4)(a))
Each bedroom shall have a turning space measuring 60” When patient bedrooms are being added or altered indi-
clear in diameter, or that is a T-shaped space to allow a vidually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area,
180º turn. In rooms with two beds, it is preferable that this the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with Section
space be located between two beds. Fig. 10 11, unless either:
(CA T24 1109B.4.1) (ADA 6.3(2)) (ADA 6.1(4)(b))
Each bedroom shall have a minimum clear floor space of (a) the number of accessible rooms provided in the depart-
36” along each side of the bed, and shall provide an acces- ment or area containing the altered patient bedroom equals
sible route to each side of the bed. Fig. 10 the number of accessible patient bedrooms that would be
(CA T24 1109B.4.2) (ADA 6.3(3)) required if the percentage requirements of Section 11 were
Each bedroom shall have an accessible door that complies applied to that department or area or:
with Doors, Section 29. (ADA 6.1(4)(b))
(CA T24 1109B.4.3) (ADA 6.3(1)) (b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facil-
Patient toilet rooms required to be accessible shall comply ity equals the overall number that would be required if the
with Sanitary Facilities, Section 43. facility were newly constructed.
(CA T24 1109B.5) (ADA 6.4) (ADA 6.1(4)(b))
Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms
Alterations to Patient Bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible,
each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with Patient
When patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part Toilet Rooms.
of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a department, (ADA 6.1(4)(b))
or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a
percentage of the patient bedrooms that are being added EXCEPTIONS
or altered shall comply with Section 11 (Patient Bedrooms). 1. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.4) (ADA 6.1(4)(a)) or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing,
The percentage of accessible rooms provided shall be a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical
consistent with the percentage of rooms required to be facility, the accessible rooms provided shall comply with
accessible by the applicable requirements of Section Section 11 and shall be consistent with the percentage of
11 (Group I Occupancies), until the number of acces- rooms required to be accessible by Section 11, until the
sible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals
number that would be required if the facility were newly the overall number that would be required if the facility were
newly constructed. (For example, is 20 patient bedrooms are
constructed. Fig. 10
being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2
(CA T24 1109B.3) (ADA 6.1(4)(a))
of the altered rooms must be made accessible. If, within the
For example, if 20 patient bedrooms are being same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a
altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of
2 of the altered rooms must be made accessible. the altered rooms must be made accessible.)
If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms 2. In existing buildings, when patient bedrooms are being added
are being altered in a unit that specializes in treat- or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the
ing mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms entire area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with
must be made accessible. Section 11, unless either: a.) the number of accessible rooms
(CA T24 1109B.3) (ADA 6.1(4)(a)) provided in the department or area containing the altered
patient bedroom that would be required if the percentage
requirements of Section 11 were applied to that department
or area; or b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms, in
the facility equals the overall number that would be required
if the facility were newly constructed. Where toilet/bathrooms
are part of the patient bedrooms which are added or altered
and required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom
shall comply with Section 11.

SECTION
12 Group M: Retail Facilities
Group M Occupancies include, but are not limited to department stores, shopping centers,
drug stores, sales rooms, markets, wholesale and retail, paint stores (without bulk handling),
and stores.
zz In facilities with selling space of 5,000 sq. ft. or more, nearly all areas (customer,
employee, storage, etc.) must be accessible.
zz In facilities with selling space less than 5,000 sq. ft., office areas that are not on the
sales level need not be made accessible. While there is no mention whether this exemp-
tion extends to employee break rooms, etc., from the rest of the code it seems that a
reasonable portion of the space devoted to break rooms, employee lockers, etc., must
be located on the accessible floor.
Only the customer side of sales counters/checkstands must be made accessible.
Turnstiles, crowd barriers (queues) and shopping cart-theft prevention barriers may not pre-
vent an accessible route of travel.
The following outlines the specific requirements concerning access for the disabled.
84 Stores, Malls, and other Retail Locations

SECTION
Group M: Retail facilities 12
Requirements Checkstands in Existing Buildings

In existing buildings of less than 5,000 sq. ft. of sell-
Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways should be sized ing space, at least one checkout aisle must be made
according to functional requirements, and in any case must accessible.
be at least 36” in clear width.
In existing facilities of 5,000 sq. ft. or more of selling space,
Storage Areas at least 1 of each design of checkout aisle must be made
Storage areas must be made accessible in the number and accessible whenever alterations are made, until the num-
dimensions provided in Section 57 (Storage). ber of accessible checkout aisles of each design equals the
number required in new construction.
The doorway providing access to all such storage areas
must be at least 32” in clear width. NOTE: The term “each design” of checkout aisle refers to
checkstand aisles designed to serve different functions. Dif-
Sales ferent designs include, but are not limited to: length of belt or
General sales, display and office areas together with related no belt, or signage designating aisle as an express lane.
toilet rooms must be made accessible. Availability and signage
Sales employee work stations must be located on acces- Accessible checkstands must always be open to custom-
sible levels, and the customer side of sales or check-out ers with disabilities and must be identified by a sign clearly
stations must be made accessible. visible to those in wheelchairs.
Employee work areas must be sized and arranged to pro- zz The International Symbol of Accessibility sign must be
vide access to employees in wheelchairs. white on blue background and state “This checkstand to
Checkstands be open at all times for customers with disabilities.”
In new and existing construction, accessible checkstands are Point-of-Sale Machines
those that provide the following: Point-of-sale machines used for the primary purpose of execut-
A clear checkout (customer) aisle 36” wide. ing transactions between the business entity and the customer
Maximum adjoining counter height of 38” above the finish must comply with Section 59 (Automated Teller & Point-of-Sale
floor. Machines).
The top of any lip on the counter may not exceed 40” above Turnstiles / Queues
the finish floor.
Wherever a turnstile and/or crowd barrier is used:
Where regular checkstands are provided, the number of acces-
A door or gate accessible to disabled persons must be pro-
sible checkstands must be as shown in the table below:
vided adjacent to the turnstile exit or crowd barrier.
Table 12-1 This alternate passageway must be unlocked during busi-
Accessible Checkstands ness hours and the door or gate may not activate a publicly
audible alarm system.
Number of Number
Regular Checkstands to be Accessible The door or gate may be latched where gates are restricted
and controlled by an attendant and a sign exists stating “All
1 to 4 1 gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant.”
5 to 8 2 Accessible doors or gates must provide the same use pat-
tern to disable persons as is provided others.
9 to 15 3
Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls are utilized to
Over 15 3 plus 20% of checkstands create crowd control aisles or lanes, a minimum of 1 lane must
over 15 be made accessible.
Where express lanes are provided, at least 1 must be Interior and exterior pedestrian traffic barriers (posts, rails,
accessible. turnstiles, etc.) must allow unobstructed travel for persons
with disabilities through a 32” clear opening.
EXCEPTION
In existing buildings, the requirements for turnstiles and queues
need not apply when physical constraints or equivalent facilita-
tion will not allow compliance without creating an unreasonable
hardship.

SECTION
12 Group M: Retail facilities
Cart Theft-Prevention Barriers Benches / Hooks

Shopping cart theft prevention barriers must conform to the Accessible dressing rooms must have a 24” by 48” bench
following requirements: fixed to the wall along the longer dimension.
Each entrance and exit provided for public use must be The bench must be mounted 17” to 19” above the floor.
accessible to and usable by disabled persons. Clear floor space must be provided alongside the bench to
Shopping cart barriers, interior and exterior pedestrian allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel trans-
traffic barriers, and all posts, rails, turnstiles, etc. at public fer onto the bench.
entrances or exits must provide a clear, unobstructed open- The structural strength of the bench and attachments must
ing of at least 32” wide for entry and exit of the disabled. support a 250-lb. point load.
The path to and through the opening (without gates) or gated Clothing hooks must be located no higher than 48” above
opening must be designed so as to prevent obstructions the finished floor.
and must remain unobstructed during business hours.
The design must specifically prevent parked vehicles from Mirrors
obstructing entry or exit. The bottom edges of mirrors for use by persons with dis-
abilities may not be higher than 20” from the floor.
Without Gates
Mirrors used by the disabled must be full-length, at least
Where a clear, unobstructed opening is provided, a level 18” wide by 54” high, and mounted to provide a view from
area is required on both sides of the clear opening. This the bench as well as from a standing position.
level area must extend at least 44” on each side of the
opening, and must be at least 48” in width. EXCEPTIONS
1. Minor specialized displays that do not exceed 200 sq. ft. and
With Gates to which the general public is excluded need not be made
Gates, when used: accessible. (Example: Small platforms for mannequins, ped-
estal displays, and the like.)
zz Must open in the direction of travel
2. Offices in sales facilities of 5,000 sq. ft. or less, that are
zz Must provide a minimum 32” wide unobstructed located on non-accessible levels, need not be made acces-
opening sible.
zz Must be unlocked during business hours.
zz May not operate a publicly audible alarm system.
zz May not require a force of more than 5 lbf. to open.
The bottom edge of the gate must be within 3” of the travel
path’s surface.
The surface of the gate on each side must be smooth to
present no hazard to persons with disabilities using the
gate, and must be structurally adequate to allow it to be
opened with the wheelchair foot pedals.
The level area on both sides of the clear opening of a gate
must be at least 60” wide and must extend at least 60”
from the gate in closed position in the direction of the gate
swing.
The level area opposite the gate swing must be at least 48”
in width and must extend a minimum of 42”.
Fitting / Dressing Rooms
Five percent, but never fewer than one fitting room for male or
female customers, patients, employees, or the general public
must be made accessible.
Doors and Clear-Space
Entry doors must conform to the requirements of Section
29 (Doors & Doorways).
The minimum clear space within the room is 60” x 60”.
No door may encroach into the required space.
86 Stores, Malls, and other Retail Locations

SECTION
Group M: Retail Facilities 12
General sales, display and office areas together with

related toilet rooms shall be made accessible. See also
the general requirements in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility
Accessibility.
(CA T24 1011B.1.1)
Exceptions
Minor specialized display areas that do not exceed 200 square
feet (18.6 m2) in floor area and to which the general public is
excluded need not be made accessible. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1011B.1.1, EXCEPTION 1)
Offices in sales facilities that do not exceed 5,000 square feet
(465 m2) in total area, that are located on nonaccessible levels,
need not be made accessible. Fig. 22
(CA T24 1011B.1.1, EXCEPTION 2) FIGURE 1
Work Areas
Sales employee work stations shall be located on acces-

sible levels, and the customer side of sales or check-out
stations shall be made accessible. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1110B.1.2)
Employee work areas shall be sized and arranged to
provide access to employees in wheelchairs.
(CA T24 1110B.1.2)
Check Stands
In new construction, check stands, including service

counters requiring a surface for transactions, shall be
made accessible by providing a 36” min. clear aisle width
on the customer side of the check stand. FIGURE 2
(CA T24 1110B.1.3; ADA 7.3)
W here checks t ands are prov ided, t he number
of accessible checks t a nds sha ll be as show n i n
Table 11B-2.
(CA T24 1110B.1.3)
TABLE 11B-2 — CHECKSTANDS

Number of Regular Number to be
Checkstands Accessible
1 to 4 1
5 to 8 2
9 to 15 3
3 plus 20% of
over 15
additional aisles
In existing buildings, at least one checkout aisle shall be FIGURE 3
accessible in facilities with less than 5,000 square feet
of selling space.
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3.1)
Sales Areas and Checkstands 87

SECTION
In existing facilities of 5,000 sq. ft. or more of selling

space, at least 1 of each design of checkout aisle shall be
made accessible when altered until the number of acces-
sible checkout aisles of each design equals the number
required in new construction.
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3.1)
Examples of Checkout
Aisles of different design include those designed to serve

different functions. Different designs include, but are not
limited to: length of belt or no belt, or permanent signage
designating aisle as an express lane. fig. 4
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3(1))
In new and existing construction, accessible checkstands
shall provide a clear checkout aisle 36” wide with a max.
adjoining counter height of 38” above the finish floor.
The top of the counter lip shall not exceed 40” above
the finish floor. Fig. 4
FIGURE 4 (CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 7.3(2))
Accessible checkstands shall always be open to customers
with disabilities and shall be identified by a sign clearly
visible to those in wheelchairs. Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 4.30.7(1), 7.3(3))
The international symbol of accessibility sign shall be
white on blue background and state “This checkstand
to be open at all times for customers with disabili-
ties.” Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1110B.1.3) (ADA 4.30.7(1))
Point-of-Sale Machines
All point-of-sale machines used for the primary purpose of

executing transactions between the business entity and
the customer shall comply with Section 59, Automated
Teller & Point-of-Sale Machines. Fig. 5
FIGURE 5 (CA T24 1110B.1.4)
Turnstiles
Where turnstiles and crowd barriers are utilized in a facil-

ity for the purpose of providing fully controlled access,
such as where an admission price is charged, a door or
gate accessible to disabled persons shall be provided
adjacent to each turnstile exit or entrance. This alternate
passageway shall be unlocked during business hours and
the door or gate shall not activate a publicly audible alarm
system. Figs. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
This door or gate may be latched where gates are restricted
and controlled by an attendant and a sign is posted stating,
“All gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant.”
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
Accessible doors or gates shall provide same use pattern.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls are utilized
FIGURE 6 to create crowd control aisles or lanes, a min. of 1 lane
88 Point-of-Sale Machines and Turnstiles

SECTION
shall be accessible and shall provide a min. aisle width no

less than indicated in Fig. 8, with 32” of clear opening.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
EXCEPTION
In existing buildings, Section 29 shall not apply when physical
constraints or equivalent facilitation will not allow compliance
without creating an unreasonable hardship.
Theft-Prevention Barriers Turnstile
Shopping cart theft prevention barriers shall conform to

the following requirements: FIGURE 7
(CA T24 1110B.1.6)
Each entrance and exit provided for public use shall be
accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.1)
Shopping cart barriers at public entrances or exits shall
provide a clear, unobstructed opening 32” min. wide for
ingress and egress of the disabled. Figs. 9 & 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.2) (ADA 7.4)
Gates shall open in the direction of travel, provide a 32”
wide unobstructed opening, and be maintained unlocked
during business hours. These gates shall not operate a FIGURE 8
publicly audible alarm system or require more than 5
foot-pounds of force. Figs. 9 & 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.3)
Where a clear, unobstructed opening is provided, a level
area is required on both sides of the clear opening or gate
which extends a min. of 44” on each side of the opening
and is at least 48” in width. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.4)
The level area on both sides of the clear opening of a gate
shall be 60” min. wide and extend a 60” min. (measured
from gate in closed position) in the direction of the gate
swing. The level area opposite the gate swing shall be
a min. of 48” in width and extend a min. of 42”. Fig. 10 FIGURE 9
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.5)
The bottom of the gate shall be within 3” of the travel
path’s surface. The surface of the gate on each side shall
be smooth to present no hazard to persons with disabilities
using the gate and shall be structurally adequate to allow
it to be opened with the wheelchair footpedals. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.6)
The path to and through the opening or gate shall be
designed to prevent obstructions and shall be continu-
ously maintained unobstructed during business hours.
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.7)
The design shall specifically prevent parked vehicles from
obstructing ingress and egress.
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.7)
Interior and exterior pedestrian traffic barriers (posts,
rails, turnstiles, etc.) shall allow unobstructed travel for
persons with disabilities through a 32” clear opening.
Fig. 10
(CA T24 1110B.1.6.8) FIGURE 10
Theft-Prevention Barriers / Fitting & Dressing Rooms 89

SECTION
Circulation
Shelves or display units allowing self-service by customers

in mercantile occupancies shall be located on an acces-
sible route of travel complying with Section 17, Accessible
Route of Travel.
(CA T24 1110B.2.1)
Circulation aisles and pedestrian ways shall be sized
according to functional requirements and in no case shall
be less than 36” in clear width.
(CA T24 1110B.2.1)
FIGURE 11 Storage Areas
The doorway providing access to all such areas shall not

be less than 32” in clear width.
(CA T24 1110B.2.2)
Storage areas shall be made accessible in the number
and dimensions provided in Section 57, Storage.
(CA T24 1110B.2.2; ADA 4.1.3(12))
FIGURE 12
FIGURE 13
90 Fitting & Dressing Rooms

SECTION
Fitting and Dressing Rooms
Five percent, but never less than 1 fitting room for male
or female customers, patients, employees, or general
public shall be accessible. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.1.3(21))
Dressings rooms for each type of use in each cluster of
dressing rooms shall be accessible and located on an
accessible route complying with Section 17, Accessible
Route of Travel.
(CA T24 1117B.8; ADA 4.1.3 (21))
Examples of types of dressing rooms are those serving
different genders or distinct and different functions as in
different treatment or examination facilities. Where only
FIGURE 14
unisex dressing rooms are provided, accessible unisex
dressing rooms may be used to fulfill this requirement.
(CA T24 1117B.8; ADA 4.1.3 (21))
Entry doors shall conform to the requirements of Section
29, Doors & Doorways. See Figs. 12 & 13
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.1 & 3)
The bottom of mirrors for use by persons with disabilities
shall not be greater than 20” from the floor. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.8)
Mirrors used by the disabled shall be full-length, at least
18” wide by 54” high, and mounted to provide a view from
the bench as well as from a standing position. Fig. 15
Clothing hooks shall be located 48” max. from floor. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.5)
FIGURE 15
Accessible dressing rooms shall have a 24” by 48” bench

fixed to the wall along the longer dimension. The bench
shall be mounted 17” to 19” above the floor. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.4)
Clear floor space shall be provided alongside the bench
to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel
transfer onto the bench. Figs. 12-14
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.4)
The structural strength of the bench and attachments will
support a 250 lb. point load. Figs. 17-20
(CA T24 1117B.8; 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.35.4)
FIGURE 16 FIGURE 17
FIGURE 18 FIGURE 19
Fitting & Dressing Rooms 91

SECTION
The min. clear space within the room shall be 60” x 60”.
Fig. 12
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.2)
No door shall encroach into the required space. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1117B.8) (ADA 4.35.2)
Where installed in conjunction with showers, swimming
pools or other wet locations, water shall not accumulate
upon the surface of the bench and the bench shall have
a slip-resistant surface.
(CA T24 1117B.8)
FIGURE 20
FIGURE 21
HING
CLOT
FIGURE 22
92 Fitting & Dressing Rooms

SECTION
Outdoor Occupancies 13
Outdoor Occupancies (including Parks and recreational areas and facilities) must be made
accessible as provided here. See also the general requirements listed elsewhere throughout
this book for the specifics on providing accessible building/facility features (e.g., sanitary
facilities, drinking fountains, parking facilities, curb ramps, etc.).
EXCEPTIONS
1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an unreason-
able hardship, a variance shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
2. Where the enforcing agency finds that, in specific areas, the natural environment would be materially
damaged by compliance with these regulations, such areas shall be subject to these regulations only to
the extent that such material damage would not occur.
3. Automobile access need not be provided or paths of travel need not be made accessible when the
enforcing agency determines that compliance with these regulations would create an unreasonable hard-
ship.
Parks and Recreational Areas 93

SECTION
13 Outdoor Occupancies
Campsites Highway Rest Areas

Three campsites for each 100 campsites (with a minimum The accessible standards for highway rest areas and similar
of 2) must be made accessible. (“Accessible campsites” facilities are as follows:
are those that are accessible by a level path or ramp.) At least one kind of permanent functional area or facil-
The maximum slope of paths to sanitary facilities within ity must be made accessible to persons with disabilities,
campsite areas is 1:12. including:
Permanent sanitary facilities serving campgrounds must zz A sanitary facility for each sex.
be made accessible to wheelchair occupants. zz At least one picnic table and one additional table for
Other Outdoor Occupancies each 20 tables, or fraction thereof.
zz Information and display areas.
The following outdoor occupancies must also be made acces-
sible, as follows: zz Drinking fountains.
Beaches, picnic areas, day-use areas, vista points, and zz At least one parking space.
similar areas. zz Curb ramps conforming to Section 22 (Curb Ramps)
Boat docks, fishing piers, etc. must be provided at pedestrian ways where appropriate.
Parking lots must contain accessible parking spaces and Permanent Facilities
curb cuts leading to all adjacent walks, paths or trails.
When any of the following types of permanent facilities are
Trails, paths and nature walk areas, or portions of these provided at an outdoor occupancy, accessible permanent
must use gradients to permit at least partial use by wheel- functional area or facilities must also be provided:
chair. Hard surface paths or walks must be provided where
they serve buildings and other functional areas. A sanitary facility for each sex.
zz Nature trails and similar educational and informational At least one picnic table and one additional table for each
areas must be made accessible to the blind by use of 20 tables, or fraction thereof.
ropes, raised Arabic numerals and symbols, information Information and display areas.
signs, and other assistance devices. Drinking fountains.
Note: For museums, office buildings, visitor centers, orien- At least one parking space.
tation buildings, retail stores, restaurants, etc., and sanitary Curb ramps conforming to Section 22 (Curb Ramps) must
facilities within outdoor occupancies, see the requirements in be provided at pedestrian ways where appropriate.
the other, relevant Sections of this book.
Sanitary Facilities
Sanitary facilities must be made accessible when located at a
public use area which is itself accessible to wheelchair occu-
pants by automobile, walks or other paths of travel.
94 Parks and REcreational Areas

SECTION
Outdoor Occupancies 13
Outdoor occupancies are accessible as required in this

Section. See also the general requirements listed in Section
1114B.1.1. (Design and Construction). Fig. 1, 2, 3 and 4
(CA T24 1132B.1)
Parks and recreational areas comply with the following
regulations:
(CA T24 1132B.2)
EXCEPTIONS
that compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, a
variance shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is pro-
vided.
2. Where the enforcing agency finds that, in specific areas, the
natural environment would be materially damaged by compli-
ance with these regulations, such areas shall be subject to FIGURE 1
these regulations only to the extent that such material dam-
age would not occur.
3. Automobile access need not be provided or paths of travel
need not be made accessible when the enforcing agency
determines that compliance with these regulations would cre-
ate an unreasonable hardship.
Campsites
A min. of 2 and no fewer than 3 campsites for each 100

campsites are provided that must be accessible by level
path or ramp.
(CA T24 1132B.2.1)
Max. slope of paths to sanitary facilities is 1:12 (8.33% FIGURE 2
slope). Fig. 1
(CA T24 1132B.2.1)
Permanent sanitary facilities serving campgrounds are
accessible to wheelchair occupants. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1132B.2.1)
Beaches, Picnic Areas
Beaches, picnic areas, day-use areas, vista points, and

similar areas are accessible. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1132B.2.2)
Sanitary Facilities
If sanitary facilities are located at a public use area which

is accessible to wheelchair occupants by automobile, FIGURE 3
walks or other paths of travel, they are accessible. Figs.
2&3
(CA T24 1132B.2.3)
Boat docks, fishing piers, etc., are accessible. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1132B.2.4)
Parking Lots
Parking lots contain accessible parking spaces and curb

cuts leading to all adjacent walks, paths or trails. Fig. 2
and 3
(CA T24 1132B.2.5)
Parks and Recreational Areas 95

SECTION
13 Outdoor Occupancies
Trails, Paths
Trails, paths and nature walk areas, or portions of these,

must be constructed with gradients to permit at least
partial use by wheelchair.
(CA T24 1132B.2.6)
Hard surface paths or walks are provided to serve build-
ings and other functional areas. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1132B.2.6)
Nature Trails
Nature trails and similar educational and informational

areas must be accessible to the blind by provision of
rope guidelines, raised Arabic numerals and symbols for
identification, information signs and related guide and
assistance devices. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1132B.2.7)
FIGURE 4
N
ote: For museums, office buildings, visitor centers, office
buildings, retail stores, restaurants, etc., and sanitary
facilities serving these uses, see Sections 7–14 and sec-
tions listed in Section 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility.
Highway Rest Areas
The specific standards of accessibility for highway rest

areas and similar facilities shall be as follows in this Sec-
tion, Permanent Facilities, subject to other provisions in
these regulations.
(CA T24 1132B.3)
Permanent Facilities
At least one kind of permanent functional area or facility,

as applicable, is accessible to persons with disabilities
FIGURE 5 including:
(CA T24 1132B.3.1)
1. A sanitary facility for each sex.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.1)
2. At least one picnic table and one additional table for
each 20 tables, or fraction thereof provided.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.2)
3. Information and display areas.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.3)
4. Drinking fountains.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.4)
5. At least one parking space.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.5)
6. Curb ramps conforming to Section 22 shall be provided
at pedestrian ways where appropriate.
(CA T24 1132B.3.1.6)
96 Parks and REcreational Areas

SECTION
Group R: Lodging and Dormitories 14
Group R Occupancies include, but are not limited to lodging, hotels, dormitories, homeless
shelters, and similar transient lodging. These must be made accessible according the follow-
ing guidelines.
zz In addition to these, there are other Group R occupancies (specifically, multifamily dwell-
ings) that must be made accessible: See Section 15 (Adaptable Dwelling Units) for those
requirements.
All public and common use areas that serve accessible or adaptable guest rooms must be
themselves accessible.
Recreational facilities offered in conjunction with the lodging must be accessible.
Accessible guest rooms/suites must be distributed among the various classes of sleep-
ing accommodations to provide equivalent options in room sizes, costs, amenities, etc.,
to disabled persons. This does not mean that accessible rooms need to be provided on a
variety of floors; it simply means that a full range of prices and amenities must be offered
for accessible rooms, and those offerings must be comparable to those offered to the gen-
eral public.
The code is concerned with two types of accessible rooms: rooms for wheelchair users, and
rooms for the hearing impaired:
Wheelchair rooms must provide:

zz Required maneuvering space next to bed(s).
zz Accessible kitchens (if applicable).
zz Accessible bathrooms (a portion of which must include roll-in showers).
Hearing-impaired rooms must provide:

zz Visual alarms.
zz Visual notification devices to signal incoming phone calls, doorbells, knocks on door, etc.
zz Volume-control telephones with a convenient electrical outlet for a text telephone (TTY).
Guest Rooms and Suites / Dormitories 97

SECTION
14 Group R: Lodging and Dormitories
Requirements being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals
the number required to be accessible in Table 14-1.
Group R occupancies must be accessible or adaptable as pro- In addition, at least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the
vided in this section. requirements described below under “Visual Alarms, Notifica-
Public-use and common-use areas serving adaptable guest tion Devices, and Telephones for Hearing Impaired” must be
and/or dwelling units must be accessible. provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms
being altered until the number of such rooms equals the num-
EXCEPTION ber required to be accessible in Table 14-2.
any regulation under this section would create an unreason- Table 14-2
able hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent Additional Accessibility Required
facilitation is provided. for Hearing-Impaired Persons in Guest Rooms
Hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless shelters,
Total Number of
halfway houses and similar places of transient lodging must Number of Rooms Equipped
provide accessibility in accordance with the provisions of the Rooms for Hearing Impaired
accessibility requirements of the California Building Code,
except as otherwise provided in this Section. 1 to 25 1
Guest Rooms and Suites 26 to 50 2
Facilities offering guest rooms and suites, and similar places 51 to 75 3
of transient lodging must provide a minimum of one accessi- 76 to 100 4
ble guest room or dormitory room together with their sanitary
facilities in conformance with Table 14-1 below. 101 to 150 5
151 to 200 6
Table 14-1
Accessibility Required 201 to 300 7
in Guest Rooms or Suites 301 to 400 8
Plus Additional 401 to 500 9
Total Fully Accessible Rooms
Number of Accessible 501 to 1,000 2% of total
with Roll-In
Rooms Rooms Showers 1,001 and over 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000
1 to 25 0 1
26 to 50 1 1 Available Range of Accommodations
51 to 75 3 1 Accessible guest rooms or suites must be dispersed
among the various classes of sleeping accommodations to
76 to 100 4 1 provide a range of options applicable to room sizes, costs,
101 to 150 5 2 amenities provided, and the number of beds provided.
151 to 200 6 2 Requirements for “equivalent facilitation” may be satis-
fied if the operator of a facility elects to limit construction
201 to 300 7 3 of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occu-
301 to 400 8 4 pancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the
cost of a single occupancy room to an individual with dis-
401 to 500 9 4 abilities who requests a single-occupancy room.
501 to 1,000 2% of total
4 plus 1 for each ad- Access to Beds
1,001 and over 20 plus 1 for each 100 ditional 100 over 400 Accessible sleeping rooms must have a 36” clear width
over 1,000 maneuvering space along both sides of a bed.
All accessible sleeping rooms or suites must comply with Visual When there are two beds, a 36” space between the beds
Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones for Persons with is satisfactory.
Hearing Impairments, below, and must be in conformance with
Table 14-1. Lift Device Clearances
EXCEPTION There must be a clear space under the bed for the use of a
personal lift device.
portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at zz This clear space must be on a long side of the bed which
least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the accessibility is adjacent to an accessible aisle.
requirements of this code as modified by this chapter must be zz The clear space must extend horizontally to points not
provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms more than 12” from each end of the bed, vertically not
98 Guest Rooms and Suites

SECTION
less than 7” high from the floor, and not less than 30” Visual Notification Devices
deep. Visual notification devices must also be provided in units,
Dormitory Rooms sleeping rooms and suites (including bathrooms) to alert
room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door
Dormitory Rooms other than those specified herein must knock or bell.
comply with the requirements described under Publicly
Funded Dwelling Units (below). Visual notification devices may not be connected to auxil-
iary visual alarm signal appliances.
Public- and Common-Use Rooms or Areas
Telephones for Hearing Impaired
Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas within a
Group R Occupancy must be made accessible, subject to An accessible electrical outlet within 48” of a telephone
any specific provisions contained in this or other Sections connection must be provided to facilitate the use of a text
of this book. telephone.
Permanently installed telephones must have telephone vol-
Recreational Facilities ume controls capable of adjusting the telephone receiver
When recreational facilities are provided within a Group R volume from 12 dbA min. to 18 dbA max. above normal.
Occupancy, including swimming pools, they must comply zz If an automatic reset is provided, 18 dbA may be
with the requirements of Participation Areas (below, in this exceeded.
Section) and Section 13 (Outdoor Occupancies).
Telephone Books
Kitchens Telephone books (if provided) must be located in a position
In Group R accommodations that are provided with kitchen that complies with reach ranges of Section 38.
units, accessible kitchens must be provided to those
accommodations that are required to be accessible in con- Toilet Facilities
formance with Table 14-1 above. Toilet facilities in accessible sleeping rooms and suites
Accessible kitchens must meet the requirements of Section must meet the following requirements for accessible pub-
15 (Adaptable Dwelling Units) with regard to countertops lic- and common-use accommodations.
and lower shelving in kitchens.
Bathing and Shower Facilities
zz While this allows “adaptable” kitchens to be used to sat-
isfy the requirement, the more practical method in a Accessible bathrooms in hotels, motels, inns, dormito-
hotel or similar lodging facility is to provide an acces- ries, resorts, homeless shelters, halfway houses, transient
sible kitchen. It simply makes no sense to expect hotel group homes and similar places of transient lodging must
staff to remove or reinstall cabinets as needs arise. be provided according to the following:
EXCEPTION
Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and
Hotel and motel bathrooms beyond those specified here need
Telephones for Hearing Impaired not comply with the provisions of this section or other accessibil-
ity provision of the California Building, Electrical and Plumbing
Visual Alarms Codes if they provide the following features:
In addition to the minimum one accessible sleeping room 1. All bathroom fixtures are in a location that allows a person
or suite required under Guest Rooms (above), additional using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” to touch the wheel-
sleeping rooms and suites must be provided with features chair to any lavatory, urinal, water closet, tub, sauna, shower
in conformance with Table 2. See Section 39 (Alarms). stall and any other similar sanitary installation, if provided.
Auxiliary visual alarms that comply with Section 39 (Alarms) 2. All bathroom entrance doors have a clear opening width
of 32” and shall be either sliding doors or shall be hung to
must be provided.
swing in the direction of egress from the bathroom.
Units and sleeping accommodations must have a visual
alarm connected to the building emergency alarm system Bathroom Doors
or a standard 110-volt electrical receptacle into which such Doors to accessible bathrooms must comply with Section
alarm can be connected and a means by which a signal 29 (Doors).
from the building emergency alarm system can trigger
Doors may not swing into the floor space required for any
such an auxiliary alarm.
fixture.
When visual alarms are in place, the signal from the alarm
must be visible in all areas of the unit or room (including
bathrooms).
Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle
must be provided.
Personal Lift Device / Kitchens / Visual Alarms / Toilets 99

SECTION
Bathroom Floor Space

All bathroom fixtures and controls must be on an acces- Lavatories
sible route. Clear Floor Space for Lavatories
There must be within the bathroom a clear floor space Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach
measuring 30” by 60”.
Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route.
The clear floor spaces at fixtures and controls, the acces-
sible route, and the turning space may overlap. This clear floor space may include knee space required under
some objects.
Tubs and Showers
Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel
If tubs or showers are provided, at least 1 accessible tub,
approach is provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable
or shower must be provided that complies with Sections
knee space.
55 (Bathtubs) or 56 (Showers).
Installation Height 34” max. from floor to either
Water Closets rim of lavatory or counter
Toilet stalls and water closets, if provided, must com- surface
ply with either of the following requirements: Section 46
Minimum Clearances
(Multiple Accommodation Toilets) or Section 48 (Single
Accommodation Toilet Facilities). Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture 18” from wall/fixture to center-
line of lavatory (typ. drain)
Lavatory and Mirrors
Lavatory’s Front Apron to Floor 29”
If a lavatory, vanity and/or mirror are provided, they must com-
ply with the following requirements, as well as Sections 46 Minimum Knee Space 27” high
and 47. (from floor under the lavatory)
If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of each 8” deep
must be made accessible. (from front of lavatory)
30” wide
Mirrors / Accessories Minimum Toe Space 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide
At least 1 mirror must be mounted no more than 40” from Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered.
the floor to the bottom edge of the reflecting surface. No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present.
At least 1 towel fixture must be provided that is mounted no Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms
higher than 40” from the finished floor.
Maximum force to operate 5 lbf.
Controls and Dispensers
Acceptable faucet designs Lever-operated
If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other types of Push-type
equipment are provided, then at least one of each must be Electronically operated
on an accessible route.
Self-closers remain open Minimum 10 seconds
Such controls and dispensers must comply with Section
58 (Controls & Operating Mechanisms, Vending Machines). Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or
twisting of the wrist.
Publicly Funded Dwelling Units
Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded dwell-
ing units must be made accessible as required by CA T24,
Chapter 11A, Housing Accessibility, except that scoping
requirements for covered multifamily dwellings include 1
or more publicly funded dwelling units, and is required to
comply with Section 4 (Existing Buildings).
100 Bath and Shower Facilities / Dormitories

SECTION
Group R occupancies shall be accessible or adaptable

as provided in this section. Public-use and common-use
areas serving adaptable guest and/or dwelling units shall
be accessible.
(CA T24 1111B.1) (ADA 9.1.1)
EXCEPTION
any regulation under this section would create an unreason-
able hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent
facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1111B.1)
H
otels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts, homeless FIGURE 1
shelters, halfway houses and similar places of transient
lodging shall provide accessibility in accordance with the TABLE 1 — ADDITIONAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIRED IN
provisions of the accessibility requirements of the Cali- GUEST ROOMS OR SUITES
fornia Building Code, except as provided in the following. Total Number of
Fully Accessible Rooms
Plus Additional Accessible
(Fig. 1) Rooms Rooms with Roll-In Showers
(CA T24 1111B.4) 1 to 25 0 1

26 to 50 1 1
Guest Rooms and Suites
51 to 75 3 1
Guest rooms and suites, places of transient lodging shall 76 to 100 4 1
have a minimum of one guest room or dormitory room 101 to 150 5 2
together with their sanitary facilities and shall be as
151 to 200 6 2
required in Table 1.
201 to 300 7 3
(CA T24 1111B.4.2) (ADA 4.1.3(14), 9.1.2)
301 to 400 8 4
All accessible sleeping rooms or suites shall comply with
Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones for 401 to 500 9
Persons with Hearing Impairments, below, and shall be 501 to 1,000 2% of total 4 plus 1 for each additional
as required in Table 1. 100 over 400
20 plus 1for each 100
1,001 and over
(CA T24 1111B.4.2) (ADA 4.1.3(14)) over 1,000
EXCEPTION – Alterations in Existing Facilities Provisions of this chapter are additional modifications to general requirements
listed in Section 1114B.1.1 (CA T24 Table 11B-3)
portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at
least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the accessibility TABLE 2 — ADDITIONAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIRED
FOR HEARING IMPAIRED IN GUEST ROOMS
requirements of this code as modified by this chapter shall be
provided for each 25 guest rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms Total Number of Rooms Number of Rooms Equipped for Hearing Impaired
being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals 1 to 25 1
the number required to be accessible in Table 1. In addition, at 26 to 50 2
least 1 guest room or suite that complies with the requirements 51 to 75 3
of this Section shall be provided for each 25 guest rooms, or 76 to 100 4
fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such
101 to 150 5
rooms equals the number required to be accessible in Table 2.
151 to 200 6
(CA Tttt24 1111B.4.2.4)
201 to 300 7
301 to 400 8
401 to 500 9
501 to 1,000 2% of total
1,001 and over 20 plus 1for each 100 over 1,000
Provisions of this chapter are additional modifications to general requirements
listed in Section 1114B.1.1 In addition to these requirements, for Group I-1 and
R-1 occupancies, see Section 907.9.1.3. (CA T24 Table 11B-4)
Guest Rooms and Suites 101

SECTION
Available Range of Accommodations
Accessible guest rooms or suites shall be dispersed among

the various classes of sleeping accommodations to pro-
vide a range of options applicable to room sizes, costs,
amenities provided, and the number of beds provided.
(CA T24 1111B.4.1) (ADA 9.1.4(1))
It shall be deemed equivalent facilitation if the operator of
a facility elects to limit construction of accessible rooms
to those intended for multiple occupancy, provided that
such rooms are made available at the cost of a single
occupancy room to an individual with disabilities who
requests a single-occupancy room.
(ADA 9.1.4(2))
FIGURE 2
Access to Beds
Accessible sleeping rooms shall have a 36” clear width
maneuvering space along both sides of a bed. When
there are two beds, a 36” space between the beds may
be provided. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1111B.4.3) (ADA 9.2.2(1))
Lift Device Clearances
There shall be a clear space under the bed for the use of
a personal lift device.
(CA T24 1111B.4.3)
The clear space shall be on a long side of the bed adjacent
to an accessible aisle.
(CA T24 1111B.4.3)
FIGURE 3 The clear space shall extend horizontally to points not
more than 12” from each end of the bed, vertically not
less than 7”, and not less than 30” deep.
(CA T24 1111B.4.3)
Dormitory Rooms
Dormitory Rooms other than those specified herein shall

comply with Buildings and Complexes Containing Publicly
Funded Dwelling Units, Section 14, Dormitory Rooms.
(CA T24 1111B.4.7)
Dormitory Rooms other than those specified herein must
comply with the following adaptability requirements.
(CA T24 1111B.4.8)
Buildings and complexes containing

publicly funded dwelling units
FIGURE 4
ing units shall be accessible as required by Chapter 11A,
Housing Accessibility, except that scoping requirements
for covered multifamily dwellings include one or more
publicly funded dwelling units, and are required to com-
ply with Division IV—Accessibility for Existing Buildings,
beginning with Section 4.
(CA T24 1111B.5.1)
102 Accommodations / Lift Devices / Recreational Facilities

SECTION
Public- and Common-Use Rooms or Areas
Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas shall be

made accessible, subject to specific provisions contained
in other portions of these regulations. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1111B.2) (ADA 9.1.1)
Recreational Facilities
When recreational facilities are provided (including swim-

ming pools), they must meet the following requirements:
Section 14, Participation Areas and Section 13, Outdoor
Occupancies.
(CA T24 1111B.3)
Kitchens, Kitchenettes or Wet Bar Facilities FIGURE 5

When accommodations are provided with kitchens, kitch-
enettes, wet bar units or similar amenities, they shall be Visual notification devices shall not be connected to
provided and accessible as required by Section 54 and auxiliary visual alarm signal appliances.
Table 1. (CA T24 1111B.4.5.2) (ADA 9.3.1)
(CA T24 1111B.4.4)
An accessible electrical outlet within 48” of a telephone
Toilet Facilities connection shall be provided to facilitate the use of a text
telephone. Fig. 5
Toilet facilities in accessible sleeping rooms and suites shall (CA T24 1111B.4.5.3) (ADA 9.3.1)
meet requirements for accessible public- and common- Permanently installed telephones shall have telephone
use accommodations. (Section 55 and 56: Bathing and volume controls: Capable of 12 dba min. and 18 dba
Shower Facilities and following.) Fig. 6 max. above normal. If an automatic reset is provided, 18
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.7) (ADA 9.2.2(6)(e)) dba may be exceeded. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.3, 1117B.2.8) (ADA 4.31.5(2), 9.3.1)
Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and
Telephones for Persons with Hearing Impairment Telephones shall be equipped with a receiver that gener-
ates a magnetic field in the area of the receiver cap.
In addition to accessible sleeping rooms and suites (CA T24 1117B.2.8)
required by this Section, additional sleeping rooms and If banks of public telephones are provided, at least one
suites shall be provided with features as required in Table 2. in each bank and a total of at least 25 percent of the
See Section 39, Alarms. total number of public telephones, including closed-circuit
(CA T24 1111B.4.5) (ADA 9.1.3) telephones in a building or facility, shall be equipped with
Visual alarms shall be provided and shall comply with a volume control.
NFPA 72 and Chapter 9, Sections 907.9.1 and 907.9.2. (CA T24 1117B.2.8)
See Section 39, Alarms. Public telephones with volume control shall be hearing aid
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.1) (ADA 4.28.1; 4.28.2) compatible and must be identified by a sign containing
Units and sleeping accommodations shall have a visual a depiction of a telephone handset with radiating sound
alarm connected to the building emergency alarm system waves.
or shall have a standard 110-volt electrical receptacle (CA T24 1117B.2.8)
into which such alarm can be connected and a means by Telephone books (if provided) shall be located in a position
which a signal from the building emergency alarm system that complies with reach ranges of Section 38.
can trigger such an auxiliary alarm. When visual alarms (CA T24 1117B.2.12) (ADA 4.31.7)
are in place the signal shall be visible in all areas of the
unit or room. Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm Bathing and Shower Facilities
or receptacle shall be provided. Fig. 5
(ADA 4.28.4) Bathrooms in hotels, motels, inns, dormitories, resorts,
homeless shelters, halfway houses, transient group homes
Visual notification devices shall also be provided in units,
and similar places of transient lodging. Required accessible
sleeping rooms and suites to alert room occupants
bathrooms for places of transient lodging shall comply
of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell.
with the following provisions:
Fig. 5 (CA T24 1111B.4.6)
(CA T24 1111B.4.5.2)
Kitchens / Visual Alarms / Toilets 103

SECTION
FIGURE 6
Exception Tubs and Showers

Hotel and motel bathrooms beyond those specified in this Sec-
tion need not comply if they provide the following features: If tubs or showers are provided, at least 1 accessible tub,
(CA T24 1111B.4.6) or shower shall be provided that complies with Section 55,
1. All bathroom fixtures are in a location that allows a person Bathtubs, or Section 56, Showers.
using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” to touch the wheel- (CA T24 1111B.4.6.6) (ADA 9.2.2(6)(e))
chair to any lavatory, urinal, water closet, tub, sauna, shower
stall and any other similar sanitary installation, if provided. Water Closets
(CA T24 1111B.4.6)
Toilet stalls and water closets, if provided, shall comply
2. All bathroom entrance doors have a clear opening width with the following requirements: Single Accommodation
of 32” and shall be either sliding doors or shall be hung to Toilet Facilities, Section 48.
swing in the direction of egress from the bathroom. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.3)
(CA T24 1111B.4.6)
Lavatory and Mirrors
Bathroom Doors
If a lavatory and/or mirror are provided, they shall comply
Doors to accessible bathrooms shall comply with Section
with Sections 45 and 47. Fig. 7
29, Doors. Doors shall not swing into the floor space
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.4)
required for any fixture. See Section 29. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.1) (ADA 9.2.2(3)) Applicable to all lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in
lavatories. Figs. 7–13
Bathroom Floor Space (CA T24 1115B.4.3)
If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of
All fixtures and controls shall be on an accessible route.
each is accessible.
Fig. 6
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.2) (ADA 4.27.2) (CA T24 1115B.9.1.2) (ADA 4.23.6)
There must be within the bathroom a clear floor space Clear floor space is 30” x 48” min. and allows a forward
measuring 30” by 60”. Fig. 6 approach. May be part of knee space required under
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.2) (ADA 9.2.2(6)(e)) some objects. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)
The clear floor spaces at fixtures and controls, the acces-
sible route, and the turning space may overlap. Fig. 6 Clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an accessible route
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.2) and extends a max. of 19” into knee and toe space under
the lavatory.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)
104 Bath and Shower Facilities / Water Closets

SECTION
When located adjacent to a side wall or partition, it must

be a min. of 18” to the centerline of the fixture. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
All lavatories must be 17” min. in horizontal depth. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
Must be mounted with the rim or counter at a max. of 34”
above the finished floor, with vertical clearance measured
from the bottom of the apron or the outside bottom edge
of the lavatory of 29” reducing to 27” at a point located
8” back from the front edge. Figs. 9 and 10
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
FIGURE 7 FIGURE 8
A min. 9” high toe clearance must be provided extending
back toward the wall to a distance no more than 6” from
the back wall. The toe clearance space must be free of
equipment or obstructions. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
Hot water and drain pipes are insulated or covered. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4)
No sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4)
Faucet controls and operating mechanisms are operable
with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching
or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
FIGURE 9 FIGURE 10
Max. force required to activate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
Acceptable faucet designs are used (lever-operated, push
type and electronically operated). If self-closing valves
are used, faucet remains open a min. of 10 seconds. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5)
Mirrors
At least 1 mirror shall be mounted at a max. height of

40” from the floor the to bottom edge of the reflecting
surface. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.8.1) (ADA 4.19.6)
At least 1 towel fixture shall be mounted no higher than
40” from the finished floor. Fig. 14 FIGURE 11 FIGURE 12
(CA T24 1115B.8.3, 1115B.9.2)
Controls and Dispensers
If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other types of

equipment are provided, then at least one of each shall
be on an accessible route and shall comply with Section
58, Controls & Operating Mechanisms, Vending Machines.
See Section 58. Figs. 15 & 16
(CA T24 1111B.4.6.5) (ADA 4.27 & 9.2.2(5))
FIGURE 13
Lavatories and Mirrors 105

SECTION
Buildings and Complexes Containing Publicly

Funded Dwelling Units

ing units shall be accessible.
(CA T24 1111B.5.1)
Buildings and complexes containing publicly funded
dwelling units shall be accessible as required by CA
T24, Chapter 11A, Housing Accessibility, except that
scoping requirements for covered multifamily dwellings
include 1 or more publicly funded dwelling units, and is
FIGURE 14 required to comply with Div. IV-Accessibility for Existing
Buildings, Section 4.
(CA T24 1111B.5.1)
Accessible Assigned Parking
The following requirements are for adaptable dwelling

units, in addition to the regular provisions of Section 18,
Accessible Parking. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1118A.1)
At least 2% of the assigned parking spaces serving
covered multifamily dwelling units must be accessible in
each type of parking facility. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1109A.4)
At least one space of each type of parking facility shall
be made accessible even if the total number exceeds 2%.
FIGURE 15 (CA T24 1109A.4)
When assigned parking is provided, signage is NOT required.
(CA T24 1109A.4)
Accessible Visitor Parking
Shall not be less than 5% of the total visitor parking

provided. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1118A.1)
Accessible parking spaces must be provided with sig-
nage as required by Section 61. Such signage shall not
be blocked from view by a vehicle parked in the space.
(CA T24 1109A.5)
All parking shall comply with Parking Requirements. Fig.
17
FIGURE 16 (CA T24 1118A.1)
Public- and Common-use Rooms or Areas
Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas shall

be made accessible to people with disabilities, subject to
specific provisions contained in other portions of these
regulations. See also general requirements listed in Sec-
tion 1114B.1.1, Facility Accessibility.
(CA T24 1111B.2)
FIGURE 17
106 Mirrors and Dispensers / Parking

SECTION
Participation Areas
Participation areas shall be accessible to persons with
disabilities, including the following listed and similar
activity areas:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3)
Tennis, racquetball and handball courts. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.1)
Gymnasium floor areas and general exercise rooms.
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.2)
Basketball, volleyball and badminton courts, and bowling
lanes. Fig. 19 FIGURE 18
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.3)
Swimming Pools
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4)
Athletic team rooms and facilities, playing fields and run-
ning tracks.
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.5)
Swimming Pools
Swimming pool deck areas must be accessible, and a
mechanism to assist persons with disabilities in gaining
entry into the pool and in exiting the pool shall be provided. FIGURE 19
Such a mechanism may consist of a swimming pool lift
device as long as the device meets all of the following
criteria. Fig. 20:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4)
a) Have a seat that meets all of the following:
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1)
i. The seat must be rigid. Fig. 20;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.1)
ii. The seat must be not less than 17” and not more than
19”, inclusive of any cushioned surface that might be
provided, above the pool deck. Fig. 20;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.2)
iii. The seat must have two armrests. The armrest on the
side of the seat by which access is gained shall be either
removable or fold clear of the seat. Fig. 20;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.3)
iv. The seat must have a back support that is at least
12” tall. Fig. 20;
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.4)
v. The seat must have occupant restraint for use by the
occupant of the seat, and the restraint must meet the FIGURE 20
standards for operable controls and shall not require
tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force d) Be designed to have a live-load capacity of not less
required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 than 300 lbs. Fig. 21
lbs. of force. Fig. 20 (CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.4)
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.1.5 & 1117B.6.4) e) Be positioned so that, if the pool has water of different
b) Be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck depths, it will place the operator into water that is at least
and water levels. Fig. 21 3 ft. deep. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.2) (CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.5)
c) Be stable and not permit unintended movement when f) Lower the operator at least 18” below the surface of
a person is getting into or out of the seat. Fig. 21 the water. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.3) (CA T24 1104B.4.3.4.6)
Parking / Common Areas / Recreation Facilities 107

SECTION
Doors & Openings
Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and

within all sleeping rooms and suites shall comply with
Section 29.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.3.1)
Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within
all other sleeping rooms and suites shall comply with section
1133b.2.2
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.3.1)
Exception
In covered multifamily dwelling units, except for primary
entrances and required exits, doors and openings within units
shall provide a min. of 32” nominal clear space, measured
between the face of the door and the stop, when the door is
in the 90º open position to permit the passage of a disabled
person in a wheelchair. A 34” door is acceptable. The nominal
32” clear opening provided by a standard 6’ sliding patio door
assembly is acceptable. Site access to the primary entry shall
be as provided in this section.
(CA T24 1109A.1)
FIGURE 21 Spaces
Where provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping

room or suite, the following spaces shall be accessible and
shall be on an accessible route complying with Section 17.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
1. The living area;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
2. The dining area;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
3. At least one sleeping area;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
4. Patios, terraces or balconies;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
5. Where full bathrooms are provided, at least one
full bathroom (that is, one with a water closet, a
lavatory and a bathtub or shower);
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
FIGURE 22 6. Where only half baths are provided, at least one

half bath;
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
7. Carports, garages or parking spaces.
(CA T24 1111B.4.2.1)
Accessible Route
Door Signal Devices Guest rooms and suites shall be on an accessible route
complying with Section 17. An accessible route shall also
Every primary entrance to dwelling units in buildings connect all accessible spaces and elements, including
containing 3 or more dwelling units shall be provided telephones, within the unit, sleeping room or suite.
with a door buzzer, bell, chime or equivalent installation, (CA T24 1111B.4.2.2)
mounted a max. of 48” above the floor, connected to
permanent wiring. Fig. 22
(CA T24 1106A.1)
108 Pools / Entry Doors

SECTION
Adaptable Dwelling Units 15
In addition to lodging, hotels, dormitories, homeless shelters, and similar transient lodging (see
Section 14), Group R Occupancies (see Section 14) also include “multifamily dwellings.”
zz Multifamily dwellings which must be made accessible are those dwelling units in buildings with
3 or more discrete dwelling units (apartments, primarily) or 4 or more condominium units.
zz The separation of units by a fire wall does not create separate buildings for the purposes of
determining the applicability of accessibility requirements.
In addition, public funded housing of one or more dwelling unit must be made accessible.
Accessible/adaptable residential units must provide the following:
zz Accessible exterior routes of travel.
zz Accessible entrances.
zz Accessible interior routes of travel.
zz Accessible toilet and bathing facilities. (Note: Only one toilet/bathroom facility within each
dwelling unit must comply with accessibility requirements; additional facilities need not
comply.)
Within multifamily and publicly funded dwellings subject to these requirements, the following
must be made accessible (or sometimes adaptable), using the requirements stated in this Sec-
tion or in the other, appropriate Sections of this book:
zz All public and common use areas.
zz Exterior accessible routes.
zz Accessible means of egress.
zz Elevators and/or special access lifts.
zz Public telephones.
zz Swimming pools.
zz Drinking fountains.
zz Signage.
zz Laundry Rooms.
zz Parking (at least 2% of parking for residents must be accessible; at least 5% of parking for
visitors and at common use areas must be accessible).
IMPORTANT: Section 16 (which follows) does not apply to multistory dwelling units (e.g., 2-story town-
houses) without elevators. However, Section 16 does apply to dwelling units in multistory buildings.
EXISTING BUILDINGS: These requirements do not provide for their application to existing buildings, so
when renovations, general repairs, alterations and/or additions are made to existing private sector multi-
family dwelling units, those renovations/repairs/alterations must be accessible only if the dwelling unit(s)
involved were accessible before. The following outlines the specific requirements concerning accessibility
within multifamily dwelling units.

SECTION
15 Adaptable Dwelling Units
Kitchens In Dwelling Units The sides and back of cabinets adjacent to countertops
must be constructed of durable, non-absorbent materials.
Minimum clear floor space Finished flooring must be installed beneath these
countertops.
You must provide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space. This space
must provide the following access to kitchen appliances: Available Exceptions
zz For oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer, and trash Only 5% of units within a multifamily apartment house (that is
compactor, you can provide either a forward approach itself required to provide accessible units) must provide repo-
or a parallel approach. sitionable countertops. All other covered multifamily dwelling
units are exempt.
zz For range or cooktops, you must provide a parallel
approach. When stone, cultured stone and tiled countertops are used,
they may be exempted from the repositioning requirements.
U-Shaped Kitchens Two 15” minimum width breadboards may be provided in lieu of
In multifamily dwelling units containing U-shaped kitchens with the required 30” of countertop work surface.
a range or cooktop at the base of the U:
Lower Shelving
A 60” clear width between cabinet fronts, appliances or
fixtures must be provided to allow a parallel approach, or Maximum height:
any base cabinets that are installed must be removable at Kitchen lower shelving and/or drawer space: 48”.
the location to a height of 27” above the floor to allow knee
space for a forward approach. Design Considerations
Any base cabinets that are installed directly under the At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freez-
kitchen sink counter area (including toeboards and shelv- ers must be within space allowances and reach ranges.
ing) must be removable without the use of special tools or The space and placement of cabinets and appliances must
knowledge, to provide clearance for a wheelchair. allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors
Finished flooring must be installed on the floor beneath so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and
such countertop. usable.
A minimum clear space of 48” must be provided for all other Laundry Rooms
kitchen designs. If clothes washers and dryers are provided in multifamily
Kitchen Sink Faucets/Controls buildings or dwelling units, each laundry area must have
a minimum of one clothes washer and one clothes dryer.
Must be operable with one hand.
If front-loading washers are not provided in multifamily
Should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of dwellings, management must provide assistive devices,
the wrist. on request, if necessary for a resident to use top-loading
The force required to activate controls must not be greater washer.
Electrical Outlets
Lever-operated, push-type and electronically controlled
mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. When access for persons with physical disabilities is
required in covered multifamily dwelling units, the center
Self-closing valves are allowed if faucet remains open for a
of receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amps or less
min. of 10 secs.
must be located no higher than 48” and no lower than 15”
Countertops above the floor.
Minimum linear lengths of accessible countertops: See also Section 64 (California Electrical Code Sections).
For kitchen sinks: 30” Bathrooms
For work surfaces: 30”
Heights: Only One Accessible Bathroom
Accessible countertops and sinks are those that are mounted Only one bathroom in accessible dwelling units must com-
no more than 34” above the finished floor surface. ply with the requirements for the physically disabled.
Accessible countertops and work surfaces must be able to When only one accessible bathroom is provided, all other
be repositioned to a minimum height of 28”. bathrooms and powder rooms in the dwelling unit must be
Design and Finish: on an accessible route with usable entry doors.
Accessible countertops and work surfaces may either be a
single integral unit or separate components.
Any base cabinets that are installed under accessible coun-
tertops must be removable without the use of specialized
tools, to provide clearance for a wheelchair.
110 Kitchens and Bathrooms

SECTION

The backing must be a minimum of 40” in length.
Accessible Bathroom Requirements
The reinforcement must be capable of supporting a load of
Bathroom Entrance Doorway at least 250 lbs.
Bathroom entrance doorways must provide minimum 18” Side Wall Installation
clear space to the side of the strike edge of the door on the
swing side of the door. Reinforcement installed at the side of the toilet must be
installed 32” to 38” above the floor.
Accessible route within each bathroom is minimum 36”
wide. The reinforcement must be installed a maximum of 12”
from the rear wall and must extend a min. of 26” in front of
Bathroom Maneuvering Space the water closet stool.
Bathroom maneuvering space for a person using a wheel- The grab bar reinforcement is a minimum of 6” in nominal
chair (or other mobility aid) is that space which is sufficient height.
to enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the The reinforcement must be capable of supporting a load of
door and exit. at least 250 lbs.
Doors may swing into the clear space provided at any fix-
ture if the minimum maneuvering space is maintained. Shower Stalls
When doors swing into the clear space, approximately 30” Glass walled shower stalls must provide reinforcement for
by 48” clear space within the room is required to position installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Ceiling-mounted
the wheelchair or other mobility aid clear of the path of grab bar reinforcement is permitted.
door and use the fixtures. Continuous grab bar reinforcement must be installed in the
walls of adaptable showers, in the zone that is between 32”
Water Closets and 38” above the floor.
Locate water closets in a clear space that is minimum 36” The grab bar reinforcement must be a minimum of 6” nomi-
in width and which provides minimum 48” in front of the nal in height.
water closet. The grab bar reinforcement must be capable of supporting
(This clear space may include maneuverable space under a a load of at least 250 lbs.
lavatory arranged so as not to impede access.)
Minimum height of water closet seats is 15” above the floor. Bathtubs
Flush valve controls must be mounted on the wide side of Minimum clear floor space at the side of bathtub is 30” by
toilet areas, a maximum of 44” above the floor. 48”.
Controls should not require tight grasping, pinching or A bathtub may be installed without surrounding walls, as
twisting, nor more than 5 lbf force to activate. long as reinforcement is provided for installation of floor-
mounted grab bars.
Grab Bars / Reinforcement For tubs with surrounding walls, grab bar reinforcements
Grab bars need not be installed in a bathing or toilet facil- must be installed on each end of the bathtub.
ity within an adaptable dwelling unit, provided all structural Such reinforcement is from 32” to 38” above the floor,
reinforcements for future grab bar installation are provided extending a minimum of 24” aligned with the front edge of
in appropriate locations in adjoining walls. the bathtub toward the back wall of the bathtub.
The reinforcement must be of sufficient length to permit Grab bar reinforcement must be minimum of 6” nominal in
installation of grab bars as specified. The reinforced wall height.
must be capable of supporting a 250 lbs. load min. Grab bar reinforcement must be installed on the back wall
Where a powder room (a room with a toilet and sink) is the of the bathtub commencing a maximum of 6” above the
only toilet facility located on an accessible level of a multi- bathtub rim.
story dwelling unit, it must comply with the requirement for Reinforcement extends upward to a point a minimum of 38”
reinforced walls for grab bars. above the floor.
Where the toilet is not placed adjacent to a side wall, the The grab bar backing must be installed horizontally a length
bathroom must have provisions for installation of floor- to permit the installation of 48” grab bar with each end a
mounted, foldaway or similar alternative grab bars. maximum of 6” from the end walls of the bathtub.
Back Wall Installations The grab bar reinforcement must be a minimum of 6” nomi-
Where the toilet is placed adjacent to a side wall, reinforce- nal in height.
ment must be installed on both sides or one side and the The reinforced wall must be capable of supporting a load
back. of 250 lbs.
Reinforcement is installed between 32” and 38” above the Lavatories and Mirrors
floor.
At least one accessible lavatory must be provided in any
The grab bar reinforcement must be a minimum of 6” nomi- toilet facility.
nal in height.
Bathrooms 111
SECTION
Where provided, at least one each of mirrors and towel fix-

tures must be accessible. Lavatories
To be considered accessible, the bottom edge of a mir- Clear Floor Space for Lavatories
ror’s reflecting surface must be no more than 40” above
the floor. Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach
Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for par- Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route.
allel approach is provided and cabinets are designed with
This clear floor space may include knee space required under some
adaptable knee space. objects.
To provide the required knee space shown in the Table above:
Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is
zz The area beneath the lavatory should be left clear, OR provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space.
zz A cabinet beneath lavatory should be removable, OR
Installation Height 34” max. from floor to either rim of
zz A cabinet beneath lavatory should have removable or
lavatory or counter surface
openable doors.
Minimum Clearances
Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture 18” from wall/fixture to centerline of
lavatory (typ. drain)
Minimum Knee Space 27” high
(from floor under the lavatory)
8” deep
(from front of lavatory)
30” wide
Minimum Toe Space 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide
Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered.
No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present.
Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms
Push-type
Electronically operated
Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of
the wrist.
zz
112 Lavatories and Mirrors

SECTION
For further details and requirements refer to applicable
sections:
Division IV—DWELLING UNIT FEATURES

Section 1128A: Covered Dwelling Units
Section 1129A: Reserved
Section 1130A: Accessible Route within Covered
Multifamily Dwelling Units
Section 1131A: Changes in Level on Accessible Routes
Section 1132A: Doors
Section 1133A: Kitchens FIGURE 1
Section 1134A: Bathing and Toilet Facilities
Section 1135A: Laundry Rooms
Section 1136A: Electrical Receptacle, Switch
and Control Heights
Kitchens In Dwelling Units
Min. clear floor space at least 30” by 48” that allows a

parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair at the range
or cook top and either a parallel or forward approach
at the oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer and trash
compactor. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1112A.2) (ADA 9.2.2(7))
See Figs. 1 and 2. For details and requirements, refer to
Kitchens (Section 54).
Kitchen Sinks
See Fig. 3. For details and requirements, refer to Sinks

(Section 53) and Kitchens (Section 54)
Other Designs
• Countertop to countertops, cabinets or walls
• Cabinet front to cabinet front, countertops or walls
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 3
Kitchens 113
SECTION
Countertops
See Figs. 4 and 5. For details and requirements, refer to

Kitchens (Section 54)
Lower Shelving
Lower shelving and/or drawer space in the kitchen shall

have a max. height of 48”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1112A.5)
At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/
freezers shall be within space allowances and reach ranges.
Space shall be designed to allow for the operation of
cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and
appliances are accessible and useable.
(ADA 9.2.2(7))
For details and requirements, refer to Kitchens (Section 54).
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 5
114 Kitchens Countertops

SECTION
Laundry Rooms
Laundry rooms, if provided, shall have a min. of 1 of each

type of appliance. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115A.1)
If front-loading washers are not provided in multifamily
dwellings, management shall provide assistive devices,
on request, if necessary for a resident to use top-loading
washer.
(CA T24 1115A.1)
Electrical Outlets
FIGURE 6
When access for persons with physical disabilities is
required in covered multifamily dwelling units, the center
of receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amps or
less shall be located no higher than 48” and no lower
than 15” above the floor. See Electrical Code Section 64.
(CEC 210-7(g.1))
Bathroom
Only 1 bathroom in accessible dwelling units needs to

comply with the requirements for the physically disabled.
See Sections 48, 55 and 56.
(CA T24 1109A.2.2)
For further details and requirements refer to applicable FIGURE 7
sections.
Bathroom Entrance Doorway
Bathroom entrance doorways shall have an 18” clear

space to the side of the strike edge of the door on the
swing side of the door. Fig. 8
(CA T24 Tables 1109A.2-1(1), 1109A.2-2(1))
Min. 36” wide accessible route within each bathroom.
(CA T24 1109A.2.4.1.2)
sections.
Bathroom Maneuvering Space FIGURE 8
Bathroom maneuvering space shall have sufficient space

for a person using a wheelchair or other mobility aid to
enter and close the door, use the fixtures, reopen the
door and exit. Fig. 9
(CA T24 Tables 1109A.2-1(2), 1109A.2-2(2))
Doors may swing into the clear space provided at any
fixture if the maneuvering space is provided. Fig. 9
(CA T24 Tables 1109A.2-1(2), 1109A.2-2(2))
Clear space shall be approximate to position the wheel-
chair or other mobility aid clear of the path of door and
shall be 30” by 48”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 Tables: 1109A.2-1(3), 1109A.2-2(3)) FIGURE 9
sections.
Kitchen Shelving / Laundry / Electrical / Bathrooms 115

SECTION
Water Closets
Water closets shall be located in a space a min. of 36” in

clear width with 48” min. clear space provided in front of
the water closet. This space may include maneuverable
space under a lavatory arranged so as not to impede
access. The min. height of water closet seats shall be
15” above the floor. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1109A.3)
Flush valve control shall be mounted on the wide side of
toilet areas. Max. of 44” above floor.
(CA T24 1109A.3.1)
The force required to activate controls shall be no greater
than 5 lbf. Does not require tight grasping, pinching or
twisting to activate. See Fig. 10
FIGURE 10 (CA T24 1109A.3.1)
sections.
Grab Bar Reinforcement
Grab bars need not be installed in a bathing or toilet

facility within an adaptable dwelling unit provided all
structural reinforcements for future grab bar installation
are provided in appropriate locations in adjoining walls.
The reinforcement shall be of sufficient length to permit
installation of grab bars as specified. The reinforced wall
shall be capable of supporting a 250 lbs. load min.
(CA T24 1109A.5)
Toilet (Water Closet)

Where the toilet is not placed adjacent to a side wall,
FIGURE 11 the bathroom shall have provisions for installation of
floor-mounted, foldaway or similar alternative grab bars.
Where the powder room (a room with a toilet and sink) is
the only toilet facility located on an accessible level of a
multistory dwelling unit, it shall comply with the require-
ment for reinforced walls for grab bars.
(CA T24 1109A.6)
Back Wall Installations

Where the toilet is placed adjacent to a side wall, rein-
forcement shall be installed on both sides or one side
FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13 and the back. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1109A.6)
Reinforcement is installed between 32” and 38” above
the floor. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1109A.6)
The grab bar reinforcement shall be a min. of 6” nominal
in height. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1109A.6)
The backing shall be a min. of 40” in length. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1109A.6)
FIGURE 14 The reinforcement shall be capable of supporting a load
of at least 250 lbs.
(CA T24 1109A.5)
116 Water Closets / Grab Bars

SECTION
Side Wall Installation

Reinforcement installed at the side of the toilet shall be
installed 32” to 38” above the floor. Figs. 11 & 13
(CA T24 1109A.6)
The reinforcement shall be installed a max. of 12” from
the rear wall and shall extend a min. of 26” in front of the
water closet stool. Figs. 11 & 13
(CA T24 1109A.6)
The grab bar reinforcement is a min. of 6” in nominal
height. Figs. 11 & 13
(CA T24 1109A.6) FIGURE 15
The reinforcement shall be capable of supporting a load
(CA T24 1109A.5)
Shower Stalls
Glass walled shower stalls shall provide reinforcement for

installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Ceiling-mounted
grab bar reinforcement is permitted. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1109A.8)
Grab bar reinforcement shall be installed continuous in
the walls of adaptable showers 32” to 38” above the
floor. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1109A.8)
in height. Fig. 15 FIGURE 16
(CA T24 1109A.8)
The reinforcement shall be capable of supporting a load
(CA T24 1109A.5)
Bathtubs
Bathtubs shall have a min. floor space at side of bathtub

of 30” by 48”. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1109A.7, Table 1109A.2-1(4), Table 1109A.2-2(5))
A bathtub may be installed without surrounding walls
provided reinforced areas are provided for installation
of floor-mounted grab bars. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1109A.7)
For tubs installed with surrounding walls, grab bar reinforce- FIGURE 17
ments shall be installed on each end of the bathtub. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1109A.7)
Such reinforcement is from 32” to 38” above the floor,
extending a min. of 24” aligned with the front edge of
the bathtub toward the back wall of the bathtub. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1109A.7)
Grab bar reinforcement shall be min. of 6” nominal in
height. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1109A.7)
Grab bar reinforcement must be installed on the back
wall of the bathtub commencing a max. of 6” above the
bathtub rim. Fig. 18 FIGURE 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)
Showers and Bathtubs / Grab Bars 117

SECTION
Reinforcement extends upward to a point a min. of 38”

above the floor. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)
The grab bar backing shall be installed horizontally a length
to permit the installation of 48” grab bar with each end
a max. of 6” from the end walls of the bathtub. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)
in height. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1109A.7)
The reinforced wall shall be capable of supporting a load
FIGURE 19 of 250 lbs.
(CA T24 1109A.5)
sections.
FIGURE 20
FIGURE 21
118 Bathtubs / Grab Bars / Lavatories and Mirrors

SECTION
Lavatories and Mirrors
At least 1 accessible lavatory shall be provided in any

toilet facility. Where provided, at least 1 each of mirrors
and towel fixtures shall be accessible.
(CA T24 1109A.4)
each is accessible.
(CA T24 1109A.4) (ADA 4.23.6)
See Figs. 20 through 23. For details and requirements,
refer to Lavatories/Lavatory Fixtures and Accessories
(Section 46) and Lavatory (Section 45).
FIGURE 22
FIGURE 23
Lavatories and Mirrors 119

SECTION
16 Accessible Routes: Bldgs. w/o Elevator
These provisions DO NOT APPLY to multiple-story dwelling units in non-elevator buildings (i.e.,
2-story townhouses in a 2-story building).
These provisions DO APPLY to all other subject multifamily dwelling units in multistory buildings.
A “ground floor” is that floor of a building which provides an accessible building entrance on an
accessible route.
zz Given this definition, it is easy to see how a building could be considered to have more than
one “ground” floor.
Where the first floor in a building containing dwelling units is above grade, all dwelling units on
that floor must be served by an accessible building entrance on an accessible route.
Generally speaking, in buildings without elevators, ground floor units must be served by an
accessible route, and only ground floor units are subject to accessibility requirements.
A building where the lowest floor containing dwelling units can only be reached by elevator (e.g.,
when commercial space or parking is provided on the first level) is not necessarily considered an
“elevator building” with 100% accessible units: only the units on the floors and the floors reached
by elevator must comply.
On steep sites with multiple non-elevator buildings, the number of subject units may be reduced
to a little as 20%, depending on the steepness of the grade. (See Test No. 2 below.)
120 Site Analysis Test

SECTION
Accessible Routes: Bldgs. w/o Elevator 16
Single Building with Common (Lobby) TEST NO. 1: INDIVIDUAL BUILDING TEST
Entrance It is not required by this code to provide an accessible route
when the terrain of the site is such that both of the following
Use only the following steps for determining apply:
required access to adaptable units: (1) The slopes of the undisturbed site measured between
1. All ground-floor units in non-elevator buildings must be the planned entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian
adaptable and on an accessible route to comply with the arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance exceed
requirements unless an accessible route is not required 15%; and
as determined by Test No. 1, Individual Building Test, or (2) The slopes of the planned finished grade measured
Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test as described between the entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian
below. Twenty percent of the ground-floor dwelling units arrival points within 50’ of the planned entrance also
that are not required to have an accessible route must exceed 15%.
be adaptable. The remaining ground-floor dwelling units
must comply with the features listed in Section 1119A.2 If there are not vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’
unless exempted by Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics of the planned entrance, the slope for the purposes of Test No.
Test. 1 will be measured to the closest vehicular or pedestrian arrival
point.
2. You may use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site
has terrain over 15% slope. For purposes of these requirements, vehicular or pedestrian
3. You may use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if appli- arrival points include public or resident parking areas, pub-
cable. See the test. lic transportation stops, passenger loading zones, and public
streets or sidewalks. To determine site impracticality, the slope
would be measured at ground level from the point of the planned
All Other Sites (Including Single Bldg. with entrance on a straight line to (i) each vehicular or pedestrian
Multiple Entrances arrival point that is within 50’ of the planned entrance, or (ii)
Use only the following steps for determining if there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within the
specified area, the vehicular or pedestrian arrival point closest
required access to adaptable units: to the planned entrance. In the case of sidewalks, the closest
1. All ground-floor units in non-elevator buildings must be point to the entrance will be where a public sidewalk entering
adaptable and on an accessible route to comply with the the site intersects with the walk to the entrance. In the case
requirements unless an accessible route is not required of resident parking areas, the closest point to the planned
as determined by Test No. 1, Individual Building Test, entrance will be measured from the entry point to the parking
or Test No. 2, Site Analysis Test, or Test No. 3, Unusual area that is located closest to the planned entrance.
Characteristics Test as described below. A min. of 20%
of the ground-floor dwelling units are required to have an TEST NO. 2: SITE ANALYSIS TEST
accessible route and must be adaptable. The remaining For a site having multiple buildings, or a site with a single build-
ground-floor dwelling units must comply with the fea- ing with multiple entrances, it is not required to provide an
tures listed in Section 1119A.2 unless exempted by Test accessible route under the following conditions:
No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test.
(1) Calculate the percentage of the total buildable area of
2. Use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site has terrain the undisturbed site with a natural grade less than 10%
over 15% slope. slope. The analysis of the existing slope (before grading)
3. Use Site Analysis Test No. 2 only if site has terrain over shall be done on a topographic survey with 2’ contour
10% slope. intervals with slope determination made between each
4. Use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if applicable. See successive interval. The accuracy of the slope analysis
the test. must be certified by a licensed engineer, landscape
Provisions to Test Nos. 1 and 2. Where a building elevator is architect, architect or surveyor.
provided only as means of creating an accessible route to cov- (2) Determine the requirement of providing an accessible
ered multifamily dwelling units on a ground floor, the building route to planned multifamily dwellings based on the
is not considered to be an elevator building for purposes of topography of the existing natural terrain. The min. per-
this code; hence, only the ground-floor dwelling units would be centage of ground-floor units required on an accessible
covered. route must equal the percentage of the total buildable
area (not restricted-use areas) of the undisturbed site
with an existing natural grade of less than 10% slope.
(3) In addition to the percentage established in paragraph
(2), all ground-floor units in a building, or ground-floor
units served by a particular entrance, must be made
accessible if the entrance to the units is on an acces-
sible route with a slope between the planned entrance
and a pedestrian or vehicular arrival point not exceeding
8.33 percent.
Site Analysis Test 121

SECTION
TEST NO. 3 — UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST Additional Requirements

Unusual characteristics include sites located in a federally Note: The following section was relocated from CA, Title 24,
designated floodplain or coastal high-hazard area and sites Section 101.17.9 with modifications. All other ground-floor
subject to other similar requirements of law or code that the dwelling units in non-elevator buildings must be made to com-
lowest floor or the lowest structural member of the lowest floor ply with the following requirements:
must be raised to a specified level at or above the base flood 1. Grab bar reinforcement: See Section 15, Adaptable
elevation. An accessible route to a building entrance is imprac- Dwelling Units.
tical due to unusual characteristics of the site when: 2. 32” clear door interior opening width: See Section 15,
(1) The original site characteristics result in a difference in Adaptable Dwelling Units.
finished grade elevation exceeding 30” and 10% measured 3. Lever hardware: see Section 1120A.2.
between an entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival 4. Door signal devices: see Section 1106A.
points within 50’ of the planned entrance; or 5. Clear space by doors: (Chapters 10 and 11A).
(2) If there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 6. Min. 15” water closet seat height: see Section 1109A.
50’ of the planned entrance, the unusual characteristics result 7. Electrical receptacle outlet height: [Article 210-7 (g.1),
in a difference in finished grade elevation exceeding 30” and California Electrical Code, Title 24, Part 3].
10% measured between an entrance and the closest vehicular 8. Lighting and environmental control height: [Article 380-8
or pedestrian arrival point. (c.1), California Electrical Code, Title 24, Part 3].
Each building on a building site must be considered separately 9. Faucet controls: See Section 1112A.3.
when determining applicability of this chapter. (For HCD 1/AC) 10. Water closet, bathtub and lavatory minimum space
requirements: see Section 1109A.
11. Removable cabinets under the kitchen sink counter area:
see Section 1112A.

SECTION
Covered multifamily dwellings in buildings without an eleva-

tor, located on sites with difficult terrain conditions or
unusual characteristics, may employ the site impracticality
tests in this division for determining the accessibility and
adaptability provisions required by this chapter.
(CA T24 1150A.1)
(Provisions below do not apply to multiple-story dwelling units
in nonelevator buildings, i.e., townhouses.)
(CA T24 1150A)
IF SINGLE BUILDING WITH COMMON (LOBBY)

ENTRANCE, use only the following steps for
determining required access to adaptable units:
1. All ground-floor units in nonelevator buildings must be adapt-

able and on an accessible route to the common (lobby)
entrance, comply with the requirements unless an accessible
route is not required as determined by Test No. 1, Individual
Building Test, or Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test as
described below. Sites where either Test No. 1 or Test No. 3
is used and it is determined that an accessible route to the
common (lobby) entrance is not required, at least 20% of the
ground floor dwelling units shall comply with Division IV, and
all remaining ground floor dwelling units shall comply with the
features listed in this Section unless exempted by Test No. 3,
Unusual Characteristics Test. FIGURE 1
(CA T24 1150A.1)
2. You may use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site has ter-
rain over 15% slope. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1150A.1)
3. You may use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if applicable.
See the test. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1150A.1)
ALL OTHER SITES, INCLUDING SINGLE BUILDING

WITH MULTIPLE ENTRANCES, use only the
following steps for determining required access
to adaptable units:
1. All ground-floor units in nonelevator buildings must be adapt-

able and on an accessible route to the common (lobby) FIGURE 2
entrance, comply with the requirements unless an acces-
sible route is not required as determined by Test No. 1,
Individual Building Test, or Test No. 2, Site Analysis Test,
or Test No. 3, Unusual Characteristics Test as described
below. A min. of 20% of the ground-floor dwelling units are
required to have an accessible route and shall be adaptable.
The remaining ground-floor dwelling units must comply with
the features listed in Section 33 unless exempted by Test No.
3, Unusual Characteristics Test.
2. Use Individual Building Test No. 1 only if site has terrain over
15% slope. Fig. 1
3. Use Site Analysis Test No. 2 only if site has terrain over 10%
slope. Fig. 2
4. Use Unusual Characteristics Test No. 3 if applicable. See the FIGURE 3
test. Fig. 3

SECTION
Provisions to Test Nos. 1 and 2.

Where a building elevator is provided only as means of
creating an accessible route to covered multifamily dwelling
units on a ground floor, the building is not considered to
be an elevator building for purposes of this code; hence,
only the ground-floor dwelling units would be covered.
(CA T24 1150A.1)
TEST NO. 1 — INDIVIDUAL BUILDING TEST
It is not required by this code to provide an accessible route

when the terrain of the site is such that both of the following
apply:
(CA T24 1150A.1)
(1) The slopes of the undisturbed site measured between the
planned entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points
within 50’ of the planned entrance exceed 15% (Fig. 4); and
(CA T24 1150A.1)
(2) The slopes of the planned finished grade measured between
the entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points
within 50’ of the planned entrance also exceed 15%. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1150A.1)
If there are not vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50’
of the planned entrance, the slope for the purposes of Test No.
1 will be measured to the closest vehicular or pedestrian arrival
FIGURE 4 point.
(CA T24 1150A.1)
For purposes of these requirements, vehicular or pedestrian
arrival points include public or resident parking areas, pub-
lic transportation stops, passenger loading zones, and public
streets or sidewalks. To determine site impracticality, the slope
would be measured at ground level from the point of the planned
entrance on a straight line to (i) each vehicular or pedestrian
arrival point that is within 50’ of the planned entrance, or (ii)
if there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within the
specified area, the vehicular or pedestrian arrival point closest
to the planned entrance. In the case of sidewalks, the closest
point to the entrance will be where a public sidewalk entering
the site intersects with the walk to the entrance. In the case
of resident parking areas, the closest point to the planned
entrance will be measured from the entry point to the parking
FIGURE 5 area that is located closest to the planned entrance.
(CA T24 1150A.1)

SECTION
TEST NO. 2 — SITE ANALYSIS TEST
For a site having multiple buildings, or a site with a single build-

ing with multiple entrances, it is not required to provide an
accessible route under the following conditions:
(CA T24 1150A.1)
(1) Calculate the percentage of the total buildable area of the
undisturbed site with a natural grade less than 10% slope.
The analysis of the existing slope (before grading) shall be
done on a topographic survey with 2’ contour intervals with
slope determination made between each successive interval.
The accuracy of the slope analysis shall be certified by a
licensed engineer, landscape architect, architect or surveyor.
Fig. 5 FIGURE 6
(CA T24 1150A.1)
(2) Determine the requirement of providing an accessible route
to planned multifamily dwellings based on the topography of
the existing natural terrain. The min. percentage of ground-
floor units required on an accessible route shall equal the
percentage of the total buildable area (not restricted-use
areas) of the undisturbed site with an existing natural grade
of less than 10% slope. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1150A.1)
(3) In addition to the percentage established in paragraph (2), all
ground-floor units in a building, or ground-floor units served
by a particular entrance, shall be made accessible if the
entrance to the units is on an accessible route with a slope
between the planned entrance and a pedestrian or vehicular
arrival point not exceeding 8.33 percent.
(CA T24 1150A.1)
(4) All additional ground floor units in a building, or ground
floor units served by a particular entrance, not on an acces-
sible route shall comply with the features listed in Additional
Requirements heading this Section.
Additional Requirements (CA T24 1150A.2)
TEST NO. 3 — UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST
Note: The following section was relocated from CA, Title 24,
Unusual characteristics include sites located in a federally Section 101.17.9 with modifications. All other ground-floor
designated floodplain or coastal high-hazard area and sites dwelling units in nonelevator buildings shall be made to comply
subject to other similar requirements of law or code that the with the following requirements:
lowest floor or the lowest structural member of the lowest floor (CA T24 1150A.2)
must be raised to a specified level at or above the base flood 1. Grab bar reinforcement: See Section 1134.
elevation. An accessible route to a building entrance is imprac-
tical due to unusual characteristics of the site when: 2. 32” clear door interior opening width: See Section 1132A.
(CA T24 1150A.1)
3. Lever hardware: see Section 1132A.8.
4. Door signal devices: see Section 1132A.10.
(1) The original site characteristics result in a difference in
finished grade elevation exceeding 30” and 10% measured 5. Clear space by doors: (Chapters 10 and 11A).
between an entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival 6. Min. 15” water closet seat height: see Section 1134A.7, Item
points within 50’ of the planned entrance (Fig. 6); or 3.
(CA T24 1150A.1) 7. Electrical receptacle outlet height: [Section 1136A].
(2) If there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 8. Lighting and environmental control height: [Section 1136A].
50’ of the planned entrance, the unusual characteristics 9. Faucet controls: See Section 1134A.8, Item 7.
result in a difference in finished grade elevation exceeding
30” and 10% measured between an entrance and the closest 10. Water closet, bathtub and lavatory minimum space require-
vehicular or pedestrian arrival point. Fig. 6 ments: see Section 1134A.
(CA T24 1150A.1) 11. Removable cabinets under the kitchen sink counter area:
see Section 1134A.3.
Each building on a building site shall be considered separately
when determining applicability of this chapter. (For HCD 1/AC) (CA T24 1150A.2)

SECTION
17 Accessible Exterior Route of Travel
A building or portion thereof that is required to be accessible must provide at least one
accessible route of travel to all entrances, exterior ground floor exits and paths of travel. In
new construction, all entrances must be made accessible.
zz These routes should connect with accessible public, employee and customer parking;
public (accessible) sidewalks; public bus stops; etc.
zz An accesssible route of travel must also connect all buildings and facilities on the site.
zz An accessible route of travel is one that a wheelchair user can negotiate without assis-
tance, so that means no steps or stairs may occur on the route (without alternative
ramps).
Within each building that is required to be accessible, an accessible path of travel should
connect the entrance with all public, employee and customer areas.
See other Sections of this book for specifics on how to provide exterior and interior accesible
routes of travel and facilities.
126 Site Accessible Route of Travel

SECTION
Accessible Exterior Route of Travel 17
Facility Accessibility Where more than one route of travel is provided, all routes
should accessible; however, where an elevator is provided
When a building or portion therof is required to be acces- for vertical access, only one elevator is required. Where
sible or adaptable, an accessible route of travel should be more than one elevator is provided, all elevators should be
provided to all portions of the building, to the accessible accessible.
building entrances, and between the building and the pub- At least one accessible route should connect accessible
lic way. buildings, facilities, elements and spaces that are on the
Except within an individual dwelling unit, an accessible same site.
route of travel should not pass through kitchens, storage Within buildings, at least one accessible route should
rooms, restrooms, closets or other spaces used for similar connect accessible building or facility entrances with all
purposes. accessible spaces and elements and with all accessible
At least one accessible route within the boundary of the dwelling units within the building or facility.
site must be provided from public transportation stops, An accessible route should connect at least one accessi-
accessible parking, accessible passenger loading zones, ble entrance of each accessible dwelling unit with those
and public streets or sidewalks, to the accessible building exterior and interior spaces and facilities that serve the
entrance they serve. accessible dwelling unit.
The accessible route, to the maximum extent feasible,
should coincide with the route of travel used by or provided Exterior Routes of Travel
for the general public, but the accessible route of travel Site development and grading must be designed to provide
should also be the most practical direct route between access to all entrances and exterior ground-floor exits, and
accessible entrances and site facilities. access to normal paths of travel.
Where necessary to provide access, the design may be
required to incorporate pedestrian ramps, curb ramps, etc.
All Buildings: Hardship and Equivalent Facilitation
Existing Buildings: Project Site or Equivalent Facilitation Causes
Hardship
Site Accessible Route of Travel 127

SECTION
17 Accessible Exterior Route of Travel
Site development and grading shall be designed to provide
access to all entrances and exterior ground floor exits, and
access to normal paths of travel, and where necessary
to provide access, shall incorporate pedestrian ramps,
curb ramps, etc. Figs. 1, 2 and 3
(CA T24 1127B.1)
Access shall be provided within the boundary of the site
from public transportation stops, accessible parking
spaces, passenger loading zones if provided, and public
streets or sidewalks.
(CA T24 1127B.1)
When more than one building or facility is located on a site,
FIGURE 1 accessible routes of travel complying with this Section
shall be provided between buildings and accessible site
facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces
that are on the same site.
(CA T24 1127B.1)
The accessible route of travel shall be the most practi-
cal direct route between accessible building entrances,
accessible site facilities and the accessible entrance to
the site. If access is provided for pedestrians from a
pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway, entrances to the
building from each tunnel or walkway must be accessible.
(CA T24 1127B.1)
FIGURE 2
EXCEPTIONS
1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with
these regulations would create an unreasonable hardship
because of topography, natural barriers, etc., an excep-
tion may be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided
through the use of other methods and materials.
(CA T24 1127B.1)
2. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply in those
conditions where, due to legal or physical constraints,
the site of the project would not allow compliance with
these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating
an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5, Special
Conditions for Persons with Disabilities Requiring Appeals
Action Ratification.
(CA T24 1127B.1)
Design and Construction
When accessibility is required by this section, it shall be

designed and constructed in accordance with this code.
See Section 1114B.1Facility Accessibility for a list of
applicable sections.
(CA T24 1127B.2)
128 Site Accessible Route of Travel

SECTION
Accessible Exterior Route of Travel 17
Signs
A sign with The International Symbol of Accessibility shall

be at every major junction where the accessible route of
travel diverges from the regular circulation path along
or leading to an accessible route of travel, entrance or
facility. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1127B.3; ADA 4.3.2(1))
Signs must indicate the direction to accessible building
entrances and facilities and must comply with the require-
ments found in Section 61, Signs and Identification.
(CA T24 1127B.3; ADA 4.3.2(1)) FIGURE 3
Accessible Route of Travel
When a building or a portion thereof is required to be
accessible or adaptable, an accessible route of travel is
provided to all portions of the building, to the accessible
building entrances, and between the building and the
public way. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(1))
An accessible route of travel must comply with Sections
34 (Aisles), 1114B Facility Accessibility, 33 (Floors, Levels
and Ground Surfaces), 35 (Corridors, Hallways and Exterior
Exit Balconies), 20 (Ramps), and 24 (Walks and Sidewalks).
Except within an individual dwelling unit, an accessible
route of travel does not pass through kitchens, storage
rooms, restrooms, closets or other spaces used for
similar purposes.
(CA T24 1114B.1.2)
At least 1 accessible route within the boundary of the site
is provided from public transportation stops, accessible
parking, accessible passenger loading zones, and public
streets or sidewalks, to the accessible building entrance
they serve. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(1); 4.1.2(1))
The accessible route, to the maximum extent fea -
sible, coincides with the route for the general public.
Figs. 1, 2 and 3
(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(1))
At least 1 accessible route connects accessible build-
ings, facilities, elements and spaces that are on the
same site. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(2))
At least 1 accessible route connects accessible building
or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and ele-
ments and with all accessible dwelling units within the
building or facility. Figs. 1, 2 and 3
(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(3))
An accessible route connects at least 1 accessible entrance
of each accessible dwelling unit with those exterior and
interior spaces and facilities that serve the accessible
dwelling unit. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1114B.1.2) (ADA 4.3.2(4))
Where more than one route of travel is provided, all routes
are accessible.
(CA T24 1114B.1.2)
Site Accessible Route of Travel 129

SECTION
18 Parking
Accessible parking is required whenever on-site parking is provided in lots or structures for
clients, guests or employees.
zz Accessible parking cannot be provided by parallel, curb-side parking.
zz When the only parking for a site is parallel, curb-side parking, accessible parking need
not be provided (since the owner/tenant has no control over street parking.
Table 18-1 below lists the number of accessible spaces required. There are two exceptions:
zz 10% of all parking at hospital outpatient facilities must be accessible.
zz 20% of parking at rehabilitation and outpatient physical therapy facilities must be
accessible.
Accessible parking spaces include:

zz A vehicle space that is at least 9’ wide.
zz An adjacent access aisle at least 5’ wide.
zz Appropriate signage and space (surface) markings.
One in eight accessible parking spaces (with a minimum 1 space per lot or structure) must
be “Van Accessible.”
zz Van accessible spaces require additional signage.
zz The access aisle must be at least 8’ wide.
Parking structures must provide at least 8’-2” vertical clearance from the entrance/exit to
accessible parking spaces (to accommodate vans). Additional clearance may be required
(see Section 19, Passenger Drop-off and Loading Zones).
Valet parking facilities must provide the same accessible and van accessible parking
space(s) noted, on an accessible route to the facility’s accessible entrance.
Wheelchair users, when traveling from their parked cars to the building/facility, must not
be forced to travel behind cars other than their own. The path of travel must comply with
all requirements regarding suface, level, slope, transitions, etc.
130 Parking
SECTION
Parking 18
Parking Stall Signage Requirements Access Aisle Striping

General Signage Access Aisles (referenced below) are created as follows:
Each parking space for persons with disabilities must be Outlined in blue.
identified by a reflectorized sign permanently posted adja- Diagonally striped in blue (stripes 3’ on center).
cent to and visible from each stall or space, consisting of a The words “NO PARKING” in white letters at least 12” high
profile view of a wheelchair with occupant in white on dark at the outside end of the aisle, so that it is visible to law
blue background. The sign must be a minimum of 70 sq. in. enforcement officials.
Below the symbol sign, additional language or an additional
sign shall state “Minimum Fine $250.00.” General Requirements
Each lot or parking structure where parking is provided for the
Post Mounted Signage public as clients, guests or employees, must provide acces-
When mounted on a post, and when in a path of travel, the sible parking.
sign(s) must be posted at a minimum height of 80” from the The required number of accessible parking spaces is
bottom of the sign to the finished grade. shown in Table 18-1 below.
Wall Mounted Signage Accessible parking spaces should be located on the short-
est accessible route to the building/facility served by the
In parking structures or alongside buildings, general sig-
parking.
nage may be centered on the wall at the interior end of
the parking space at a minimum of 36” above the parking A bumper is required on accessible spaces if no curb/bar-
space finished grade, ground or sidewalk. rier provided which prevents encroachment of cars over
the required width of walkways.
Van-Accessible Signage Accessible spaces should be located/arranged so that
Each van-accessible parking space must have an additional wheelchair users are not forced to go behind parked cars
sign below the signage of accessibility described in Gen- other than their own.
eral Signage above, that states “VAN-ACCESSIBLE”. The maximum surface slope within accessible parking
Unauthorized Parking Signage areas or adjacent access aisles cannot exceed 2% slope
in any direction.
An additional sign must be posted in a conspicuous place
at entrances to off-street parking facilities, or adjacent to Access aisles (load and unload areas) must connect to the
and visible from each space. accessible path of travel, including curb cuts or ramps as
The sign must be a minimum of 17” x 22” in size with letter- needed.
ing 1” high (minimum), which states: “Unauthorized vehicles Curb ramps may not encroach in required dimensions of
parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying dis- accessible parking space or adjacent access aisles.
tinguishing placards or license plates issued for persons
with disabilities may be towed away at owner’s expense. Parking signage must consist of a white on dark blue back-
Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at _____ or by telephon- ground steel “reflectorized” sign, with area no less than 70
ing _____ .” sq. in.
Blank spaces must be filled in with appropriate information There must be 80” min. from the bottom of sign to the top
as a permanent part of the sign. of finish grade.
Wall signage should be located at the interior end of the
Street Surface Signage space, centered on the space, and at least 36” above
The surface of each accessible parking stall or space must grade, ground, or sidewalk.
have a surface identification duplicating either of the follow- Pavement signage must be 36” by 36” min., white on blue
ing schemes: in color, visible and centered.
By outlining or painting the stall or space in blue and outlin- The words “NO PARKING” must be painted on the ground
ing on the ground in the stall or space in white or suitable within each 5’ or 8’ loading and unloading access aisle in
contrasting color a profile view depicting a wheelchair with white letters no less than 12” high.
occupant; OR
By outlining a profile view of a wheelchair with occupant in
white on blue background.
The profile view must be located so that it is visible to a traffic
enforcement officer when a vehicle is properly parked in the
space and must be 36” x 36”.
Signage / Access aisle / General Requirements 131

SECTION
18 Parking
Parking Stall Designs

Table 18-1
Accessible Parking Spaces Required Single/Van Parking Space Design
One out of every 8 stalls (and no less than 1 per lot) must
Total Number of Minimum Required be served by an access aisle that is at least 96” wide,
Parking Spaces Number of placed opposite the driver’s side. This stall must be desig-
in Lot or Garage Accessible Spaces
nated “Van-Accessible”.
1 to 25 1 Parking spaces must be at least 18’ long and at least 9’
26 to 50 2 wide.
51 to 75 3 An access aisle must be provided that is at least 18’ x 5’ for
cars, and at least 18’ by 8’ for vans, on the passenger side.
76 to 100 4
Parking space and access aisle must be located on a gradi-
101 to 150 5 ent that is less than or equal to 1:50 (2% slope).
151 to 200 6 Double Diagonal Parking Space Design
201 to 300 7 Parking spaces must be at least 18’ long and at least 9’
301 to 400 8 wide.
401 to 500 9 An access aisle must be provided that is at least 18’ x 5’ for
cars, and at least 18’ by 8’ for vans, on the passenger side.
501 to 1,000 2% of total
Parking space and access aisle must be located on a gradi-
20 plus 1 for each 100 or ent that is less than or equal to 1:50 (2% slope).
1,001 and over
fraction thereof over 1,001
Parking Structures
Single/Van Parking Stalls Parking structures must provide a minimum vertical clear-
One out of every 8 stalls (and no less than 1 per lot) must ance of 114” at accessible passenger loading zones and
be served by an access aisle that is at least 96” wide, along at least one vehicle access route to such areas from
placed opposite the driver’s side. the site entrances and exits.
The stall must be designated/signed as Van-Accessible. All entrances to and vertical clearances within parking
structures must have a vertical clearance of 8’-2” where
Length of parking space must at least 18’ long. Width of required for accessibility to accessible parking spaces.
parking space must be at least 9’ wide.
Access Aisle (on the passenger side) must be at least 18’ x
5’ ft. for cars, and at least 18’ x 8’ ft. for vans. Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation.
The parking space and access aisle must be less than a Existing Buildings: Project Site or Equivalent Facilitation
1:50 gradient (2% slope). Causes Hardship. See Section 109.1.5.
132 Spaces Required / Stall Designs / Structures

SECTION
Parking 18
Parking Stall Signage Requirements
Each parking space for persons with disabilities shall

be identified by a reflectorized sign permanently posted
adjacent to and visible from each stall or space, consist-
ing of the International Symbol of Accessibility in white
on dark blue background. Fig. 1
T he sign shall be 70 sq. in. min. and, when in a path of
travel, shall be posted at a height of 80” min. from the
bottom of the sign to the finished grade. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1129B.5) (ADA 4.6.4)
Wall Mounted Signage: General signage may be centered
on the wall at the interior end of the parking space at 36”
min. above the parking space finished grade, ground or
sidewalk. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1129B.4.1) FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
For both posted and wall-mounted signage, additional
language on the symbol sign or an additional sign below
the symbol sign shall state “Minimum Fine $250”
(CA T24 1129B.4.1)
Van-Accessible Signage: Each van-accessible parking
space shall have an additional sign below the signage of
accessibility that states “VAN-ACCESSIBLE”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1129B.4.2) (ADA 4.1.2(5)(b), 4.6.4)
Unauthorized Parking Signage: An additional sign shall be
posted in a conspicuous place at entrances to off-street
parking facilities, or adjacent to and visible from each
space. The sign shall be 17” by 22” min. in size with let-
tering 1” min. high, which states: “Unauthorized vehicles
parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying
distinguishing placards or license plates issued for
persons with disabilities may be towed away at owner’s
expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at ______or
by telephoning _____.” Blank spaces are to be filled in
with appropriate information as a permanent part of the
sign. Fig. 4 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4
(CA T24 1129B.4.2)
Street Surface Signage: The surface of each accessible
parking stall or space must have a surface identification
duplicating either of the following schemes:
zz (a) By outlining or painting the stall or space in blue and
outlining on the ground in the stall or space in white
or suitable contrasting color a profile view depicting a
wheelchair with occupant; or
zz (b) By outlining a profile view of a wheelchair with occu-
pant in white on blue background. The profile view shall
be located so that it is visible to a traffic enforcement
officer when a vehicle is properly parked in the space
and shall be 36” by 36”. Fig. 5 FIGURE 5
(CA T24 1129B.4.1 & 2)
Medical Care Outpatient Facilities

At facilities providing medical care and other services
for persons with mobility impairments, accessible park-
ing spaces shall be provided according to Table 11B-6
(below), except as follows:
Signage 133
SECTION
18 Parking
Single Parking Stalls
Each lot or parking structure where parking is provided for

the public as clients, guests or employees, shall provide
accessible parking. The required number of accessible
parking spaces is in accord with Table 11B-6.
(CA T24 1129B.1) (ADA 4.1.2(5)(a))
All parking spaces for persons with disabilities must be
located on the shortest accessible route of travel.
(CA T24 1129B.1 & 4) (ADA 4.6.2)
Park bumper required if no curb/barrier provided which
prevents encroachment of cars over the required width
of walkways. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.7.8)
Wheelchair users must not be forced to go behind parked
cars other than their own.
(CA T24 1129B.3.3)
The max. surface slope within accessible parking areas
FIGURE 6 or adjacent access aisles cannot exceed 2% slope in any
NOTES direction. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1129B.3.4 ) (ADA 4.6.3)
A: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at Van- F: 12” min. border at ¾” O.C.
Accessible stall, 1129B.3 G: “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters, Access aisles (load and unload areas) must connect to the
B: Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6 1129B.3 accessible path of travel, including curb cuts or ramps
C: Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4 as needed. (Curb ramps may not encroach in required
D: Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min., dimensions of accessible parking space or in adjacent
1129B.4.1 access aisles.) Fig. 6
E: Wheel stop req’d if walk is 4’ wide. Not (CA T24 1129B.4.3) (ADA 4.6.3; 4.7.8)
req’d for walk 6’ wide or greater Parking Space dimensions. Length of accessible parking
space: 18’ Min. Width of accessible parking space: 9’ Min.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)
zz Outpatient units and facilities. 10% of the total num- Access Aisle dimensions. Access aisles should be located
ber of parking spaces shall be accessible. on the passenger side of a space, and should be a min.
zz Units and facilities that specialize in treatment or of 18’ long by 5’ wide for aisles serving car accessible
services for persons with mobility impairments. spaces, and a min. of 18’ long by 8’ wide for aisles serv-
20% of the total number of parking spaces shall be ing van accessible spaces.
accessible. (CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)
(CA T24 1129B.2) Parking signage shall consist of a white on dark blue
background steel “reflectorized” sign, with area no less
Table 11B - 6 — Spaces Required
Establishes the number of accessible than 70 sq. in. Figs. 1 & 6
parking spaces required. (CA T24 1129B.4.1)
Total Number of Parking Minimum Required There shall be 80” min. from the bottom of sign to the
Spaces In Lot or Garage Number of Spaces
top of finish grade. Fig. 3
1 - 25 1 (CA T24 1129B.4.1)
26 - 50 2 Wall signage shall be centered 36” min. above grade,
51 - 75 3 ground, or sidewalk at the interior end of space. Fig. 2
76 - 100 4 (CA T24 1129B.3.1)
101 - 150 5
Pavement signage shall be 36” by 36” min., white on blue
151 - 200 6
in color, visible and centered. Fig. 5
201 - 300 7
(CA T24 1129B.4.2)
301 - 400 8
The words “NO PARKING” shall be painted on the ground
401 - 500 9 within each 8’ loading and unloading access aisle in white
501 - 1,000 * letters no less than 12” high. Fig. 6
1,001 and over ** (CA T24 1129B.3.2)
* Two percent of total
** Twenty plus one for each 100, or fraction thereof over 1,001
134 No. of Spaces Required / Single Parking Stalls

SECTION
Parking 18
Double Parking Stalls
Each lot or parking structure where parking is provided for

the public as clients, guests or employees, shall provide
accessible parking. The required number of accessible
parking spaces is in accord with Table 11B-6 (above).
Parking Space dimensions. Length of accessible parking
space: 18’ Min. Width of accessible parking space: 9’ Min.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)
Access Aisle dimensions. Access aisles should be located
on the passenger side of a space, and should be a min.
of 18’ long by 5’ wide for aisles serving car accessible
spaces, and a min. of 18’ long by 8’ wide for aisles serv-
ing van accessible spaces.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)
Total width of the two spaces and their associated access NO
PARKING
aisle is a min. 23’ (2 times 9’, plus 5’).

(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3)
Located on shortest accessible route of travel.
CA T24 1129B.1) (ADA 4.6.2) FIGURE 7
Park bumper required if no curb/barrier provided which NOTES
prevents encroachment of cars over the required width
A: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at Van- F: 12” min. border at ¾” O.C.
of walkways. Fig. 7 Accessible stall, 1129B.3 G: “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters,
(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.7.8)
B: Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6 1129B.3
Wheelchair users must not be forced to go behind parked C: Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4
cars other than their own. D: Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min., 1129B.4.1
(CA T24 1129B.3.3) E: Wheel stop req’d if walk is 4’ wide. Not req’d
The maximum surface slope within accessible parking for walk 6’ wide or greater
areas or adjacent access aisles cannot exceed 2% slope
in any direction. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1129B.3.4) (ADA 4.6.3)
Access aisles (load and unload areas) must connect to the
accessible path of travel, including curb cuts or ramps
as needed. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.6.3)
Ramps may not encroach in required dimensions of acces-
sible parking space or adjacent access aisles. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1129B.3.3) (ADA 4.7.8)
Parking signage shall consist of a white on dark blue
background steel “reflectorized” sign, with area no less
than 70 sq. in. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1129B.4.1)
Sign height shall be 80” min. from bottom of sign to top
of finish grade. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1129B.4.1)
Wall signage shall be centered 36” min. above grade,
ground, or sidewalk at the interior end of space. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1129B.3.1)
FIGURE 8
Pavement signage shall be 36” by 36” min., white on blue NOTES

in color, visible and centered. Fig. 5 A: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at Van- E: “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters,
(CA T24 1129B.4.2) Accessible stall, 1129B.3 1129B.3.2
The words “NO PARKING” shall be painted on the ground B: Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6
within each 5’ or 8’ loading and unloading access aisle C: Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4
in white letters no less than 12” high. Fig. 7 D: Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min.,
1129B.4.1
(CA T24 1129B.3.2)
Double Parking Stalls 135

SECTION
18 Parking
Double Diagonal Parking Space Design Parking space and access aisle shall not exceed a 1:50
gradient (2% slope). Fig. 9
(See previous pages for General Parking Requirements) (CA T24 1129B.3.4) (ADA 4.6.3)
Min. length of parking space shall be 18’. Min. width of
parking space shall be 9’. Fig. 8 Parking Structures
(CA T24 1129B.4.1) (ADA 4.6.3)
All entrances to and vertical clearances within parking
Access Aisle is 18’ by 5’ ft. min. for cars, 18’ by 8’ min. structures shall have a vertical clearance of 8’-2” where
for vans, on passenger side. Fig. 8 required for accessibility to accessible parking spaces.
(CA T24 1129B.3.1 & 2) (ADA 4.6.3) Fig. 9
(CA T24 1130B) (ADA 4.6.5)
Total width of the two spaces and their associated access
aisle is a min. 23’ width (measured perpendicular to the AVAILABLE EXCEPTIONS
sides of the spaces and aisle, and not parallel to the curb 1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance
or wheel stops). with Section 1130B would create an unreasonable hardship,
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3) an exception may be granted when equivalent facilitation is
Parking space and access aisle shall not exceed 1:50 provided.
gradient (2% slope). Fig. 8 2. This requirement does not apply to existing buildings where
(CA T24 1129B.3.2.1) (ADA 4.6.3) the enforcing agency determines that, due to legal or
physical constraints, compliance with these regulations or
Van Parking Space Design equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship.
One in every 8 stalls (no less than 1) shall be served by an See Section 109.1.5.
(CA T24 1130B)
access aisle 96” wide min. placed opposite the driver’s
side and shall be designated Van-Accessible. Fig. 9 rovide a min. vertical clearance of 114” at accessible
P
(CA T24 1129B.3.2) (ADA 4.1.2(5)(b)) passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle
access route to such areas from site entrances and exits.
Length of parking space shall be 18’ min. Width of parking
Fig. 9
space shall be 9’ min. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1129B.3.1) (ADA 4.6.3) (CA T24 1131B.2.2) (ADA 4.6.5)
Access aisles serving van accessible spaces shall be min.

18’ long by min. 8’ wide, and located on the passenger
side (side opposite the driver’s side) when the vehicle is
oriented forward into the parking space). Fig. 9
(CA T24 1129B.3.2) (ADA 4.6.3)
FIGURE 9
NOTES
A: 5’-0” min. at typical stall, 8’-0” min. at Van-Accessible stall, 1129B.3 E: “NO PARKING” in min. 12” high letters, 1129B.3
B: Stripes 3’-0” on center, Fig. 6
C: Typical pavement symbol, 1129B.4
D: Parking signage, 70 sq. inch min., 1129B.4.1
136 DOUBLE DIAGONAL / VAN PARKING / Parking Structures

SECTION
Passenger Drop-Off and Loading Zones 19
Accessible passenger drop-off and loading zones provide an area for parallel pull-in, a level
area for wheelchair user loading and unloading, a curb ramp (when necessary), and appropri-
ate markings and signage.
Passenger Loading Zones must be on accessible routes to the facility’s accessible entrance.
Valet parking facilities must provide a passenger loading zone on an accessible route to the
facility entrance.

SECTION
19 Passenger Drop-Off and Loading Zones
Location Vertical Clearance

Vertical clearances for entrances and areas within parking
When provided, passenger drop-off and loading zones structures must be at least 8’-2” (98”) to provide accessibil-
must be located on an accessible route of travel. ity to accessible parking spaces.
Passenger Loading Zones A vertical clearance of at least 9’-6” (114”) must be pro-
Where provided, 1 passenger drop-off and loading zone vided at accessible passenger loading zones and along
must provide an access aisle which is at least 5’ wide and at least 1 vehicle access route to such areas from site
at least 20’ long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up entrances and exits.
space. zz NOTE: This vertical clearance is greater than the 8’-2”
Such zones must be located on a surface with a slope that clearance required at the entrance to parking struc-
does not exceed 1:50 (2% slope). tures. So if a passenger loading zone is located within
a structure, a greater vertical clearance must be
If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle provided.
pull-up space, a curb ramp must be provided.
Valet Parking
Valet parking facilities must provide a passenger-loading
zone on an accessible route to the entrance of the facility.
Valet parking must provide the correct number of acces-
sible parking spaces.
Valet parking facilities must provide a van-accessible
parking space and a van-accessible route to the facility
entrance.

SECTION
Location
When provided, passenger drop-off and loading zones

are located on an accessible route of travel. Figs. 1, 2 & 3
(CA T24 1131B.1) (ADA 4.1.2(5)(c))
Passenger Loading Zones
Where provided, 1 passenger drop-off and loading zone

provides an access aisle which is at least 5’ wide and 20’
long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1131B.2.1) (ADA 4.6.6)
Such zones are located on a surface with a slope that
FIGURE 1
does not exceed 1 unit vertical in 50 units horizontal
(2% slope). Fig. 1
(CA T24 1131B.2.1) (ADA 4.6.3)
If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle
pull-up space, a curb ramp must be provided. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1131B.2.1) (ADA 4.6.6)
Valet Parking
Valet parking facilities provide a passenger-loading zone

on an accessible route of travel complying with Section
1114B.1.2 to the entrance of the facility. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1131B.3) (ADA 4.1.2.(5)(e))
Valet parking facilities provide the parking space required
and a van-accessible route to the facility entrance. Figs. FIGURE 2
2&3 Note: Parking spaces shall be designated as “reserved” by a sign
(CA T24 1131B.3) (ADA 4.1.2.(5)(e)) showing the symbol of accessibility.
Valet parking must provide the correct number of accessible
parking spaces.
FIGURE 3
Passenger Drop-Off and Loading Zones / Valet Parking 139

SECTION
Accessibility Signs
When signs identify, direct or give information about

accessible elements and featurs of a building or a site,
they must include the appropriate symbol of accessibility.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.1)
Color of Symbol
The International Symbol of Accessibility consists of a
white figure on a blue backgroun. The blue is equal to
FIGURE 4 Color No. 15090 in Federal Standard 595B.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Exception
The enforcement agency may approve signs and identification
necessary to complement decor or a unique desig when it is
determined that such signs and identification provide adequate
direction to persons with disabilities.
Finish and Contrast

Characters, symbols and their backgrounds have a non-
glare finish. Characters and symbols contrast with their
background, either light characters on a dark background
or dark characters on a light background.
FIGURE 5 (CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Proportions
Characters width-to-height ratio is between 3:5 and 1:1,
and stroke width-to-height ratio is between 1:5 and1:10.
Fig. 4 & 5.
Character Size
Characters and numbers are sized based on the distace
from which they are to be read.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
The min. height is measured using an uppercase X. Lower
case characters are permitted. Fig. 5.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
For signs suspended or projected above the finish floor or
finished grade, the min. character is 3” in height. Fig. 5.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Vertical Clearance
A min. vertical clearance of 114” is provided at accessible

passenger loading zones and along at least 1 vehicle access
route to such areas from site entrances and exits. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1131B.2.2) (ADA 4.6.5)
Vertical clearances for entrances and areas within parking
structures have a min. clearance of 98” for accessibility
to accessible parking spaces. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1130B) (ADA 4.6.5)

SECTION
Ramps 20
A walking surface with a slope greater than 1:20 (5% gradient) is considered a ramp, and
must comply with all applicable requirements listed here.
All walking surfaces must be stable, firm and slip-resistant.
Landings are required at the top and bottom of each ramp, at each change of direction, and
after each 30” rise. A maximum rise of 30” is allowed, before a landing must be provided.
A maximum running slope of 1:12 is allowed in new construction.
The maximum cross slope allowed perpendicular to the direction of travel of a ramp is 1:50.
The minimum clear width for a ramp is 48”.
When the vertical rise exceeds 6”, handrails should be provided on both sides of the ramp,
with some exceptions.
zz Handrails are required on pedestrian ramps except those at exterior door landings.
zz Handrails are not required on ramps with a rise of less than 6” or less than 72” in length.
Wheel guides prevent wheelchair users from rolling off the sides of the ramp.
Ramps (Pedestrian) 141

SECTION
20 Ramps
Requirements Size of Top Landings

Landing width must be at least 60”.
A path of travel with a slope greater than 1:20 (5% gradient)
is considered a ramp. Landing length (in the direction of ramp run) must be at
least 60”.
Use the least possible slope for any ramp, subject to the
maximums shown below. MAXIMUM RISE MAXIMUM Horizontal
Ramp width requirements are the same as required for (inches) PROJECTION (feet)
stairways and exits. SLOPE (x 25.4 for mm) (x 304.8 for mm)
Surface finishes for ramps should follow the requirements
of Section 24 (Walks & Sidewalks). 1:12 30 30
Pedestrian ramps: 1:13 30 32.5
zz Minimum width = 48”. 1:14 30 35
zz Maximum slope = 1:12. 1:15 30 37.5
zz Maximum cross-slope = 1:50. 1:16 30 40
Primary Entrance and Special Occupancy 1:17 30 42.5
The clear width of pedestrian ramps serving entrances to 1:18 30 45
buildings where the ramp is the only exit discharge path, or
1:19 30 47.5
where the path serves an occupant load of 300 or more,
must be at least 60”.
The clear width of ramps serving Group R occupancies
when the occupant load is 50 or less must be at least 36”.
Landing Width, Length
Surface slope of ramps serving any exit way, or slope in For bottom and intermediate landings, the absolute mini-
the path of travel must be less than 1:12 (8.3% gradient mum width is the same as that required for ramps.
maximum). The minimum dimensions of a landing where the ramp
changes directions (in any measure) is 60” x 60”.
Cross slope of ramp surfaces must be no more than 1:50
The minimum length of any intermediate landing or any bot-
(2% slope).
tom landing where there is a change of direction in excess
Level landings must be provided at the top and bottom of of 30º is 72”.
each ramp, and at each change of direction. Outdoor ramps and their approaches should be designed
The maximum rise in a single run is 30”. so that water does not accumulate on walkway surfaces.
Encroachment of Doors
Doors, in any position, should not reduce the minimum
dimensions of a ramp landing to less than 42” and should
not reduce the required width by more than 3” when fully
open.
142 Ramps, Slopes and Landings

SECTION
Ramps 20
Strike Edge ever, ramps that are open on one or both sides should have
Landing width must extend at least 24” past the strike edge handrails on the open side(s).
of any door or gate for exterior ramps, and at least 18” for Curb ramps do not require handrails.
interior ramps.
Wheel Guides
Handrails Ramps not bounded by a wall or fence which exceed 10’, and
At exterior door landings (for exterior thresholds landings with a vertical drop exceeding 4”, must comply with
only), handrails are not required on ramps less than the following requirements:
6” high or 72” long. Level landings must be provided A guide curb must be provided that is at least 2” high at
at the top and bottom, nonetheless. each side.
Handrails must be provided on each side of a ramp if its A wheel guide rail must be provided that is in the zone 2”
slope is greater than 1:20. to 4” above ramp.
Handrails must be continuous, the full length of the ramp.
Guardrails
Handrails must be mounted 34” to 38” above the ramp
Ramps more than 30” above the adjacent ground must be pro-
surface.
vided with guardrails. (See Section 21, Guardrails.)
Handrails must extend at least one foot beyond top and
The guardrails must be continuous from the top of the
bottom of the ramp. Ends must be returned.
ramp to the bottom of the ramp.
Where the extension of a handrail in the direction of the
ramp run would create a hazard...
zz The handrail extension may be turned 90º to the run of
the ramp, or
zz The handrail extension may be rounded or returned
smoothly to the floor, wall or post, or
zz Inner handrails (which must be continuous) need not
extend out onto a landing.
The space between the handrail and the wall surface must
be at least 1½”.
Recessed handrails: If a recess is used, the recess must
not exceed 3” deep and the recess must extend at least
18” above the top of the handrail.
Cross section dimensions of a handrail must be between
1¼” to 1½”, or a shape that provides an equivalent grip-
ping surface.
Handrail surfaces should be smooth with no sharp corners.
Handrails must not rotate within their fittings.
Handrails and adjacent surfaces should be free of any
sharp or abrasive elements.
Radius of all edges on a handrail must be at least 1/8”.
Handrails are not required at ramps immediately adjacent to
fixed seating in assembly areas.
Ramps serving a single individual dwelling unit in Group R
(Division 1 or 3) occupancies may have a single handrail; how-
Handrails, Wheel Guides and Guardrails 143

SECTION
20 Ramps
Ramps must conform to the provisions of this section.

(CA T24 1133B.5.1)
Any accessible route of travel is considered a ramp if its
slope is greater than 1:20 or 5% slope. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.5.1)
Width
Ramps must be a min. clear width of 48” Fig. 3

(CA T24 1133B.5.2)
Ramps serving entrances to buildings where the ramp is
to be the only exit discharge path and serves an occupant
load of 300 or more, must have a min. width of 60” Fig. 1
FIGURE 1 (CA T24 1133B.5.2)
Ramps serving Group-R occupancies may be 36” clear
width when the occupant load is 50 or less. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.5.2)
Slope
The least possible slope must be used for any ramp.

(CA T24 1133B.5.3) (ADA 4.8.2)
The max. slope of a ramp must be 1:12 (8.33% slope) Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.5.3)
The max. rise for any run must be 30”
(CA T24 1133B.5.3)
MAXIMUM RISE MAXIMUM Horizontal

FIGURE 2
(inches) PROJECTION (feet)
SLOPE (x 25.4 for mm) (x 304.8 for mm)
1:12 30 30
1:13 30 32.5
1:14 30 35
1:15 30 37.5
1:16 30 40
1:17 30 42.5
1:18 30 45
1:19 30 47.5
The cross-slop of ramp surfaces must be no greater than

1:50 (2% slope).
FIGURE 3 (CA T24 1133B.5.3) (ADA 4.8.6)
144 Ramps, Slopes and Landings

SECTION
Ramps 20
Landings – Location
Level ramp landings must be provided at the top and

bottom of each ramp. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.5..1)
Intermediate landings must be provided at interval not
exceeding 30” of vertical rise at each change of direc-
tion. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.1)
Note: Landings are not considered in determining the max.

horizontal distance of each ramp.
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.1)
Landings must be level: a slope no greater than 1:50 (2%
slope) in any direction.
FIGURE 4
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.1)
Size of Top and Bottom Landings
The min. landing width is 60”. The min. landing length in

direction of ramp run is 60”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.2) (ADA 4.8.4.3)
Landings at the bottom of ramps must have a dimension
in the direction of ramp run of a min. 72”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.2)
Landing Width FIGURE 5
At bottom and intermediate landings, the width must be

at least the same as required for ramps. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.5)
Change of Direction
Min. length of landing at intermediate and bottom land-

ing at a change of direction in excess of 30° is 72” to
accommodate handrail extension Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.6)
Other Intermediate Landings
Min. length of landing at other intermediate ramps is

60”. Fig. 6 FIGURE 6
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.7) (ADA 4.8.4(2))
If ramps change direction at landings the min. landing
size is 60” x 60”. Fig. 6
(ADA 4.8.4(3))
FIGURE 7
Landings 145
SECTION
20 Ramps
Encroachment of Doors
Doors in any position do not reduce the min. dimension

of the ramp landing to less than 42” and do not reduce
the required width by more than 3” when fully open. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1003.3.4.4, 1133B.5.4.3) (ADA 4.8.4(4), 4.13.6)
Strike Edge
Landing width extends 24” past strike edge of any door

or gate for exterior ramps, 18” for interior ramps. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.4) (ADA 4.13.6)
FIGURE 8 Hazards
Required ramps must have a curb at least 2” high or a

wheel guide rail 2” to 4” high on each side of ramp land-
ing that has a vertical drop exceeding 4” and that is no
bounded by a wall or fence.
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.9)
Handrails
Required on each side of ramp if slope is greater than

1:20 (5% slope) except that at exterior door landings,
handrails are not required on ramps less than 6” rise or
72” in length. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(1))
Handrails are continuous the full length of ramp. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(1))
FIGURE 9 Handrail is mounted 34” to 38” above ramp. Fig. 9

(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(5))
Handrails extend min. of one foot beyond top and bottom
of ramp. Fig. 9
Reces (CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(2) & (6))
sed ra .
iling 18" Min Handrails must be parallel with the floor or ground
surface.
ar
1½" Cle (CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)
The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg ramps must
.
3" Ma x be continuous.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)
The ends must either be rounded or returned smoothly
to the floor, wall or post.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)
FIGURE 10
Space between handrail and wall is 1½”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5(3))
Recessed handrails are located in a recess that is a max.
3” deep and extends 18” above top of rail. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1)
Cross-section of rails is at least 1¼” but no more than
1½” or have a shape that provides an equivalent gripping
surface. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
Handrail surfaces shall be smooth with no sharp corners.
Fig. 11
FIGURE 11 (CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.4)
146 Landings / Handrails

SECTION
Ramps 20
Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 11

(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5 (7))
Handrails and adjacent surfaces are free of any sharp or
abrasive elements.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.4)
Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.26.4)
EXCEPTIONS
1. Handrails are not required at ramps immediately adjacent to
fixed seating in assembly areas. Fig. 12
2. Curb ramps do not require handrails. FIGURE 12
CA T24 1133B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.8.5)
Where the extension of the handrail in the direction of
the ramp run would create a hazard, the handrail exten-
sions shall comply with Section 26, or the extension on
the handrail may be turned 90º to the run of the ramp.
(CA T24 1133B.5.5.1.1)
Wheel Guides
Ramps not bounded by a wall must comply with the fol-

(CA T24 1133B.5.4.9, 1133B.5.6) (ADA 4.8.7)
A guide curb is located a min. 2” high at each side. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.5.6.1) (ADA 4.8.7)
A wheel guide rail is located 2” to 4” above ramp. Fig. 15 FIGURE 13
(CA T24 1133B.5.4.9, 1133B.5.6.2) (ADA 4.8.7)
Guards
Ramps more than 30” above the adjacent ground shall

be provided with guards that comply with Section 21. The
guards shall be continuous from the top of the ramp to
the bottom of the ramp.
(CA T24 1133B.5.7)
Outdoor Ramps
Outdoor ramps and their approaches are designed so

that water does not accumulate on walkway surfaces. FIGURE 14
(CA T24 1133B.5.8) (ADA 4.8.8)
FIGURE 15
Wheel Guides and Guardrails 147

SECTION
21 Guardrails
When walking surfaces rise to or are located more than 30” above the surrounding floor
surface, they must have guards on their open side(s) to protect wheelchair users and others
from falling.
In the case of ramps, the guards must be continuous from the top to the bottom of the
ramp.
The guards must have intermediate rails or patterns so that relatively small objects cannot
pass through the rails.
zz A 4”-diameter object should not pass through rails, nor through the space between the
bottom rail and the floor surface.
zz A 6”-diameter object should not pass through the triangular openings created by the
interplay of rail and risers, treads and floor elements.
zz In non-public areas of commercial and industrial occupancies, the 4” and 6” require-
ments are replaced with a single 12”-diameter requirement.
148 Guardrails
SECTION
GuardRails 21
Where Required Available Exceptions

1. Rails or ornamental pattern spacing of guards in commercial
Open-sided walking surfaces, mezzanines, industrial equip- and industrial-type occupancies not accessible to the public
ment platforms, stairways, ramps and landings more than can be such that a 12” diameter sphere can’t pass through.
30” above ground must have guardrails. The guards must 2. Triangular openings (riser, tread and bottom element) of a
be continuous from the top to bottom of the ramp. guard at the open side of a stairway can be of a size such
Ramps and their landings open on one or both sides must that a 6” diameter sphere can’t pass through.
have guards. For guard requirements at grandstands, bleachers or other
Unenclosed floor and roof openings, open and glazed sides elevated seating facilities, see below: Perimeter Guards.
of stairways, aisles, landings and ramps, balconies or
porches more than 30” above floor, and roofs (other than Perimeter Guards
service of building) must be protected by guard. Perimeter guards, enclosing walls or fencing must be pro-
Guards should be provided at the ends of aisles where they vided for all portions of elevated seating facilities that are
terminate at a fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries. more than 30” above grade or the floor.
Guards must be 42” high above the leading edge of the
tread adjacent walking surface or adjacent seatboards.
Guards need not be provided at the following locations:
Available Exception
1. The loading side of loading docks.
Guards at the front of the front row of seats, not located at the
2. The auditorium side of a stage, raised platforms, and other
end of an aisle, and where there is no cross aisle may have
raised floor areas such as runways, ramps and side stages,
a height of 26” and need not meet the 4” maximum spacing
the sides of elevated-walking surfaces used for special light-
requirement; however, at least one midrail must be installed.
ing or access and use of special equipment, and at vertical
openings in the performance area of stages.
3. Along non-public vehicle service pits. Open vertical space between footboards and seats may
not exceed 9” when footboards are more than 30” above
Height grade.
Top of guards may not be less than 42” high. Construction of guards must comply with these require-
Available Exceptions to 42” Height Req.
ments and Table 21-1 below.
(CA T24 1013.1; 1607.7.2)
1. The following guards may be 36” high:
Tops of guards for Group R (Division 3) and Group U
(Division 1) Occupancies. Table 21-1: Special Loads1
Interior guards in individual dwelling units, Group R USE VERTICAL LOAD LATERAL LOAD
(Division 3) congregate residences and guest rooms of
Group R (Division 1) Occupancies. lbs./sq. ft. unless otherwise noted
Category Description
2. The following guards may be 26” high: (Multiply by 0.0479 to convert to kN/m2)
Top of guards on a balcony immediately in front of the Exit facilities
first row of fixed seats which are not at the end of an serving occupant 502
aisle. Balcony loads > 50
3. The top of guards for stairways, exclusive of their landings, railings and
Other than Exit
can have a height as specified in Sections 20 (Ramps) and 26 guards3 202
facilities
(Stairways).
Components 253
Where an elevation change of 30” or less occurs between a
cross aisle and the adjacent floor, guards not less than 26” The mounting of handrails must be such that the completed hand-
rail and supporting structure are capable of withstanding a load of
above that aisle floor must be provided. Handrails at least 200 pounds (890 N) applied in any direction at any point
Available Exception on the rail. These loads shall not be assumed to act cumulatively
with the loads shown above for balcony railings and guardrails.
Where the backs of seats on the front of the cross aisle project
more than 24” above the floor of the aisle, a guard need not be
1
The tabulated loads are minimum loads are minimum loads. Where other vertical
provided. loads required by this code or required by the design would cause greater stresses,
they must be used.
Guard tops at ends of aisles terminating at fascia of boxes, bal-
conies and galleries must extend for the width of the aisle and 2
A load per lineal foot (x 14.6 for N/m) to be applied horizontally at right angles to the
be no closer than 42” to the closest surface of the aisle where top rail.
there are steps and 36” otherwise. 3
Intermediate rails, panel fillers and their connections must be capable of
withstanding a load of 25 pounds per square foot (1.2 kN/m2) applied horizontally at
Openings right angles over the entire tributary area, including openings and spaces between
Guards must have intermediate rails or an ornamental pat- rails. Reactions due to this loading need not be combined with those of Footnote 2
tern so that a 4” diameter sphere cannot pass through. above.
Guardrail Height, Openings and Perimeter Guards 149

SECTION
21 Guardrails
Where Required
Open-sided walking surfaces, mezzanines, industrial equip-

ment platforms, stairways, ramps and landings that are
more than 30” above the surrounding grade shall have
guards that comply with this Section. The guards shall
be continuous from the top to bottom of the ramp. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.5.7; 1013.1)
Ramps and their landings open on one or both sides shall
have guards as required by this Section. Fig. 1
FIGURE 1 (CA T24 1013.1)
Unenclosed floor and roof openings, open and glazed
sides of stairways, aisles, landings and ramps, balconies
or porches more than 30” above floor, and roofs (other
than service of building) shall be protected by a guard.
Guards are provided at the ends of aisles where they ter-
minate at a fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1013.1)
EXCEPTIONs
Guards need not be provided at the following locations:
1. The loading side of loading docks.
2. The auditorium (audience) side of a stage or raised platform,
including steps leading up to the stage and raised platforms.
3. The sides of elevated stage and platform surfaces such as
runways, ramps and side stages used for entertainment or
presentations.
FIGURE 2 4. At vertical openings in the performance area of stages.
5. The sides of elevated-walking surfaces used for special light-
ing or access and use of special equipment.
6. Along non-public vehicle service pits.
(CA T24 1013.1)
Height
Top of guards shall not be less than 42” high. Fig. 1

(CA T24 1013.2)
EXCEPTIONS
1. Tops of guards for Grp. R, Div. 3 and interior guards in indi-
vidual dwelling units, Grp. R, Div. 2, guards whose top rail
also serves as a handrail can be between 34” and 38” high,
measured vertically from the leading edge of the stair tread
nosing.
2. The height in assemply seating areas shall be in accordance
FIGURE 3 with Assembly Guards, below. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1013.2)
Openings
Guards shall have intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern

so that a 4” diameter sphere cannot pass through. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1013.2)
150 Height and Openings

SECTION
GuardRails 21
EXCEPTIONS
1. The triangular openings formed by the interface of riser, tread
and bottom rail at the open side of a stairway shall not allow
a sphere of 6” diameter to pass through. Fig. 4
2. For elevated access ways for electrical, mechanical or plumb-
ing systems or equipment, guards shall have intermediate
rails or be of solid materials, so that a sphere of 21” diameter
cannot pass through.
3. Guards in commercial and industrial-type occupancies, in
areas not accessible to the public, can be such that a 12”
diameter sphere cannot pass through.
4. In assembly seating areas, guards at the ends of aisles where
they terminate at fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries,
shall have balusters or ornamental patters such that a 4”
sphere cannot pass through up to a height of 26”. From a
height of 26” to 42”, a sphere with a diameter of 8” shall not
pass through.
2. Within individual dwelling units and sleeping units in Group
R-2 and R-3 occupancies, openings in guards on the sides
of stair treads shall not allow a sphere of 4.375” to pass
through.
(CA T24 1013.2)
For guard requirements at grandstands, bleachers or
other elevated assembly seating areas, see Assembly
Guards, below.
(CA T24 1013.2) FIGURE 4
Assembly Guards
Assembly guards shall comply with the following: Sightline-Constrained Guard Heights
(CA T24 1025.14)
Unless subject to the requirements of this section, a fascia
Cross Aisles or railing system in accordance with the guard requirements
of this section and having a min. height of 26” shall be
Cross aisles located more than 30” above the floor or grade provided where the floor or footboard elevation is more
below shall have guards in accordance with this section. than 30” above the floor or grade below.
(CA T24 1025.14.1) (CA T24 1025.14.2)
Where an elevation change of 30” or less occurs between The fascia or railing would otherwise interfere with the
a cross aisle and the adjacent floor or grade below, guards sightlines of immediately adjacent seating.
not less than 26” above the aisle floor shall be provided. (CA T24 1025.14.2)
(CA T24 1025.14.1)
At bleachers, a guard must be provided where the floor
EXCEPTION or footboard elevation is more than 24” above the floor
Where the backs of seats on the front of the cross aisle project or grade below and the fascia or railing would otherwise
24” or more above the adjacent floor of the aisle, a guard need interfere with the sightlines of the immediately adjacent
not be provided. seating.
(CA T24 1025.14.1) (CA T24 1025.14.2)
Guards At The End of Aisles

A fascia or railing system complying with the guard require-
ments of this section shall be provided for the full width
of the aisle where the foot of the aisle is more than 30”
above the floor or grade below.
(CA T24 1025.14.3)
The fascia or railing shall be a min. of 36” high and shall
provide a min. 42” measured diagonally between the top
of the rail and the nosing of the nearest tread.
(CA T24 1025.14.3)
Guardrails 151
SECTION
22 Curb Ramps
Curb ramps are required whenever a pedestrian way crosses a curb.
Curb ramps should have a minimum width of 48”.
Curb ramps and crosswalk areas should be coordinated to provide a continuous accessible
route.
zz When curb ramps are located at the center of a curb return, diagonal crosswalk areas
(on the street level, at least 48” wide) are usually added at corners so wheelchair users
may proceed from one crosswalk to the other without ascending the ramp.
zz If diagonal curb ramps (corner-ramps) have returned curbs or other well-defined edges,
each of the outside edges must be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The bot-
tom of diagonal curb ramps must have a 48” min. clear space and if they are provided
at marked crossing, the 48” clear space must be within the marking. If the diagonal curb
ramps have flared sides, they must have a min. of 24” long segment of straight curb
located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing.
Unlike regular ramps (Section 20):

zz Handrails are never required and rarely, if ever, used.
zz Sloped sides may serve as edge protection to guide the user.
zz A 1/2” bevel is required on the lower lip, as a detectable warning for the blind.
Additional warnings for the blind are required since the slope of the ramp can be no more
than 1:12. These warnings are provided by grooved borders along the top and sides of the
ramp and detectable warnings (truncated domes) over the surface of the ramp.
152 Curb Ramps

SECTION
Curb Ramps 22
Location Diagonal Curb Ramps

Curb ramps should be constructed at every corner of a Diagonal curb ramps have a 48” clear space at the ramp
street intersection, and wherever a pedestrian way crosses bottom, located within markings if at a crosswalk.
a curb. Returned curb ramps or well-defined edges are parallel to
Recommended location for curb ramps: Center of the pedestrian flow, or if ramps have flared sides, they have a
crosswalk of each street corner. minimum 24” straight curb at each side and are located
Where it is necessary to locate a curb ramp in the center within the crosswalk.
of a curb return, and the street surfaces are marked to If the distance from the curb to the back of the sidewalk is
identify crosswalks, the lower end of the curb ramp should too short for a ramp and a 4’ (1219 mm) platform, the side-
terminate within crosswalk areas. walk should be longitudinally depressed or widened.
zz An additional crosswalk area at least 48” in width on the If sidewalk is less than 5’ (1524 mm) wide, the width of the
street surface at the base of the ramp, connecting the sidewalk should be depressed.
two adjoining crosswalks, should be provided to allow As an alternative, one ramp may be placed in the center of
for this situation. the curb returns.
Curb ramps are not located where they may be obstructed
by a parked vehicle. Finishes
Surface slopes less than 6% gradient should be at least as
Design slip-resistant as a medium salted finish.
Curb ramp width must be at least 48”, exclusive of any Surface slopes of 6% or greater should be slip-resistant.
flared sides.
Curb ramps should have a single sloped plane, with a min. Grooved Borders
of surface warping and cross slope. All curb ramps constructed between the face of the curb
Slope of curb ramps may not exceed 1:12 (8.33% slope). and the street should have a grooved border at the level
surface of the sidewalk.
Slope of fanned or flared sides may not exceed 1:10 (10%
slope). The grooved border should be used to indicate change in
level, along the top edge of the ramp and along any sides
Slope of adjoining surfaces within 4’ of top and bottom of (at angles) that can be used to access the ramp.
curb ramp may not exceed 1:20.
A grooved 12” (305 mm) wide border must be provided at
Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets should the level surface of the sidewalk along the top and each
be flush and free of abrupt changes. side.
Built-up curb ramps should be located so that they do not Grooves should be ¼” (6 mm) deep/wide, and approxi-
project into vehicular traffic lanes. mately ¾” (19 mm) on center.
A level landing at least 4’ deep must be provided at the
upper end of each curb ramp over its full width or a maxi-
mum slope of flared sides of 1:12 (8.33% slope).
The surfaces of curb ramps and flared sides should be sta-
ble, firm, slip-resistant, and have a finish that contrasts with
that of the adjacent sidewalk.
The lower end of each curb ramp should have a ½” lip bev-
eled at 45°.
Curb ramps and their approaches must be designed such
that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.
Design and Finish / Slope and Warning Surfaces 153

SECTION
22 Curb Ramps
Slope / Detectable Warning Surfaces Important Note

As a curb ramp slope must be no more than 1:12 (8.3% All detectable warning products and directional surfaces
slope gradient), it must have detectable warnings extend- installed after January 1, 2001, must be evaluated by an
ing the full width and depth of the curb ramp inside the independent entity, selected by the Department of General
grooved border. Services, Division of the State Architect–Access Compliance
for all occupancies, including transportation, and other outdoor
Detectable warning surfaces are raised truncated domes; environments, except that when products and surfaces are for
diameter 0.9” at base tapering to 0.45” at top, height, 0.2” use in residential housing, evaluation is in consultation with the
and center to center spacing, 2.35”. Department of Housing and Community Development. See
Detectable warning surfaces contrast visually with the Government Code Section 4460.
adjoining surface, either light on dark or the reverse. The
material used to provide contrast is an integral part of the If the ramp is located in the center of the curb return, the
walking surface. return curbs are parallel to pedestrian flow off the return,
Detectable warning domes can be cast in place, stamped, and crosswalk configuration is provides a 48” minimum
or part of a prefabricated surface treatment. depth landing area on the street surface, to allow safe
wheelchair travel on the street.
If the width of a planting area is equal to or greater than
the ramp length, the ramp side slope distance should be
3’ (914 mm).
For situations where the sidewalk width is less than 48”,
the longitudinal portion of the sidewalk may need to be
depressed.
On a curve, the sides of the ramp need not be parallel, but
the minimum width of the ramp in such cases is 4’ (1219
mm).
154 Curb Ramps

SECTION
Curb Ramps 22
Curb ramps are constructed at every corner of a street

intersection, and where a pedestrian way crosses a curb.
Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127B.5.1) (ADA 4.7.1)
Built-up curb ramps must not project into vehicular traf-
fic lanes.
(CA T24 1127.B.5.1)
Recommended location for curb ramps is in the center of
the crosswalk of each street corner. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127B.5.1)
Where it is necessary to locate a curb ramp in the cen-
ter of a curb return and the street surfaces are marked FIGURE 1
to identify crosswalks, the lower end of the curb ramp
terminates within crosswalk areas. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127B.5.1)
Width
The min. curb ramp width is 48” exclusive of any flared

sides. Figs. 2-7
(CA T24 1127B.5.2) (ADA 4.7.3)
Curb ramps have a single sloped plane, with a min. of
FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3
surface warping and cross slope.
(CA T24 1127B.5.2)
Slope
Slope of curb ramps does not exceed 1:12 (8.33% slope).

Figs. 2-7
(CA T24 1127B.5.3) (ADA 4.8.2)
Max. slope of fanned or flared sides is 1:10 (10% slope).
Fig. 6 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5
(CA T24 1127B.5.3) (ADA 4.7.5)
Max. slope of adjoining surfaces is 1:20 within 4’ of top
and bottom of curb ramp. Figs. 2-7
(CA T24 1127B.5.3) (ADA 4.7.2)
Transition from ramps to walks, gutters, or the streets
are flush and free of abrupt changes.
(CA T24 1127B.5.3) (ADA 4.7.2)
Built-up curb ramps are located so that they do not project
into vehicular traffic lanes.
(ADA 4.7.6)
FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7
Level Landing
A level landing 4’ deep shall be provided at the upper end

of each curb ramp over its full width or a max. slope of
flared sides is 1:12 (8.33% slope). Figs. 9
(CA T24 1127B.5.4)
Finish
The surfaces of curb ramps and flared sides are stable,

firm, slip-resistant, and has a finish that contrasts with
that of the adjacent sidewalk. Fig. 9 FIGURE 8 FIGURE 9
(CA T24 1127B.5.5) (ADA 4.5.1)
Location, Slopes, surfaces and Landings 155

SECTION
22 Curb Ramps
Border
The lower end of each curb ramp has a ½” lip beveled
at 45°. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1127B.5.6)
Curb ramps and their approaches are designed such that
water will not accumulate on walking surfaces. Figs. 11-12
(ADA 4.8.8)
All curb ramps constructed between the face of curb and
the street have a grooved border at the level surface of
sidewalk. Figs. 11-12
FIGURE 10 (CA T24 1127B.5.6)
A grooved 12” wide border is provided at the level surface
of the sidewalk along the top and each side. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1127B.5.6)
Grooves are approximately ¾” on center. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1127B.5.6)
Obstructions
FIGURE 11 FIGURE 12 Curb ramps are not located where they may be obstructed
by a parked vehicle. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1127B.5.8) (ADA 4.7.8)
Detectable Warnings
Curb ramps must have a detectable warning that extends
the full width and the depth of the curb ramp, excluding
the flared sides, inside the grooved border.
(CA T24 1127B.5.7)
Detectable warning surfaces are raised truncated domes;
diameter 0.9” at base tapering to 0.45” at top, height,
0.2” and center to center spacing, 2.35”. Fig. 17
FIGURE 13 (CA T24 1127B.5.7) (ADA 4.29.2)
Detectable warning surfaces contrast visually with the
adjoining surface, either light on dark or the reverse.
The material used to provide contrast is an integral part
of the walking surface. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1127B.5.7) (ADA 4.29.2)
Detectable warning domes can be cast in place, stamped,
or part of a prefabricated surface treatment. Fig. 17
Note: All detectable warning products and directional sur-

faces installed after January 1, 2001, must be evaluated by
an independent entity, selected by the Department of General
FIGURE 14 Services, Division of the State Architect - Access Compliance
for all occupancies, including transportation, and other outdoor
environments, except that when products and surfaces are for
use in residential housing, evaluation is in consultation with the
Department of Housing and Community Development. See
Government Code Section 4460.
(CA T24 1127B.5.7)
Diagonal Curb Ramps

If diagonal curb ramps (corner-ramps) have returned curbs
FIGURE 15 FIGURE 16 or other well-defined edges, edges must be parallel to
the direction of pedestrian flow.
(CA T24 1127B.5.9)
156 Obstructions / detectable warnings

SECTION
Curb Ramps 22
The bottom of diagonal curb ramps must have a 48” min.

clear space and if they are provided at marked crossing,
the 48” clear space must be within the marking. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1127B.5.9)
If the diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they must
have a min. of 24” long segment of straight curb located
on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked
crossing.
(CA T24 1127B.5.9)
Notes: FIGURE 20 FIGURE 21
1. For additional curb details, see Figures 1 – 28.
2. If the distance from the curb to the back of the sidewalk is
too short for a ramp and a 4’ (1219 mm) platform as in Fig.
20, the sidewalk is longitudinally depressed or widened. Figs.
20 – 23
3. If sidewalk is less than 5’ (1524 mm) wide, the width of the
sidewalk is depressed. Figs. 24 & 25
4. As an alternate to Fig. 20, one ramp is placed in the center of
the curb returns. Fig. 22
FIGURE 22 FIGURE 23
5. If the ramp is located in the center of the curb return, cross-
walk configuration is similar to that shown on the plan to
accommodate wheelchairs. Figs. 18 & 19
6. If planting area width is equal to or greater than ramp length,
ramp side slope distance equals 3’ (914 mm). See Section
13. Fig. 26
7. For Figs. 26 & 27 the longitudinal portion of the sidewalk may
need to be depressed. Figs. 28
8. On a curve, the sides of the ramp need not be parallel, but
the min. width of ramp is 4’ (1219 mm).
9. Ramp has a 12” wide (305 mm) border with ¼” (6 mm) FIGURE 24
grooves approx. ¾” (19 mm) on center. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1127B.5.10) (ADA 4.7.10)
FIGURE 25 FIGURE 26
FIGURE 17
FIGURE 27 FIGURE 28
FIGURE 18 FIGURE 19
diagonal Curb Ramps 157

SECTION
23 Pedestrian Grade Separations
These provisions apply to ramps and curb ramps associated with pedestrian overpasses and
underpasses.
A steeper slope is allowed for walking surfaces.
A compliant street crossing, with curb ramps, is allowed.
158 Pedestrian Overpasses and Underpasses

SECTION
Pedestrian Grade Separations 23
Requirements Curb Ramps

Where pedestrian grade separations cross streets or other
Ramps vehicular traffic ways, and where a street level crossing
Pedestrian ramps on pedestrian grade separations must can reasonably and safely be used by persons with physical
comply with the requirements of Section 20 (Ramps). disabilities, conforming curb ramps and a usable pathway
must be provided. See Section 22 (Curb Ramps).
Slope and Cross Slope Curb ramps must be within (coordinate with) crosswalk
Cross slopes of walking surfaces shall be the least pos- areas.
sible and in no event may they exceed ¼” (6 mm) per foot
(2.083% gradient).
Exceptions
The slope of any appreciably warped walking surface must
1. When the grade differential of the walking surface of a
not exceed 1:12 (8.33% slope) in any direction.
pedestrian grade separation exceeds 14’ (4267 mm) due
Finishes to required height clearance and grade conditions, and the
enforcing agency finds that because of right-of-way restric-
Surface slopes less than 6% gradient should be at least as tions, topography or natural barriers, wheelchair accessibility
slip-resistant as a medium salted finish. or equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hard-
Surface slopes of 6% or greater should be slip-resistant. ship, such accessibility need not be provided. However, the
requirements in these regulations relating to other types of
mobility must be complied with.
2. For existing facilities, this section shall not apply where, due
to legal or physical constraints, the site of the project will not
allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilita-
tion without creating an unreasonable hardship.
Pedestrian Overpasses and Underpasses 159

SECTION
23 Pedestrian Grade Separations
Pedestrian ramps on pedestrian grade separations shall

comply with the requirements of Section 20, Ramps.
Figs. 1 through 5
(CA T24 1128B)
Cross slopes of walking surfaces must be the minimum
possible. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1128B)
Cross slopes must not exceed 1 unit vertical in 50
FIGURE 1 units horizontal (2%slope)
(CA T24 1128B)
The slope of any appreciably warped walking surface e
must not exceed 1 unit vertical in 12 unit horizontal
(8.33% slope). Fig. 2 – 5
(CA T24 1128B)
Where pedestrian grade separations cross streets or other
vehicular traffic ways, and where a street level crossing
FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 can reasonably and safely be used by persons with physi-
cal disabilities, there shall be provided conforming curb
ramps and a usable pathway. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1128B)
Exceptions
1. When the grade differential of the walking surface of a
pedestrian grade separation exceeds 14’ (4267 mm) due to
required height clearance and grade conditions (Fig. 7), and
the enforcing agency finds that because of right-of-way restric-
tions, topography or natural barriers, wheelchair accessibility or
equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship,
FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5 such accessibility need not be provided. However, the require-
ments in these regulations relating to other types of mobility
shall be complied with.
2. For existing facilities, this section shall not apply where, due
to legal or physical constraints, the site of the project will not
allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilita-
tion without creating an unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1128B)
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 7
160 Pedestrian Overpasses and Underpasses

SECTION
Walks and Sidewalks 24
A sidewalk is a contiguous public way.
A walk is an exterior pedestrian path.
Walks, as part of accessible routes of travel, must provide a ramp when the running slope
exceeds 1:20; that is, a path of travel with a slope greater than 1:20 (5% gradient) must
provide all the features of a ramp as outlined in Section 20.
Exterior Pedestrian Paths and Sidewalks 161

SECTION
24 Walks and Sidewalks
Requirements Door Clearances

If a door or gate swings toward walkways, the level landing
Walks and sidewalks should have a continuous common area must be at least 60” x 60”, with a slope less than 1:50
surface. (2% gradient) in any direction.
zz No steps or abrupt level changes exceeding ½”. If a door or gate swings away from walkways, the level land-
Walkways must be at least 48” wide. ing area must be at least 48” wide x 44” deep with a slope
Available Exception less than 1:50 (2.0% gradient) in any direction.
The clear width requirement may be reduced to 36” if the The walk must extend at least 24” past the strike side of
enforcing agency determines that compliance would create any door or gate which swings toward walk.
unreasonable hardship as a result of right-of-way restrictions,
natural barriers, or other existing conditions.
Slope
When slope is greater than 1:20 (5%) in the direction of
travel, the path is considered a ramp, and the requirements
of Section 20 (Ramps) apply.
Surface cross slope should not exceed ¼” per foot.
Finishes
Surface slopes less than 6% gradient should be at least as
slip-resistant as a medium salted finish.
Surface slopes of 6% or greater should be slip-resistant.
Available Exception
Cross slope may be increased to ½” per foot to distances less
than 20 feet (2.5%) gradient if the enforcement agency deter-
mines there is unreasonable hardship due to local conditions.
Gratings
All walkways, sidewalks and pedestrian ways should be
free of gratings whenever possible.
Grid openings in gratings must be ½” or less in the direc-
tion of travel.
The long dimension of grating should be placed perpendic-
ular to the direction of travel.
Landings and Passing Spaces
All walks with continuous gradients have level areas at least
5 feet long min. intervals of at least every 400 feet.
If an accessible route has less than 60” clear width, then
passing spaces at least 60” x 60” are located at reason-
able intervals not exceeding 200 feet.
A T-intersection of 2 corridors of walks is an acceptable
passing space.
Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation.
Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints.
If changes of level does not exceed ¼” vertical change no

edge treatment is necessary.
Changes of level between ¼” to ½” vertical change should
utilize a 1:2 (50%) beveled slope.
When change in level is above ½” vertical change, an appli-
cable ramp or curb ramp must be used. (See Curb Ramps,
Section 22)
162 Exterior Pedestrian Paths and Sidewalks

SECTION
Walks and Sidewalks must comply with the following

regulations:
(CA T24 1133B.7.1)
Continuous surfaces have a continuous common surface.
(CA T24 1133B.7.1) (ADA 4.3.8)
Not interrupted by steps or abrupt level changes exceed-
ing ½”. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.7.1.1) (ADA 4.3.8)
Walkways min. width is 48”. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.7.1.1)
If a walk or sidewalk has less than 60”clear width, then
passing spaces at least 60” by 60” must be located at FIGURE 1
reasonable intervals not to exceed 200’. Figs. 5 – 7
(CA T24 1133B.7.1) (ADA 4.3.4)
A T-intersection is an acceptable passing place. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.7.1) (ADA 4.3.4)
Exception
The clear width may be reduced to 36” if the enforcing agency
determines that compliance would create unreasonable hard-
ship as a result of right-of-way restrictions, natural barriers, or
other existing conditions.
(CA T24 1133B.7.1.3)
Surface slopes less than 6% gradient are at least as slip- FIGURE 2
resistant as a medium salted finish. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.7.1.1)
Surface slopes of 6% or greater are slip-resistant. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.7.1.2)
Surface cross-slopes must not exceed 1 unit vertical
in 50 units horizontal (2% slope)
(CA T24 1133B.7.1.3)
When slope is greater than 1:20 (5% Slope) in the direction
of travel, the path is considered a ramp and must comply
with the requirements of Section 20: Ramps.
(CA T24 1133B.7.3)
Gratings
All walkways, sidewalks and pedestrian ways are free of

gratings whenever possible. FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1124B.4; 1133B.7.2) (ADA 4.5.4)
Grid openings in gratings are a max. of ½” in the direc-
tion of travel. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.7.2) (ADA 4.5.4)
If gratings have elongated openings, then they are placed
so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant
direction of travel. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124B.4) (ADA 4.5.4)
All walks with continuous gradients have level areas at
least 5 feet long at max. intervals of 400 feet. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.7.6)
FIGURE 4

SECTION
24 Walks and Sidewalks
Exceptions
1. When enforcing agency determines that compliance would
create unreasonable hardship in an existing building, and
equivalent facilitation is provided.
(CA T24 1133B.7.2)
2. When legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance
or equivalent facilitation in an existing building without creat-
ing unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1133B.7.2)
Changes in Level
FIGURE 5
If a change of level does not exceed ¼” vertical change,
no edge treatment is necessary. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1124B.2) (ADA 4.5.2)
Changes of level between ¼” to ½” vertical change utilize
a 1:2 (50%) beveled slope. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1124B.2) (ADA 4.5.2)
When change in level is above ½” vertical change, an
applicable ramp or curb ramp is used. (See curb Ramps,
Section 22.)
(CA T24 1124B.2) (ADA 4.3.7)
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 8
164 Exterior Pedestrian Paths and Sidewalks

SECTION
Level Areas and Door Clearances

If a door or gate swings toward a walkway, the min. level
landing area is 60” x 60”, with a slope less than 1:50
gradient (2%) in any direction. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133B.7.5) (ADA 4.3.7)
If a door or gate swings away from a walkway, the min.
level landing area is 48” wide x 44” deep, with a slope less
than 1:50 gradient (2.0%) in any direction. Fig. 10 – 12
(CA T24 1133B.7.5) (ADA 4.13.3;4.13.6)
The walk must extend a min. of 24” past the strike side
of any door or gate which swings toward the walk. Figs.
10 – 12
(CA T24 1133B.7.5) (ADA 4.13.3; 4.13.6)
FIGURE 11
FIGURE 9
FIGURE 10 FIGURE 12

SECTION
25 Hazards
For the most part, the purpose of this Section is to protect the blind and those with impaired
vision from injury that can be caused by sudden drop-offs, restricted or inadequate head-
room, or unexpected projections into a path of travel.
As you read through these requirements, remember that most blind persons use canes to
feel their way along a path of travel.
zz The cane is moved right and left just above floor level.
zz Any projection or overhanging obstruction that doesn’t extend all the way to the floor will
be missed by this sensing.
zz Even a good guide animal will miss overhanging obstructions.
166 Warning Curbs, Headroom, Protruding Objects

SECTION
Hazards 25
Warning Curbs Detectable Warnings

At Transit Boarding Platforms
Abrupt changes in level over 4” high (for example, planters Transit boarding platforms must have a detectable warning
or fountains adjacent to walks) must have a 6” min. warning texture running the full length of the loading area.
curb to warn the blind of a potential drop off.
The detectable warning surface must be 24” to 36” in width
Such warning curbs are not required between a walk/side- and located at the edge of the drop-off or safe area.
walk and an adjacent street/driveway.
Detectable warning surfaces must differ from the adjoining
When guard rails or handrails are provided, a curb is not surfaces in resiliency or sound on cane contact. This sur-
required if one or more of the following is true: face is reserved for warning.
zz There is a guide rail centered 3” (± 1”) above the walk- The warning surface must be made from a durable, slip-
ing surface resistant material and feature raised truncated domes in a
zz The maximum gradient of the walk is 5% or less staggered pattern.
zz No adjacent hazards exist. zz Domes in the surface must be 0.9” diameter at the
base, 0.45” diameter at top. Their nominal height should
Overhanging Obstructions be 0.2”, and their spacing should be 2.35” O.C.
Pedestrian ways must have clear head room of at least 80” zz Domes should contrast visually with the adjoining sur-
above the walking surfaces, as measured from the bottom faces, being either light on dark or dark on light. The
of the obstruction. material used to provide the contrast must be an inte-
If area adjoining the accessible route has clear head room gral part of the walking surface.
less than 80”, a warning barrier should be provided within zz The yellow color used in detectable warning surface
12” from the end of the object, to warn blind persons. materials must conform to Federal Color No. 33538 (as
If a guy support is used parallel to the path of travel, a guy shown in Table IV of Standard No. 595B).
brace, sidewalk guy, etc., should be used to prevent an Where the color value contrast between the yellow warning
overhanging obstruction. and the main walking surface is less than 70%, a 1” wide
Protruding Objects black strip must be used to separate the yellow warning
surface from the main walking surface.
Protruding objects may not reduce the clear width of an
accessible route or maneuvering space. zz Contrast is determined by the following formula:
Objects that are mounted on walls between 27” to 80” high Contrast = [(B1 – B2)/B1] x 100%
may protrude no more than 4”. ... where:
There is no limit on the amount that objects that are wall- B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of lighter area
mounted 27” or less may protrude. B2 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area
Post-Mounted Objects/Signs Important Note
Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons: Maxi- Warning products and surfaces installed after Jan. 1, 2001,
mum 12” projection from the mounting post/surface in the must be evaluated by an independent entity selected by the
zone 27” to 80” above floor. Dept. of Gen’l Services, Div. of the State Architect - Access
Comp. for all occupancies, including transportation and other
Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from outdoor environments. When products and surfaces are for use
the posts or pylons and the bottom edge of the sign is at in residential housing, this evaluation can be in consultation
less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level, the with the Dept. of Housing and Comm. Development.
edges of such signs must be rounded or eased and the cor-
ners must have a min. radius of 0.125”.
Head Room
Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any other
circulation spaces: Head room for the full required clear
width must be at least 80” high.
If an area adjoining an accessible route has less than the
required clear headroom of 80”, a barrier must be provided
to warn blind persons.
Warning Curbs, Headroom, Protruding Objects 167

SECTION
25 Hazards
Detectable Directional Texture At Hazardous Vehicular Areas

At Transit Boarding Platforms A continuous detectable warning surface must be used
Pedestrian access on Transit Boarding Platforms must be when:
identified with “detectable directional texture.” zz A walk crosses or adjoins a vehicular way
A “detectable directional texture” is a raised platform that zz The walking surfaces are not separated by curbs or
is 0.1” high and tapers to 0.04”. railings
The detectable directional texture must be made from a The continuous detectable warning surface is located in
durable, slip-resistant material and feature raised bars. The the boundary between the two walking surfaces, and is at
raised bars must be: least 36” wide.
zz 0.2” high The continuous detectable warning must comply with the
zz 1.3” wide requirements for Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding
zz 3.0” from center-to-center of each bar Platforms (above).
zz Industry standard for overall bar length is 11¼” to 11½” See Important Note above.
Color for the detectable must be as specified for Detect-
able Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms (see above).
zz The area of directional texture should be placed directly
behind the yellow detectable warning texture
zz The bars should be aligned perpendicular to the edge
of the safe area and with each of the doors on transit
vehicles.
zz The width of the directional texture should be the width
of vehicle’s door opening.
zz The depth of directional texture should be at least 36”.
See Important Note above.
168 Transit Boarding Platforms / Hazardous Vehicular Areas

SECTION
Hazards 25
Warning Curbs
Abrupt changes in level, except between a walk or sidewalk

and an adjacent street or driveway, exceeding 4” in a ver-
tical dimension, (such as at planters or fountains located
in or adjacent to walks, sidewalks or other pedestrian
ways) must be identified by curbs projecting at least 6”
in height above the walk or sidewalk surface to warn the
blind of a potential drop off. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.8.1)
When guards or handrails are provided, a curb is not FIGURE 1
required if there is a guide rail centered 3” (± 1”) above
the walking surface, the max. gradient of walk is 5% or
less, or no adjacent hazards exit. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.8.1)
Overhanging Obstructions
Pedestrian ways have a min. clear head room of 80” above

the walking surfaces, as measured from the bottom of
the obstruction. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.8.2) (ADA 4.4.2)
If area adjoining the accessible route has a clear head
room less than 80”, a warning barrier is provided 12” FIGURE 2
max. from end of object to warn blind persons.
(ADA 4.4.2)
If a guy support is used parallel to the path of travel, a
guy brace, sidewalk guy, etc. is used to prevent an over-
hanging obstruction.
(CA T24 1133B.8.2)
Protruding Objects
Protruding objects do not reduce the clear width or

maneuvering space of an accessible route or maneuver-
ing space. Fig. 4.
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
Wall-mounted protruding objects from 27” to 80” high
have a max. projection of 4”. Fig. 4 FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
Wall-mounted protruding objects at or below 27” have no
limit on projection. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons have a
max. 12” projection from 27” to 80” above floor. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
Head Room
Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any

other circulation spaces have min. clear width head room
of 80”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.2) (ADA 4.4.2)
FIGURE 4
Warning Curbs, Headroom, Protruding Objects 169

SECTION
25 Hazards
If an area adjoining an accessible route has a clear head-

room less than 80”, a barrier is provided to warn blind or
visually impaired persons. Fig. 5
(ADA 4.4.2)
Free-Standing Signs
Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from

the posts or pylons and the bottom edge of the sign is
at less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level,
the edges of such signs shall be rounded or eased and
the corners shall have a min. radius of 0.125”.
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.3)
FIGURE 5 Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding

Platforms
Transit boarding platforms have a detectable warning

texture extending the full length of the loading area. Fig. 6
21ST
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 8; 1133B.8.5)
The detectable warning texture is 24” to 36” in width
and is located at the edge of drop-off or safe area. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 8; 1133B.8.5)
Durable, slip-resistant material having a surface texture
composed of raised, truncated domes in a staggered
FIGURE 6 pattern with a diameter of nominal 0.9” at the base taper-
ing to 0.45” at the top, a height of nominal 0.2” and a
center-to-center spacing of nominal 2.35” in compliance
with Fig. 7 and 7a
(CA T24 1121B.3.1)
Note: “Nominal” as used here shall be in accordance with

California State Referenced Standards Code Sections 12-11A
and B-102.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 8; 1133B.8.5)
FIGURE 7
Domes contrast visually with adjoining surfaces, either
light on dark or reverse. Material used to provide contrast
shall be an integral part or walking surface. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 8; 1133B.8.5)
The detectable warning surfaces differ from the adjoining
surfaces in resiliency or sound on cane contact. This
surface is reserved for warning.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 8; 1133B.8.5)
FIGURE 7a The yellow color conforms to Fed. Color No. 33538, as
shown in Table IV of Standard No. 595B. Where the color
value contrast between the yellow warning and the main
walking surface is less than 70%, a 1” wide black strip
separates the yellow warning from main walking surface.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 8; 1133B.8.5)
C ontrast is determined by:
Contrast = [(B1 – B2)/B1] x 100%, where B1 is the light reflec-
tance value (LRV) of lighter area, and B2 is light reflectance
value (LRV) of the darker area.
(CA T24 1121B.3.3)
FIGURE 8
170 Headroom / Transit Boarding Platforms

SECTION
Hazards 25
Detectable Directional Texture at Transit

Boarding Platforms
At transit boarding platforms, the pedestrian access shall FIGURE 8a

be identified with a detectable directional texture. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
The detectable directional texture shall comply with Figure
8 and shall be 0.1” in height that tapers off to 0.04”
with bars raised 0.2” from the surface. Figs. 8 and 8a
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
The raised bars shall be 1.3” wide and 3” from center-
to-center of each bar. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
FIGURE 9
This surface shall differ from adjoining walking surfaces
in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
The color of the directional texture must comply with
the same color requirements specified under Detectable
Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
This surface will be placed directly behind the yellow
detectable warning texture must align with all doors of FIGURE 10
the transit vehicles where passengers will embark.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
The width of the directional texture shall be equal to the
width of the transit vehicle’s door opening. Fig. 9 Detectable Warnings at Reflecting Pools
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
The depth of the texture shall be a min. of 36”. Fig. 9 The edges of reflecting pools must be protected by railings,
walls, warning curbs, or detectable warnings complying
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.4)
with the requirements under Detectable Warnings at Transit
Detectable Directional Texture at Hazardous Boarding Platforms.
(CA T24 1133B.8.7)
Vehicular Areas
If a walk crosses or adjoins a vehicular way and the walking Note: Applies to all: Detectable Warnings at Transit board-
surfaces are not separated by curbs or railings, or other ing Platforms, Detectable Directional Texture at Boarding
Platforms, and Detectable Warnings at Hazardous Vehicular
elements between the pedestrian areas and vehicular
Areas.
areas the boundary between them is determined by a
continuous detectable warning 36” wide, complying with Only approved DSA-AC detectable warning products and
Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Platforms. Fig. 10 directional surfaces must be installed as provided in
(CA T24 1133B.8.5) (ADA 4.29.5) the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part
1, Articles 2, 3 and 4. Refer to CCR Title 24, Part 12,
Note: See note under Detectable Warnings at Transit Boarding Chapters 12-11A and B, for building and facility access
Platforms. specifications for product approval for detectable warning
products and directional surfaces.
(CA T24 1133B.8.5)
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.5)
Detectable warning products and directional surfaces
installed after January 1, 2001, shall be evaluated by an
independent entity, selected by the Department of Gen-
eral Services, Division of the State Architect—Access
Compliance, for all occupancies, including transporta-
tion and other outdoor environments, except that when
products and surfaces are for use in residential housing,
evaluation shall be in consultation with the Department of
Housing and Community Development. See Government
Code Section 4460.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1, 1133B.8.5)
Transit Platforms / Vehicular Areas / Reflecting Pools 171

SECTION
26 Stairways
Although these requirements establish minimum accessibility requirements for stairways,

don’t forget: stairways cannot be considered part of an accessible route of travel.
zz This is because stairways cannot be used by wheelchair users independently.
The main purpose of these requirements, then, is to set handrail requirements for the ben-
efit of the blind, vision-impaired and general public.
172 Stairways
SECTION
Stairways 26
IMPORTANT Handrails: Where and How Many?
Situation Requirements
Stairways having two or more risers serving
any building or portions of a building must con- Stairways with 3 or fewer risers
form to the following requirements.
Handrail Configuration No handrails are required.
Stairways giving access to
Handrail height = 34” min. to 38” max. above landings and portable work stands less than
the nosing of treads. 30” high
The handrail(s) should not reduce the minimum required
Private stairways: 4 or more At least one handrail is
width of the stairs. risers but 30” or less in height required.
At each and every point along the run, the orientation of
at least one handrail should be in the direction of the run Stairways less than 44” in width
At least one handrail is
of the stair and perpendicular to the direction of the stair Stairway with 4 or more risers required.
nosing. serving 1 individual dwelling
At least one handrail should extend a minimum of 12” unit in Group R (Div. 1 or 3), or Note: Stairways open on one or
beyond the top nosing, and a minimum of 12” plus one a Group R (Div. 3) congregate both sides must have handrails
tread width beyond the bottom nosing. residence, or Group U on open side(s).
occupancies.
Where the extension of the handrail in the direction of the
stair run would create a hazard, the termination of the Stairways 44” in width or Handrails on each side are
extension should be either rounded or returned smoothly greater required.
to the floor, wall, or post.
One additional, intermediate
Where stairs are continuous from landing to landing, the
handrail is required for
inner handrail should also be continuous, and should not each 88” of width, spaced
extend into the landing. equidistant between the
The ends of handrails should return or terminate in newels handrails on either side.
or safety terminals.
All other situations Handrails on each side are
Handrail gripping surfaces (top or sides) should not be required.
interrupted by newel posts, other construction elements,
or obstructions. These provisions may not apply to existing multifamily buildings. See
CA T24 1120A.4.1 (accessible housing requirements) and 1133B.4.1.1
Any wall or surface adjacent to the handrail should be free (public buildings, public accommodations, commercial buildings and
of sharp or abrasive elements. publicly-funded housing).
Handrail Strength Stairway Identification Signs
All handrails should have a minimum structural strength to
support a 250-lb. point load. Sign Placement
Handrails should not rotate within their fittings. Enclosed stairways in buildings with two or more stories
must have approved stairway identification signs located
Handrails Projecting from a Wall in the stairway at each floor level.
Minimum space between wall and rail: 1½”. Each sign should be placed 5’ above the floor, immediately
Handgrips: Cross-section = 1¼” to 1½”, or shaped to pro- adjacent to the door on the strike side.
vide an equivalent gripping surface. The signs should be placed so that they are visible at all
Minimum radius of edges = 1/8”. times, whether the door is open or closed.
Available Exceptions Raised Lettering / Braille
Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation The information on the sign should be presented using
Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints raised Arabic numerals and raised, Grade 2 Braille symbols.
Handrails within Recesses The sign must include a raised, five-pointed star (which indi-
cates “floor”), located to the left of the numeral identifying
Maximum depth of recess = 3”. the floor level.
Minimum recess above top of rail = 18”. The outside “diameter” of the star must be the same as the
height of the raised numeral(s).
Handrails and Signage 173

SECTION
26 Stairways
Striping for the Visually Impaired Treads, Nosing and Risers

The upper approach and the lower tread of each stair All tread surfaces must be slip-resistant.
should be marked by a strip of clearly contrasting color at Weather-exposed (outdoor) stairs and their approaches should
least 2” wide. be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking
The strip should be placed parallel to and not more than 1” surfaces.
from the nose of the step or landing. Uniformity: On any given flight of stairs, all steps should
The strip must be made of a material that is at least as slip- have uniform riser height and uniform tread width.
resistant as the other treads of the stair. Depth: Stair tread depth (from riser to riser) = 11” (min.).
Painted strips are acceptable. Riser height: 4” min.; 7” max.
If the stairway is located outside of the building, the upper Risers: Risers should be sloped with a minimum angle of
approach and all the treads must be marked by strips. 60° from the horizontal.
Nosing: As an alternative to sloped risers, a nosing may be
used. If a nosing is used, it should not project more than
1¼” past the face of the riser below. the underside of a
nosing should have a min. angle of 60° from the horizontal.
Edges: Stair treads should have a smooth, rounded, or
chamfered exposed edge, with no abrupt/sharp edges at
the nosing (lower front edge).
174 Striping / Treads, Nosing and Risers

SECTION
Stairways 26
Stairways having two or more risers must comply with

the following requirements:
Stairway Width
The width of stairways shall be determined as specified

in this section and in Section 28 Egress, but such width
shall not be less than 44” See 28 for accessible means
of egress stairways. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1009.1)
EXCEPTIONS
1. Stairways serving an occupant load of less than 50 shall have
a width of not less than 36”
2. Spiral stairways as provided in respective heading in this sec-
tion.
3. Aisle stairs complying with respective area. FIGURE 1
4. Where an incline platform lift or stairway chairlift is installed
on stairways serving occupancies in Group R-3, or within
dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, a clear passage
width not less than 20” shall be provided. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1009.1)
If the seat and platform can be folded when not in use,
the distance shall be measured from the folded position.
(CA T24 1009.1)
Means of egress stairs in a Group I-2 occupancy used for
the movement of beds and litter patients shall provide a
clear width not less than 44” FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1009.1)
Required Handrails
Stairways must have handrails on each side. Fig. 1 and 2

(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4)
Handrails must be continuous along both sides of a
stairway.Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4)
Stairways must have intermediate handrails located in such
a manner that all portions of the stairway width required
for egress capacity are within 30” of a handrail. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2; 1012.8) (ADA 4.9.4)
On monumental stairs, intermediate handrails must be
located along the most direct path of egress travel.
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2; 1012.8) (ADA 4.9.4)
FIGURE 4
Handrails must not reduce the required with of the stairs.
Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4)
For stairs open on both sides, see Fig. 2 for required
handrails. Fig. 2
For private stairs with 3 risers or less, see Fig. 3 for

required handrails. Fig. 3
Width / Handrails 175

SECTION
26 Stairways
Handrail Configuration
The top of handrail gripping surface must be amounted

between 34” to 38” above the nosing of the treads. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4 (5))
Handrails must extend a min. of 12” beyond the top
nosing and 12” plus the tread width, beyond the bottom
nosing. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4 (2))
At the top, the extension must be parallel with the floor
or grounding surface. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4 (2))
At the bottom , it shall continue to slope for a distance
of the width of one thread from the bottom riser; the
remainder of the extension must be horizontal. Fig. 5
FIGURE 5
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4 (2))
The extension of handrail must be equal to the tread width
(T) plus 12” min. Fig. 5 and 8
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.9.4)
EXCEPTIONS
1. In new construction, the inside handrail on switchback or dog-
leg stairs must be continuous.
2. In existing buildings and facilities, full extension of handrails
at stairs shall not be required in alterations where such
extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to plan
configuration.
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2)
Inner handrail at landing of stairs that double back or
immediately turn must be continuous and must not extend
into ;anding or accessible route of travel.
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.2)
Ends must be returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post.
Fig. 5 and 11
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.9.4 (6))
The orientation of a min. of 1 handrail must be in the
FIGURE 6 direction of the run of the stair and perpendicular to the
direction of the stair nosing, and shall not reduce the min.
required width of the stairs.
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.4)
Handrails projecting from a wall have 1 ½” space betwe-
enwall and handrail. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.5) (ADA 4.9.4 (3))
Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a
max. 3” deep and extends a min. 18” above the top of
the rail. Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.5) (ADA 4.26.2)
Handrails must not rotate in their fittings.
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.5) (ADA 4.9.4 (7))
Outdoor stairs and their approaches must be designed
so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.
(ADA 4.9.6)
FIGURE 7
176 HandRails
SECTION
Stairways 26
Handgrips
Handgrip portion of handrails have a cross-section of 1¼”

to 1½” or are shaped to provide an equivalent gripping
surface. Figs. 14 through 17
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.6) (ADA 4.9.4 &4.26.2)
Edges must have a min. radius of 1/8” Fig. 18
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.6) (ADA 4.26.2)
Handrails must have a smooth surface with no sharp
corners. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.6)
Gripping surfaces (top or sides) shall be uninterrupted
by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstruc-
tions. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.6) (ADA 4.9.4 (4))
Any wall or other surface adjacent to the handrail must
be free of sharp or abrasive elements. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.4.2.6) (ADA 4.26.4)
EXCEPTIONS
1. In existing buildings when the enforcing agency determines
that compliance with any requirement under this section
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to the
requirement for persons with disabilities may be granted
when equivalent facilitation is provided.
2. These regulations shall not apply in existing buildings where
legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with FIGURE 8
FIGURE 9
Handgrips / Stair Treads 177

SECTION
26 Stairways
Stair Treads, Risers and Nosing

Treads
Stair treads must be a min. of 11” deep measured from
riser to riser. Figs. 19 and 20
(CA T24 1133B.4.5) (ADA 4.9.2)
The tread depth shall be measured horizontally between
the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent
treads and at a right angle to the tread’s leading edge.
(CA T24 1009.3)
Winder treads shall have a min. tread depth of 11” mea-
sured at a right angle to the tread’s leading edge at a
point 12” from the side where the treads are narrower
FIGURE 10 and a min. tread depth of 10”
(CA T24 1009.3)
All tread surfaces are slip resistant. Fig. 20
(CA T24 1133B.4.5.1) (ADA 4.5.1)
Weather exposed stairs and their approaches are designed
so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.
(CA T24 1133B.4.5.1) (ADA 4.9.6)
FIGURE 11 Note: On any given flight of stairs, all steps must have uniform
riser height and uniform tread widths.
(CA T24 1133B.4.5)
Risers
18" Min.
Stair riser heights must be a min of 4” and a max. of

18” 1½" 7”. Fig. 21
1½” Min.
(CA T24 1133B.4.5.1)
Clear
Risers must be solid and must be vertical or sloped from
1½" Min. the underside of the leading edge of the tread above at an
3”
Max. angle no more than 30° from the vertical. Figs. 22 and 23
3" Max. (CA T24 1133B.4.5.2) (ADA 4.9.3)
Open risers are NOT permitted.
(CA T24 1133B.4.5.2)
FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13 Nosings
The radius of curvature at the leading edge (nosing) of
the tread must be a max. of ½”. Fig. 24
(CA T24 1133B 4.5.3) (ADA 4.9.3)
Beveling of nosings must not exceed ½”. Fig. 25
(CA T24 1133B 4.5.3)
Nosings must not project more than 1¼” past the face
of the riser below.
(CA T24 1133B 4.5.3) (ADA 4.9.3)
Nosings that project beyond risers must have the underside
of the leading edge beveled at an angle no more than 30°
from the vertical. Fig. 23
(CA T24 1133B 4.5.3)
FIGURE 14 FIGURE 15
Transitions from the nosing to the riser must be free of
abrupt edges .
(CA T24 1133B 4.5.3)
All projections must be of uniform size, including nosings
at landings.
178 Stair risers and Nosings / Striping

SECTION
Stairways 26
(CA T24 1133B 4.5.3)

EXCEPTIONS
1.In existing buildings there is no requirement to retroactively
1¼" 1½"
alter existing nosing projections of 1 ½” which were con- Min.
Design Min. Min.

structed in compliance with the building code in effect at the
To Suit 1½" 1½"

time of original construction
that compliance with any requirement under this section
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to
persons with disabilities requirements may be granted when
equivalent facilitation is provided.
3. These regulations shall not apply to existing buildings when
legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance with
Striping for the Visually Impaired FIGURE 16 FIGURE 17

Interior and exterior stairs must have the upper approach
and lower tread marked by a stripe providing clear visual
contrast. Fig. 26
(CA T24 1133B.4.4)
The stripe must be between a min of 2” wide and a max.
of 4” wide Fig. 26 and 27
(CA T24 1133B.4.4)
The stripe must be placed parallel to and no more than
1” from the nose of the step or upper approach. Fig. 26
and 27
(CA T24 1133B.4.4)
The stripe must extend the full width of the step or upper FIGURE 18
approach. Fig. 26 and 28
(CA T24 1133B.4.4)
Must be of a material that is at least as slip resistant as
the other treads of the stairs. Fig. 26
(CA T24 1133B.4.4)
A painted stripe shall be acceptable. Fig. 26
(CA T24 1133B.4.4)
FIGURE 19
Striping / Stair Level IdenTification Signs 179

SECTION
26 Stairways
Stair Level Identification Sign
Enclosed stairways in buildings with two or more stories

in height must have approved tactile floor designation
signs located at each floor level in the stairway. Fig. 29
(CA T24 1133B.4.3)
At exit discharge level, the sign shall include a raised five
pointed-star located to the left of the identifying floor level.
(CA T24 1133B.4.3)
The outside diameter of the star shall be the same as the
height of the raised characters.
(CA T24 1133B.4.3)
Stairway floor number signs. A sign shall be provided at
each floor landing in interior exit enclosures connecting
FIGURE 20 more than three stories designating the floor level, the
terminus of the top and bottom of the stair enclosure and
the identification of the stair. Fig. 29 and 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6)
The signage must state the story of, the direction to the
exit discharge and the availability of roof access from the
stairway for the fire department. Fig. 29 and 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6)
The sign must be located 5’ above the floor landing in a
position that is readily visible when the doors are in the
open and closed positions. Fig. 29
NOTE: Signs must comply with the following requirements of

Signage.
Signs shall be a minimum 12” by 12” Fig. 29 and 30
FIGURE 21 (CA T24 1020.1.6.1.1)
The stairway location, such as STAIR NO. 1 or WEST
STAIR, must be placed at the top of the sign in 1” block
lettering with ¼” strokes. Fig. 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.2)
The stairway’s upper terminus, such as ROOF ACCESS or
NO ROOF ACCESS, must be placed under the stairway
identification in 1” high block lettering with ¼” strokes.
Fig. 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.3)
The floor level number must be placed in the middle of the
sign in 5” high lettering with ¾” strokes. The mezzanine
FIGURE 22 FIGURE 23 levels must have the letter “M” preceding the floor level.
Basement levels shall have the letter “B” preceding the
floor number. Fig. 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.4)
The lower and upper terminus of the stairway must be
placed at the bottom of the sign in 1” high block lettering
with ¼” strokes. Fig 30
(CA T24 1020.1.6.1.5)
NOTE: Signs must comply with the following requirements of

Signage:
FIGURE 24 FIGURE 25
180 SIGNAGE
SECTION
Stairways 26
Finish and Contrast

glare finish.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Characters and symbols contrast with their background,
either light characters on dark background or dark char-
acters on light background.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Proportions
Characters width-to-heights ratio is between 3:5 and 1:1
and stroke width-to-height ration ids between 1:5 and 1:10.
(CA T24 1117B.5.3) (ADA 4.30.2)
Character Height FIGURE 26

Characters and numbers are sized based on the distance
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
The min. height is measured using an uppercase X. Low-
ercase characters are permitted.
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
For signs suspended or projected above the finish floor,
the min. character is 3” in height.
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
Braille
Contracted Grade 2 Braille is used. Fig. 31
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) (ADA 4.30.4)
Dots are 1/10” on centers in each cell with 2/10” space
between cells, measured from the 2nd column of dots in
the first cell to 1st column of dots in the 2nd cell. Fig. 31
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) FIGURE 27
Dots are raised a min. 1/40” above background. Fig. 31
(CA T24 1117B.5.6)
FIGURE 28
FIGURE 29
SIGNAGE 181
SECTION
26 Stairways
Mounting Location and Height

Where permanent identification is provided for rooms
and spaces, signs are installed on the wall adjacent to
the latch outside of the door
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Where there is no wall space on the latch side, signs are
placed on nearest adjacent wall, preferably on the right.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Mounting height is 60” above the finish floor to the cen-
terline of the sign.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Signs are mounted so that a person may approach within
3” of the sign without encountering protruding objects or
standing within the swing of a door.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs

FIGURE 30 Raised characters and pictorial symbols (pictograms)
conform to the following requirements:
(CA T24 1117B.5.5)
Type. Characters on signs shall be raised 1/32” min. and
shall be sans serif uppercase characters accompanied
by Grade 2 Braille.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.30.4)
Character size. Raised characters shall be a min. of
5/8” and a max. of 2” high.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.30.4)
Pictorial Symbol signs- (Pictograms). Pictorial symbol
signs (pictograms include the verbal description placed
directly below the pictogram. The outside dimension of the
FIGURE 31 pictogram field must be a min. of 6” in height.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.3) (ADA 4.30.4)
Character placement. Characters and Braille must
be in a horizontal format. Braille shall be placed a min.
of 3/8” and a max. of ½” directly below the tactile
characters; flush left or centered. When tactile text is
multilined, all Braille shall be placed together below all
lines of tactile text.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.4)
182 signage
SECTION
Entrances and Exits 27
All entrances and exterior ground-floor exterior exit doors to buildings and facilities must be made
accessible to persons with disabilities.
zz Ground floor exterior doors are considered “exterior exits” when they cannot be accessed
(opened) from the exterior of the building, having no entry hardware on their exterior surfaces.
Exterior accessible walks, ramps, etc.; accessible parking; and accessible passenger loading
zones must be connected to a building’s accessible entrance(s) by accessible routes.
For the most part, all entrances and ground-floor exits must be accessible. Exceptions are made
for:
zz Existing buildings, in terms of accessible door widths.
zz Where an exit that is not part of an accessible means of egress is more than 24” above grade.
Accessible entrances must be at least 32” wide.
Entrances must provide adequate level clear space in alcoves

SECTION
27 Entrances and Exits
Doorways and Openings Entrances & Signs

A sign with the International Symbol of Accessibility must
Clear, unobstructed opening width must be at least 32” be posted at every primary entrance and every major junc-
with the door positioned at an angle of 90º from its closed tion, indicating the direction of or to accessible features.
position, measured between the face of the door and the
opposite stop. See Section 61 (Signs & Identification) for specifications.
Openings more than 24” in depth must comply with Sec-
tion 37 (Space Allowances) and Section 38 (Reach Ranges). Temporary Restrictions
During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or
facility, at least one primary entrance must be accessible
Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures, to and usable by persons with disabilities.
stairwells and exit doors servicing only stairs need not be made
accessible. Recessed Doormats
Exits in excess of those required by Section 28 (Egress and Recessed doormats must be adequately anchored to pre-
Areas for Evacuation Assistance) and which are more than vent interference with wheelchair traffic.
24” above grade are not required to be accessible. Such doors
must have signs warning that they are not accessible. Warning Gates
signs must comply with Section 61 (Signs and Identification). All gates (including ticket gates) must meet all applicable
Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. (“Equiv- specifications for Doors.
alent facilitation” in this case means that at least one entrance
must be made accessible to and usable by persons with Automatic Door Operators
disabilities.) When an automatic door operator is used on a pair of
Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. doors, at least one of the doors must provide a clear,
unobstructed opening width of at least 32” with the door
positioned at an angle of 90º from its closed position, mea-
sured between the face of the door and the opposite stop.
Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. (See Section
109.1.5.)
In existing buildings where the occupant load < 10 (except
Group I, Division 1 Occupancies), doorways may be 30” in
clear width.
In existing buildings where the occupant load > 10 and it is
determined that compliance with this requirement would cre-
ate an unreasonable hardship, doorways may be 30 inches in
clear width.
184 Doorways / Signs / Doormats / Automatic Doors

SECTION
All entrances and exterior ground-floor exit doors to build-

ings and facilities shall be made accessible to persons
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1)
Entrances shall be connected by an accessible route
(complying with Section 17, Accessible Route of Travel)
to public transportation stops, to accessible parking
and passenger loading zones and to public streets or
sidewalks, if available.
(CA T24 133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.14.1)
Entrances shall be connected by an accessible route to
all accessible spaces or elements within the building or FIGURE 1
facility.
(CA T24 133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.14.1)
Doorways shall have a min. clear opening of 32” with the
door open 90º, measured between the face of the door
and the opposite stop. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.13.5)
Openings that are more than 24” in depth shall comply
with Section 37, Space Allowances, and Section 38,
Reach Ranges.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.13.5)
Exceptions FIGURE 2
1. Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures,
stairwells and exit doors servicing stairs only need not be
made accessible. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1.1)
2. Exits in excess of those required by Chapter 10, and which
are more than 24” above grade are not required to be acces-
sible. Such doors shall have signs warning that they are not
accessible. Warning signs shall comply with Section 61, Signs
and Identification. Fig. 4.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1.2)
3. In existing buildings where the enforcing agency determines
that compliance with the building standards of this section
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall
be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. Equivalent
facilitation would require at least 1 entrance to be accessible
to and usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 5 FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1.3)
4. These buildings standards shall not apply to existing buildings
when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance
with these building standards or equivalent facilitation with-
out creating an unreasonable hardship, through an Appeals
Action Ratification. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1.4)
FIGURE 4
General Requirements 185

SECTION
27 Entrances and Exits
Entrances & Signs
A sign with the international symbol of accessibility shall

be at every primary entrance and every major junction
indicating the direction along or to accessible features.
See Signs & Identification, Section 61, (CA T24 1117B.5.1)
for specifications. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1127B.3) (ADA 4.1.3(16B))
During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or

facility, the entrances used for primary access shall be
accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.2)
FIGURE 5 Recessed Doormats
Recessed doormats shall be adequately anchored to

prevent interference with wheelchair traffic.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.3)
Gates
All gates including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable

specifications for doors. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.4) (ADA 4.13.3)
Service Entrances
In existing buildings and facilities, a service entrance

shall not be the sole accessible entrance unless it is the
only entrance to a building or facility (for example, in a
factory or a garage).
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.5)
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 7
186 Primary Entrance Signs / Temporary Restrictions

SECTION
Automatic Doors
If an automatic door is used, then it shall comply with

BHMA A156.10.
(CA T24 1133B.12.3.2)
Slowly opening, low-powered, automatic doors shall comply
with BHMA A156.19.
(CA T24 1133B.12.3.2)
Such doors shall not open to back check faster than 3
seconds and shall require no more than 15 lbf (66.72 N)
to stop door movement.
(CA T24 1133B.12.3.2) FIGURE 8
If a power-assisted door is used, its door-opening force
shall comply with Door Opening force heading under the
Doors Section and its closing shall conform to the require-
ments in BHMA A156.19.
(CA T24 1133B.12.3.2)
When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate
a pair of doors, at least one of the doors shall provide a
clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the door
positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position.
Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133B.12.3.2)
Exceptions FIGURE 9
1. These provisins shall not apply to existing buildings, except
when otherwise required under conditions applicable to
access for persons with disabilities. In existing buildings, the
following shall apply:
Where the occupant load is less than 10 (except Group
I, Division 1 occupancies, or where the occupant load
is greater than 10 and it is determined that compliance
with these provisions would create an unreasonable
hardship), a max. projection of 5/8” will be permitted for
the latch side stop.
ance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation FIGURE 10
without creating an unreasonable hardship, trhough an
appeals action ratification. Fig. 11
FIGURE 11
Doormats / Gates / General Accessibility 187

SECTION
28 Egress and Areas for Evacuation Assistance
In new construction, accessible rooms and spaces in accessible buildings must be served by
an accessible means of egress.
Areas for evacuation assistance (AEAs) are provided where an accessible means of egress
cannot be provided.
AEAs are not required in existing buildings, nor in buildings that have supervised automatic
fire sprinkler systems.
While stairways may be used as a component of an AEA, because they cannot be used
independently by wheelchair users, they can never be used as part of an accessible route.
Alarms/emergency warning sytems must include both audible and visual alarms that com-
ply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Buildng Code Chapter 9, Section 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.
Evacuation
assistance
areas are
stairway
landings
Smokeproof
48”
DOWN stairway
enclosures
(section
48”
DOWN
1005.3.3)
188 Egress and Areas for evacuation Assistance

SECTION
Egress and Areas for Evacuation Assistance 28
Requirements When approved by a building official, an area or room which

is separated from other portions of the building by a smoke
In buildings or facilities, or portions of buildings required to be barrier may be used as an AEA.
accessible, accessible means of egress must be provided in zz Smoke barriers must have a fire-resistive rating of
the same number as required for exits by Section 28 (Egress 1-hour (min.) and completely enclose the area or room.
and Areas for Evacuation Assistance) and more specifically by
zz Doors in the smoke barrier should be tight-fitting
Means of Egress (Section 1004) of Chapter 10 of the California
smoke- and draft-control assemblies, with fire-protec-
Building Code.
tion ratings of at least 20 minutes, and be self-closing
When an exit required by Chapter 10 is not accessible, an area or automatic-closing.
for evacuation assistance must be provided. (See below, this
zz The AEA should exit directly to an exit enclosure.
Section.)
zz When the AEA exits into an exit enclosure which is
Areas for Evacuation Assistance are not required in
required to be of more than 1-hour fire-resistive con-
buildings or facilities having a supervised automatic
struction, the AEA should have the same fire-resistive
sprinkler system.
construction, including the same opening protection, as
AEAs are not required in alterations to existing required for the adjacent exit enclosure.
buildings.
An elevator lobby must comply with Section 1114B.2.3 of
Location / Construction / Size Chapter 11 of the California Building Code.
AEAs themselves must meet accessibility requirements. Adjacent Stairway Width
AEAs must adjoin an accessible route of travel. Each stairway adjacent to an AEA must have a minimum
Each AEA must provide at least two accessible areas that clear width of 48” between handrails.
are at least 30” x 48”.
Two-Way Communication
The AEA should not encroach on any required exit width.
A telephone with controlled access to a public telephone
The total number of 30” x 48” areas per story should be at system or another method of two-way communication
least 1 for every 200 persons of calculated occupant load must be provided between each area of refuge and the
served by the AEA. primary entry.
Available Exception A method of two-way communication with both visible and
On floors where the occupant load is less than 200, a build- audible communication must be provided between each
ing official may reduce the minimum number of 30” x 48”-inch AEA and the primary entry.
areas to one for each AEA. zz A button in the AEA activates both a light in the AEA
When any of the following are proposed as AEAs, they must (indicating that rescue has been requested) and a light
meet the requirements listed: at the primary entry (indicating that rescue is being
A portion of stairway landing located within a smoke-proof requested).
enclosure must comply with Section 1005.3.3 of Chapter zz A button at the primary entry activates both a light at
10 of the California Building Code. the primary entry and a light in the AEA (indicating that
A portion of an exterior exit balcony located immediately the request has been received).
adjacent to an exit stairway may be used as an AEA when: The fire department may approve locations other than at the
zz The exterior exit balcony complies with Section 1006.3 primary entry.
of Chapter 10 of the California Building Code. Identification / Instructions
zz Openings to the exterior of the building located within Each AEA is identified by a sign, which states “AREA FOR
20’ of the area for evacuation assistance are protected EVACUATION ASSISTANCE” and the International Symbol of
with fire assemblies having ¾-hour fire-protection rating. Accessibility.
A portion of a 1-hour fire-resistive corridor that is located zz The sign is illuminated when exit sign illumination is
immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure must comply required.
with Section 1004.3.4 of Chapter 10 of the California Build-
ing Code. In each AEA, instructions on the use of the area under
emergency conditions are posted adjoining the two-way
A vestibule located immediately adjacent to an exit enclo- communication system.
sure must be constructed to the same fire-resistive
standards as required by Section 1004.3.4 of Chapter 10
of the California Building Code.
A portion of a stairway landing within an exit enclosure
that is vented to the exterior and separated from the inte-
rior of the building by at least 1-hour fire-resistive door
assemblies.
Egress and Areas for evacuation Assistance 189

SECTION
High-Rise Alternative Alarms / Emergency Warning Systems

Within a building of any height or occupancy constructed in zz AEAs shall include both audibe and visual alarms that
accordance with the requirements of Section 403.1 through comply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Building Code Chapter
403.10 of Chapter 4 of the California Building Code, an AEA 9, Sections 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.
may be located in the elevator lobby when:
The AEA complies with the requirements for size, two-way
communication and identification/instructions as specified
above.
Elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as
required for smoke-proof enclosures in Section 1005.3.3
of Chapter 10 of California Building Code.
zz Such pressurization systems must be activated by
smoke detectors on each floor located in a manner
approved by the building official.
zz Pressurization equipment and its ductwork within the
building must be separated from other portions of the
building by a minimum 2-hour fire-resistive construction.

SECTION
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Evacuation

assistance
In buildings or facilities, or portions of buildings required areas are
to be accessible, accessible means of egress are provided stairway
in the same number as required for exits by CA Title 24, landings
Chapter 10, Means of Egress. When an exit required by Smokeproof
48”
Chapter 10 is not accessible, an area for evacuation DOWN stairway
assistance is provided. enclosures
(section
48”
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.1.3 (9)) DOWN
1005.3.3)
EXCEPTIONS
1. Areas of evacuation assistance are not required in buildings
or facilities having a supervised automatic sprinkler system.
2. In alterations of existing buildings, areas of evacuation assis-
tance are not required. FIGURE 1
Location and Construction

Every required area of refuge shall be accessible from
the space it serves by an accessible means of egress.
Areas for evacuation assistance comply with this code
and adjoin an accessible route of travel complying with
the following:
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.1 (1-7))
A n area for evacuation is one of the following:
zz A portion of stairway landing located within a smoke- FIGURE 2
proof enclosure, complying with local requirements for
fire-resistive construction and for openings. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1114B.2.2.1.1) (ADA 4.3.11.1(1))
zz A portion of an exterior exit balcony located immedi-
ately adjacent to an exit stairway when the balcony
complies with local requirements for exterior exit bal-
conies. Openings to the exterior of the building located
within 20’ of the area for evacuation assistance are
protected with fire assemblies having ¾ hour fire-pro-
tection rating. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1114B.2.2.1.2) (ADA 4.3.11.1(2))
zz A portion of a 1 hour fire-resistive corridor complying
with local requirements for fire-resistive construction
and for openings located immediately adjacent to an
exit enclosure. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1114B.2.2.1.3) (ADA 4.3.11.1(3)) FIGURE 3
zz A vestibule located immediately adjacent to an exit
enclosure and constructed to the same fire-resistive
standards as required by for corridors and openings.
Fig. 5
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.1(4))
zz A portion of a stairway landing within an exit enclosure
which is vented to the exterior and is separated from
the interior of the building by not less than 1 hour fire-
resistive door assemblies. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.1(5))
zz When approved by the building official, an area or room
which is separated from other portions of the building
by a smoke barrier. Smoke barriers have a fire-resistive
FIGURE 4

SECTION
rating of not less than 1 hour and completely enclose

the area or room. Doors in the smoke barrier are tight-
fitting smoke- and draft-control assemblies having a
fire-protection rating of not less than 20 minutes and
are self-closing or automatic closing. The area or room
is provided with an exit directly to an exit enclosure.
When the room or area exits into an exit enclosure which
is required to be of more than 1 hour fire-resistive con-
struction, the room or area has the same fire-resistive
construction, including the same opening protection, as
required for the adjacent exit enclosure. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.1(6))
FIGURE 5
An elevator lobby when elevator shafts and adjacent
lobbies are pressurized as required for smokeproof
enclosures by local regulations and when complying with
requirements herein for size, communication, and signage.
Such pressurization system shall be activated by smoke
detectors on each floor located in a manner approved by
the appropriate local authority. Pressurization equipment
and its duct work within the building shall be separated
from other portions of the building by a minimum two-hour
fire-resistive construction.
(ADA 4.3.11.1(7))
Each area for rescue assistance provides at least two
accessible areas that are not less than 30” by 48”. The
area for evacuation assistance does not encroach on any
required exit width. The total number of 30” by 48” areas
FIGURE 6 per story are not less than 1 for every 200 persons of
calculated occupant load served by the area for evacua-
tion assistance. Fig. 9
(ADA 4.3.11.2)
EXCEPTION
The building official may reduce the min. number of 30 inch by
48 inch areas to one for each area for evacuation assistance on
floors where the occupant load is less than 200. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.2)
Adjacent Stairway Width

Each stairway adjacent to an area for rescue assistance
has a min. clear width of 48” between handrails. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.3)
Two-Way Communication
FIGURE 7
A telephone with controlled access to a public telephone
system or another method of two-way communication is
provided between each area of refuge and the primary
entry. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1114B.2.2.4.1)
A method of two-way communication with both visible and
audible communication is provided between each area of
evacuation/rescue assistance and the primary entry. A
button in the area of rescue assistance activates both a
light in the area of rescue assistance indicating that res-
cue has been requested and a light at the primary entry
indicating that rescue is being requested. A button at the
FIGURE 8 primary entry activates both a light at the primary entry

SECTION
and a light in the area of rescue assistance indicating that

the request has been received. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.4)
The fire department may approve a location other than
the primary entry.
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.4)
Identification
Each area for evacuation/rescue/refuge assistance is

identified by a sign, which states “AREA FOR EVACUATION
ASSISTANCE” and the international symbol of accessibil-
ity. The sign is illuminated when exit sign illumination is
required. Figs. 11 & 12 FIGURE 9
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.5)
Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits
and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the
direction to areas of rescue assistance.
(ADA 4.3.11.5)
In each area for evacuation assistance, instructions on the
use of the area under emergency conditions are posted
adjoining the two-way communication system. Figs. 10 & 12
(CA T24 1114B.2.1) (ADA 4.3.11.5)
Area For Evacuation Assistance, High-Rise

Alternative
Within a building of any height or occupancy constructed in

accordance with these requirements, an area for evacua- FIGURE 10
tion assistance may be located in the elevator lobby when:
(CA T24 1114B.2.3)
1. The area for evacuation assistance complies with the
requirements for size, two-way communication and identifi-
cation as specified in Section 1007.6.3. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1114B.2.3.1)
2. Elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as
required for smoke-proof enclosures. Such pressurization
system are activated by smoke detectors on each floor
located in a manner approved by the building official. Pres-
surization equipment and its ductwork within the building is
separated from other portions of the building by a min. 2
hour fire-resistive construction. Figs. 8 & 12
(CA T24 1114B.2.3.2) (ADA 4.3.11.1.7) FIGURE 11
Alarms / Emergency Warning Systems
AEAs shall include both audibe and visual alarms that

comply with NFPA 72 and Calif. Building Code Chapter 9,
Sections 907.9.1 and 907.9.2.
(CA T24 1114B.2.2)
FIGURE 12

SECTION
29 DOORS & DOORWAYS
Each entrance and required exit door must be accessible.
Thresholds at doorways must not present unacceptable changes in level (see Section 31).
Revolving doors and turnstiles cannot be on an accessible route. Alternative accessible

doors must be provided alongside these.
Accessible doors must meet the following requirements:

zz Minimum clear width is 32”. (Applies to sliding or retractable doors, as well.)
zz Maximum depth of a 32” doorway is 24” (alcove).
zz Maneuvering room that permits a wheelchair user to approach, open and travel through
the door.
When there are doors in series, the intervening space between the doors when closed is
equal to the width of any door(s) swinging into the space, plus 48”.
Door hardware must be accessible (see Section 30).
Maximum door-opening forces are 5 lbf for interior and exterior doors; 15 lbf for fire doors.
194 Doors and Doorways

SECTION
DOORS & DOORWAYS 29
Requirements Available Exception

The floor/landing may be a min. 44” where:
Entrances
a. Door has no closer and approach can be made from the latch
All entrances and exterior ground-floor exit doors to build- side; OR,
ings and facilities must be made accessible.
b. Door has neither latch nor closer and approach can be made
The clear opening for doorways must be at least 32” (813 from hinge side; OR,
mm) wide with the door opened 90°, as measured between
c. Entry doors to acute care hospital bedrooms for in-patient
the face of the door and the opposite stop. care if the door is at least 44” (1120 mm) wide.
Doors in Alcoves The minimum strike side clearances shown below must be
Doorways/openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) in provided at landing/floor:
depth must comply with the following: zz The level area (clear space) must extend 24” (610 mm)
zz The minimum clear width for a single wheelchair to pass past the strike edge of the door for exterior doors and
through the doorway/opening must be 32” (813 mm) at 18” (457 mm) past the strike edge for interior doors.
a point and 36” (914 mm) continuously. zz 24” (610 mm) is preferred for interior strike-side
zz The minimum width to allow two wheelchairs to pass clearances.
within the doorway/opening is 60” (1524 mm). Recessed and Offset Doors
Available Exceptions When a door that is required to be accessible is located in
Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. (Equiv- a recess or alcove where the distance from the face of the
alent facilitation = at least one entrance is accessible to and wall to the face of the door is greater than 8”, the strike
usable by persons with disabilities.) side clearances described below must be provided:
Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. (See Sect. zz The level area (clear space) must extend 24” (610 mm)
109.1.4, Special Conditions for Persons with Disabilities past the strike edge of the door for exterior doors and
Requiring Appeals Action Ratification.) 18” (457 mm) past the strike edge for interior doors.
Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures, zz 24” (610 mm) is preferred for interior strike-side
stairwells and exit doors servicing stairs only need not be made clearances.
accessible.
Where the plane of the doorway is offset 8” or more from
Exits in excess of those required by Sect. 1114B.2.1, and
any obstruction within 18” measured laterally on the latch
which are more than 24 inches (610 mm) above grade are not
side, the door must be provided with maneuvering clear-
required to be accessible. Such doors must have signs warning
that they are not accessible. Warning signs must comply with ance for front approach.
Sect. 1117B.5. Vestibules/2 Doors In A Series
Pairs of Doors Clear Space
At least one (1) door in a pair of doors must comply with The linear space between two (2) pivoting doors in series
the above. must be at least 48” plus the width of any door swinging
Kickplates into this space.
The bottom 10” of every door (except automatic & sliding) Two (2) Doors
should feature an integral or added smooth, uninterrupted In a series to provide min. 48” clear space from any door in
surface that allows the door to be opened by wheelchair any position. Doors in series must swing in the same direc-
foot-rests, without creating a trap or hazardous condition. tion or away from the space between doors.
If the door is narrow, a 10” smooth panel must be installed
on the push side. Forces to Open Doors
Exterior Doors: 5 pounds maximum pressure.
Clear Space At Doors
Interior Doors: 5 pounds maximum pressure.
There must be a floor/landing (level and clear area) on each
side of the door, regardless of occupancy. Fire Doors: Minimum allowable by administrative. authority,
not to exceed 15 pounds maximum.
Size of Clear Space: The level and clear area in the direc-
tion of door swing should be a minimum 60” in length.
Size of Floor/Landing (Clear Space): The minimum level and
clear space, in the opposite direction of the door swing, is
48” in length.
Configuration and Clear Space / Kickplates / Closers 195

SECTION
29 DOORS & DOORWAYS
Door Closers
If a door is equipped with a closer, the sweep period of the
closer must be adjusted and maintained so that from an
open position of 70°, the door will take at least 3 seconds
to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, mea-
sured to the landing edge of the door.
A door closer may not result in a situation where a greater
force to open the subject door than that listed above is
created.
Revolving Door
A revolving door may not be used as a required
entrance for disabled persons.
If a revolving door is located along an accessible route,
an accessible gate/door must be provided adjacent to the
revolving door, designed for the same use pattern.
Turnstiles
A turnstile may not be used as a required entrance
for disabled persons.
When a turnstile is used to control access along an acces-
sible route, an accessible door/gate must be provided
adjacent to the turnstile and designed for the same use
pattern.
Available Exception
196 Revolving Doors and Turnstiles

SECTION
DOORS & DOORWAYS 29
Entrances
All entrances and exterior ground-floor exit doors to build-

ings and facilities shall be made accessible to persons
with disabilities.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.13.5)
Such entrances shall be connected by an accessible route
(complying with Section 17 Route of Travel) to public
transportation stops, to accessible parking and passen-
ger loading zones and to public streets or sidewalks, if
available.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.13.5)
Entrances shall be connected by an accessible route to
all accessible spaces or elements within the building or
facility.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.13.5)
Doorways shall have a min. clear opening of 32” with the
door open 90°, measured between the face of the door
and the opposite stop. Fig. 1, 2 and 3
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.13.5)
Openings more than 24” in depth shall comply with Sec-
tions 37 (Space Allowances) and 38 (Reach Ranges).
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.1) (ADA 4.13.5)
FIGURE 1
EXCEPTIONS
1.Exterior ground-floor exits serving smoke-proof enclosures,
stairwells and exit doors servicing stairs only need not be
made accessible.
2. Exits in excess of those required by Chapter 10, and which
are more than 24 inches (610 mm) above grade are not
required to be accessible. Such doors shall have signs warn-
ing that they are not accessible. Warning signs shall comply
with Section 61 (Signs and Identification).
3. In existing buildings where the enforcing agency determines
that compliance with the building standards of this section
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall
be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. Equivalent
facilitation would require at least one entrance to be acces-
sible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
4. These building standards shall not apply to existing buildings
when legal or physical constraints will not allow compliance
with these building standards or equivalent facilitation without
creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1.5, FIGURE 2
Special Conditions for Persons with Disabilities Requiring
Appeals Action Ratification.
FIGURE 3
Entrances 197
SECTION
29 DOORS & DOORWAYS
DOORS
Type of Lock and Latch

See Section 30
Width and Height
Every required exit doorway must be a min. 3’ width and
a min. of 6’8” in height. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.2.2)
When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable
of opening at least 90° and shall be mounted so that the
clear width of the exitway is a min. 32” measured between
the face of the door and the opposite stop. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.2.2)
Note: In computing the exit width, the net dimension of
the exitway shall be used.
(CA T24 1133B.2.2)
EXCEPTION
Doors not requiring full user passage, such as shallow closets,
may have the clear opening reduced to a min. of 20”
(CA T24 1133B.2.2)
Hinged Doors
The opening width must be measured with the door

FIGURE 1 positioned at a 90° angle from its closed position. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1133B.2.3)
Pairs of Doors
Where a pair of doors are utilized, at least 1 of the doors

shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening width of 32”
with the leaf positioned at a 90° angle from its closed
position. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.1)
Automatic and Power Assisted Doors
If an automatic door is used, then it shall comply with

BHMA A156.10.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2)
Slowly opening, low-powered, automatic doors shall comply
with BHMA A156.19. Such doors shall not open to back
check faster than 3 seconds and shall require a max. of
15 lbf to stop door movement.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2)
FIGURE 2
If a power-assisted door is used, its door-opening force
shall comply with Door Opening Force heading in this
section and its closing shall conform to the requirements
in BHMA A156.19.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2)
When an automatic door operator is utilized to operate
a pair of doors, at least one of the doors shall provide a
clear, unobstructed opening width of 32” with the door
positioned at a 90° angle from its closed position.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2)
198 dOORWAYS / pAIRS OF dOORS / aUTOMATIC dOORS

SECTION
DOORS & DOORWAYS 29
EXCEPTIONS
1. The provisions of Section 29 shall not apply to existing
buildings, except when otherwise required under conditions
applicable to access for persons with disabilities.
In existing buildings, the following shall apply: Where the
occupant load is less than 10, except Group I, Division 1
occupancies, or where the occupant load is greater than 10
and it is determined that compliance with Section 29 would
create an unreasonable hardship, a projection of 5/8 inch (16
mm) maximum will be permitted for the latch side stop.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.2, EXCEPTION 1)
FIGURE 3
Revolving Door
Shall not be used as a required entrance for disabled

persons. If located along an accessible route, an acces-
sible gate/door shall be provided adjacent to the revolving
door, designed for the same use pattern. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.3) (ADA 4.13.2)
Turnstiles, Rails and Pedestrian Controls
Where turnstiles and crowd control barriers are utilized

in a facility for the purpose of providing fully controlled
access, such as where an admission price is charged, a
door or gate that is accessible to persons with disabili- FIGURE 4
ties shall be provided adjacent to each turnstile exit or
entrance. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
This alternate passageway shall be maintained in an unlocked
condition during business hours and the door or gate
shall not activate a publicly audible alarm system. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
The door or gate may be latched where all gates are
restricted and controlled by an attendant and a sign is
posted stating, “All gates are restricted and controlled
by an attendant.” Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
The accessible door or gate shall provide the same use FIGURE 5
pattern. Fig.5
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls are utilized
to create crowd control aisles or lanes, a min. of 1 lane
shall be accessible and shall provide a min. aisle width no
less than 36” and a min. of 32” of clear opening. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
EXCEPTION
In existing buildings, Section 29 shall not apply when physical
constraints or equivalent facilitation will not allow compliance
with these building standards without creating an unreasonable
hardship. See Section 109.1.5.
(CA T24 1133B.2.3.4)
Revolving Doors / tURNSTILES 199

SECTION
29 DOORS & DOORWAYS
Recessed Doors
Where the plane of the doorway is offset 8” or more from

any obstruction within 18” measured laterally on the latch
side, the door shall be provided with maneuvering clear-
ance for front approach. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.3)
Consecutive Doors/ Doors in a Series
The space between two consecutive door openings in

a vestibule, serving other than a required exit stairway
shall provide a min. of 48” of clear space from any door
opening into such vestibule when the door is positioned
FIGURE 6 at a 90° angle from its closed position. Fig. 15,16,17
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.4)
Doors in a series shall swing either in the same direction
or away from the space between the doors. Fig. 7 and 8
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.4)
Doors Located in a Recess or Alcove
Where a door required is located in a recess or alcove

where the distance from the face of the wall to the face
of the door is greater than 8”, strike side clearances as
prescribed in this section. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.5)
Push- and Pull-Side of Door: Min. strike side clearance
to be provided at landing.
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.13.6)
FIGURE 7
Gates
All gates, including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable

specifications for doors.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.4)
Service Entrances
In existing buildings and facilities, a service entrance

shall not be the sole accessible entrance unless it is the
only entrance to a building or facility (for example in a
factory or a garage).
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.5)
Recessed Doormats
Recessed doormats shall be adequately anchored to

prevent interference with wheelchair traffic.
FIGURE 8 (CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.3)
During periods of partial or restricted use of a building

or facility, the entrances used for primary access shall
be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
(CA T24 1133B.1.1.1.2)
200 rECESSED dOORS / dOORS IN sERIES / gATES

SECTION
DOORS & DOORWAYS 29
Clear Space At Doors / Landings / Clearance

Exte
Floor Level At Doors: There shall be a floor or landing 24" rior
Min.
on each side of the door, regardless of occupancy. Fig. 9 Inte
(CA T24 1133B.2.4)
18" rior
Floor/Landing: Level and clear area in direction of door Min.
swing, min. 60” in length. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2) (ADA 4.13.6)
Thresholds: Refer to Section 31
Maneuvering Clearances At Doors: Refer to Section 32.
The level area must have a length in the direction of the
door swing of a min. of 60” and the length opposite the
direction of the door swing of 48” min. measured at right
angles to the plane of the door in its closed position. Fig.
9 and 10
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2)
Width of the Level Area: Width of the level area on the
side to which the door swings must extend 24” past the
strike edge of the door for exterior doors and 18” past
60" M
the strike edge for interior doors. Fig. 6 and 10 in.
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.3)
FIGURE 9
24” is preferred for strike-side clearance.
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.3)
Surface Slope of a level area does not exceed 1:50
gradient (2%slope)
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2) (ADA 4.3.7)
EXCEPTION
Min. 44” where door has no closer and approach can be made
from the latch side, OR door has neither latch nor closer and
approach can be made from hinge side, OR entry doors to acute
care hospital bedrooms for in-patient care shall be exempted
from the requirement for space at the latch side of the door if
the door is at least 44” wide.
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2.1) (ADA 4.13.6)
Force To Open Door
Exterior Door: 5 pounds max. pressure. Fig. 11

(CA T24 1133B.2.5) (ADA 4.13.11(2)(a))
Interior Door: 5 pounds max. pressure. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1133B.2.5) (ADA 4.13.11(2)(b))
Fire Door: Min. allowable by administrative authority, not FIGURE 10
to exceed 15 pounds max. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1133B.2.5) (ADA 4.13.11(1))
Push or pull force for a hinged door shall be measured
perpendicular to the door face at the door opening hard-
ware or 30” from the hinged side, whichever is farther
from the hinge.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5)
Push or pull force for a sliding or folding door must be
measured parallel to the door at the door pull or latch.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5)
Compensating devices or automatic door operators com-
plying with this section shall be provided. FIGURE 11 FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13
(CA T24 1133B.2.5)
cLEAR sPACE / fORCE TO oPEN 201

SECTION
29 DOORS & DOORWAYS
EXCEPTIONS
1. Exterior doors to machinery spaces including, but not lim-
ited to, elevator pits or elevator pent-houses: mechanical,
electrical, or communications equipment rooms, piping or
equipment catwalks; electric substations and transformer
vaults; and highway and tunnel utility facilities.
2. When, at a single location, one of every 8 exterior door leafs,
or a fraction of 8, is a powered door, other exterior doors at
the same location serving the same interior space, may have
a mx. Force of 8.5 lbf. The powered leaf(s) shall be closest to
the accessible route.
a. Powered doors shall comply with Automatic and Power
Assisted Doors heading in this section (Sec 29, Doors and
Doorways). Powered doors shall be fully automatic doors
complying with BHMA A 156.10 or low energy operated doors
complying with BHMA A156.19.
b. Powered doors serving a building or a facility with an occu-
pancy of 150 or more shall be provided with a back-up
battery or back-up generator. The back-up power source
FIGURE 14 shall be able to cycle the door a min. of 100 cycles.
c. Powered doors shall be controlled on both the interior
and exterior sides of the doors by sensing devices, push
plates, vertical actuation bars or other similar operating
devices complying with Section 58 Controls and Operating
Mechanism.
At each location where push plates are provided there shall
be two push plates; the centerline of one push plate shall be
7” min. and 8” max. above the floor or ground surface and
the centerline of the second push-plate shall be 30” min. and
44” max. above the ground floor or surface. Each push plate
shall be a min.4” diameter or a min of 4” by 4” square and
shall display the International Symbol of Accessibility comply-
ing with Section 61 Signs and Identification.
At each location where vertical actuation bars are provided
the operable portion shall be located so that the bottom is
5” max. above the floor or ground surface and the top is 35”
min. above the floor or ground surface. The operable portion
FIGURE 15 of each vertical actuation bar shall be a min. of 2;’ wide and
shall display the International Symbol of Accessibility comply-
ing with Section 61 Signs and Identification.
Where push plates, vertical actuation bars or other similar
operating devices are provided, they shall be placed in con-
spicuous location. A level and clear floor or ground space for
forward or a parallel approach complying with Sections 32
Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs and Section 33
Floors, Levels, and Ground Surafces shall be provided, cen-
tered on the operating device. Doors shall not swing into the
required clear floor or ground space.
d. Signage identifying the accessible entrance required by
Section 17 Accessible Route of Travel shall be placed on, or
immediately adjacent to, each powered door. Signage shall
be provided in compliance with BHMA A156.10 or BHMA
156.19, as applicable.
e. In addition to the requirements of Item d, where a powered
door is provided in buildings or facilities containing assem-
bly occupancies of 300 or more, a sign displaying the
International Symbol of Accessibility measuring 6” by 6” com-
plying with the Section 61 Signs and Identification. shall be
provided above the door on both the interior and the exterior
FIGURE 16
sides of each powered door.
202 fORCE TO oPEN (eXCEPTIONS)

SECTION
DOORS & DOORWAYS 29
Door Closer
If the door has a closer, then the sweep period of the

closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of
70°, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a
point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the
landing edge of the door.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.1) (ADA 4.13.10)
Surface
The bottom 10” of all doors (except automatic and slid-

ing) shall have a smooth, uninterrupted surface to allow
the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest without
creating a trap or hazardous condition. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.2.6)
Where narrow frame doors are used, a 10” high smooth FIGURE 17
panel shall be installed on the push side of the door, which
will allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest
without creating a trap or hazardous condition. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.2.6)
FIGURE 18
FIGURE 19
FIGURE 20
dOOR cLOSERS / sURFACE 203

SECTION
30 DOOR HARDWARE
Lock/Latch Hardware Door Closer

Manually operated edge- or surface-mounted flush A door closer (if present) must be set so it takes at least 3
bolts and surface bolts, or any other type of device seconds to close from an open position of 70º to a point
that may be used to close or restrain the door other 3” from the latch.
than by operation of the locking device, may not be
used. Hotel/Motel Units
Where exit doors are used in side-by-side pairs, and When key-operated from a corridor or exterior space, the
approved automatic flush bolts are used, the door leaf door must provide large bow keys (2”) or half bow (1¼”) in
having the automatic flush bolts may have no doorknob or lieu of lever type hardware on the exterior side.
surface-mounted hardware. Separate deadlock activation on room side must use a
The unlatching of any leaf/door must not require more than lever handle/large thumb turn in an easily reached location.
one operation.
If locks or latches are hand-operated, they must be oper-
able with a single effort (e.g; lever, panic bar, push/pull).
Opening Hardware
Hand-activated door-opening hardware must be centered
between 30” and 44” above floor.
FIGURE 5
204 Door Opening and Closing Hardware

SECTION
DOOR HARDWARE 30
Hand-activated door opening hardware, handles, pulls,

latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible
doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one
hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching
or twisting of the wrist to operate. Fig. 1-4
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.2) (ADA 4.13.9)
Hardware shall be centered between 30” and 44” above
the floor. Latching and locking doors that are hand-activated
and which are in a path of travel shall be operable with a
single effort by lever-type hardware, panic bars, push-pull
activating bars or other hardware designed to provide
passage. Locked exit doors shall operate as above in
egress direction. Fig. 1-4
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.2) (ADA 4.13.9)
Door Closer (if present): Must be set so it takes at
least 3 seconds to close from an open position of 70º to
a point 3” from the latch measured to the leading edge
of the door. Fig. 5 (preceding page)
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.1) (ADA 4.13.10) FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 4 FIGURE 3
Door Opening and Closing Hardware 205

SECTION
31 Thresholds at DOORways
Thresholds Doormats
Doormats must:
If vertical (square/unbeveled) edges are used in a threshold
or any other floor surface, they may not exceed ¼” high. zz Be securely attached
Changes in level between ¼” and ½” must be beveled, at a zz Have a level loop, textured loop, level-cut pile, or level-
maximum gradient of 1:2 (1 unit rise to 2 units run). cut/uncut pile, not to exceed ½” in height.
For changes greater than ½”, you must use a curb ramp, Exposed edge(s) of doormats should:
ramp, elevator, or platform lift. zz Be fastened to the floor
Landings or floors may be no more than ½” lower than the zz Have trim along entire length of exposed edge.
top of threshold.
Carpets
Carpets should:
zz Be securely attached
zz Have a level or textured loop, level cut pile or level cut/
uncut pile texture.
Maximum pile thickness is ½”.
Carpet pad, if used, must be firm.
Exposed edge(s) of carpet:
zz Must have transition trim
zz If the vertical height is greater than ¼”, the trim/edge
should be beveled with a maximum gradient of 1:2.
FIGURE 1
206 Thresholds, Doormats and Carpeting

SECTION
Thresholds at Doorways 31
Any change in level between ¼” and ½” is to be beveled

at a max. gradient of 1:2 (1 unit rise to 2 units run). Verti-
cal edges are ¼” max. Changes greater than ½”, use a 1/4”
ramp. Figs. 1-3 Max.
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.1) (ADA 4.5.2 & 4.13.8)
Landings or floors are no more than ½” lower than top
of threshold. Figs. 1-3
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.1) (ADA 4.13.8)
Doormats
Doormats must be securely attached, have a level loop,

textured loop, level-cut pile, or level-cut/uncut pile, not FIGURE 2
to exceed ½” in height. Figs. 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Doormats with an Exposed Edge: Fastened to floor,
and have trim along entire length of exposed edge.
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Carpets
Carpets are securely attached, have a level or textured FIGURE 3
loop, level cut pile or level cut/uncut pile texture. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Pad, if used, is firm.
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Max. pile thickness is ½”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Exposed carpet edge has transition trim. If the vertical
height is between ¼” and ½”, it is beveled with a max.
slope of 1:2. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Thresholds, Doormats and Carpeting 207

SECTION
32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for WheelChairs
Refer to other appropriate Sections in this book for information about the minimum clear
floor space, front approach, and side approach requirements for specific situations.
This section discusses the general requirements for clear space.
208 Clear Space for Wheelchairs

SECTION
Clear Floor or Ground Space for WheelChairs 32
Requirements Maneuvering Spaces for Front Approach

Floors within the same story must either be at the same One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground
level, or they must be connected with ramps, elevators or space for a wheelchair must adjoin or overlap an acces-
lifts. sible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space.
“Clear floor space” or “clear ground space” is a minimum In a front approach, the max. height of forward reach is 48”
clear space of 30” x 48” that allows either a forward or above the floor; the min. low forward reach is 15” above
parallel approach. the floor.
The clear floor or ground space may be part of knee space Over an obstruction, the max. depth of reach is 25”.
that is required under some objects. When the obstruction is less than 20” deep, the max.
height of forward reach is the full 48” (provided without
obstructions).
When an obstruction is 20” to 25” deep, the max. height of
forward reach is reduced to 44”.
Maneuvering Spaces for Side Approach
One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground
space for a wheelchair must adjoin or overlap an acces-
sible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space.
In a parallel (side) approach, the max. height of the side
reach is 54”, and the lowest side reach is no less than 9”
above the floor.
If the side reach is over an obstruction (34” max. height),
the max. depth of reach shall be 24” with a max. height of
46” above the floor.
Maneuvering Space / Front and side Approaches 209

SECTION
Clear floor and ground space for wheelchairs must comply

to the following:
Surfaces for wheelchair spaces must comply with Section
33 Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(CA T24 1118B.4.3) (ADA 4.5)
Wheelchair Passage Width
The min. clear width for single wheelchair passage shall

be 32” at a point and 36” continuously.
(CA T24 1118B.1) (ADA 4.2.1)
In addition, wheelchair passage width must comply with
Section 37 space allowances for circulation around
obstructions
(CA T24 1118B.1)
The min. width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60” See
Section 37 Space Allowances for details and illustrations.
(CA T24 1118B.2) (ADA 4.2.2)
Size and Approach

FIGURE 1
The min. clear floor or ground space required to accom-
modate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant is
30” by 48” Fig. 6
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)
The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs
may be positioned fro forward or parallel approach of
an object. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)
The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may
be part of the knee space required under some objects.
Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)
Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances

to Wheelchair Spaces
Forward Approach
space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an acces-
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) FIGURE 2
If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise
confined on all or a part of three sides, additional maneu-
vering clearances shall be provided as shown in Section
34 Interior Travel Routes, Aisles, Alcoves and Corridors.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)
If alcove depth is 24” or less , clear floor space must be
a min. 30” by 48” Figs. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
If alcove depth is 24” or more , clear floor space must
be a min. 36” by 48” Figs. 2
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
210 Front Approach

SECTION
Clear Floor or Ground Space for WheelChairs 32
If the clear floor space allows only forward approach to

an object, the max. high forward reach allowed shall be
48” Fig. 5
(CA T24 1118B.5)
The min. low forward reach is 15” Fig. 5
(CA T24 1118B.5)
If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, reach
and clearances shall as follows:
zz If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, the
max. depth of the reach (the depth of the obstruction)
is 25” Fig. 7 and 8
(CA T24 1118B.5)
zz When the depth of the obstruction is less than 20”, the
height of max. forward reach is 48” Fig. 7 and 8
(CA T24 1118B.5)
zz When the depth of the obstruction is 20” to 25”, the
height of max. forward reach is 44” Fig. 7and 8
(CA T24 1118B.5)
FIGURE 3 Side Approach
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)
a min. 48” by 30” Figs. 3
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
If the clear floor space allows parallel approach by a
person in a wheelchair, the max. high side reach allowed
shall be 54” and the low side reach shall be no less than
9” above the floor.
(CA T24 1118B.6)
FIGURE 4 If the side reach is over an obstruction, the reach and

clearances shall be as follows:
(CA T24 1118B.6)
zz If the side reach is over an obstruction (34” max. height)
the max. reach must be 24” wide and a max. of 46”
above the floor.
(CA T24 1118B.6)
side Approaches 211

SECTION
FIGURE 9
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 10
FIGURE 11
FIGURE 7 FIGURE 8
212 Forward and Side Reach Ranges

SECTION
Floors, Levels & Ground Surfaces 33
Floors within the same story must either be at the same level, or they must be connected with
ramps, elevators or lifts.
zz In other words, you cannot use steps or stairs to connect split level floors and maintain an
accessible floor/route.
Floor surfaces must be stable, firm and slip resistant.
What about mezzanines?

zz The intent of the code is to provide disabled persons equal access to portions of buildings
and facilities where other members of the public, customers or employees can reasonably
be expected to be. Therefore, either ramps, special lifts or elevators must provide access to
mezzanines. (Mezzanines used for mechanical equipment or other incidental uses may qualify
for an exemption.)
zz Exemptions available for some occupancies for the second and upper stories of multi-story
buildings may not necessarily apply, depending on whether the mezzanine truly qualifies as a
story under the CBC and IBC definition.
Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces 213

SECTION
33 Floors, Levels & Ground Surfaces
Requirements Carpets
Accessible “floors” of a given story must either be on the Carpets must:
same level or they must be connected by accessible ramps, zz Be securely attached.
elevators, or lifts.
zz Have a level-loop or textured-loop, level-cut pile or level-
See the other, appropriate Sections for specific require- cut/uncut pile texture.
ments regarding ramps, elevators and special access
lifts. If carpet pad is used, it must be firm.
Maximum carpet pile thickness is ½”.
Exposed carpet edge(s):
zz Must have transition trim.
Existing Dining & Bar Facilities: Hardship & 75% Facilitation.
zz If the vertical height of any edge is greater than ¼”, it
should be beveled with a max. gradient of 1:2.
Existing Buildings: Facility is Specifically Exempted.
Gratings
Surfaces and Level Changes
Grid openings in any gratings may be a maximum of only
Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and ½” in the direction of travel.
in accessible rooms and spaces, including floors, walks,
ramps, stairs and curb ramps, must be stable, firm, and The long dimension of a grating should be placed perpen-
slip-resistant. dicular to the direction of travel.
If vertical (square/unbeveled) changes in level are used,
they may be no more than ¼” high.
Changes in level between ¼” and ½” must be beveled, at a
max. gradient of 1:2 (1 unit rise to 2 units run).
For changes greater than ½”, you must use a ramp.
214 Surface Level Changes / Carpets / Gratings

SECTION
Floors, Levels & Ground Surfaces 33
In buildings and facilities floors on a given story shall

be a common level throughout, or shall be connected
by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or platform
(wheelchair) lifts.
(CA T24 1120B.1) (ADA 4.3.8)
Exceptions
1. In existing buildings, other than dining, banquet, and bar facil-
ities, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be
2. In new and existing dining, banquet, and bar facilities, when
the enforcing agency determines that compliance would cre-
ate an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted
provided a min. of 75% of these facilities shall be common
level throughout or shall be connected by pedestrian ramps,
passenger elevators, or special lifts and provided that the
same services and décor are provided in a accessible space
usable by the general public and are not restricted to use by
people with disabilities. FIGURE 1
(CA T24 1120B.1.2)
3. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when legal or
physical constraints would not allow compliance or equivalent
facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.
4. Where specifically exempted in other portions of this code.
Ground and Floor Surfaces
Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and

in accessible rooms and spaces, including floors, walks,
ramps, stairs and curb ramps, shall be stable, firm, and
slip-resistant. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1120B.2; 1124B.1) (ADA 4.5.1)
Surface Level Changes / Carpets / Gratings 215

SECTION
33 Floors, Levels & Ground Surfaces
Changes in Level
Changes in level up to ¼” may be vertical and without

edge treatment. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1124B.2)
Changes in level between ¼” and ½” must be beveled
with a slope no greater than 1 unit vertical in 2 units
horizontal (50% slope). Fig 1.
(CA T24 1133B.2)
Changes in level greater than ½” must be accomplished
by means of a curb ramp, ramp, elevator or platform lift
that complies with Section 20 Ramps, Section 22 Curb
Ramps, Section 40 Elevators, Section 41Special Access
Lifts, respevtively.
(CA T24 1124B.2) (ADA 4.5.2)
Carpets
FIGURE 2
Carpets are securely attached, have a firm cushion, pad,
or backing, or no cushion or pad; and have a a level or
textured loop, level cut pile or level cut/uncut pile tex-
ture. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Pad, if used, is firm. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Max. pile thickness is ½”. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
FIGURE 3 Exposed carpet edge has transition trim. If the vertical
height is greater than ¼”, it is beveled with a max. slope
of 1:2. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1124B.2 & .3) (ADA 4.5.2 & .3)
Grating
Grid openings in gratings shall be a max. of ½” in the

(CA T24 1124B.4) (ADA 4.5.4)
Long dimension of grating is placed perpendicular to
(CA T24 1124B.4) (ADA 4.5.4)
216 Surface Level Changes / Carpets / Gratings

SECTION
Interior Travel Routes/Aisles/Alcoves 34
Interior Aisles Side Access

General A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space area must be pro-
vided when an alcove of 15” or less in depth is present.
For every portion of every building in which tables, mer-
chandise, equipment, products, or similar materials are A minimum 30” x 60” clear floor space area must be pro-
installed, accessible aisles that lead to an exit must be vided when an alcove deeper than 15” in depth is present.
provided. In either case, one full unobstructed side of the clear floor
space must adjoin or overlap either an accessible route, or
Aisles Serving 1 Side Only another 30” x 48” clear floor space.
Every aisle serving 1 side must be at least 36” wide.
Corridors
Aisles Serving 2 Sides When the occupant load is ten or more, corridors must be
Every aisle serving 2 sides must be at least 44” wide. at least 44” wide.
When the occupant load is less than ten, corridors must be
Alcoves at least 36” wide.
Front Access Regardless of occupant load, when a corridor exceeds 200’
A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space area must be pro- in length, it must meet one of the following requirements:
vided when an alcove of 24” or less in depth is present. zz The corridor must provide a minimum clear width of 60”
A minimum 36” x 48” clear floor space area must be pro- along its length, OR
vided when an alcove deeper than 24” in depth is present. zz A minimum 60” x 60” turning space for wheelchairs or a
In either case, one full unobstructed side of the clear floor passing alcove creating those dimensions must be pro-
space must adjoin or overlap either an accessible route, or vided at a central location along the corridor’s length,
another 30” x 48” clear floor space. OR
zz A cross or “T” corridor that is minimum 44” wide must
be provided at a central location.
Accessible Path of Travel / Aisles / Alcoves / Corridors 217

SECTION
34 Interior Travel Routes/Aisles/Alcoves
Interior Requirements Aisles

Aisles - General: For every portion of every building in
which tables, merchandise, equipment, products, or
similar materials are installed, aisles that lead to an exit
shall be provided.
(CA T24 1133B.6.1) (ADA 4.3.10)
FIGURE 1 Width
Every aisle serving 1 side must be a min. of 36” Fig. 1

(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
Every aisle serving 2 sides must be a min. of 44” Fig. 2
(CA T24 1133B.6.2)
In addition, for circulation around obstacles, aisles must
FIGURE 2
TURNS AROUND OBSTACLES IN 36” AISLES TURNS AROUND OBSTACLES IN 36” AISLES
FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4
218 Accessible Path of Travel / Aisles / Alcoves / Corridors

SECTION
Circulation Around Obstacles Turns Around An Obstacle in 44” Aisles

If the obstruction is less than 48”, the clear width is a
For circulation around obstacles, aisles must comply with min. of 44” upon entering, a 44” min. clear width upon
the following: turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180°
Turns Around An Obstacle in 36” Aisles Turn) Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
min. of 36” upon entering, a 36” min. clear width upon If the obstruction is more than 48”, the clear width is a
turning and 36” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180° min. of 44” upon entering, a 48” min. clear width upon
Turn). Fig. 3 turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90°
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3) Turn) Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
If the obstruction is 48” or more, the clear width is a min.
of 42” upon entering, a 48” min. clear width upon turning
and 42” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90°Turn) Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
TURNS AROUND OBSTACLES IN 44” AISLES

TURNS AROUND OBSTACLES IN 44” AISLES
FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6

SECTION
Alcoves- Forward Approach

(Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances
to Wheelchair Spaces)

space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible
route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)
FIGURE 7 a min. 30” by 48” Figs. 7
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
FIGURE 8
FIGURE 10
FIGURE 9 FIGURE 11
FIGURE 12

SECTION

(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
If the clear floor space allows only forward approach to
an object, the max. high forward reach allowed shall be
48” Fig. 11
(CA T24 1118B.5)
The min. low forward reach is 15” Fig. 11
(CA T24 1118B.5)
If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, reach
and clearances shall as follows:
If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, the max.
depth of the reach (the depth of the obstruction) is 25”
Fig. 13 and 14
(CA T24 1118B.5)
When the depth of the obstruction is less than 20”, the
height of max. forward reach is 48” Fig. 13 and 14
(CA T24 1118B.5)
When the depth of the obstruction is 20” to 25”, the height FIGURE 13 FIGURE 14
of max. forward reach is 44” Fig. 13 and 14
(CA T24 1118B.5)
FIGURE 15

SECTION
Alcoves- Side Approach

(Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances
to Wheelchair Spaces)

space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible
route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)
(CA T24 1118B.4.2)
a min. 48” by 30”. Fig. 9
FIGURE 16 (CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
be a min. 60” by 30”. Fig.10
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1118B.4.2 ) (ADA 4.2.4.1 4.2.4.2)
person in a wheelchair, the max. high side reach allowed
shall be 54” and the low side reach shall be no less than
9” above the floor. Fig.16
(CA T24 1118B.6)
If the side reach is over an obstruction, the reach and
clearances shall be as follows:
(CA T24 1118B.6)
If the side reach is over an obstruction (34” max. height)
the max. reach must be 24” wide and a max. of 46”
(CA T24 1118B.6)
FIGURE 17

SECTION
Corridors and Hallways 35
Minimum corridor width is 36”, but this increases to 44” when the occupant load of the
area(s) served by the corridor is 10 or more.
The corridor width may need to be even greater:

zz Depending on its length
zz At doors (depending on the swing)
zz If the door has both a latch and a closer
Corridors / Hallways 223

SECTION
35 Corridors and Hallways
Requirements Long Corridors (over 200’)

A “corridor” includes exterior exit balconies and any cov- Regardless of occupant load, when a corridor exceeds 200’
ered or enclosed exit passageway, including walkways, in length, it must meet one of the following requirements:
tunnels and malls. zz The corridor must provide a minimum clear width of 60”
zz Any corridor serving as a required exit for an occupant along its length, OR
load of 10 or more may not be less than 44” wide. zz A minimum 60” x 60” turning space for wheelchairs or a
zz Any corridor serving as a required exit for an occupant passing alcove creating those dimensions must be pro-
load less than 10 may not be not less than 36” wide. vided at a central location along the corridor’s length,
OR
zz A cross or “T” corridor that is minimum 44” wide must
be provided at a central location.
224 Corridors / Hallways

SECTION
Corridor and Hallway Widths
Every corridor and hallway serving an occupant load of 10

or more must be a min. of 44” in width. Fig. 1, 7 and 8
(CA T24 1133B.3.1) (ADA 4.3.3)
Corridors and hallways serving an occupant load of less
than 10 must be a min. of 36” in width. Fig. 2, 9 and 10
(CA T24 1133B.3.1) (ADA 4.3.3)
Corridors and Hallways Over 200 feet FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
Corridors and hallways that are located on an accessible

route and exceed 200 ft in length must have a min. of
60” clear width. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.3.2)
If an accessible route has less than 60” clear width, then
passing spaces at least 60” by 60” must be located at
intervals of 200ft. max. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.3.2) (ADA 4.3.4)
A T-intersection of two corridors or walks in an acceptable
passing place. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1133B.3.2)
EXCEPTIONS
FIGURE 3
that compliance with any building standard under this section
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception to such
building standard shall be granted when equivalent facilitation
is provided.
(CA T24 1133B.3.2) (ADA 4.3.4)
ance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation
without creating an unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1133B.3.2) (ADA 4.3.4)
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 5

SECTION
35 Corridors and Hallways
Circulation Around Obstacles
For circulation around obstacles corridors and hallways

must comply with the following:
Corridors and Hallways
With Occupancy of 9 or less
min. of 36” upon entering, a 36” min. clear width upon
turning and 36” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180°
Turn) Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
FIGURE 6
If the obstruction is 48” or more, the clear width is a min.
and 42” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90°Turn) Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
Corridors and Hallways

With Occupancy of 10 or More
If the obstruction is less than 48”, the clear width is a min.
and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (180° Turn) Fig.9
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
If the obstruction is more than 48”, the clear width is a
turning and 44” min. clear width leaving the turn. (90°
Turn). Fig.10
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
226 Corridors / Hallways

SECTION
CIRCULATION AROUND OBSTACLES IN CORRIDORS / OCCUPANCY 10 OR MORE

CIRCULATION AROUND OBSTACLES IN CORRIDORS / OCCUPANCY 9 OR LESS
FIGURE 7 FIGURE 9
CIRCULATION AROUND OBSTACLES IN CORRIDORS / OCCUPANCY 9 OR LESS CIRCULATION AROUND OBSTACLES IN CORRIDORS / OCCUPANCY 10 OR MORE
FIGURE 8 FIGURE 10

SECTION
36 Water Fountains, Drinking
Drinking fountains should be located within alcoves (min. 32” wide and min. 18” deep), so
that they do not encroach upon pedestrian paths of travel.
Exceptions to this are allowed (where the drinking fountain is mounted flush on a corridor
wall, e.g., or on a post), but such configurations require additional provisions to maintain
the minimum path of travel and to protect blind individuals.
In new or existing construction, where more than one drinking fountain is provided, at least
50% (with a minimum of 1) of the drinking fountains must be meet the requirements out-
lined in this section, so that it is be accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs.
In new construction, where only one drinking fountain is provided, the single drinking foun-
tain must be accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs. A “high-low” combination water
fountain may be used to satisfy this requirement.
Because of these requirements, on floors where drinking fountains are provided, they are
most often provided in pairs (so-called “high-low” combination fountains are typical), to
meet accessibility requirements:
zz At least one must be accessible to wheelchair users (the “low” fountain).
zz At least one must be accessible to persons who have difficulty bending (the “high”
fountain.
Drinking fountains must allow for clear knee and toe space, and must project sufficiently
from the back wall to allow wheelchair users a front approach.
zz Only a front approach may be provided; side approach drinking fountains are not
acceptable.
Drinking fountain design, the controls, and the arrangement and operation of the spout/
bubbler must meet the specific requirements outlined in this section. Most drinking fountain
units offered by major manufacturers meet these requirements, but it is always a good idea
to check before purchase and installation.
228 Drinking Fountains

SECTION
Water Fountains, Drinking 36
Requirements zz On a drinking fountain with a round or oval bowl, the

In new or existing construction, where more than one spout must be positioned so the flow of water is within
drinking fountain is provided on a floor, at least 50% of 3” of the front edge of the fountain.
those (minimum of 1) provided must comply with acces- zz The drinking fountain must be mounted so that the
siblity requirements. bubbler outlet orifice is located at 36” high, above the
In new construction projects, where only one drinking foun- finished floor.
tain area is provided on a floor, it must be an accessible Available Exception
drinking fountain (that is, accessible to individuals who use These clearances are not required when drinking fountain is
wheelchairs). So-called “high-low” fountains can be used to used primarily by children 12 and younger where clear floor
satisfy this requirement. space for a parallel approach complying with ADA 4.2.4 is pro-
Protruding objects (like drinking fountains) in alcoves may vided and where the spout is no higher than 30” from the floor.
project 4” into walls, corridors, passageways, or aisles.
The spout must provide a flow of water 4” high min., to
Location / Placement allow insertion of a glass underneath.
Water fountains must be located completely within alcoves The water stream should be parallel to the front edge of
(min. 32” wide and min. 18” deep), so as not to encroach the fountain.
into pedestrian ways.
Manually activated drinking fountains must not require a
When the enforcing agency determines it would create an force more than 5 lbf. (An electronically controlled device
unreasonable hardship, the water fountain may project into is preferred.)
the path of travel if the following alternatives are employed:
All water fountains must comply with accessibility requirements.
zz Wing walls may be provided, projecting from the sup-
In new construction where only one drinking fountain area
porting wall at least as far as the water fountain to
is provided on a floor, there must be a drinking fountain
within 6” of the surface of the path of travel with a min.
accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs (“hi–low”
32” clearance between the walls. These “wing walls”
fountains can be used).
may be solid or they may be created by use of railings.
In either case, the clear space between “wings” must Where more than one drinking fountain or water cooler is
be at least 32” to allow for a forward approach by a provided on a floor, 50% of those provided must comply
wheelchair user. with these requirements and must be on an accessible
route.
A side approach drinking fountain is not acceptable.
Wall-mounted and post-mounted cantilevered drinking foun-
Clearances tains and water coolers must have a minimum clear knee
Clearance for knee and toe space under the drinking foun- space of 30” in width and a minimum clear floor space of
tain must be as follows: 30” wide x 48” deep.
zz Height of clear space: 27” min. Water fountains should be located within alcoves or oth-
erwise positioned so as not to encroach into pedestrian
zz Depth of clear space: 8” min. (measured from the front)
ways. The alcove used for this purpose may not be less
zz Width of clear space: 30” min. than 32” in width and 18” in depth.
zz Additional toe clearance space of 9” minimum in height
and 17” minimum in depth should be provided from the
front edge, for the full width of the knee space speci-
fied above.
Design
Drinking fountains must be a minimum of 18” deep
(front-to-back).
The bubbler outlet orifice:
zz Must be located within 6” of the front edge of the
fountain.
Drinking Fountains 229

SECTION
Where drinking fountains are provided, they shall comply

with this section.
(CA T24 1117B.1) (ADA 4.15.1)
Where ONLY ONE

Drinking Fountain Area Is Provided
PU
SH
Where only one drinking fountain area is provided on a

floor, it must comply with the following:
(CA T24 1117B.1.1)
There must be a drinking fountain that is accessible to
individuals who use wheelchairs and
(CA T24 1117B.1.1)
The must be one drinking fountain available to those who
FIGURE 1 have difficulty bending or stooping.
(CA T24 1117B.1.1)
This can be accommodated by the use of “high-low”
fountains, or by such other means as would achieve the
required accessibility for each group on each floor.
(CA T24 1117B.1.1)
Where MORE THAN ONE

Drinking Fountain Is Provided
PU
Where more than one drinking fountain is provided on a
SH
floor, 50% of those provided must comply with this section
(CA T24 1117B.1.1)
They shall be on an accessible route complying with Sec-
tion 17 Accessible Route of Travel.
(CA T24 1117B.1.1)
All drinking fountains must comply with Alcove heading
of this section.
(CA T24 1117B.1.1)
FIGURE 2
PU
SH
FIGURE 3

SECTION
Clearances
Cantilevered Drinking Fountains – Dimensions
Wall- and post-mounted cantilevered drinking fountains
must be a min. of 18” and a max. of 19” in depth. Fig.1
(CA T24 1117B.1.2) (ADA 4.15.5(1))
Knee Clearance
The clear knee space between the bottom of the apron
and the floor or ground not less than 27” in height, 30”
in width, and 8” in depth. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1117B.1.2) (ADA 4.15.5(1))
The depth measurements is taken from the front edge of
the fountain back toward the wall or mounting post. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1117B.1.2) (ADA 4.15.5(1))
The knee clearance space must be free of equipment or
obstructions. Fig.1
(CA T24 1117B.1.2) (ADA 4.15.5(1))
18 in.
M
”
Toe Clearance
There must be a toe clearance of 9” in height above
the floor and 17” in depth from the front edge of the
fountain. Fig. 1 FIGURE 4
(CA T24 1117B.1.2)
The toe clearance space must be free of equipment or
obstructions. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1117B.1.2)

SECTION
Clear Floor Space

A clear floor space at least 30” by 48” must be provided
in front of the drinking fountain to allow forward approach.
Fig. 5 and 7
(CA T24 1117B.1.2) (ADA 4.15.5(2))
Clear Floor must comply with Section 32 Clear Floor or
SH
Ground Space for wheelchairs.
PU
(CA T24 1117B.1.2) (ADA 4.15.5(2))
A side approach drinking fountain is not acceptable.
(CA T24 1117B.1.2) (ADA 4.15.5(2))
Alcoves
All drinking fountains shall be located completely within

alcoves or otherwise positioned so as not to encroach
into pedestrian ways.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
FIGURE 5 The alcove in which the drinking fountain is located must

not be less than 32” in width and 18” in depth. See Figs.
7 and 8.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
If alcove depth is less than 24” the min. refer to Fig. 8
for details.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
If alcove depth is greater than 24” refer to Fig. 7 for details.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
Additionally, alcoves must comply with Section 32, Clear
Floor or Ground Spaces for Wheelchairs.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
Protruding objects located in alcoves or otherwise posi-
tioned so as to limit encroachment into pedestrian ways
are permitted to project 4” into walks, halls, corridors,
passageways or aisles.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
EXCEPTION
FIGURE 6 When the enforcing agency determines that it would create
an unreasonable hardship to locate the drinking fountain in an
alcove, the drinking fountain may project into the path of travel,
and the path of travel shall be identifiable to the blind as follows:
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
Wing walls shall be provided on each side of the drinking
fountain. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
SH
PU
The wing walls shall project out from the supporting wall
at least as far as the drinking fountain to within 6” of the
surface of the path of travel. Fig. 2
FIGURE 7

SECTION
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)

There shall also be a min. of 32” clear between the wing
walls. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
Additionally, maneuvering clearances shall comply with
Section 32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchair.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
The drinking fountain and wing walls shall comply with
Section 25 Hazards.
(CA T24 1117B.1.3)
Bubbler
The bubbler must be activated by a manually operated

system, complying with the following: Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.1.4)
Must be operable with one hand and not require tight
grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist.
(CA T24 1117B.6.4) (ADA 4.27.4)
The force required to activate the control must be no
greater than 5 lbf. FIGURE 8
(CA T24 1117B.6.4) (ADA 4.15.4, 4.27.4)
Must be front mounted or side mounted and located within
6” of the front edge of the fountain or an electronically
controlled device (preferably). Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.1.4)
The bubbler outlet orifice shall be located within 6” of
the front edge of the drinking fountain and within 36” of
the floor. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.1.4) (ADA 4.15.3)
The water stream from the bubbler must be substantially PU
SH
parallel to the front edge of the drinking fountain. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.1.4) (ADA 4.15.3)
The Spout
The spout must provide a flow of water at least 4” high

so as to allow the insertion of a cup or glass under the
flow of water. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.1.5) (ADA 4.15.3) FIGURE 2
On an accessible drinking fountain with a round or oval
bowl, the spout must be positioned so the flow of water
is within 3” of the front edge of the fountain.
(CA T24 1117B.1.5) (ADA 4.15.3)
Spouts must be no higher than 36” measured from the
floor or ground surfaces to the spout outlet. Fig. 3 PU
SH
(ADA 4.15.2)
FIGURE 3

SECTION
37 Space Allowances
Allowances for Wheelchairs Relationship of Maneuvering Clearance

to Wheelchair Spaces
Passage Widths
The minimum clear width required for a single wheelchair at Front Approach
a point (e.g., at a doorway) is 32”. When a confining wall is less than 24” deep, a minimum 30”
The minimum clear width required for a single wheelchair x 48” clear space is required.
for a continuous length (e.g., within a corridor) is 36”. When a confining wall is more than 24” deep, a minimum
The minimum clear width required for two wheelchairs to 36” x 48” clear space is required.
pass is 60”. One full unobstructed side should overlap/adjoin an accessi-
ble route.
Clear Spaces
The minimum clear space for a wheelchair to turn 180º is a Side Approach
60” diameter circle or a T-shaped space formed by overlap- When a confining wall is less than 15” deep, a minimum 30”
ping two 36” x 60” rectangles. x 48” clear space is required.
The minimum clear floor space to allow for a forward or When a confining wall is more than 15” deep, a minimum
parallel approach is 30” x 48”. (In most cases, this clear 30” x 60” clear space is required.
floor space may satisfy part of the knee space required One full unobstructed side should overlap/adjoin an accessi-
under some objects.) ble route.
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
234 Space Allowances for Wheelchairs

SECTION
Space Allowances 37
Clear floor and ground space for wheelchairs must comply to
the following:
Surfaces for wheelchair spaces must comply with Section
33, Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(CA T24 1118B.4.3) (ADA 4.5)
Wheelchair Passage Width
The min. clear width for single wheelchair passage shall

be 32” at a point and 36” continuously. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.1) (ADA 4.2.1)
The min. width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60” See
Section 37, Space Allowances for details and illustra-
tions. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1118B.2) (ADA 4.2.2)
42” AISLES
Circulation Around Obstacles
FIGURE 3
In addition, for circulation around obstacles aisles must
zz If the obstruction is less than 48” the clear width is a
turning and 42” min. clear width leaving the turn. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
zz If the obstruction is more than 48” the clear width is a
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
zz If the obstruction is less than 60” the clear width is a
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3) 36” AISLES
zz If the obstruction is more than 60” the clear width is a
min. of 44” upon entering, a 44” min. clear width upon FIGURE 4
(CA T24 1133B.6.2) (ADA 4.3.3)
Size and Approach
The min. clear floor or ground space required to accom-

modate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant is
30” by 48” Fig. 6
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)
The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs
may be positioned for forward or parallel approach of
an object. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)
The min. clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may
be part of the knee space required under some objects.
Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.4.1)
FIGURE 5
Wheelchair Passing and Turning 235

SECTION
37 Space Allowances
Wheelchair Turning Space
Min. space for a wheelchair to turn 180º is a 60” diameter

or T-shaped space. Figs. 7 & 8
(CA T24 1118B.3) (ADA 4.2.3)
Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs:

Size and Approach
Min. clear floor space is 30” by 48”. This allows either a

forward or parallel approach. May be part of knee space
required under some objects. Figs. 9 & 10
(CA T24 1118B.4.1) (ADA 4.2.4.1)
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 9
FIGURE 10
FIGURE 8
236 Clear Floor Space for Approach/Maneuvering

SECTION
Space Allowances 37
Relationship of Maneuvering Clearance to

Wheelchair Spaces
In a front approach, if the confining wall is less than 24”

deep, a 30” x 48” clear space is sufficient. If it is more
than 24” deep, a 36” by 48” clear space is provided.
Figs. 9 & 10
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
In a side approach, if the confining wall is less than 15”
deep, a 30” x 48” clear space is sufficient. If it is more
than 15” deep, a 30” by 60” clear space is provided.
Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
One full unobstructed side shall overlap an accessible
route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
FIGURE 11
FIGURE 12
Wheelchair Passing and Turning 237

SECTION
38 Reach Ranges
Forward Reach Side Reach

Without Obstruction Without Obstruction
Maximum high forward reach is 48” high (above finished Maximum high side reach is 54” high (above finished floor
floor level). level). (This includes clothes rods or shelves.)
Minimum low forward reach is 15” high (above finished floor Minimum low side reach is 9” high (above finished floor
level). level).
With Obstruction Over Obstruction
The depth of clear floor space under an obstruction must The maximum height of a side reach over an obstruction
be at least equal to the depth of reach. is 46”.
When the forward reach is less than 20”, the maximum The maximum height for an obstruction is 34”.
height of reach is 48”. The maximum allowable side reach that may be posed by
When the forward reach required to overcome an obstruc- an obstruction is 24”.
tion is 20” or more (and 25” or less), the maximum height
of reach is 44”.
The maximum forward reach that may be posed by an
obstruction is 25”.
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
238 Forward and Side REach

SECTION
Reach Ranges 38
Forward Reach
Max. high forward reach is 48”. Fig. 1

(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
Min. low forward reach is 15”. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
I f high forward reach is over an obstruction, then:
Max. allowable forward reach is 25”.
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5) FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4
Depth of clear floor space under obstruction is equal to
or greater than depth of reach. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When the forward reach is less than 20”, the maximum
height of reach is 48”. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When the forward reach is 20” to 25”, the max. height of
reach is 44”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
Side Reach
Max. height of side reach is 54”. Fig. 4

(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Min. low of side reach is 9”. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
FIGURE 5
Maximum height of clothes rods or shelves for a side

approach is 54”. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
I f side reach is over an obstruction, then:
Max. allowable side reach is 24”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Max height of obstruction is 34”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Forward and Side Reach 239

SECTION
39 Alarms
Where an accessible means of egress serves persons with impaired mobility, alarms and
emergency warning systems must also activate a means of warning the hearing impaired.
Where audible alarms are required by the California Building Code or the State Fire Marshal,
visual alarms (strobes) must be installed to warn the hearing impaired.
All systems must comply with NFPA 72.
240 Alarms for Hearing Impaired

SECTION
Alarms 39
Requirements Spacing in Rooms

Where emergency warning systems are required, they Spacing of alarm signals must be in accordance with Tables
must activate a means of warning the hearing impaired. 39-1, 39-2 and Figure 39-1.
Emergency warning systems as part of the fire-alarm sys- Visible notification appliances must be installed in accord
tem must be designed and installed in accordance with with Table 39-1 below, using one of the following:
NFPA 72 as amended in CA T24 Chapter 35. zz A single visible notification appliance.
Audible Alarms zz Two visible notification appliances located on opposite
walls.
Audible emergency alarms must produce a sound that:
zz More than two appliances in any field of view, spaced a
zz exceeds prevailing equivalent sound level in the room/
minimum of 55’ from each other in rooms 80’ x 80’ or
space by 15 dbA minimum, OR
greater.
zz exceeds max. sound level with a duration of 60 seconds
zz More than two visible notification appliances in the same
by 5 dbA,
room or adjacent space within the field of view that flash
whichever is louder. In any event, sound levels may not exceed in synchronization. (This requirement/alternative does
120 dbA. not preclude synchronization of appliances that are not
Visual Alarms within the same field of view.)
Room spacing for wall-mounted appliances must be based
Visual signal appliances must be provided in buildings and
on locating the visible notification appliance at the halfway
facilities in the following areas:
distance on the longest wall.
zz Restrooms
In square rooms (with appliances not centered) or non-
zz Corridors square rooms, the effective intensity from one visible
zz Music practice rooms notification appliance shall be determined by the maximum
zz Band rooms room size dimensions obtained by:
zz Gymnasiums zz Measuring the distance to the farthest wall, OR
zz Multipurpose rooms zz By doubling the distance to the farthest adjacent wall
zz Occupational shops zz whichever is greater, as required by Table 39-1 and Fig-
ure 39-1 below.
zz Occupied rooms where ambient noise impairs hearing
of the fire alarms If a room is not square, the size of a square room that
zz Lobbies & community areas would encompass the entire room or would allow the room
zz Meeting rooms to be subdivided into multiple squares should be used.
zz Any other area for common use. If the ceiling height exceeds 30’, the visible notification
Visual alarm signal appliances must be integrated into the appliance(s) should either be suspended at or below 30’, or
building/facility alarm system. wall-mounted in accordance with Table 39-1 below.
zz If single station audible alarms are provided, then single Table 39-2 below should be used if the visible notification
station visual alarm signals should be provided. appliance is ceiling-mounted at the center of the room.
Visual alarm signals must have the following minimum pho- If the visible notification appliance is not located at the cen-
tometric and location features: ter of the room, the effective intensity shall be determined
by doubling the distance from the appliance to the farthest
zz The lamp must be a xenon strobe type or equivalent. wall, to obtain the maximum room size.
zz The color must be a clear or nominal white (unfiltered or
clear filtered white light) and may not exceed 1000 cd Spacing in Corridors
(effective intensity.) Table 39-3 is used when corridors not exceeding 20’ in
zz The maximum pulse duration must be 0.2 sec with a width are considered.
maximum duty cycle of 40%. The pulse duration is the For corridors greater than 20’ wide, use Figure 39-1 and
time interval between initial and final points of 10% of Tables 39-1 and 39-1 above.
maximum signal. In a corridor application, visible appliances must be rated
zz The intensity must be a minimum of 75 candela. at least 15 cd.
zz The flash rate may not exceed 2 flashes per second (2 Visible notification appliances must be located no more
Hz) or be less than 1 flash per second (1 Hz) throughout than 15’ from the end of the corridor, with a separation of
the listed voltage range of the appliance. no more than 100’ between appliances.
zz Wall-mounted appliances must be mounted so that the If a fire door, elevation change or other obstruction creates
entire lens is 80”- 96” above the finished floor. (NOTE: an interruption of the concentrated viewing path, the areas
The ADA requires the visual alarm at 80” or 6” below created by the obstruction must be treated as separate
ceiling, whichever is lower.) corridors.
Alarms for Hearing Impaired 241

SECTION
39 Alarms
In corridors where there are 2 or more visible notifica- Auxiliary Alarms

tion appliances in the field of view, they must be spaced Units and sleeping accommodations must have:
at least 55’ apart. If that is not possible, they must flash in
synchronization. zz A visual alarm connected to the building emergency
alarm, OR
Table 39-1 Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances zz A standard 110V receptacle into which an alarm can be
Minimum Required Light Output (Effective connected, and a means by which the building emer-
Intensity) (cd) gency alarm system can trigger that alarm.
Maximum Room Size Two Lights Four LIghts The visual alarm must be visible in all areas of the unit or
per Room per Room;
One Light per (Located on One Light per room.
ft m Room Opposite Wall) Wall Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle
20×20 6.10×6.10 15 NA NA must be provided.
28×28 8.53×8.53 30 Unknown NA Table 39-2 Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appli-
30×30 9.14×9.14 34 15 NA ances
40×40 12.2×12.2 60 30 15 Minimum

Maximum Ceiling Required Light
Maximum Room Size
45×45 13.7×13.7 75 Unknown 19 Height Output (Effec-
tive Intensity)
50×50 15.2×15.2 94 60 30
m ft m ft One Light (cd)
54×54 16.5×16.5 110 Unknown 30
6.1×6.1 20×20 3 10 15
55×55 16.8×16.8 115 Unknown 28
9.1×9.1 30×30 3 10 30
60×60 18.3×18.3 135 95 30
12.2×12.2 40×40 3 10 60
63×63 19.2×19.2 150 Unknown 37
13.4×13.4 44×44 3 10 75
68×68 20.7×20.7 177 Unknown 43
15.2×15.2 50×50 3 10 95
70×70 21.3×21.3 184 95 60
16.2×16.2 53×53 3 10 110
80×80 24.4×24.4 240 135 60
16.8×16.8 55×55 3 10 115
90×90 27.4×27.4 304 185 95
18.0×18.0 59×59 3 10 135
100×100 30.5×30.5 375 240 95
19.2×19.2 63×63 3 10 150
110×110 33.5×33.5 455 240 135
20.7×20.7 68×68 3 10 177
120×120 36.6×36.6 540 305 135
21.3×21.3 70×70 3 10 185
130×130 39.6×39.6 635 375 185
6.1×6.1 20×20 6.1 20 30
NFPA Table 7.5.4.3.1(a)
9.1×9.1 30×30 6.1 20 45
13.4×13.4 44×44 6.1 20 75
14.0×14.0 46×46 6.1 20 80
15.2×15.2 50×50 6.1 20 95
16.2×16.2 53×53 6.1 20 110
16.8×16.8 55×55 6.1 20 115
18.0×18.0 59×59 6.1 20 135
19.2×19.2 63×63 6.1 20 150
20.7×20.7 68×68 6.1 20 177
21.3×21.3 70×70 6.1 20 185
6.1×6.1 20×20 9.1 30 55
9.1×9.1 30×30 9.1 30 75
ADA Requirements for Spacing in Rooms and
15.2×15.2 50×50 9.1 30 95
Corridors
16.2×16.2 53×53 9.1 30 110
No point in any room may be more than 50’ from a signal.
16.8×16.8 55×55 9.1 30 115
zz In rooms/spaces that are more than 100’ across and
that do not have obstructions 6’ above the floor, devices 18.0×18.0 59×59 9.1 30 135
may be placed around the perimeter, spaced 100’ max. 19.2×19.2 63×63 9.1 30 150
apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling. 20.7×20.7 68×68 9.1 30 177
No place in common corridors or hallways may be more
21.3×21.3 70×70 9.1 30 185
than 50’ from the alarm signal.

SECTION
Alarms 39
Alarms/Emergency Warning Systems/

Accessibility
If emergency warning systems are provided, they should

include both audible alarms and visual alarms. Fig. 1
If emergency warning systems are required, they shall
activate a means of warning the hearing impaired. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1114B.2.2) (ADA 4.28.1)
Emergency warning systems as part of the fire-alarm
system shall be designed and installed in accordance FIGURE 1
with NFPA 72 as amended in Chapter 35.
(CA T24 1114B.2.2)
Note: Sections of NFPA 72 amended by CA T24 Chapter
35 shall be noted, for example, (NFPA 72 [CA T24] 4-4.5)
for amended NFPA Section 4-4.5.
Audible Alarms
Audible alarm notification appliances must sound a distinc-

tive sound that is not to be used for any purpose other
than that of a fire alarm. Fig. 2
(NFPA 72 ([CA T24] 907.9.2)
Must provide a sound pressure level if 15 dBA above the FIGURE 2
average ambient sound level or 5dBA above the max.
sound level, having a duration of a min. 60sec., whichever
is greater, in every occupied space within the building.
(NFPA 72 ) ([CA T24] 907.9.2)
The min. sound pressure must be:
zz 75 dBA in occupancies in Groups R and I-1
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.2)
zz 90 dBA in mechanical equipment rooms
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.2)
zz 60 dBA in other occupancies
(NFPA 72 ( [CA T24] 907.9.2)
The max. sound pressure level produced by combining
the ambient sound pressure level with all audible alarm
notification must not exceed 110 dBA at the min. hearing FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4
distance. Fig. 2
al
(NFPA 72 7.4.1.2) ([CA T24] 907.9.2) Visu
l a r m
zz Sound from normal or permanent sources, having a a
duration greater than 60 sec., must be included when
measuring max. ambient sound level.
zz Sound from temporary or abnormal sources shall not
be required to be included when measuring for the max.
ambient sound level.
Where the ambient noise is greater than 95 dBA, visible
alarm notifications must be provided, in accordance with Gymnasiums / multipurpose
NFPA 72 and audible alarm notifications appliances shall
not be required. FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.2)
Signal tones for alert and evacuation shall meet the
requirements of “Audible Alarm Signal” below.
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.2)

SECTION
39 Alarms
In Group I-2 occupancies, placed in patient areas must be

only chimes or similar sounding devices for alerting staff.
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.2)
Exception
Visible alarm notification appliances must be allowed in lieu of
audible alarm notification appliances in patient areas of Group
I-2 occupancies.
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.2)
Audible Alarm Signal. The audible signal must be the
standard fire alarm evacuation signal, ANSIS3.41 Audible
Emergency Evacuation Signal “three pulse temporal pat-
tern,” as described in NFPA 72
FIGURE 7 (NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.2.1)
Exception
The use of existing evacuation signal scheme must be permit-
ted where approved by the enforcing agency.
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.2.1)
Visual Alarms
Visible alarm notification appliances must be provided in

public use areas and common use areas, including but
not limited to:
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.1)
1. Sanitary facilities including restrooms, bath-
rooms, and shower rooms (Fig. 3)
2. Corridors (Fig. 4)
FIGURE 8
3. Music practice rooms
4. Band rooms
5. Gymnasiums (Fig. 5)
6. Multipurpose rooms
7. Occupational shops
8. Occupied rooms where ambient noise impairs
hearing of the fire alarms (Fig. 6)
9. Lobbies & community areas (Fig. 7)
10. Meeting rooms (Fig. 8)
11. Classrooms
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.1.1)
Exceptions
In other than Group I-2 and I-2.1, visible alarm notification appli-
ances are not required in alterations, except where an existing
fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm
system is installed.
Visible alarm notification appliances shall not be required in
FIGURE 9 enclosed exit stairways, exterior exit stairs, and exterior exit
ramps.
Visual alarm signal appliances shall be integrated into

building or facility alarm system.
(ADA 4.28.1)
If single station audible alarms are provided then single
station visual alarm signals shall be provided.
(ADA 4.28.3)
FIGURE 10

SECTION
Alarms 39
Visual alarm signals shall have the following minimum

photometric and location features:
(ADA 4.28.3)
The lamp shall be a xenon strobe type or equivalent.
(ADA 4.28.3(1))
The color shall be a clear or nominal white (unfiltered or
clear filtered white light) and shall not exceed 1000 cd
(effective intensity.) Fig. 9
(NFPA 72 7.5.2.4) (ADA 4.28.3(2)) FIGURE 11
The max. pulse duration shall be 0.2 sec with a max.
duty cycle of 40%. The pulse duration is the time interval
between initial and final points of 10% of max. signal. Fig. 9
(NFPA 72 7.5.2.3) (ADA 4.28.3(3))
The intensity shall be a min. of 75 candela. Fig. 9
(ADA 4.28.3(4))
The flash rate shall not exceed two flashes per second (2Hz)
nor be less than 1 flash every second (1Hz) throughout
the listed voltage range of the appliance. Fig. 9
(NFPA 72 7.5.2.1) (ADA 4.28.3.5)
Wall-mounted appliances shall be mounted so that the entire
lens is 80”- 96” above the finished floor. ADA requires
the visual alarm at 80” or 6” below ceiling, whichever is
lower. Fig. 9
(NFPA 72 4-4.4) (ADA 4.28.3(6)) FIGURE 12
Employee Work Areas
Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage,

the notification appliance circuits serving the employee
work areas must be initially designed with a min. 20%
spare capacity to account for the potential of adding a
visible notification appliance in the future to accommodate
hearing impaired employees.
(NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.1.2)
Groups I-1 and R-1
Groups I-1 and R-1 sleeping units in accordance with Table

907.9.1.3 must be provided with a visible alarm notification
appliance, activated by both the in-room smoke alarm and
the building fire alarm system.
Spacing in Rooms FIGURE 13
Spacing shall be in accordance with Tables 39-1 and 39-2

and Fig. 39-1 in the Accessibility Highlights section.
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3)
Visible notification appliances shall be installed in accord
with Table those tables, using 1 of the following:
(1) A single visible notification appliance.

(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.2(1))
(2) Two visible notification appliances located on
opposite walls. Fig. 10
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.2(2))
(3) Two groups of visible notification appliances,
where visual appliances of each group are synchro-

SECTION
39 Alarms
nized, in the same room or adjacent space within In corridors where there are 2 or more visible notifica-
the field of view. This must include synchronization tion appliances in the field of view, they shall flash in
of strobes operated by separate systems. synchronization.
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.2)
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.4.7)
(4) More than two visible notification appliances
or groups of synchronized appliances in the same Wall-mounted visible notification appliances in corridors
room or adjacent space within the field of view that shall be permitted to be mounted on either the end wall or
flash the synchronization. the side wall of the corridor, in accordance with spacing
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.2) requirements of Table 39-1 in the Accessibility Highlights
section.
Room spacing for wall-mounted appliances shall be based
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.4.8)
on locating the visible notification appliance at the halfway
distance on the longest wall. ADA Requirements for
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.3) Spacing in Rooms and Corridors
In square rooms with appliances not centered or nonsquare No point in any room shall be more than 50’ from signal.
rooms, the effective intensity from 1 visible notification Fig. 11
appliance shall be determined by max. room size dimen- (ADA 4.28.3(7))
sions obtained by measuring the distance to the farthest
wall or by doubling the distance to the farthest adjacent In rooms/spaces more than 100’ across, that do not have
wall whichever is greater, as required by the tables and obstructions 6’ above the floor, devices may be placed
figure in the Accessibility Highlights section. around the perimeter, spaced 100’ max. apart, in lieu of
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.4) suspending appliances from the ceiling. Fig. 12
(ADA 4.28.3(7))
If a room configuration is not square, the square room
size that allows the entire room to be encompassed or No place in common corridors or hallways shall be more
allows the room to be subdivided into multiple squares than 50’ from the alarm signal.
shall be used. (ADA 4.28.3(8))
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.5)
Manual Alarm
If the ceiling heights exceed 30’, visible notification appli-
ances shall be suspended at or below 30’ or wall-mounted Height of the manual fire alarm boxes must be a min. of
in accordance with Table 39-1. 42” and a max. of 48” measured vertically, from the floor
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.6) level to the highest point of the activating handle or the
Table 39-2 shall be used if the visible notification appli- lever of the box. Manual fire alarms must also comply with
ance is at the center of the room. Section 58 Controls and Operating Mechanisms.
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.7) (NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.3.2)
If visible notification appliance is not located at the center Exception

of the room, the effective intensity shall be determined by
doubling the distance from the appliance to the farthest In existing buildings there is no requirement to retroactively
relocate existing manual fire alarms.
wall to obtain the maximum room size.
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.3.7) (NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.3.2)
Spacing in Corridors Manual fire alarm boxes must be red in color.

The installation of visible notifications appliances in cor- (NFPA 72 [CA T24] 907.9.3.3)
ridors 6.1m (20ft) or less in width must be rated no less
than 15cd. Auxiliary Alarms
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.4.1) Units and sleeping accommodations shall have a visual
Corridors greater than 6.1 m (20ft) wide must comply alarm connected to the building emergency alarm or shall
with the spacing requirements for rooms in tables 39-1 have standard 110V receptacle into which an alarm can be
and 39-2 connected, and a means by which the building emergency
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.4.1) alarm system can trigger that alarm. Fig. 13
(ADA 4.28.4)
Visible notification appliances shall be located not more
than 15’ from the end of the corridor with a separation Visual alarm shall be visible in all areas of the unit or
not greater than 100’ between appliances. room. Fig. 13
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.4.5) (ADA 4.28.4)
If there is an interruption of the concentrated viewing path, Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle
such as a fire door, elevation change, or other obstruction, shall be provided. Fig. 13
the area shall be treated as separate corridor. (ADA 4.28.4)
(NFPA 72 7.5.4.4.6)

SECTION
Elevators 40
The technical requirements for elevators are among the most detailed accessibility require-
ments in the ADA and California’s Title 24; fortunately, all major manufacturers offer only
compliant elevators.
Elevators are expected to provide:

zz Automatic call, answer and door operation and self-leveling.
zz Minimum compartment and door dimensions (which vary by elevator type; see below).
zz Accessible control panels that are mounted at accessible heights, feature properly sized
and tactile buttons, and include raise alphanumeric and Braille signage.
zz Visible and audible signals for car call and answering.
zz Accessible two-way emergency communication.
Elevators 247
SECTION
40 Elevators
Requirements Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator

Elevators in a building must accommodate wheelchairs when: car of different dimensions where it can be demonstrated
that a person using a wheelchair can enter and operate the
In a building of 2 or more stories that is served by an eleva- elevator and when all other elements required being acces-
tor, or sible comply with the applicable provisions of Sec. 1116B.
In a building served by an elevator as required by Ch. The minimum distance from wall to return panel is 51” min.
11B of the California Building Code (Public Buildings, Pub-
lic Accommodations, Commercial Buildings and Publicly All elevator floor buttons must be located no higher than 54”
Funded Housing), or above the floor for side approach, 48” for front approach.
In a building served by an elevator required by Section The elevator car must allow a wheelchair to turn within it.
101.17 of Chapter 1 of the California Building Code (gener- Elevator floor buttons must be provided with visual indica-
ally, all new buildings). tors to show when each call is registered. Where possible,
In an existing building that is served by elevators, at least one provide floor buttons no higher than 48” max.
elevator must be accessible. The visual indicators must extinguish when each call is
answered.
Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. Equiv-
The emergency controls, emergency stop and alarm must
alent Facilitation will be considered when it is demonstrated be at least 35” high above the floor.
that a person using a wheelchair can enter and operate the The emergency telephone handset must be positioned no
elevator. higher than 4’ above the floor.
Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. The handset cord must be at least 2’-5” in length.
Also see the 2nd and 3rd points under Car Interior (below). Any telephone compartment door hardware (if any) must
be of the lever style and may not require tight grasping,
Location pinching, or twisting of the wrist.
Elevators should be located near a major path of travel Emergency intercommunication must not require voice
Provisions must be made to ensure that they remain acces- communication alone.
sible and usable at all times that the building is occupied.
Car Call
Freight elevators should also be accessible.
Doors must remain fully open at least 5 seconds.
Signs
Door Protective and Opening Device
Entrances and facilities (like elevators) that are accessible
to and usable by persons with disabilities should be identi- Automatically closed doors must be provided with a door-
fied with at least 1 International Symbol of Accessibility. reopening device that will stop and reopen a car door and
adjacent hoistway door if the car door is obstructed while
Additional directional sign(s) using the symbol should be
closing.
visible along approaching pedestrian ways.
The reopening device must also be capable of sensing an
Doors object or person in the path of a closing door without requir-
All elevators must utilize power-operated, horizontally sliding contact for activation (e.g., electric eye), at a nominal 5”
ing, elevator doors and hoistway doors, that are opened and 29” above the floor.
and closed by automatic means. Door-reopening devices should cause the door to remain
Minimum clear width for elevator doors is 36”. open for a period of at least 20 seconds.
Available Exception
When approved by the building official, the minimum door width
may be reduced to 32” for a car with dimensions as permitted
by the exception to Section 1116B.1.6.
Car Interior
The dimensions between opposite elevator walls and the
door and its opposite wall, excluding return panels, must
be at least 80” x 54” for center-opening doors, and 68” x
54” for side-slide openings doors.
Where existing shaft configuration or technical infeasibility
prohibits strict compliance with Sec.1116B.1.8, the mini-
mum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum
amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area
be smaller than 48” by 48”.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)
248 Elevators
SECTION
Elevators 40
Hall Call Lettering/Braille/Symbols

The minimum acceptable time from notification that a car has All control buttons must be designated by 5/8” min., 2”
answered a call until the doors of that car begin to close is cal- max. raised characters and standard raised symbols imme-
culated by either form of the following equation: diately to the left of the control button.
zz Characters and their symbols must be white on a black
T = D/(1.5 ft/s) background.
or zz Characters and their symbols must have a non-glare
T = D/(455 mm/s) finish.
WHERE: zz Characters and their symbols must have a width-
to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1, and a stroke
T = total time in secs width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10.
D = distance (in ft. or mm) from a point 60” in front of zz Characters and their symbols must be raised a minimum
the farthest call button controlling that car to the of 1/32” and must be sans-serif uppercase characters
centerline of its hoistway door. accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Dots shall be 1/10” on
centers in each cell with 2/10” between cells, measured
For cars with in-car lanterns, T begins when the lantern is from the second column of the dots in the first cell to
visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons and an audible the first column of the dots in the second cell. Braille
signal is sounded. dots are domed or rounded.
Operations and Leveling Grade 2 Braille should be located immediately below the
The elevator should include an automatic self-leveling fea- character or symbol.
ture that automatically brings the car to the floor landings There is a minimum clearance of 3/8” (or other suitable
within a tolerance of ± ½” under normal loading and unload- means of separation) between rows of control buttons.
ing conditions. Controls and emergency equipment identified by raised
zz The self-leveling feature, within its zone, must be fully symbols includes, but is not limited to:
automatic, independent of the operating device, and zz Door open
corrects overtravel or undertravel.
zz Door close
zz The car should be maintained at an approximately level
zz Alarm bell
position with the landing, despite the load.
zz Emergency stop
The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of
the hoistway landing should be no greater than 1¼”. zz Telephone
The call button for the main entry (in most cases, ground
Handrails floor or lobby) must be designated by a raised star to the
A handrail must be provided on one wall of the car, prefer- left of the floor designation.
ably the rear.
Minimum Illumination
Handrails must have a smooth surface.
Illumination of at least 5 foot-candles is required:
The inside surface of the handrail should stand off from the
wall surfaces by 1½” min. zz At the car controls threshold.
Nominal height of the handrail must be 32” from the floor, zz At the landing (when the car and landing doors are
± 1”. open).
32” is required to reduce interference with controls, where the Car Position Indicator and Signal
lowest control button is centered at 35” above floor.
The centerline of the hall call buttons must be nominal 42”
Elevator Car Control Panel above the floor.
Buttons must be ¾” minimum diameter in size, and should
Control Buttons be raised 1/8” (± 1/32”) above the surrounding surface
Minimum dimension of control buttons is ¾” in diameter. with square shoulders.
Control buttons should be raised 1/8” ± 1/32” above the Visual indication must show:
surrounding surface. zz Show when each call is registered.
Control buttons must be illuminated, have square shoul- zz Be extinguished when a call has been answered.
ders, and be activated by a detectable mechanical motion.
Objects adjacent to and below hall call buttons must not
project more than 4” from the wall.
Elevators 249
SECTION
40 Elevators
Hall Call Buttons Plan Review and Approval

Flush or recessed buttons may not depress more than 3/8”
when operated. When a permit is otherwise required for new construction,
or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation of
Direction buttons, exclusive of any border, must be ¾” mini- existing buildings or facilities:
mum diameter, whether raised, flush or recessed.
zz Information regarding signs and identification subject
Visual indication must show: to these requirements shall be included in the plans or
zz Show when each call is registered. specifications, and shall be subject to plan review and
zz Be extinguished when a call has been answered. approval by the local enforcing agency.
Hall call buttons must be internally illuminated with a white zz Signs and identification shall be field inspected after
light over the entire surface of the button. installation and approved by the local enforcing agency.
zz The inspection shall (among other things) verify that any
Hall Lantern Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size,
Both visual and audible signals must be provided at proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these
each hoistway entrance indicating to the prospective requirements.
passenger(s) that a car is answering the call and its direc-
tion of travel.
The visual signal for each direction must be:
zz At least 2½” high x 2½” wide.
zz Visible from the proximity of the hall call button.
The audible signal must either:
zz Sound once for the up direction and twice for the down
direction, or
zz Sound a configuration that distinguishes between up
and down elevator travel.
The centerline of the hall lantern fixture must be 6’ in height
from the lobby floor.
In-car lanterns – located in or on the car doorjambs, visible
from the proximity of the hall call buttons and conforming
to the above requirements – are acceptable alternatives.
The use of arrow shapes are preferred for visible signals
of direction.
Doorjamb Marking
Passenger elevator landing jambs on all elevator floors
must have the following, located 60” on center above the
floor on the jamb panels on both sides of the door so that
they are visible from within the elevator:
zz The number of the floor, designated by raised charac-
ters (characters at least 2” in height)
zz Below the number, Grade 2 Braille equivalent.
Elevator landing jambs on the grade level must have the fol-
lowing, located 60” on center above the floor on the jamb
panels on both sides of the door so that they are visible
from within the elevator:
zz The number or other indicator for the floor, designated
by raised character (character at least 2” in height)
zz A raised, 5-pointed star placed to the left of the raised
character indicating the floor level. The outside diam-
eter of the star should be 2”.
zz Below the raised star, Grade 2 Braille equivalent of the
raised character above.
250 Elevators
SECTION
Elevators 40
All elevators shall be accessible and shall comply with

these standards.
(CA T24 109.1; 1116B.1) (ADA 4.10.1)
In buildings 2 or more stories served by an elevator, or a
building served by an elevator required by Ch. 11B, or a
building served by an elevator required by Section 109.1,
all elevators shall accommodate a wheelchair.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)
EXCEPTIONS (IN EXISTING BUILDINGS)
1. When enforcing agency determines that compliance with any
regulation under this section would create an unreasonable
hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facili-
tation is provided, and it is demonstrated that a person using
a wheelchair can enter and operate the elevator.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1) FIGURE 1
2. Where existing shaft configuration or technical infeasibil-
ity prohibits strict compliance with the Car Interior heading
in this Section, the minimum car plan dimensions may be
reduced by the minimum amount necessary, but in no case 1 2 3 4 5 6
shall the inside car area be smaller than 48” by 48”.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)
3. Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator car
of different dimensions where it can be demonstrated that a
person using a wheelchair can enter and operate the elevator
and when all other elements required being accessible com-
ply with the applicable provisions of this Section.
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)
4. These provisions shall not apply to existing buildings when
legal or physical constraints do not allow compliance without
creating an unreasonable hardship (Sect. 109.1).
(CA T24 1116B.1.1)
Passenger elevators are located near a major path of
travel, and provisions are made to ensure that they
remain accessible and usable at all times the building is FIGURE 2
occupied. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1116B.1.15) (ADA 4.10.1)
Entrance Signs
Entrances that are accessible to and usable by persons
with disabilities are identified with at least 1 International
Symbol of Accessibility. Additional directional signs using
the symbol should be used wherever the accessible route
of travel diverges from the regular circulation path, and
should be visible to persons along approaching circula-
tion paths.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2)
Door Operation
All elevators utilize power-operated, horizontally sliding,
elevator doors and hoistway doors, that are opened and
closed by automatic means. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1116B.1.3) FIGURE 3
Elevators 251
SECTION
40 Elevators
Door Size
Min. clear width for elevator doors is 36”. Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1116B.1.4)
1
2
3
4
5
Car Interior
6
The min. clearance between walls or between wall and

door, excluding return panels, is not less than 80” by 54”
for center-opening doors, and 68” by 54” for side-slide
openings doors. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.9)
Distance from wall to return panel is 51” min. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.9)
Elevator floor surfaces shall comply with Section 33
Floors, Levels and Ground Surfaces.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8)
FIGURE 4 All elevator floor buttons are located no higher than 54”
above the floor for side approach, 48” for front approach.
Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(3))
A wheelchair can be turned within the elevator car.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.9)
Elevator floor buttons are provided with visual indicators
to show when each call is registered. Where possible,
eleveator floor buttons should be provided at a maximum
height of 48”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(2))
The visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call
is answered. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(2))
The emergency controls, emergency stop and alarm are
FIGURE 5 35” min. above the floor. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.12(3))
The emergency telephone handset is positioned 4’ max.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)
The handset cord is a min. of 2’-5” in length. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)
Must be identified by a raised telephone symbol and cor-
responding Braille lettering complying with Braille Section
under Section 61, Signs and Identification.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8)
If the emergency telephone is enclosed in a compartment,
the compartment door hardware should be of a lever
style and should not require tight grasping, pinching, or
twisting of the wrist. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)
Emergency intercommunication does not require voice
communication.
(CA T24 1116B.1.8) (ADA 4.10.14)
FIGURE 6
252 Elevators
SECTION
Elevators 40
Car Call
The min. acceptable time for doors to remain fully open

is not less than 5 seconds. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1116B.1.7) (ADA 4.10.8)
Door Protective and Opening Device
Automatically closed doors are provided with a door-

reopening device that will stop and reopen a car door
and adjacent hoistway door if the car door is obstructed
while closing. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1116B.1.5) (ADA 4.10.6)
The reopening device is also capable of sensing an object
or person in the path of a closing door without requiring
contact for activation at a nominal 5” and 29” above the
floor. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1116B.1.5) (ADA 4.10.6)
Door-reopening devices cause the door to remain open
for a period of not less than 20 seconds. Fig. 8 FIGURE 7
(CA T24 1116B.1.5) (ADA 4.10.6)
Hall Call
The min. acceptable time from notification that a car is

answering a call until the doors of the car start to close
is calculated by the following equation. Fig. 9:
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)
T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(455 mm/s)
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)
T is total time in secs, D is distance in ft. or mms from a
point 60” in front of the farthest call button controlling
that car to the centerline of its hoistway door. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)
For cars with in-car lanterns, T begins when the lantern is
visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons and an audible
signal is sounded. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1116B.1.6) (ADA 4.10.7)
FIGURE 8
The min. acceptable notification time is 5 seconds.
(CA T24 1116B.1.6)
Operations and Leveling
The elevator includes an automatic self-leveling feature that

automatically brings the car to the floor landings within
a tolerance of ± ½” under normal loading and unloading
conditions. The self-leveling feature, within its zone, is
fully automatic, independent of the operating device, and
corrects overtravel or undertravel. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1116B.1.2) (ADA 4.10.2)
The car is maintained at an approximately level position
with the landing, despite the load.
(CA T24 1116B.1.2) (ADA 4.10.2)
The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge FIGURE 9
of the hoistway landing is no greater than 1¼”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1116B.1.2) (ADA 4.10.9)
Elevators 253
SECTION
40 Elevators
Handrails
A handrail is provided on one wall of the car, preferably

the back wall. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)
Handrails have a smooth surface. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)
The inside surface of the handrail is 1½” min. clear of
the walls. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)
The nominal height of the handrail is 32” from the floor.
Nominal equals ± 1”. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)
32” required to reduce interference with controls where
lowest button is centered at 35” above floor. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1116B.1.11)
Elevator Car Control Panel

FIGURE 10 Control buttons have a min. dimension of ¾” and are
raised 1/8” ± 1/32” above the surrounding surface.
Figs. 12 & 14
(CA T24 1116B.1.9) (ADA 4.10.12(1))
Control buttons are illuminated, have square shoulders,
and are activated by a detectable mechanical motion. All
control buttons are designated by 5/ 8 ” min., 2” max.
alphabet character, arabic numeral, or standard raised
symbol immediately to the left of the control button.
Characters are white on a black background. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9; CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.10.12(2))
Characters and their symbols must have a non-glare finish.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2)
FIGURE 11 Characters and their symbols must have a width-to-height
ratio between 3:5 and 1:1, and a stroke width-to-height
ratio between 1:5 and 1:10.
(CA T24 1117B.5.3)
Characters and their symbols must be raised a minimum
of 1/32” and must be sans-serif uppercase characters
accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Dots shall be 1/10” on
centers in each cell with 2/10” between cells, measured
from the second column of the dots in the first cell to the
first column of the dots in the second cell. Braille dots
are domed or rounded.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5; 1117B.5.6)
Grade 2 Braille is located immediately below the charac-
ter or symbol. There is a min. clearance of 3/ 8 ” (or other
suitable means of separation) between rows of control
buttons. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9) (ADA 4.30.4)
Controls and emergency equipment identified by raised
symbols includes, but is not limited to, door open, door
FIGURE 12 close, alarm bell, emergency stop and telephone. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9)
The call button for the main entry shall be designated
by a raised star at the left of the floor designation. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1116B.1.9) (ADA 4.10.12(2))
254 Elevators
SECTION
Elevators 40
Minimum Illumination
The min. illumination at the car controls threshold and
the landing when the car and landing doors are open is
no less than 5 foot-candles. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.12) (ADA 4.10.11)
Car Position Indicator and Signal 1 2 3 4 5 6
Centerline of the hall call buttons are within a nominal 42”

above the floor. Buttons are ¾” min. in size and are raised
1/8” ± 1/32” above the surrounding surface. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)
Visual indication is provided to show each call registered
and extinguished when answered. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)
Objects adjacent to, and below, hall call buttons do not
project more than 4” from the wall. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)
Hall Call Buttons
Depth of flush or recessed buttons do not exceed 3/ 8 ”

when operated. Direction buttons, exclusive of any border, FIGURE 13
are ¾” min. in size, raised, flush or recessed. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.12(1))
Visual indication is provided to show each call registered
and extinguished when the call is answered.
(CA T24 1116B.1.10) (ADA 4.10.3)
Hall call buttons are internally illuminated with a white light
over the entire surface of the button. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1116B.1.10)
FIGURE 14
Elevators 255
SECTION
40 Elevators
FIGURE 15
Hall Lantern
A visual and audible signal is provided at each hoistway The centerline of the fixture is located a min. of 6’ in
entrance indicating to the prospective passenger the height from the lobby floor. Fig. 15
car answering the call and its direction of travel. Fig. 15 (CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4(1))
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4) In-car lanterns, located in or on the car doorjambs, visible
The visual signal for each direction is a min. of 2½” high from the proximity of the hall call buttons and conform-
by 2½” wide, and visible from the proximity of the hall ing to the above requirements, are acceptable. Fig. 15
call button. Fig. 15 (CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4(3))
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4(2) & (3))
The use of arrow shapes are preferred for visible signals.
The audible signal sounds once for the up direction and Fig. 15
twice for the down direction or sounds a configuration that (CA T24 1116B.1.13)
distinguishes between up and down elevator travel. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1116B.1.13) (ADA 4.10.4)
256 Elevators
SECTION
Elevators 40
Doorjamb Marking
Passenger elevator landing jambs on all elevator floors
have the number of the floor on which the jamb is located
designated by raised characters that are a min. of 2” in
height, Grade 2 Braille, located 60” on center above the
floor on the jamb panels on both sides of the door so that
they are visible from within the elevator. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1116B.1.14) (ADA 4.10.5)
On the grade level, a raised 5-pointed star is placed to
the left of the raised character. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1116B.1.14)
The outside diameter of the star is 2”. Braille is placed
below the corresponding raised characters. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1116B.1.14)
Plan Review and Approval

When a permit is otherwise required for new construction,
or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation
of existing buildings or facilities:
zz Information regarding signs and identification devices
subject to these requirements shall be included in the
plans or specifications, and shall be subject to plan
review and approval by the local enforcing agency.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.1)
zz Signs and Identification shall be field inspected after
installation and approved by the enforcing agency prior
to the issuance of a final certificate of occupancy.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)
Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size,
proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these FIGURE 16
requirements.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)
FIGURE 17
Elevators 257
SECTION
41 Special Access (Wheelchair) Lifts
While they might be considered an alternative to elevators, special access (wheelchair) lifts
may only be used as part of the following accessible routes:
zz To provide accessible access to dispersed assembly area wheelchair seating.
zz To a performing area.
zz To incidental spaces (not open to the public) with occupancy loads of 5 or less.
zz Where existing site or other constraints make other options infeasible.
Special access lifts must provide:

zz 30” x 48” minimum clear space for a wheelchair.
zz Accessible floor surface.
zz Accessible controls.
Special access lifts must allow for unassisted entry, operation and exit by a wheelchair
user.

SECTION
Special Access (Wheelchair) Lifts 41
Requirements Not As Part of Means of Egress

“Special access wheelchair lifts” may be used as alter- Special access (wheelchair) lifts may not be used as part
natives between levels within a building/facility in lieu of of an exit component in an egress system, unless the site
passenger elevators when the distance between landings, and installation meet the requirements outlined below in
the structural design, and the safeguards are as allowed Available Exception.
by the Calif. Division of State Architect, Access Compli- Available Exception
ance, the Dept. of Industrial Relations, Div. of Occupational
Safety and Health and any applicable safety regulations of When provided as a means of egress component, a special
other appropriate authorities. access lift is permitted to be part of an accessible exit compo-
nent when:
Lifts must be designed and constructed to facilitate unas-
1. The building has a supervised automatic sprinkler system.
sisted entry, operation and exit from the lift and comply
with restrictions and enhancements of CA T24 Section 2. The area served by the special access lift does not serve
1116B, and Sections 3093 to 3094 of the CA Elevator more than 4 wheelchair-viewing positions.
Safety code. 3. The length of the common path of travel to a point where the
Lifts can provide part of an accessible route under the fol- occupant has a choice to 2 directions to an exit does not
exceed 30’. The length of the common path of travel includes
lowing conditions:
the vertical travel distance of the lift.
zz A lift may provide an accessible route to a performing
4. The special access lift can utilize standby power or self-
area in an assembly occupancy, or to a speaking area charging battery power that provides power for a min. of 5
or similar place (e.g., dais for “head table”) in an assem- up and down trips (with platform lift functions).
bly or Group B Occupancy.
zz A lift may be used to comply with wheelchair viewing Platform Lifts
position line-of-site and dispersion requirements for “Platform lifts” used as a component in a means of egress
auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, etc. must meet the same requirements outlined for Special
zz A lift may be used to provide access to incidental occu- Access Wheelchair Lifts (in the Available Exception above).
piable spaces and rooms not open to the general public Platform lifts must have standby power or self-recharge-
which house no more than 5 persons, including, but not able batteries that provide sufficient power to operate all
limited to, the equipment control rooms and projection lift functions for a min. of 5 up and down trips.
booths. Wheelchair-viewing position line-of-sight and dispersion
zz A lift may be used to provide access where physical con- requirements for Group A occupancies apply.
straints do not allow the use of a ramp or an elevator. The maximum distance to a point where the occupant
(For example, access for mezzanine/half-story levels.) has a choice of 2 directions of travel to an exit must not
Available Exceptions exceed 30’ from the point where the wheelchair occupant
Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. is seated.
Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. zz If a platform lift is used as the accessible means of
egress, the maximum distance includes the vertical
The installation of lifts as part of an accessible route for addi-
tions or alterations is not limited to the conditions listed above.
travel distance of the platform lift.
Landing Size Pits

In new construction, the size of each landing used in a spe- If a pit is provided for the lift, the pit’s depth must be suf-
cial access lift must be 60” x 60” minimum. ficient to provide for the installation of the buffers and all
other necessary elevator equipment.
zz Other dimensions may be substituted where it can be
demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair measur- The special access lift’s pit must:
ing 30” x 48” can enter and operate the wheelchair lift zz Be kept free of rubbish
safely. zz Not be used for storage
Relationship to the Path of Travel zz Be free of an accumulation of water
The level and clear floor areas or landings required for spe-
cial access lifts must be part of the “path of travel”.
zz A path of travel (lobbies, corridors, elevators, and/
or other areas) must provide free and unobstructed
access and egress from an area or location for pedes-
trians and/or wheelchair users.

SECTION
Buffers and Buffer Supports Light in Car

The car and its counterweight should utilize spring buffers The lift car must have an electric light whose control switch
that will not be fully compressed: is located in the car near the entrance.
zz when struck by the car at its rated load and speed, OR zz The minimum illumination at the car threshold (door
zz by the counterweight traveling at 125% of the rated closed) is 5 foot-candles.
speed, OR Emergency Stop Switch, Telephone and
zz at governor tripping speed where a governor-operated Signaling Device
safety is used.
An emergency stop switch, conforming to the requirements
The car and its counterweight-buffer supports must with- of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction Code must
stand, without failure, the impact resulting from buffer be provided in every car.
engagement at either:
A telephone connected to a central telephone exchange
zz 125% of the rated speed, OR should be installed in the car, along with an emergency sig-
zz governor tripping speed where a governor-operated naling device that is audible outside the hoistway.
safety is used. Lifts must be provided with a means to lower the car in
Speed and Rise case of power failure.
The lift’s rated speed may not exceed 40’ per minute. zz This device must be painted bright red or orange.
The overall lift rise may not exceed 50’. zz It must have instructions and warnings about its use
affixed to the operating means.
Car Enclosure
Capacity
Except at entrances, lift cars must be enclosed on all sides
and on the top. The rated load for special access elevators may not exceed
700 pounds.
The enclosure must be constructed of a solid material,
except where other material is permitted. The maximum clear inside net platform area may not
exceed 12 square feet.
Car enclosures must be secured in conformance with the
requirements of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construc- The minimum rated load must be at least equal to the
tion Code. greater of:
Glass used in elevator cars should conforms to the require- zz 40 pounds/square-foot of clear inside net platform
ments of 2001 California Elevator Safety Construction area, or
Code. zz 350 pounds
For special access elevators installed after September 28,
Car Doors and Gates 2001:
Car doors or gates are required. They must protect the zz The load capacity must be at least 750 pounds.
entire car entrance and are constructed of solid material.
zz The clear inside platform dimensions must be at least
zz Door and/or gate material may not be perforated. 32” by 54”, as a minimum.
zz Scissor gates are prohibited. zz Special access elevators without a front and rear open-
Power opening and closing mechanisms for car doors and ing that facilitates a straight through ingress/egress
gates must conform to the requirements of 2001 California must have a load capacity of not less than 750 pounds,
Elevator Safety Construction Code. and a max. 18 square-foot clear inside net platform
zz All special access lifts installed after September 28, area. The clear inside platform width dimensions can
2001 must utilize power opening and closing doors and range from 42” min. to 48” max. on one side, by 60”
gates. max. to 54” min. on the other side.
Every lift car door or gate must have an electric contact zz When the platform width is increased from the minimum
conforming to the requirements of 2001 California Elevator of 42”, the platform length must be decreased from the
Safety Construction Code. maximum of 60” by the number of inches the width has
zz The electric contacts must prevent the car from moving been increased. (See Table 41-1 below.)
unless the sliding door or gate is within 2” of the fully
closed position.
zz If the door or gate swings outward to open, it must be
closed and locked before the car can move.
The distance between the hoistway enclosure opposite the
car entrance and the car gate may not exceed 5”.

SECTION
Controls and Operating Mechanisms

Table 41-1
Controls and operating mechanisms must be operable with
Varying Platform Size one hand.
Width Length They must not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting
42” 60” of the wrist.
The force required to activate controls must be no greater
43” 59” than 5 pounds of force.
44” 58” The operation of the car may only be provided by either:
45” 57” zz Continuous pressure means, or
46” 56” zz Single automatic means
47” 55” Special access elevators may be locked for security rea-
sons; however, they must be unlocked and must remain
48” 54” unlocked during business hours.
Handrails
The lift platform/car must be outfitted with handrail(s) in
accordance with 2001 California Elevator Safety Construc-
tion Code.
The clear inside net platform area is calculated by multiply-
ing the platform’s width by it’s length, without consideration
of the space occupied by the handrails.
The opening and closing of car doors should not encroach
on the platform inside clear space.
Capacity Plate
A capacity plate, indicating the rated load of the elevator in
pounds, should be fastened in a conspicuous place inside
the car.
zz The letters and figures on such plates shall not be less
than ¼” in height.
Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts
A level and clear floor area or landing at each floor or level
served by special access lifts must be provided.
Level and clear floor areas or landings must be part of the
path of travel.
zz “Path of travel” is a passage that consists of walks and
sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian ramps, lobbies
and corridors, elevators, and/or other improved areas
that provide access to and egress from an area or loca-
tion for pedestrians and/or wheelchair users.
In new construction, the minimum size of landings is 60”
by 60”.
zz Other dimensions can be utilized if it can be shown that
a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48” can
enter and operate the lift safely.
If wheelchair users enter and exit on an inclined platform
(wheelchair) lift, 90º turns are allowed only at the lower
landing when 2 adjacent retractable ramps on the platform
are used.

SECTION
Platform (wheelchair) lifts may be provided between levels
in lieu of passenger elevators when the vertical distance
between landings, as well as the structural design and
safeguards, are as allowed by ASME A18.1, Safety Standard
for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chair Lifts; the State of
California, Division of the State Architect—Access Com-
pliance; the Department of Industrial Relations, Division
FIGURE 1 of Occupational Safety and Health and any applicable
safety regulations of other administrative authorities
having jurisdiction. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1116B.2)
If lifts are provided, they shall be designed and constructed
to facilitate unassisted entry, operation and exit from the
lift and shall comply with the restrictions and enhance-
ments of this section in conjunction with Title 8 of the
California Code of Regulations. Fig.1
(CA T24 1116B.2)
FIGURE 2
Additionally, lifts could provide part of an accessible route
only for the following conditions: (CA T24 1116B.2)
1. To provide an accessible route to a performing

area in an assembly occupancy, or to a speaking
area or similar place (such as dais or “head table”)
in an assembly or Group B Occupancy. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1116B.2.1) (ADA 4.1.3(5) Exception 4:(a))
2. To comply with wheelchair viewing position line-

of-site and dispersion requirements of Section
1104B.3.5.
(CA T24 1116B.2.2) (ADA 4.1.3(5) Exception 4:(b))
FIGURE 3
3. To provide access to incidental occupiable
spaces and rooms not open to the general public
which house no more than 5 persons, including,
but not limited to, the equipment control rooms and
projection booths. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1116B.2.3) (ADA 4.1.3(5) Exception 4:(c))
4. To provide access where constraints do not

allow the use of a ramp or an elevator. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1116B.2.4) (ADA 4.1.3(5) Exception 4:(d))
Landing Size
FIGURE 4
In new construction, the min. size of landings specified
in this section is 60” x 60”. Fig. 4.
Other dimensions may be substituted where it can be
demonstrated that a person using a wheelchair measur-
ing 30” by 48” can enter and operate the wheelchair lift
safely. Figs. 5 & 6
(CA T24 3094.3.4, 1116B.2.4.1)
Relationship to the Path of Travel
Level and clear floor areas or landings (as specified in this

section) are part of the “path of travel” requirements. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1116B.2.4.2)
FIGURE 5

SECTION
A path of travel is available (lobbies, corridors, elevators,

and/or other areas) that provides free and unobstructed
access and egress from an area or location for pedestrians
and/or wheelchair users.
(CA T24 217-P)
EXCEPTIONS
1. The provisions of this section do not apply to existing build-
ings when physical constraints do not allow compliance with
these regulation or equivalent facilitation without creating an
unreasonable hardship. See Section 109.1
(CA T24 1116B.2.4(1))
2. When enforcing agency determines that compliance with this
section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception
to such regulation shall be granted when equivalent facilita- FIGURE 6
tion is provided.
(CA T24 1116B.2.4(2))
3. The installation of lifts as part of an accessible route for
additions or alterations is not limited to the 4 conditions
required by Section 1116B.2, Elevators and Special Access
(Wheelchair) Lifts.
(CA T24 1116B.2.4(3))
When Provided as a Means of Egress
Platform (wheelchair) lifts, when provided as a component

in an accessible means of egress, shall conform to fol-
lowing requirements: FIGURE 7
(CA T24 1116B.3)
To ensure continued operation in case of primary power
loss, special access (wheelchair) lifts shall be provided
with standby power or with self-rechargeable battery power
that provides sufficient power to operate all platform lift
functions for a min. of 5 upward and downward trips.
(CA T24 1116B.3.1)
Platform (wheelchair) lifts, when provided per Section
1116B.2.2, are permit ted to be a component of an
accessible means of egress when the area served by the
platform (wheelchair) lift does not serve more than four
wheelchair viewing positions and where any one of the
following conditions exist:
(CA T24 1116B.3.2)
FIGURE 8
1. The building has a supervised automatic sprin-
kler system.
(CA T24 1116B.3.2)
2. The maximum distance from the point where the
wheelchair occupant is seated to a point where the
occupant has a choice of two directions of travel
to an exit shall not exceed 30 feet. The length of
the path of travel shall include the vertical travel
distance of the lift.
(CA T24 1116B.3.2)
FIGURE 9

SECTION
Pits
If a pit must be provided, the pit depth is not less than

what is required for the installation of the buffers and all
other necessary elevator equipment. Fig. 10
(CA T24 7-3093.2(a))
The pit shall be kept clean and free form dirt and rubbish,
is not used for storage, and free of an accumulation of
water. Fig.10
(CA T24 7-3093.2(b))
Car Enclosure
Except at entrances, cars are enclosed on all sides and

FIGURE 10 on the top. The enclosure is a solid material, except where
other material is permitted by the division. Fig. 11
(CA T24 7-3093.9(a))
Car enclosures are secured in conformance with the
requirements of Sections 3034(a)1 and 3034(a)2.
(CA T24 7-3093.9 (b))
Glass used in elevator cars conforms to the requirements
of Section 7-3034(a)7.
(CA T24 7-3093.9(c))
Car Doors and Gates
Car doors or gates are required. They shall protect the

entire car entrance and are constructed of solid mate-
FIGURE 11 rial. Fig. 12
(CA T24 7-3093.11)
zz Material is non-perforated.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(1))
zz Scissor gates are prohibited.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(2))
zz End doors: min. 32” clear width.
(CA T24 1116B.4)
zz Side doors: min. 42” clear width.
(CA T24 1116B.4)
Doors or gates are low energy, power-operated.
FIGURE 12 (CA T24 1116B.4)
Doors or gates remain open for 20 seconds min.
(CA T24 1116B.4)
Exception
Lifts with doors or gates on opposite sides may have manual
doors or gates.
(CA T24 1116B.4)
Power opening for car doors and gates shall conform to
the requirements of subsection 7-3022(b)1. Power closing
for car doors and gates shall conform to the requirements
of Sections 7-3022(c), 7-3022 (d), and 7-3022(e). Fig. 12
(CA T24 7-3093.11(b))
All special access lifts installed after September 28,
FIGURE 13 2001 utilize power opening and closing doors and gates.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(c))

SECTION
Every car door or gate has an electric contact conforming

to the requirements of Section 7-3034 (d) 2. The electric
contacts shall prevent the car from moving unless the Min. illumination
at threshold is
sliding door or gate is within 2” of the fully closed posi- 5 foot-candles
tion. If the door or gate swings outward to open, it must
be closed and locked before the car can move. Fig. 13
(CA T24 7-3093.11(d))
The distance between the hoistway enclosure opposite
the car entrance and the car gate shall not exceed 5”.
(CA T24 7-3093.11(e))
Light in Car
FIGURE 14
The car has an electric light whose control switch is
located in the car near the entrance. The min. illumination
at the car threshold (door closed) is 5 foot-candles. Fig. 14
(CA T24 7-3093.12)
Buffers and Buffer Supports
The car and its counterweight utilize spring buffers that

will not be fully compressed when struck by the car at
its rated load and speed, or by the counterweight travel-
ing at 125% of the rated speed, or at governor tripping
speed where a governor-operated safety is used. Fig. 15
(CA T24 7-3093.23(a))
The car and its counterweight-buffer supports can withstand,
without failure, the impact resulting from buffer engage-
ment at 125% of the rated speed, or at governor tripping FIGURE 15
speed where a governor-operated safety is used. Fig. 15
(CA T24 7-3093.23(b))
Emergency Stop Switch
An emergency stop switch, conforming to the requirements

of Section 7-3040 (b) 5, is provided in every car. Fig. 16
(CA T24 7-3093.43)
Emergency Devices
A telephone connected to a central telephone exchange

is installed in the car along with an emergency signaling
device (audible outside the hoistway). Fig. 16
(CA T24 7-3093.45(a)) FIGURE 16
Lifts shall be provided with a means to lower the car in
case of power failure. The device shall be painted bright
red or orange and shall have instructions and warnings
about use affixed to the operating means. Fig. 17
(CA T24 3093.45(b))
Capacity
The rated load for existing special access elevators does

not exceed 700 pounds and max. clear inside net platform
area does not exceed 12 feet 2. The min. rated load is not
less than that based on 40 pound/feet 2 of clear inside
net platform area or 350 pounds, whichever is greater.
(CA T24 7-3093.46(a))
FIGURE 17

SECTION
The load capacity for special access elevators installed

after September 28, 2001 is not less 750 pounds, and the
clear inside platform dimensions are a min. of 32” by 54”.
(CA T24 7-3093.46(b))
1. Special access elevators without a front and rear
opening that facilitates a straight through ingress/
egress have a load capacity of not less than 750
pounds, and a max. 18 square feet clear inside
net platform area. The clear inside platform width
dimensions can range from 42” min. to 48” max.
on one side by 60” max. to 54” min. on the other
side.
Note: When platform min. width of 42” is increased,
the platform max. 60” length is decreased by the
FIGURE 18 number of inches the width has been increased.
See Table 1.
TABLE 1.
Varying Platform Size
42” x 60”
43” x 59”
44” x 58”
45” x 57”
46” x 56”
47” x 55”
48” x 54”
(CA T24 7-3093.46(b)1)
2. The platform/car includes handrail(s) in accor-

dance with Title 24, Section 7-3003. The clear
FIGURE 19 inside net platform area is calculated by multiplying
the platform’s width by it’s length without consider-
ation of the space occupied by the handrails.
(CA T24 7-3093.46(b)2)
3. Opening and closing of car doors does not

encroach on the platform inside clear space. Fig.
18
(CA T24 7-3093.46(b)3)
Speed
The rated speed shall not exceed 40’ per minute. Fig. 18
(CA T24 7-3093.47)
Rise
The rise shall not exceed 50’. Fig. 18

FIGURE 20 (CA T24 7-3093.48)
Capacity Plate
A capacity plated indicating the rated load of the elevator

in pounds is fastened in a conspicuous place inside the
car. The letters and figures on such plates shall not be
less than ¼” in height. Fig. 19
(CA T24 7-3093.49)

SECTION
Inclined Platform (Wheelchair) Lifts
A level and clear floor area or landing at each floor or

level served by special access lifts is provided. Fig. 20
(CA T24 7-3094.3(j)1)
Level and clear floor areas or landings are part of the
path of travel. Path of travel is a passage that consists of
walks and sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian ramps,
lobbies and corridors, elevators, and/or other improved
areas that provide access to and egress from an area or
location for pedestrians and/or wheelchair users. Fig. 20
(CA T24 7-3094.3(j)2)
In new construction, the min. size of landings is 60” by
60”. Other dimensions can be utilized if it can be shown
that a person using a wheelchair measuring 30” by 48”
can enter and operate the lift safely.
(CA T24 7-3094.3(j) 4)
If wheelchair users enter and exit on an inclined platform
(wheelchair) lift, 90º turns are allowed only at the lower
landing when 2 adjacent retractable ramps on the plat-
form are used. FIGURE 21
(CA T24 7-3094.3(k))
Controls and Operating Mechanisms
Controls and operating mechanisms are operable with

one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or
twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate con-
trols shall be no greater than 5 pounds of force. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1117.B.6.4) (ADA 4.27)
The operation of the car shall be by continuous pressure
means or by single automatic means.
(CA T24 7-3093.37)
Special access elevators may be locked for security
reasons, except during business hours.
(CA T24 7-3093.37)

SECTION
42 Public Telephones
Public telephones must be provided in the numbers and types shown below.
Clear floor space and reach range requirements depend on whether a front or parallel (side)
approach is being provided, and whether any confining walls are present (alcove).
Telephones for hearing impaired persons (which allow the volume to be increased) must be
provided.
In addition, text telephones (TTYs) (which allow non-audio communication by persons who
are deaf or speech-impaired) must be provided.
Telephone enclosures may protrude into the required clear floor space, and even into paths
of travel, subject to restrictions noted below.

SECTION
Public Telephones 42
Requirements Equipment For Hearing Impaired

Public telephones must be provided as described in the fol- The following minimum numbers of public telephones must
lowing table: be provided with volume controls:
Number of each Minimum zz At least one public telephone in each telephone bank.
type of telephone Number of zz Minimum of 25% of the total number of public tele-
provided on Telephones phones in a building/facility.
each floor required Qualifying telephones should be equipped as follows:
1 or more single 1 or at least 50 percent of zz The receiver must generate a magnetic field.
units telephone unit(s) per floor
zz They should include volume controls which are hearing
1 telephone bank
1 or at least 50 percent of aid compatible.
telephone unit(s) per bank zz These telephones must be identified with a sign show-
1 or at least 50 percent of telephone ing a handset with radiating sound waves.
unit(s) per bank; at least 1 telephone per zz Controls must be push-buttons, where service for such
2 or more banks
floor shall meet the requirements for a equipment is available.
forward reach telephone
zz Phone books (if provided) must be within accessible
NOTE: Public telephones in addition to the numbers shown reach ranges.
here may be installed at any height.
zz Phone cord must be at least 29” long.
Clear Floor Space / Reach Ranges Equipment for Deaf / Speech-Impaired
Clear Floor Space When three (3) or more public pay phones are provided at
the interior and exterior of a site, and if at least one is inte-
Clear floor space must be at least 30” x 48”, to allow a for-
rior, then one (1) public text telephone shall be provided.
ward or parallel approach to the public telephone.
If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a stadium,
An additional clear floor space of 30” x 48” should adjoin
arena, convention center, hotel with a convention center,
one unobstructed side of the primary clear floor space.
or covered mall, at least one (1) interior public text phone
zz This clear space may be part of the clear knee space shall be provided.
that is required under some objects.
If the location is in or adjacent to a hospital emergency,
If a confining wall is more than 24” high, for a front approach recovery, or waiting room, at least one (1) public text tele-
the clear floor space must be at least 36” x 48”. phone shall be provided at each location.
If confining wall is more than 15” high, for a side approach A text telephone used with a pay telephone must be per-
the clear floor space must be at least 30” x 60”. manently affixed within or adjacent to the pay telephone
enclosure.
Reach Ranges
zz Shelf and electrical outlets must be provided within or
Side Reach Telephone: the highest operable part may be adjacent to the enclosure.
54” maximum above floor.
zz The shelf must have at least 6” vertical clearance to
Forward Reach Telephone: highest operable part may be accommodate the text telephone.
48” maximum above floor.
zz If an acoustic coupler is used in the text telephone,
Side Reach Telephone & Diagonally Mounted Telephone in a the telephone cord must be sufficiently long enough to
corner: highest operable part may be 54” maximum above allow connection of the text telephone and telephone
floor. receiver.
Accessible Route: Ground and floors should be stable, firm, Appropriate signage must be installed, identifying the loca-
and slip resistant. Approaches may not be impeded. tion and availability of text telephone.
zz Signage must include the international TTY symbol.
zz The term “TDD” may not be used.
Clear Space / Reach Ranges / Hearing and Speech Impaired 269

SECTION
Enclosures Head Room

Telephone enclosures may overhang the Clear Floor Space Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any other
requirements discussed above, within the following limits. circulation spaces must have at least 80” head room over
zz Side Reach Enclosure: 19” maximum overhang into the their clear width area.
required clear space, with 27” maximum height of the zz If any area adjoining an accessible route has a clear
lowest overhanging part. headroom of less than 80”, a barrier must be provided
zz Full-Height Enclosure: 30” minimum width entrance to warn blind persons.
must be maintained. Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from
zz Forward Reach Enclosure: If overhang is greater than the posts or pylons, and the bottom edge of the sign is at
12”, the minimum clear width of 30” must be main- less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level:
tained. If the clear width of enclosure does not maintain zz The edges of such signs shall be rounded or eased
the 30” minimum clear width, the minimum height of zz The corners of the signs should have a minimum radius
lowest overhanging part is 27”. of 0.125”.
Protruding Telephone Enclosures: Where telephone enclo-
sures protrude into walls, halls, corridors or aisles, they
must comply with the following requirements:
zz Protruding objects may not reduce the clear width of an
accessible route or maneuvering space.
zz Wall-mounted protruding objects in the zone 27” to
80” high project a maximum of 4” into walks, hallways,
aisles or passages. (Wall-mounted protruding objects
27” high or less are not subject to the 4” limit.)
zz Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons may
project no more than 12” from the post/pylon surface
in the zone of 27” to 80” above the floor.
270 Enclosures / Head Room

SECTION
Public telephones must be provided as described in the

following table:
(CA T24 1117B.2.1) (ADA 4.31.1)
Number of each type

of telephone provided Minimum number of telephones required
on each floor to comply with Section 1117B.2*
1 or more single units 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone
unit(s) per floor
1 telephone bank 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone
unit(s) per bank
2 or more banks 1 or at least 50 percent of telephone
unit(s) per bank at least 1 telephone per
floor shall meet the requirements for a
forward reach telephone
* Additional public telephones may be installed at any height. FIGURE 1
Min. clear floor space 30” x 48” to allow a forward or
parallel approach. Figs. 1 & 3
(CA T24 1117B.2.2) (ADA 4.31.2)
An additional clear floor space of 30” x 48” to adjoin
one unobstructed side of the primary clear floor space.
Clear space may be part of required knee space under
some objects. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.2.3 & 4) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
If confining wall is over 24” for a front approach the min.
clear floor space is 36” x 48”. If confining wall is over
15” for a side approach the min. clear floor space is 30”
x 60”. Figs. 2 & 5
(CA T24 1117B.2.4, 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
Side Reach Telephone: the highest operable part shall be
54” max. above floor. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1117B.2.6 & 1118B.6) (ADA 4.31.3 & 4.2.6)
FIGURE 2
Forward Reach Telephone: highest operable part max.
48” above floor. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.31.3 & 4.2.5)
Side Reach Telephone & Diagonally Mounted Telephone in a
corner: highest operable part max. 54” above floor. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1117B.2.6 & 1118B.6) (ADA 4.31.3 & 4.2.6)
FIGURE 3
Number Required / Clear Space and Reach 271

SECTION
Accessible Route
Ground and floors should be stable, firm, and slip resistant.

Approaches shall not be impeded.
(CA T24 1117B.2.5, 1124B) (ADA 4.5.1)
Carpets must be securely attached, have a level or textured
loop, level cut pile or level cut/uncut pile texture. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Pad, if used, is firm. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.3)
Exposed carpet edges must have transition trim. If the
vertical height is greater than ¼”, the transition is beveled
with a max. slope of 1:2. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1124B.2; 1124B.3) (ADA 4.5.2; 4.5.3)
FIGURE 4 Grid openings in any floor gratings shall be a max. ½” in

the direction of travel.
(CA T24 1124B.4) (ADA 4.5.4)
FIGURE 5 FIGURE 7
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 8
272 Accessible Route

SECTION
Equipment For the Hearing Impaired
At least one in each telephone bank and a min. of 25% of

the total number of public telephones shall be equipped
with a volume control. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.2.8) (ADA 4.1.3.17(b))
Telephones with volume control shall be hearing aid
compatible (i.e., they must generate a magnetic field) and
identified with a sign showing a handset with radiating
soundwaves. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.2.8 & 1117B.5.8.3) (ADA 4.1.3.17(b))
Push-button controls, where service for such equipment
is available.
(CA T24 1117B.2.10) (ADA 4.31.6)
Phone book shall be within reach distance.
(CA T24 1117B.2.12) (ADA 4.31.7)
FIGURE 9
Phone cord shall be min. 29” long. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.2.11) (ADA 4.31.8)
Enclosures
Telephone enclosures may overhang the previous clear

floor space requirements within the following limits.
Side Reach: 19” max. overhang. 27” maximum height of
lowest overhanging part. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1117B.2.7.1) (ADA 4.31.2)
Full-Height Enclosure: 30” minimum width of entrance.
Fig. 11
(CA T24 1117B.2.7.2) (ADA 4.31.2)
Forward Reach: If overhang is greater than 12”, minimum
clear width of 30”. If clear width of enclosure is less than
30”, minimum height of lowest overhang part of 27”.
Figs. 12 & 13
(CA T24 1117B.2.7.3) (ADA 4.31.2) FIGURE 10
Protruding Telephone Enclosures: Where telephone enclo-
sures protrude into walls, halls, corridors or aisles, they
shall comply with the following requirements:
Protruding objects do not reduce the clear width of an
accessible route or maneuvering space. Fig. 14, also see
figures for Section 25.
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
Wall-mounted protruding objects from 27” to 80” high
have a max. projection of 4”. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
Wall-mounted protruding objects at or below 27” have no
limit on projection. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons have a
max. 12” projection from 27” to 80” above floor. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.1) (ADA 4.4.1)
FIGURE 11
Hearing Impaired / Enclosures 273

SECTION
Head Room
Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, and any

other circulation spaces have min. clear width head room
of 80”. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.2) (ADA 4.4.2)
If area adjoining accessible route has a clear headroom
less than 80”, a barrier is provided to warn blind persons.
Fig. 14
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.2) (ADA 4.4.2)
Wherever signs mounted on posts or pylons protrude from
the posts or pylons and the bottom edge of the sign is at
less than 80” above the finished floor or ground level, the
edges of such signs shall be rounded or eased and the
FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13
corners shall have a min. radius of 0.125”. See figures
for Section 25.
(CA T24 1133B.8.6.3)
80”
Min.
FIGURE 14
FIGURE 15
274 Head Room

SECTION
Text Telephones
If a total of four (4) or more public pay phones are pro-

vided at the interior and exterior of a site, and if at least
one is interior, then one (1) public text telephone shall
be provided. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.1) (ADA 4.1.3(17)(c)(i))
If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a stadium,
arena, convention center, hotel with a convention center,
or covered mall, at least one (1) interior public text phone
shall be provided. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.1.1) (ADA 4.1.3(17)(c)(ii))
If the location is in or adjacent to a hospital emergency,
recovery, or waiting room, at least one (1) public text
telephone shall be provided at each location. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.1.3) (ADA 4.1.3(17) (c)(iii))
A text telephone used with a pay telephone must be per-
manently affixed within or adjacent to the pay telephone FIGURE 16
enclosure. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1117.2.9.2.1) (ADA 4.31.9(1))
A shelf and electrical outlet must be provided within or
adjacent to the enclosure. The shelf must provide a min. 6”
vertical clearance to accommodate text telephone. Fig. 16
(CA T24, 1117B.2.9.2.2) (ADA, 4.31.9(2))
The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed
flush on the surface of the shelf. Fig. 16
(CA T24, 1117B.2.9.2.2)
If an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be
sufficiently long enough to allow connection of the text
telephone and telephone receiver. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1117B2.9.2.1 & 3) (ADA 4.31.9(1))
Appropriate signage should be installed identifying location
and availability of text telephone. Figs. 17 & 18
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.3) (ADA 4.30.7(3))
Signage includes the international TTY symbol. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1117B.2.9.3 & 1117B.5.10) (ADA 4.31.9(1))
The term “TDD” shall not be used.
(CA T24 1117B.5.10)
FIGURE 17
FIGURE 18
Text Telephones 275

SECTION
43 Sanitary Facilities
Sanitary facilities (restrooms) provided in an accessible building/facility must themselves

be accessible.
However facilities are provided for non-disabled persons (either single-sex or unisex), they
must be provided for disabled persons in the same manner.
In existing buildings, accessible facilities within a reasonable distance of accessible building

areas will satisfy the requirement.
zz Restrooms located on other floors or in other buildings are not considered “within a rea-
sonable distance.”
zz Typically, the accessible sanitary facilities must be on the same floor as occupants who
might have need to use them.
zz On very large floors, the accessible sanitary facilities should be at least centrally located
(not at one end or the other of very long hallways/corridors), and in some cases more
than one accessible sanitary facility may be required.
Doorways to sanitary facilities must be at least 32” wide, and they must provide a 44” x
60” level clear area in the direction of the door swing, with an additional level area past the
strike edge of 24” for exterior doors and 18” for interior doors.
In existing buildings, doors to sanitary facilities may be 30” wide.
Mounting heights for fixtures and accessories may be adjusted if a significant percentage
of usage will be by children. The dimensions provided in Table 43-1 (based on Table 1115B-1
of Title 24) are only suggestions and are not mandatory.)
Accessible sanitary facilities must be signed appropriately, using raised symbols, lettering
and Braille.
276 Restrooms
SECTION
Sanitary Facilities 43
Requirements Facilities for Adults and Children

Sanitary facilities that serve buildings, facilities or portions The following chart provides recommended dimensions where
of buildings or facilities that are required by these stan- adults and/or children are likely to require accessible facilities:
dards to be accessible, must themselves be accessible,
according to the following requirements. Table 43-1
Available Exception Suggested Dimensions
Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. When A = Adult Dimensions (age 12 and over)
“equivalent facilitation” is used to satisfy these requirements, E = Elementary School Dimensions
these criteria shall apply: K = Kindergarten and Pre-School Dimensions
All sanitary facilities are not required to comply with Facility A E K
these building standards when the enforcing agency
Toilet centering from wall 18” 15” 12”
determines that accessible sanitary facilities are acces-
sible to and usable by persons with disabilities within a Toilet seat height/Dimensions to
17”-19” 15” 10”-12”
reasonable distance of accessible areas. top of seat
Equivalent facilitation requires that doors must have a Grab bar height (side) 33” 27” 20”-22”
minimum clear, unobstructed opening of at least 30”.
Toilet paper in front of toilet 12” max. 6” max. 6” max.
Separate Toilet Facilities
Napkin disposal in front of toilet 12” max. 12” max. N/A
Where separate or unisex facilities are provided for non-dis-
abled persons, the same must be provided for the disabled. Dispenser or mirror height 40” max. 36” max. 32” max.
For portable toilets, 5% but no less than 1 accessible toilet Lavatory/sink top height 34” max. 29” max. 24” max.
unit must be installed at each cluster. Lavatory/sink knee clearance 27” min. 24” min. 19” min.
If facilities are used solely for small children, specific Urinal lip height 17” max. 15” max. 13” min.
heights may be adjusted.
Urinal flush handle height 44” max. 37” max. 32” max.
Clear Doorway Openings
Drinking fountain bubbler height 36” max. 32” max. 30” max.
The clear unobstructed opening width of doorways must
be 32” min. Drinking fountain knee clearance 27” min. 24” min. 22” min.
The min. level clear area (measured from a door in the Ramp/stair handrail height 34”-38” 27” 22”
closed position) must be 60” in the direction of the door
swing and 44” for the area opposite the direction of door Identification Symbols for Sanitary Facilities
swing. Door Signage
Min. width of the level area on the door swing side past the Doorways leading to sanitary facilities must be identified
strike edge of door must be 24” for exterior doors and 18” as follows:
for interior doors. Men’s sanitary facilities must be identified by an equilat-
eral triangle ¼” thick with edges 12” long and the vertex
pointed upward.
zz All symbols must be centered on door at a height of 60”
from floor.
Women’s sanitary facilities must be identified by a circle ¼”
thick and 12” diameter.
from floor.
Unisex facilities must be identified by a circle ¼” thick, and
12” in diameter with a ¼” thick triangle superimposed on
the circle within the 12” diameter.
from floor.
Color and contrast must be distinctly different from color
and contrast of the facility door.
Restrooms 277
SECTION
Signs and Identification Plan Review and Approval

Mounting Location and Height:
Permanent Wall Sign When a permit is otherwise required for new construction,
or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation of
For permanent identification, the wall sign must be installed existing buildings or facilities:
on the wall adjacent to latch outside of door.
zz If there is no space, including at double leaf doors, the to these requirements shall be included in the plans or
sign shall be placed on nearest adjacent wall, preferably specifications, and shall be subject to plan review and
on the right. approval by the local enforcing agency.
The mounting height must be 60” above the floor to the zz Signs and identification shall be field inspected after
center line of sign. installation and approved by the local enforcing agency.
Persons must be able to approach within 3” of the sign zz The inspection shall (among other things) verify that any
without encountering protruding objects or standing within Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size,
the swing of the door. proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these
Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol for Signs requirements.
The characters and symbols used on the wall-mounted
signs must be raised from the surface to provide tactile
cues to the vision impaired.
The characters and background of wall mounted signs
must be eggshell or non-glare finish.
The sign must consist of white figures/characters on blue
background.
The blue must be equal to color #15090 in Federal Std.
595B.
Available Exception
The appropriate enforcement agency may approve special
signs and identification necessary to complement decor or
unique design when it is determined that such signs and identi-
fication provide adequate direction to persons with disabilities.
Character size and Type

Raised characters on the wall-mounted signs must be at
least 5/8” high, but no more than 2” high.
Characters must be raised at least 1/32” above the sign
surface.
zz They must be Sans Serif upper case alphanumeric
characters.
Alphanumeric characters must be accompanied by Grade
2 Braille (see below).
Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms) / Braille
Pictograms must be accompanied by verbal description
placed directly below.
The minimum border dimension height for each pictogram
is 6”.
Grade 2 Braille
Contracted Grade 2 Braille must be used wherever Braille
is required.
zz Dots in Braille must be 1/10” diameter, on centers in
each cell with 2/10” between cells, measured from the
second column of the dots in the first cell to the first
column of the dots in the second cell.
zz Dots must be raised a min. of 1/40” above the background.
278 Signage
SECTION
Sanitary facilities that serve buildings, facilities or por-

tions of buildings or facilities that are required by these
standards to be accessible to persons with disabilities,
shall be on an accessible route and conform to the fol-
(CA T24 1115B.1) (ADA 4.1.3(11))
Exception
In existing buildings or facilities, when the enforcement agency
determines that compliance with any building standard under
this section would create an unusual hardship, an exception to
such standard shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is
provided. When equivalent facilitation is used, the following cri-
teria shall apply:
(CA T24 1115B.1)
1. All sanitary facilities are not required to comply with these
building standards when the enforcing agency determines
that sanitary facilities are accessible to and usable by
persons with disabilities within a reasonable distance of
accessible areas. Fig. 1
2. When existing sanitary facilities are not being altered to pro- FIGURE 1
vide accessibility, Signage complying with Section 61 Signs
and Identification must be provided at such inaccessible facili-
ties indicating the location of the nearest accessible sanitary
facility.
(CA T24 1115B.1 EXCEPTION)
Separate and Unisex Toilet Facilities
Where separate or unisex facilities are provided for

non-disabled, these facilities must be accessible to the
disabled. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.1.1)
For portable toilets, 5% but no less than 1 accessible
toilet unit shall be installed at each cluster.
(ADA 4.1.2.6)
FIGURE 2
If facilities are used solely for small children, specific
heights and clearances may be adjusted. See Table
1115B-1 (below) for suggested dimensions.
(CA T24 1115B.1.2)
Clear Doorway Openings
See Multiple-Accommodation Toilet Facilities, Section 49, for

details.
FIGURE 3
Facilities Provided / Doorway Openings 279

SECTION
Table 1115B-1 — Suggessted Dimensions For Children’s Use

The Division of the State Architect, Office of Regulation Services recommends the
following dimensions as adequately serving the needs of children in projects under our
jurisdiction. These recommendations are based on the federal “Recommendations for
Accessibility for Children in Elementary School” and other recognized publications on
access for children:
A = Adult Dimensions (age 12 and over)
E = Elementary Dimensions
K = Kindergarten and Pre-school Dimensions
SUGGESTED
A E K
DIMENSION (Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
Toilet centering from wall 18 15 12
Toilet seat height/Dimensions 17-19 15 10-12
to top of seat
FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5 Grab bar height (side) 33 27 20-22
Toilet paper in front of toilet 12 max. 6 max. 6 max.
Napkin disposal in front of toilet 12 max. 12 max. N/A
Dispenser or mirror height 40 max. 36 max. 32 max.
Lavatory/sink top height 34 max. 29 max. 24 max.
Lavatory/sink knee clearance 27 min. 24 min. 19 min.
Urinal lip height 17 max. 15 max. 13 min.
Urinal flush handle height 44 max. 37 max. 32 max.
Drinking fountain bubbler 36 max. 32 max. 30 max.
height
Drinking fountain knee 27 min. 24 min. 22 min.
clearance
FIGURE 6 Ramp/stair handrail height 34-38 27 22
(See Fig.6)
Identification Symbols for Sanitary Facilities

Door Signage
General
Doorways leading to sanitary facilities shall be identified
by a geometric symbol in compliance with this section.
Figs. 7, 8 and 9
(CA T24 1115B.6)
Geometric symbols shall be centered horizontally on
FIGURE 7 the door at a height of 60” above the finished floor or
ground surface measured to the center of the symbol.
Figs. 7, 8 and 9
(CA T24 1115B.6)
Edges of signs must be rounded, chamfered or eased.
(CA T24 1115B.6)
Corners of signs must have a min. radius of 1/8”
(CA T24 1115B.6)
Doorways leading to sanitary facilities shall be as follows:
Men’s Sanitary Facility

Men’s sanitary facilities shall be identified by an equilat-
eral triangle ¼” thick with edges 12” long and the vertex
FIGURE 8 pointed upward. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.6.1)
280 Accessible FAcilities for Children / Signage

SECTION
The triangle symbol must contrast with the door, either

light on a dark background or dark on a light background.
Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.6.1)
Woman’s Sanitary Facilities

Women’s sanitary facilities shall be identified by a circle
¼” thick and 12” diameter. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.6.2)
The circle symbol must contrast with the door, either light
on a dark background or dark on a light background. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.6.2)
FIGURE 9
Unisex Sanitary Facilities
Unisex facilities shall be identified by a circle ¼” thick,
and 12” in diameter with a ¼” thick triangle superimposed
on the circle within the 12” diameter. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.6.3)
The triangle symbol must contrast with the circle sym-
FIGURE 10
bol, either light on a dark background or dark on a light
background. The circle symbol must contrast with the
door, either light on a dark background or dark on a light
background. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.6.3)
All symbols shall be centered on door at a height of 60”
from floor. Figs. 7-9
(CA T24 1115B.5.7) FIGURE 11
Color and contrast shall be distinctly different from color
and contrast of the facility door. Fig. 10 FIGURE 12
(CA T24 1115B.5.2)
Signs and Identification, Mounting Location

and Height: Permanent Wall Sign
For permanent identification, the wall sign shall be installed

on the wall adjacent to latch outside of door. If there is
no space, including at double leaf doors, the sign shall
be placed on nearest adjacent wall, preferably on the
right. Fig. 11 and 12
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Where permanent identification signage is provided for
rooms and spaces they must be located on the approach
side of the door as one enters the room or space.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7)
Signs that identify exists shall be located on the approach
side of the door as one exists the room and space.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7)
The mounting height shall 60” above the floor to the center
line of sign. Persons shall be able to approach within 3”
of the sign without encountering protruding objects or
standing within the swing of the door. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Sanitary facilities are required to provide 2 separate
forms of signage: Door signage and Wall signage
FIGURE 13
Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbols 281

SECTION
Characters and Braille shall be in a horizontal format.

Braille should be placed a min. 3/8” and max. ½” directly
below the tactile characters, flush left or centered. When
the tactile text is multi-lined, all Braille must be placed
together below all lines of tactile text.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.4)
Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms)
Pictograms shall be accompanied by verbal description

placed directly below the pictogram. Min. border dimen-
sion height of pictogram shall be 6”. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.3) (ADA 4.30.4)
FIGURE 14 Braille
Contracted Grade 2 Braille shall be used wherever Braille

Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol for Signs is required. Dots shall be 1/10 ” on centers in each cell with
2
/ 10 ” between cells, measured from the second column
The raised (tactile) characters and background of sign of the dots in the first cell to the first column of the dots
shall be eggshell or non-glare finish and shall consist of in the second cell. Fig. 14
white figure on blue background. The blue shall be equal (CA T24 1117B.5.6)
to color #15090 in Federal Std. 595B. Fig. 13 Dots shall be raised a min. of 1/40” above the back-
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5) ground. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1117B.5.6)
Exception
The appropriate enforcement agency may approve special Plan Review and Inspection
signs and identification necessary to complement decor or
unique design when it is determined that such signs and identi- When a permit is otherwise required for new construction,
fication provide adequate direction to persons with disabilities. or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation
Character Type
Raised characters shall be raised 1/32” min. and shall subject to these requirements shall be included in the
be Sans Serif upper case characters accompanied by plans or specifications, and shall be subject to plan
Grade 2 Braille. Fig. 13 review and approval by the local enforcing agency.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.30.4) (CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.1)
zz Signs and identification shall be field inspected after
Character Size & Placement installation and approved by the local enforcing agency
prior to the issuance of a final certificate of occupancy
Raised characters shall be a min. of 5/ 8 ” high and a max. per Appendix Chapter 1, Section 110.2, or final approval
of 2” high. Fig. 13 where no certificate of occupancy is issued.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.30.4)
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)
proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these
requirements.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)
282 Plan Review and Approval

SECTION
Urinal Facilities 44
Urinals must be floor mounted or wall mounted, with a rim projecting 14” minimum from the
wall and a rim height of 17” maximum.
At least one urinal must have a clear floor space of at least 30” x 48”.
Wall and floor surfaces must be smooth, hard and non-absorbent.
Flush controls must be mounted no higher than 44” high, and the force required to activate
flush controls may not exceed 5 lbf.

SECTION
44 Urinal Facilities
Clear Space Floors and Walls / Floor Surface

Where urinals are provided, at least 1 must provide 30” x The floor must be finished with smooth, hard, and non-
48” clear floor space in front of the urinal, to allow for a absorbent flooring material.
forward approach. The flooring material must extend up the walls at least 5”.
The clear space may extend 6” maximum under the urinal (Typically, the flooring material or equivalent is used to sat-
if the urinal has at least 9” toe clearance when measured isfy the additional requirements described in Walls below.)
from the finished floor surface to the bottom of the urinal/
apron. Walls
Walls within 24” of the front and sides of the urinal must be
Approach smooth, hard, and non-absorbent up to 48” in height.
One full unobstructed side of the clear space described Except for the underlying structural materials, the surfac-
above must adjoin or overlap an accessible route. ing materials must be a type which is not adversely affected
Urinal Dimensions by moisture.
The height of the urinal’s rim may not exceed 17” above the Flush Controls
finished floor. Flush controls may be installed no higher than 44” above
The urinal’s rim must project at least 14” from the wall. the finished floor level.
These controls should be operable with only 1 hand.
zz They must not require tight grasping, pinching, or twist-
ing of the wrist.
zz The force required to activate the controls may not
exceed 5 lbf.
zz Electronic or automatic flushing controls are accept-
able and preferable.
284 Clear Space / Approach / Floor & Wall Surface / Controls

SECTION
Urinals required to be accessible must comply with the

following:
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3)
Clear Floor Space
Where urinals are provided, at least one shall have a clear

floor space 30” by 48” in front of the urinal to allow
forward approach. Fig. 1, 2 and 3.
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3, 4.22.5)
Urinals must be floor-mounted, stall-type or wall hung.
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3, 4.22.5)
This clear space shall comply with Section 32 Clear Floor
or Ground Space for Wheelchairs.
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3, 4.22.5)
Basic Configuration and Location FIGURE 1
Where one or more wall-hung urinals are provided, at

least one with an elongated rim must be provided. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.1)
It must project a min. of 14” and a max. of 17” from the
wall. Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.1)
Urinal rim must be located at max. of 17” above the floor.
Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.1)
FIGURE 2
Facilities Provided / Configuration / Controls 285

SECTION
44 Urinal Facilities
Alcove Urinals
Where there are urinals provided within an alcove of more

than 24” deep ( i.e. where surrounding walls or partitions
extend more than 24” from the front edge of the clear
floor space) they must comply with the following: Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.18.3)
Clear floor space of 36” by 48” in front of the urinal to
allow forward approach. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.3) (ADA 4.22.5)
The clear space may extend a max. of 6” under the urinal
if the urinal has a min. of 9” of toe clearance from the
floor to the urinal’s bottom. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1118B.4.1) (ADA 4.2.4.1)
NON-ALCOVE Accessible Route
FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.18.3)
If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or other-
wise confined on all or a part of three sides, additional
maneuvering clearances shall be provided as required in
Section 32 Clear Floor and Ground Space for Wheelchairs
and Section 34 Interior Routes of Travel, Aisles, Alcoves
and Corridors.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.18.3)
FIGURE 4
ALCOVE
FIGURE 5
286 Clear Space / Approach / Floor & Wall Surface / Controls

SECTION
Flush Controls
Flush controls shall be operable with one hand and shall

not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the
wrist Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 and 4.27.4)
Flush controls must be mounted no more than 44” above
the floor. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 and 4.27.4)
The force required to activate controls shall be no greater
than 5 lbf (22.2 N). Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 and 4.27.4)
Electronic automatic flushing controls are acceptable and FIGURE 6
preferable. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.2.2) (ADA 4.18.4 and 4.27.4)
Walls and Floor Surfaces
Floors shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface

such as Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other
approved material which extends upward onto the walls
at least 5”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)
Walls within water closet compartments and walls within
24” of the front and sides of urinals shall be similarly
finished to a height of 48”. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)
Except for structural elements, the materials used in such
walls shall be a type which is not adversely affected by
moisture.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)
FIGURE 7
Facilities Provided / Configuration / Controls 287

SECTION
45 Lavatory
These accessibility requirements apply to all lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in lavatories.
The standard clear floor space requirement of 30” x 48”, allowing a forward approach,
must be provided for accessible lavatories.
zz This space may include/provide the knee space required under the lavatory, up to 19”
max.
zz This space must adjoin or overlap an accessible route.
See below for specifics on minimum clearances, mounting heights, etc.
See other appropriate Sections for more information about the number of accessible lava-
tories required, etc.
zz See separate Sections for Sinks in general (Section 53) an sinks in Kitchens (Section 54).
288 Lavatories
SECTION
Lavatory 45
Requirements
If lavatories and mirrors are provided, at least one of each Lavatories
must be accessible. Clear Floor Space for Lavatories
Clear Spaces / Mirrors Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach
When mirrors are provided, at least one must be made Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route.
accessible. This clear floor space may include knee space required under some objects,
zz The bottom edge of the reflecting surface for an acces- but only a maximum of 19” of the space below a lavatory may be counted
sible mirror may not be installed higher than 40” from toward the 48” dimension.
the finished floor level. Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is
provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space.
Installation Height 34” max. from floor to either rim
of lavatory or counter surface
Minimum Clearances
Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture 18” from wall/fixture to centerline
of lavatory (typ. drain)
Minimum Knee Space 27” high
(from floor under the lavatory)
8” deep
30” wide
Minimum Toe Space 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide
Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered.
No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present.
Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms
Push-type
Electronically operated
Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twist-
ing of the wrist.
Lavatories / Mirrors 289

SECTION
45 Lavatory
Lavatories required to be accessible shall comply with

this subsection.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3) (ADA 4.19.1)
5% or at least one lavatory shall comply with this section.
CA T24 1115B.3.1.3) (ADA 4.23.6)
Applicable to all lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in
lavatories.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3)
each is accessible.
(ADA 4.23.6)
FIGURE 1 Clear Floor Space
A clear floor space 30” by 48” complying with Section

32 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs, must be
provided in front of a lavatory to allow forward approach.
Fig. 1 and 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)
Such clear floor space shall adjoin or overlap an acces-
sible route and shall extend a max. of 19” into knee and
toe space underneath the lavatory. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.3) (ADA 4.19.3)
Mounting Location
Lavatories, when located adjacent to a side wall or partition,

shall be a min. of 18” to the centerline of the fixture. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2)
All lavatories that are designated to be accessible shall
FIGURE 2 be a min. 17” in horizontal depth. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2)
Lavatory must be mounted with the rim or counter edge
no higher than 34” above the finished floor. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
Must have a vertical clearance measured from the bottom
of the apron or the outside bottom edge of the lavatory
of 29” reducing to 27” at a point located 8” back from
the front edge. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
Toe Clearance
A min. 9” high toe clearance must be provided extending

back toward the wall to a distance no more than 6 “ from
FIGURE 3 the back wall. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
The toe clearance space must be free of equipment or
obstructions. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
290 Lavatories / Mirrors / Clear Floor Space & Clearances

SECTION
Lavatory 45
Knee Clearance LAVATORIES

GENERAL – These requirements apply to lavatory
There is a 29” min. clearance from bottom of apron to fixtures, vanities and built-in lavatories
1115B.4.3
floor. Fig. 2
ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES – If
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2) lavatories are provided, 5% or
CA T24 1115B.3.1.3
at least one lavatory shall be 5%
Knee clearance under front lip is a min. 27” high. Fig. 2 accessible (comply with the
ADA 4.23.6
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2) following provisions).
Min. knee clearance width is 30” and extends a min. of Clear Space to be provided
CA T24 1115B.4.3.3
in front of lavatory that allows 30” x 48” min.
8” in depth from the front of the lavatory. Fig. 2 forward approach
ADA 4.19.3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.2) (ADA 4.19.2)
Required clear space adjoins
CA T24 1115B.4.3.3
or overlaps an accessible route 19” max.
Hotwater and Drainpipes and underneath the lavatory
ADA 4.19.3
Lavatory adjacent to sidewall

Hot water and drain pipes are insulated or covered. Fig. 4 or partition: min. distance from
18” min. CA T24 1115B.4.3.3
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4) wall/partition to centerline of
fixture
No sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. Fig. 4
Rim or Counter, above floor CA T24 1115B.4.3.2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.4) (ADA 4.19.4) 34” max.
surface ADA 4.19.2
Faucet Controls Clearance from bottom of

29” min.
CA T24 1115B.4.3.2
apron to floor ADA 4.19.2
Faucet controls and operating mechanisms are operable Accessible Lavatory: Depth
CA T24 1115B.4.3.2
from front to rear wall (see Toe 17” min.
with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching, Clearance below)
ADA 4.19.2
Knee Clearance under front lip 27” high x 30” Wide x CA T24 1115B.4.3.2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
of lavatory 8” deep ADA 4.19.2
Max. force required to activate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 4 Toe Clearance under lavatory
9” High x 30” Wide x CA T24 1115B.4.3.2
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4) (measured from in front of
17” Deep ADA 4.19.2
lavatory)
Acceptable faucet designs are used (lever-operated, push
Toe Clearance free of equip-
type and electronically operated). ment, pipes or other obstruc- CA T24 1115B.4.3.2
6”
If self-closing valves are used, faucet remains open a tions (Measured from back wall ADA 4.19.2
min. of 10 seconds. forward)
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5) Drain and hot water piping is insulated or configured to CA T24 1115B.4.3.4
prevent contact. ADA 4.19.4
There are no sharp or abrasive elements under the CA T24 1115B.4.3.4
lavatory. ADA 4.19.4
Faucets of the lever type, push type, or electronically
CA T24 1115B.4.3.1
controlled (preferred). Note: Self-Closing valves must
ADA 4.19.5
maintain min. 10 sec. open flow.
CA T24 1115B.4.3.1
with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinch-
ADA 4.27.4
ing or twisting of the wrist
Force required to activate CA T24 1115B.4.3.3
5 lbs. force
controls ADA 4.19.3
FIGURE 4
Under-Lavatory Surfaces / Controls 291

SECTION
46 Lavatory Fixtures & Accessories
Clear floor space of at least 30” x 48”, allowing for a forward approach, must be provided in
front of an accessible lavatory.
zz This space may include/provide the knee space required under the lavatory, up to 19”
max.
zz This space must adjoin or overlap an accessible route.
Lavatory controls (faucet) must meet accessibility requirements.
At least one of each type of the following that is provided in a sanitary facility must be
mounted no higher than 40” above the finished floor: mirror, towel dispenser, sanitary nap-
kin dispenser, waste receptacle and similar fixture or accessory.
zz Paper towel dispensers and/or electric hand dryers cannot protrude into the required
clear floor space for lavatories.
When medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be accessible, meaning that its
mirror is accessible (see above) and it provides at least one usable shelf no higher than 44”.
Mirrors over accessible lavatories and countertops must be mounted so their bottom edge
is no higher than 40” above the finished floor level.
When mirrors are provided other than over countertops or lavatories, at least one should
be installed with its bottom edge no higher than 35” above the finished floor level.
292 Lavatory Fixtures and Accessories

SECTION
Lavatory Fixtures & Accessories 46
Fixtures & Accessories

At least one of each type of towel, sanitary napkins, waste Lavatories
receptacle and other similar dispensing/disposal fixture Clear Floor Space for Lavatories
that is otherwise provided must be provided as accessible:
Minimum 30” x 48” allowing a forward approach
zz All operable parts, including coin slots, may not be
higher than 40” from the finished floor level. Clear floor space should adjoin or overlap an accessible route.
This clear floor space may include knee space required under some objects,
Toilet Tissue / Towel Dispensers / Electric Dryers but only a maximum of 19” of the space below a lavatory may be counted
Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on the wall (or toward the 48” dimension.
compartment wall) adjacent to the water closet, within 12” Cabinets may be installed below lavatory if space for parallel approach is
of front edge of toilet seat. Min. height from floor is 19”. provided and cabinets are designed with adaptable knee space.
Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not
Installation Height 34” max. from floor to either rim of
permit continuous paper flow may not be used. lavatory or counter surface
Paper towel dispensers and/or electric hand dryers can-
not protrude into the required 30” x 40” clear floor space. Minimum Clearances
Adjacent Wall or Other Fixture 18” from wall/fixture to centerline of
lavatory (typ. drain)
Mirrors / Medicine Cabinets
When mirrors are provided above lavatories or counter-
tops, at least one must be made accessible. Minimum Knee Space 27” high
zz The bottom edge of the reflecting surface for an acces- (from floor under the lavatory)
sible mirror may not be installed higher than 40” from 8” deep
the finished floor level.
30” wide
When mirrors are provided at other locations (other than
above lavatories or countertops), at least one of such mir- Minimum Toe Space 9” high x 17” deep x 30” wide
rors shall be installed so the bottom edge is nor higher than Hot water or drain pipes should be insulated or covered.
35” above the finished floor level. No sharp or abrasive surfaces should be present.
When medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be
made accessible. Faucets / Controls / Operating Mechanisms
zz An accessible medicine cabinet must be located so that Maximum force to operate 5 lbf.
it provides at least one usable shelf no higher than 44” Acceptable faucet designs Lever-operated
above floor space. Push-type
zz A clear floor space of 30” x 48” in front of the medicine Electronically operated
cabinet must be provided, to allow either a front or par- Self-closers remain open Minimum 10 seconds
allel (side) approach.
Faucet controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the
wrist.
Fixtures & Accessories / Tissue Dispensers / Mirrors 293

SECTION
46 Lavatory Fixtures & Accessories
A clear floor space of 30” by 48” is provided in front of

lavatories that require a forward approach. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.1) (ADA 4.22.7)
One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space for a
wheel chair adjoins or overlaps an accessible route, or
adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space.
(CA T24 1115B.8.3) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles,

Dispensers and Controls
FIGURE 1
If towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacles, and other
similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at
least one of each type is located with all operable parts,
including coin slots, at a max. height of 40”, and comply
with Section 58 Controls and Operating Mechanisms. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.8.3) (ADA 4.23.7)
Mirrors
Mirrors located above accessible lavatories must be

mounted with the bottom edge no higher than 40” above
finish floor or ground. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.1) (ADA 4.19.6)
When mirrors are provided at locations other than above
FIGURE 2 lavatories or countertops, at least one shall be installed
with the bottom edge no higher than 35” above finish
floor or ground.
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.2)
294 Lavatory Fixtures and Accessories

SECTION
Lavatory Fixtures & Accessories 46
Medicine Cabinets
If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be

located with a usable shelf no higher than 44” above the
finish floor or ground.
A clear floor space of 30” by 48” deep in front of the
medicine cabinet must be provided to allow a forward or
parallel approach, which must comply with Section 32.
(CA T24 1115B.8.2)
Toilet Tissue Dispensers
Toilet tissue dispensers are located on the wall within 12”

of front edge of toilet seat. Fig. 3
FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1115B.8.4)
Toilet tissue dispensers must be mounted below grab bar,
at a min. height of 19” and a max. of 36” to the far edge
from the rear wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit
continuous paper flow shall not be used. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
Faucet Controls

with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching,
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
Max. force required to activate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
Acceptable faucet designs are used (lever-operated, push-
type and electronically operated).
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5)
If self-closing valves are used, faucet remains open a
min. of 10 seconds.
(CA T24 1115B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.19.5)
Max height of mirror is 40” to bottom edge of reflecting
surface.
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.1) (ADA 4.19.6)
Fixtures & Accessories / Tissue Dispensers / Mirrors 295

SECTION
47 Toilet FAcilities
Toilet facilities must provide a wheelchair turning space (see below) in addition to the clear
space required for each fixture.
zz All of these spaces are allowed to overlap
zz Doors can swing into the wheelchair turning space (up to 12”), but not into the clear
space required for a fixture.
Specific requirements are provided for single accommodation toilets (single-user rest-
rooms; Section 48), and multiple accommodation toilets (multiple stalls in a restroom;
Section 49).
Grab bars must be provided in accessible toilet facilities, and they must meet specific
requirements for design, location, strength, etc.
When accessories are provided, at least one of each type must be accessible.
Toilets and toilet stalls, urinals, and lavatories must meet the specific requirements pertain-
ing to them. See the other appropriate Sections in this book for those requirements.
TOILET PAPER
DISPENSER
TOILET PAPER 54” MIN
DISPENSERS 6”
12”
54” MIN MAX MAX 36” MIN
12” 6” 42” MIN
MAX MAX 36” MIN 12” CL 24”
42” MIN X MIN
12” 36” MA MIN
CL
12”
X MIN
36” MA MIN
CL
CL
CL
FLUSH VA
33”
ON THE WIDELVE AX
12” M
AX SIDE
9” 12” MCL
9” 33” 1 IN
33” 1 IN
TO M CL
17” TO M 17”
36 ” TO 36 ” TO
MIN
19” IN
24” 24” M 19”
18” M 18”
IN
CL
CL CL
296 Toilet Facilities

SECTION
Toilet Facilities 47
Turning Space Requirements

The required clear space for a wheelchair may be provided GRAB BARS
by either of the following: Minimum Maximum
zz A T-shaped traffic way formed by two overlapping 36” x General / Dimensions / Finish
60” rectangles. Grab bar diameter 1¼ inches 1½ inches
zz A 60” circular clear space. Grab bar edge radius 1/8 inch
If a door opens into this area, it cannot encroach more Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches
than 12”.
Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive
Sanitary Accessories elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces
assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from
Whenever sanitary accessories, towel dispensers and wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces.
receptacles, sanitary napkin dispensers, waste recep-
tacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures Side Grab Bars
are provided, at least one of each type must be made Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel
33 inches 33 inches
accessible. to floor)
zz To be accessible, the dispensing/disposal fixture should Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat 24 inches
be located with all operable parts, including coin slots, Forward end of bar to back wall 54 inches
no higher than 40” above the finished floor. Back end of bar to back wall 12 inches
zz A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space should be pro- Bar length 42 inches
vided at the accessories. Rear Grab Bars
Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel
33 inches 33 inches
Medicine Cabinets to floor)
If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one must be Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high
33 inches 36 inches
made accessible. installation
zz An accessible medicine cabinet provides at least one Side end of bar to side wall 6 inches
usable shelf no more than 44” above the finished floor. Out side of tank to outside end of bar 12 inches
Bar length 36"
Mirrors Grab Bar Dynamics / Strength
If mirrors are provided, at least one must be made Point Load 250 lbs.
accessible. Bending Moment 250 lbs.
zz An accessible mirror is one whose bottom reflecting Shear (load at supports) 250 lbs.
edge is no more than 40” from the finished floor level. Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum
Operation of Accessories shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a
250-lb. load.
All accessories must be operable:
Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum
zz Using one hand shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a
zz With no more than 5 lbs of force 250-lb. load.
zz With no tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting
structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the
Toilet Tissue Dispensers fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).
Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on the wall:
zz Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat.
zz At least 19” above finished floor level.
permit continuous paper flow may not used.
zz
Turning Space / Accessories / Mirrors / Grab BArs 297

SECTION
Grab Bar Dimensions
Grab bar cross-section (diameter or width) is 1¼” to 1½”

or its shape provides equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
The space between the handrail or grab bar and the wall
is 1½”. Fig. 1
FIGURE 1 (CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
TOILET PAPER
DISPENSERS
Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 1
54” MIN
6”
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.5) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
12”
MAX MAX
Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp
36” MIN
42” MIN
12” CL
12”
or abrasive elements. Min. radius of edges is 1/8” Fig. 1
MIN
36” MAX MIN
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)

CL Max. projection of the grab bars into required clear
12” M
AX
FLUSH VA
ON THE WIDELVE
SIDE spaces is 3”.
9”
33” 1 IN
TO M 17”
Grab Bars – Mounting Location
CL
36” TO
MIN 19”
24”
18” M
IN
CL
CL
Side Wall
The side grab bar shall be a min. of 42” long, located at
a max. of 12” from the rear wall and must extend a min.
FIGURE 2 of 54” from the rear wall with the front end positioned at
a min. of 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 2 and 2a
TOILET PAPER
DISPENSER (CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))
54” MIN
12” 6”
MAX MAX 36” MIN
The side grab bar shall be securely attached and centered
42” MIN
12” CL 24” 33” above and parallel to the floor. Fig. 2 and 2a
X MIN MIN
36” MA
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))
Maximum projection of grab bars into these clear spaces
CL
CL is 3”.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.17.6)
33”
AX
9” 12” MCL
33” 1 IN
TO M
3 6 ”
17”
TO
Rear Wall
MIN 19”
24”
18” The rear grab bar shall be a min. of 36” long and extend
CL
from the centerline of the water closet a min. of 12” on
one side and a min. of 24” on the other side. Fig. 2 and 2a
FIGURE 2a (CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)
The rear grab bar shall be securely attached and centered
33” above and parallel to the floor, except that where a
tank-type toilet is used which obstructs placement at
33” the grab bar may be as high as 36” and the space
between the grab bar and the top of the tank shall be a
min. of 1½”. Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)
Grab Bar Dynamics
The structural strength of grab bars, tub and shower

FIGURE 3 seats, fasteners and mounting devices shall meet the
following specifications:
(CA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
298 Grab Bars

SECTION
Structural Strength
Bending stress in a grab bar or seat induced by the maximum
bending moment from the application of a 250-pound
(1112 N) point load shall be less than the allowable stress
for the material of the grab bar or seat. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
Shear stress induced in a grab bar or seat by the appli-
cation of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load shall be less
than the allowable shear stress for the material of the FIGURE 4
grab bar or seat, and its mounting bracket or other sup-
port is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and
torsional shear stresses shall not exceed the allowable
shear stress. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device
from the application of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load
shall be less than the allowable lateral load of either the
fastener or mounting device or the supporting structure,
whichever is the smaller allowable load. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force
of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load, plus the maximum
moment from the application of a 250-pound (1112 N)
FIGURE 5
point load, shall be less than the allowable withdrawal load
between the fastener and supporting structure. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
Grab Bar – Surface
A grab bar and any wall or other surface adjacent to it

shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements.
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
Edges shall have a min. radius of 1/8”
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
Turning Space Requirements
There shall be a 36” min. t-shaped traffic way. Fig. 7 FIGURE 6

(CA T24 1118B.3.2.4) (ADA 4.3.3)
There shall be a 60” min. circular turning diameter. If
the compartment door opens into this area, it cannot
encroach over 12”. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.1) (ADA 4.3.3)
FIGURE 7
Grab Bars / Turning Space 299

SECTION
Sanitary Accessories
Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles,
Dispensers and Controls
Where towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacles, dispens-
ers, other equipment and controls are provided, at least
one of each type shall be located on an accessible route,
with all operable parts, including coin slots.
(CA T24 1115B.8.3)
Must be mounted within 40” from the finished floor and
shall comply with Section 58 Controls and Operating
Mechanisms. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.8.3)
Mirrors
FIGURE 8 Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the
reflecting surface no higher than 40” from the floor. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.1) (ADA 4.19.6)
When mirrors are provided at locations other than above
lavatories or countertops, at least one must be installed
with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface a max. of
35” above finished floor or ground.
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.2)
FIGURE 10
300 Accessories / Mirrors

SECTION
Medicine Cabinets
If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one shall be

located with a usable shelf no higher than 44” above
the floor.
(CA T24 1115B.8.2) (ADA 4.19.6)
A clear floor space 30” by 48” must be provided in
front of a medicine cabinet to allow a forward or paral-
lel approach. (Complying with Section 32 Clear Floor or
Ground Space for Wheelchair).
(CA T24 1115B.8.2) (ADA 4.19.6)
Sanitary accessories, towel, sanitary napkins, waste
receptacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal
fixtures are provided, at least one of each type is located FIGURE 11
with all operable parts, including coin slots, at a max.
height of 40”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.8.3)
There shall be 30” by 48” min. clear floor space at the
accessories. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1118B.8.3)
If medicine cabinets are provided, at least one is located
with a usable shelf no higher than 44” above floor space.
(CA T24 1118B.8.2) (ADA 4.23.9)
Mirror bottom edge shall be 40” max. from the floor. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.8.1.1) (ADA 4.19.6)
Accessories shall operate using single-hand, max. 5 lbs
of force with no tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of
wrist. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1117B.4.3.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
FIGURE 12
Toilet tissue dispensers are located on the wall within 12”

of front edge of toilet seat. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.8.4)
continuous paper flow are not used. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
Toilet paper dispenser min. height from floor is 19”. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1118B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
FIGURE 13
Medicine Cabinets / Toilet Tissue Dispensers 301

SECTION
48 Single-Accommodation Toilet
A single accommodation toilet is a toilet facility (restroom) that is designed to be used by

one person at a time.
zz It typically is accessed by a regular door, is a single room space (no partitions or stall
walls) containing both the water closet and the lavatory/mirror.

SECTION
Single-Accommodation Toilet 48
Number to Provide Flush Valves

When single-user toilet or bathing units are clustered at a Flush valve controls:
single location, at least 5% but no less than one accessible Must operate with one hand.
toilet unit must be installed at each cluster whenever typi-
Must operate with a force not exceeding 5 lbf.
cal inaccessible units are provided.
Must not require tight grasping pinching or twisting of the
Accessible units within a cluster must be identified by the
wrist.
International Symbol of accessibility.
Must be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no higher
Clear Space than 44” above the finished floor.
Single accommodation toilet facilities must provide suffi-
cient space in the toilet room for a 30” x 48” wheelchair to GRAB BARS
enter and permit the door to close.
Minimum Maximum
zz Wheelchair turning space can be provided by a
60”-diameter circular clear space, or a T-shaped clear General / Dimensions / Finish
space created by overlapping two 36” x 60” rectangular Grab bar diameter 1¼ inches 1½ inches
spaces. No door should encroach into this space.
Grab bar edge radius 1/8 inch
zz The clear width of an accessible route must be at least
36”, except at doors. Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches
zz Doors (other than the door to the accessible stall) may Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should
not encroach into the clear floor space more than 12”. not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment
(grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear
Latches spaces.
Slide bolts and similar hardware that does not require fine Side Grab Bars
hand or finger movements should be utilized.
Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to
33 inches 33 inches
Water Closets / Clear Spaces floor)
At least 28” clear space must be provided between the Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat 24 inches
water closet and any adjacent fixture (e.g., lavatory). Forward end of bar to back wall 54 inches
A clear space of at least 32” must be provided on one side
of the water closet to one wall. Back end of bar to back wall 12 inches
zz At least 18” clear space from the center line of the Bar length 42 inches
water closet fixture to the wall at other side should also Rear Grab Bars
be provided.
Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to
A clear space in front of water closet of at least 60” x 48” 33 inches 33 inches
floor)
is required.
Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high
Available Exception 33 inches 36 inches
installation
In an existing building, a single-accommodation toilet facility Side end of bar to side wall 6 inches
may have the water closet fixture located in an area which pro-
vides a clear space at least 36” wide x 48” long in front of the Out side of tank to outside end of bar 12 inches
water closet. Bar length 36"
Toilet Seats Grab Bar Dynamics / Strength
The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from Point Load 250 lbs.
the floor to the top of toilet seat.
Bending Moment 250 lbs.
zz The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”.
Shear (load at supports) 250 lbs.
zz A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations
where the existing water closet is less than 15” high. Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force
induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a 250-lb. load.
Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force
Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must
be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum
moment resulting from a 250-lb force).
Facilities Provided / Clear Space / Grab Bars 303

SECTION
Sanitary Accessories Interior Surfaces

Whenever sanitary accessories, towel dispensers and Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsor-
receptacles, sanitary napkin dispensers, waste recep- bent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile,
tacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures or other approved material).
are provided, at least one of each type must be made zz The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”.
accessible.
zz At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls
zz To be accessible, the dispensing/disposal fixture should within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equiv-
be located with all operable parts, including coin slots, alent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall
no higher than 40” above the finished floor. at least 48”.
zz A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space should be pro- Except for structural elements, interior surface materials
vided at the accessories. must not be adversely affected by moisture.
Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on the wall:
304 Accessories / Tissue Dispensers / Surfaces

SECTION
For single user portable toilet or bathing units clustered

at a single location, at least 5% but no less than one
toilet unit is installed at each cluster whenever typical
inaccessible units are provided.
(ADA 4.1.2(6))
Accessible units are identified by International Symbol of
accessibility. Fig. 1
(ADA 4.1.2(6))
Single accommodation toilet facilities provide sufficient
space in toilet room for a 30” by 48” wheelchair to enter
and permit the door to close. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.1) (ADA 4.17.3)
Min. diameter for wheelchair to turn 180 degrees is 60”
or T-shaped space. No door encroaches into this space.
Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.3) (ADA 4.2.3)
The min. clear width of an accessible route is 36”. Except
at doors.
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.4)
FIGURE 1
Max. encroachment of door other than one to accessible
stall is 12” into clear floor space. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.1)
For latches, slide bolt and similar hardware that does not
require fine hand or finger movements are utilized. Fig. 7
(ADA 4.13.9)
Front entry stall door must have 32” clear door opening.
Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.1; 1133B.2.2)
Water Closets
Min. clear space for a fixture is 28”. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.1) (ADA 4.17.3)
Min. clear space for a wall at one side is 32”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.1) (ADA 4.17.3)
Min. clear space from center line of water closet to wall FIGURE 2
at other side is 18”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.1) (ADA 4.17.3)
Min. clear space in front of water closet is 60” x 48”.
Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.2)
Exception
In an existing building, a single-accomodation toilet facility may
have the water closet fixture located in an area which provides
a clear space of not less than 36” wide by 48” long in front of
the water closet.
Toilet Seats
Height of water closet is 17” to 19” measured from the

floor to the top of toilet seat. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.4) (ADA 4.16.3)
Max. height of toilet seat is 2”. Fig. 11 FIGURE 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.4)
Facilities Provided / Water Closets / Toilet Seats 305

SECTION
Exception
A 3” high seat shall be permitted only in alterations where the
existing fixture is less than 15” high.
Flush Valves
Controls are operable with one hand, and do not require

tight grasping pinching or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.27.4)
Controls for flush valves are mounted on the wide side of
toilet areas at height of 44” max. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.16.5)
Max. force to operate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.27.4)
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 8 FIGURE 9
FIGURE 10
FIGURE 6
306 Flush Valves (Controls)

SECTION
Grab Bars
Min. length of grab bar at side walls is 42” with front end
positioned 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.17.6)
Min. length of grab bar behind water closet is 36”. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (ADA 4.17.6)
Height of grab bar is 33” above and parallel to floor. Grab
bar is securely attached. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.17.6)
If tank toilet is used and obstructs placement at 33”, grab
bar is located up to 36” max. height. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (ADA 4.17.6)
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.5) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or
abrasive elements. Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig. 13 FIGURE 11
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
Grab Bar Diameter or Width
Cross section of rails is 1¼” to 1½” or the shape provides CL
an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 13

(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall,
the space between the wall and the grab bar is 1½”. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
Structural Strength
Grab bar and shower seat materials are strong enough to

withstand a max. bending moment resulting from a 250
lb. load. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.7.1-111B.7.4) (ADA 4.26.3(1))
Grab bar and shower seat is strong enough to withstand FIGURE 12
a max. shear resulting from 250 lbf. load at supports.
If the connection between the seat and its support or
bracket is fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear
stresses are totaled for the combined shear stress, which
does not exceed the allowable stress. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1115B.7.1-111B.7.4) (ADA 4.26.3(2))
Max. shear force in a fastener or mounting device resulting
from a 250 lbf is less than allowable lateral load of either
the fastener or mounting device or supporting structure,
whichever is the smaller allowable load. Fig. 16 FIGURE 13
(CA T24 1115B.7.1-111B.7.4) (ADA 4.26.3(3))
Max. tensile force induced in a fastener plus the max.
moment resulting from a 250 lbf. is less than the allowable
withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting
structure. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1115B.7.4) (ADA 4.26.3(4))
FIGURE 14
Grab Bars 307

SECTION
Towel Sanitary, Napkins, Waste Receptacle
Where towel, sanitary, napkins, waste receptacles, and

other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided,
at least one of each type is located with all operable
parts, including coin slots, at max. height of 40”. Fig. 19
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.23.7)

FIGURE 15 FIGURE 16 Dispensers are located on the wall within 12” of front
edge of toilet seat and 19” min. height from the floor to
center of the dispenser, and 36” max. to the far edge
from the rear wall. Fig. 20
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6; 4.17.3)
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
Interior Surfaces
FIGURE 17
Toilet room floors have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent
surface such as Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile
or other approved material(s), and extend onto the wall
a height of 5”. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.5)
At walls within water closet compartments and at walls
within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor shall
extend on to wall a height of 48”. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.5)
Except for structural elements, interior surface materials
are not adversely affected by moisture.
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.5)
FIGURE 19
FIGURE 20
FIGURE 21
308 Accessories / Tissue Dispensers / Surfaces

SECTION
Multiple-Accommodation Toilet 49
A multiple accommodation toilet is a toilet facility (restroom) that is designed to be used by more
than one person at a time.
zz The common space typically is accessed by a regular door
zz In the common space are one or more lavatories and urinals (for men’s rooms), as well as
accessories (towel dispensers, waste receptacles, etc.).
zz Compartments and Water Closets: Behind compartments and compartment doors are located
water closets.
A minimum of one water closet compartment and one lavatory must be accessible.
In larger restrooms (with 6 or more compartments):

zz One water closet compartment and one lavatory must be accessible.
zz An additional compartment must be at least 36” wide, provide specified Clear Space, and an
outward swinging door.

SECTION
49 Multiple-Accommodation Toilet
Requirements Compartment Doors / Closer

Where six or more compartments are provided, at least Compartment doors must have an automatic closing
one stall must comply with the Clear Space section below. device.
zz At least one additional compartment must be at least Sweep period of the closer:
36” wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door zz From an open position of 70°, door must take at least 3
and parallel grab bars. seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured
zz NOTE: Since this requirement is based on the number to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways
of compartments (and not the number of water closets (Section 29).
and/or urinals), this additional compartment more often
will be found in women’s rooms than men’s rooms. Door widths
A clear space in the restroom, measured from the floor to For doors located on the end of the compartment (opposite
a height of 27”, must be provided that satisfies one of the the water closet):
following: zz Clear opening width must be at least 32” when the door
zz 60”-diameter circle is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position.
zz 56” x 63” For doors located on the side of the compartment:
No door (other than a door to an accessible compartment) zz Clear opening width must be at least 34” when the door
may encroach into this clear space by more than 12”. is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position.
If standard compartment doors are used (which provide a
Clear Space minimum 9” toe clearance and a self-closing device), a level
At least 28” clear space must be provided between the area on the strike side of the door (at least 24” for exterior
water closet and any adjacent fixture (e.g., lavatory). doors and 18” for interior doors) is not required. See Doors
A clear space of at least 32” must be provided on one side & Doorways (Section 29).
of the water closet to one wall. Hardware
zz At least 18” clear space from the center line of the
The hardware for compartment door handles and locks
water closet fixture to the wall at other side should also
should be centered between 30” and 44” above the floor.
be provided.
Both the inside and the outside of a compartment door
A clear space in front of water closet of at least 48” is
should be equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle imme-
required if the compartment has an end-opening door
diately below the latch.
(facing the water closet), or 60” if compartment has side-
opening door. The door latch may be flip-over style, sliding, or other hard-
ware not requiring grasping or twisting.
Except for door opening widths and door swings, the clear
unobstructed access to compartments must be at least Sanitary Accessories
44”.
Whenever sanitary accessories, towel dispensers and
Grab bars should not project into any of the above clear receptacles, sanitary napkin dispensers, waste recep-
spaces more than 3”. tacles, and other similar dispensing and disposal fixtures
are provided, at least one of each type must be made
Water Closets / Toilet Seats accessible.
The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from zz To be accessible, the dispensing/disposal fixture should
the floor to the top of toilet seat. be located with all operable parts, including coin slots,
zz The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”. no higher than 40” above the finished floor.
zz A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations zz A minimum 30” x 48” clear floor space should be pro-
where the existing water closet is less than 15” high. vided at the accessories.
Flush Valves
Flush valve controls:
Must operate with one hand.
wrist.
Must be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no higher
than 44” above the finished floor.
310 FAcilities Provided / Clear Space / Door Widths

SECTION
Interior Surfaces
GRAB BARS Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsor-
bent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile,
Minimum Maximum or other approved material).
General / Dimensions / Finish zz The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”.
Grab bar diameter 1¼ inches 1½ inches zz At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls
Grab bar edge radius 1/8 inch within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equiv-
alent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall
Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches at least 48”.
Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive Except for structural elements, interior surface materials
elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear must not be adversely affected by moisture.
spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus
clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear spaces.
Side Grab Bars
Height (from floor to center of bar,
33 inches 33 inches
parallel to floor)
Forward end of bar to front of toilet
24 inches
seat
Forward end of bar to back wall 54 inches
Back end of bar to back wall 12 inches
Bar length 42 inches
Rear Grab Bars
33 inches 33 inches
parallel to floor)
33 inches 36 inches
installation
Side end of bar to side wall 6 inches
Out side of tank to outside end of bar 12 inches
Bar length 36"
Grab Bar Dynamics / Strength
Point Load 250 lbs.
Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the
maximum shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device
resulting from a 250-lb. load.
shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device resulting from a
250-lb. load.
Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting
fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment resulting from a 250-lb force).

Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on a side wall of
each water closet compartment:
Grab Bars / Dispensers / Surfaces 311

SECTION
FIGURE 1
Multiple-accommodation toilet facilities shall have the

following:
(CA T24 1115B.3.1)
Wheelchair Clearance
A clear space measured from the floor to a height of 27”

above the floor (within the sanitary facility room) of suf-
ficient size to inscribe a circle with a diameter 60” min.
in size. Fig. 1 and 2
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.1)
FIGURE 2 Other than the door to the accessible water closet com-
partment, a door, in any position, may encroach into this
space by not more than 12” Fig.2
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.1)
Where 6 or more compartments are provided, at least
one compartment shall comply with the requirements of
this section. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.5) (ADA 4.23.4)
In addition to the compartment, at least one additional
ambulatory accessible compartment stall is 36” wide with
an outward swinging self-closing door and parallel grab
bars. See Ambulatory Accessible Compartment heading
below and Fig. 1 and Fig. 21.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.5) (ADA 4.23.4)
Wheelchair makes a 180° turn around an obstruction
FIGURE 3 with less than 48” width. Clear floor space is a min. 42”
width approaching the turn and a min. of 42” width leav-
ing the turn.
(ADA 4.3.3)
312 Number Provided / Clear Space

SECTION
Wheelchair makes a 180° turn around an obstruction

with min. of 60” width. Clear floor space is a min. of
36” width approaching the turn and a min. of 36” width
leaving the turn.
(ADA 4.3.3)
Clear Floor
Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space required
for any fixture.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.2)
Clear Floor Space with Inward-Swinging Doors
Clear floor space of 60” min. width × 59” in length if

floor-mounted w.c. when door swings in. Fig. 1 FIGURE 4
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.2)
60” min. width × 56” min. length at wall-mounted w.c.
when door swings in. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.2)
Accessible Fixtures
Provide a minimum of 1 accessible water closet in compli-

ance with the following sections.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.3)
At least 5% of lavatories, but not less than 1, shall be
accessible in compliance with the following sections.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.3)
Compartments and Compartment Doors

Automatic-Closing Device FIGURE 5
Doors have an automatic closing device. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.1)
Doors have an automatic closing device. Sweep period
of the closer is adjusted so that from an open position of
70° the door takes at least 3 seconds to move to a point
3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the
door. See Doors & Doorways, Section 29.
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.1) (ADA 4.13.10)
If door is located at end of the water closet compartment,
the clear opening width is 32” with the door positioned at
an angle of 90° from its closed position. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.4) (ADA 4.13.5)
If door is located at side of the compartment, the clear
opening width is 34” with the door positioned at an angle
of 90° from its closed position. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.4) FIGURE 6
Compartments / Compartment Doors 313

SECTION
Door Opening Hardware
The inside and the outside of the compartment door shall

be equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately
below the latch.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
The privacy latch shall be flip-over style, sliding or other
hardware not requiring the user to grasp or twist. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
Except for door opening widths and door swings, the clear
unobstructed access to compartments is not less than 44”.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (ADA 4.17.3)
is centered between 30” and 44” above the floor. Figs.
8a and 8b
FIGURE 7 (CA T24 1133B.2.5.2)
Maneuvering space at the compartment door must comply
with this section and Section 32, Clear Floor or Ground
Space for Wheelchairs.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
The space immediately outside of the water closet
compartment door must be a min, of 48” as measured
perpendicular to the compartment door in its closed
position.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
Accessible Water-Closet Compartments
The compartment must be a min. of 60” wide. Fig. 1

(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.1)
If the compartment has a side-opening door, a min. 60”
FIGURE 8 wide and 60” deep clear floor space must be provided
in front of the water closet. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.2)
If the compartment has an end-opening door (facing the
water closet), a min. 60” wide and 48”deep clear floor
space must be provided in front of the water closet. The
door shall be located in front of the clear floor space
and diagonal to the water closet, with a max. stile width
of 4” Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.4.3)
Front-Side, Hinge-Side and Latch-Side Approach
Applies to Front-Side, Hinge-Side and Latch-Side Approach

Strike edge maneuvering space: The width of the level area
on the side to which the door swings shall extend is a min.
FIGURE 8a FIGURE 8b of 24” past the strike edge of the door for exterior doors
and a min. of 18” past the strike edge for interior doors.
(CA T24 1133b.2.4)
Note: 24” is preferred for strike-side clearance.
314 Compartment Doors / Clear Space / Door Hardware

SECTION
Front-Side Approach
Swing-In Compartment Door
Push Side: Level floor or landing must extend opposite
the direction of the door swing a min. of 48” Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Pull Side: Level floor or landing must extend in the direc-
tion of the door swing a min. of 60” Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Strike Side is a min of 18” wide (within stall) × 60” deep.
Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Door Width is a min. of 34” Fig. 6
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Front-Side Approach
Swing-Out Compartment Door FIGURE 9
Push Side: Level floor or landing must extend opposite
the direction of the door swing a min. of 48” Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Pull Side: Level floor or landing must extend in the direc-
tion of the door swing a min. of 60” deep. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Strike Side is a min of 18” wide × 60” deep. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Door Width is a min. of 34” Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Latch-Side Approach
Swing-In Compartment Door
Push-Side: level floor landing must extend a min. of 48”
(measured perpendicular at door closed position form hinge FIGURE 10
sided door) to 24” width (past latch edge of door) Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.23.4)
Pull-Side: level floor or landing must extend a min. of Hinge-Side Approach
60” Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.23.4) Swing-In Compartment Door
Strike Side: a min. of 18” wide (within stall) × 60” min. Push-Side: Level floor or landing not is a min. of 48”
depth. Fig. 8 deep (measured perpendicular at door closed position)
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.23.4) × 54” wide (measured form the strike edge of door past
hinged side) Fig. 10
Door width min. of 34” Fig. 8 (CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3)
Pull-Side: Level floor or landing a min. 60” in depth (within
Latch-Side Approach stall). Fig. 10
Swing-Out Compartment Door (CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Push-Side: level floor landing must extend a min. of 48” Strike Side: is a min of 18” wide (within stall) × 60” deep
deep Fig. 9 (measured perpendicular at door closed position.. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6) (CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Pull-Side: level floor or landing must extend a min. of 60” Door Width must be a min of 34” Fig. 10
deep. Fig. 9 (CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3)) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Strike Side: a min. of 18” wide × 60” min. depth. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Door width min. of 32” Fig. 9
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Clear Space 315

SECTION
Hinge-Side Approach
Swing-Out Compartment Door
Push-Side: Level floor or landing not is a min. of 48” deep
(within stall) Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Pull-Side: Level floor or landing a min. 60” in depth. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Strike Side: A clear and level area shall extend a min. of
36” wide × 60” deep. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
Door Width must be a min of 32” Fig. 11
(CA T24 1133B.2.4.2; 1133B.2.4.3) (ADA 4.17.5, 4.13.6)
FIGURE 11 Water Closet
Height of water closet is 17” min. to 19” max. measured

from the floor to the top of a maximum 2” high toilet seat.
Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.1)
A 3” high seat shall be permitted only in alterations where
the existing fixture is less than 15” high.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.4) (ADA 4.16.3)
Automatic “Spring to lifted position” not allowed
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.7) (ADA 4.16.3)
Centerline of water closet fixture (toilet) must be 18” from
the side wall or partition. Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.1)
On the other side of the water closet, provide a min. of
28” wide clear floor space if the water closet is adjacent
FIGURE 12 to a fixture or a min. of 32” wide clear floor space if the
water closet is adjacent to a wall or partition. This clear
floor space shall extend from the rear wall to the front
of the water closet.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1) (ADA 4.17.3)
A min. 60” wide and 48” deep clear floor space shall be
provided in front of the water closet.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1) (ADA 4.17.3)
tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.27.4)
Controls for flush valves are mounted on the side of toilet
areas at a height above the floor level no more than 44”
Fig. 3 Fig. 12 and 13
(ADA 4.16.5)
Max. force to operate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 3
(ADA 4.27.4)
FIGURE 13
316 Clear Space / Water Closets

SECTION
Grab Bars – Mounting Location

Side Wall
a max. of 12” from the rear wall and must extend a min.
of 54” from the rear wall with the front end positioned at
a min. of 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))
The side grab bar shall be securely attached and centered
33” above and parallel to the floor. Fig. 12 and 13
FIGURE 14
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1))
Maximum projection of grab bars into these clear spaces
is 3”.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.17.6)
Rear Wall
The rear grab bar shall be a min. of 36” long and extend
from the centerline of the water closet a min. of 12” on
one side and a min. of 24” on the other side. Fig. 12 and 13
FIGURE 15
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)
The rear grab bar shall be securely attached and centered
33” above and parallel to the floor, except that where
a tank-type toilet is used which obstructs placement at
33” the grab bar may be as high as 36” and the space
between the grab bar and the top of the tank shall be a
min. of 1½”. Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)
Grab Bar Dimensions

or its shape provides equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 14 FIGURE 16
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
is 1½”. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.5) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
abrasive elements. Min. radius of edges is 1/8” Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
Max. projection of the grab bars into required clear
spaces is 3”.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.17.6)
Grab Bars 317

SECTION
Grab Bars – Structural Strength
Grab bar is strong enough to withstand a 250 lbf. max.

bending moment. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.1) (ADA 4.26.3(1))
Grab bar is strong enough to withstand a max. shear
resulting from 250 lbf load at supports. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.2) (ADA 4.26.3(2))
Maximum shear force in a fastener or mounting device
resulting from a 250 lbf point load is less than allowable
lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or
it’s supporting structure, whichever is smaller. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.3) (ADA 4.26.3(3))
FIGURE 17
Maximum tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct
tension force of 250 lbf point load, plus max. moment
resulting from a 250 pound force is less than the
allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the
supporting structure. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.4) (ADA 4.26.3(4))
Towel, Sanitary Napkins, Waste Receptacles

Where towel, sanitary napkins, waste receptacles, and other
similar dispensing and disposal fixtures are provided, at
FIGURE 18 least one of each type is located with all operable parts,
including coin slots, at max. height of 40”.
(CA T24 1115B.3) (ADA 4.23.7)

Toilet tissue dispensers are provided on a side wall of
each water closet compartment within 12” of the front
edge of toilet seat. Fig. 19
(CA T24 1115B.8.4)
Toilet paper dispenser min. height from floor is 19”. Fig. 19
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
FIGURE 19 continuous paper flow may be not used. Fig. 19
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
Toilet paper dispenser mounted below the grab bar, at a
min. height of 19” and a max. distance of 36” to the far
edge from the rear wall. Fig. 12 and 13
(CA T24 1115B.8.3)
Interior Surfaces
Toilet room floors have a smooth, hard, non-absorbent
surface such as Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile
or other approved material and extend on to wall a height
of 5”. Fig. 20
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)
FIGURE 20
At walls within water closet compartments and walls within
24” of front and side of urinals, the floor extends on to
wall a height of 48”. Fig. 20
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)
will not be adversely affected by moisture.
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.6)
318 Grab Bars / Dispensers

SECTION
Ambulatory Accessible Stall Rear Wall

General The rear grab bar shall be a min. of 36” long and extend
from the centerline of the water closet a min. of 12” on one
Where 6 or more compartments are provided, at least side and a min. of 24” on the other side. Fig. 12 and 13
one additional ambulatory accessible compartment must
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)
be provided. Fig. 21
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.5) (ADA 4.23.4) The rear grab bar shall be securely attached and centered
33” above and parallel to the floor, except that where
Compartment must be 36” wide. Fig. 21 a tank-type toilet is used which obstructs placement at
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.5) 33” the grab bar may be as high as 36” and the space
Must have an outward swinging, self-closing door and between the grab bar and the top of the tank shall be a
parallel grab bars complying with the following Grab Bars min. of 1½”. Fig. 12 and 13
requirements of Mounting Location and Dimensions (CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.2)) (ADA 4.17.6)
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.5)
Grab Bar Dimensions
Grab Bars – Mounting Location Grab bar cross-section (diameter or width) is 1¼” to 1½”
Side Wall or its shape provides equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
a max. of 12” from the rear wall and must extend a min. The space between the handrail or grab bar and the wall
of 54” from the rear wall with the front end positioned at is 1½” Fig. 14
a min. of 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 12 and 13 (CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1)) Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 14
The side grab bar shall be securely attached and centered (CA T24 1115B.7.2.5) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
33” above and parallel to the floor. Fig. 12 and 13 Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3(3.1)) abrasive elements. Min. radius of edges is 1/8” Fig. 14
Maximum projection of grab bars into these clear spaces (CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
is 3”. Max. projection of the grab bars into required clear
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.17.6) spaces is 3”.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.17.6)
FIGURE 21
Ambulatory Accessible Stall 319

SECTION
MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET ROOMS

COMPARTMENT DOOR CLEAR SPACE REQUIREMENTS CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.5; ADA 4.23.4
Areas of Directions Door Swings from Stall
DOOR SWINGS OUT DOOR SWINGS IN
CA T24 1133B.2.4.2 CA T24 1115B.3.1.5
FRONT Approach
Pull Side area Width of door x 60” (min) deep Width of door x 60” (min) deep
Strike Side 18” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep 18” (min) wide (within stall) x 60” (min) deep
Push Side Width of door (within stall) x 48” (min) deep Width of door x 48” (min) deep
(Measured perpendicular at door closed
position)
LATCH SIDE Approach
Pull Side area Width of door x 60” (min) deep Width of door (within stall) x 60” (min) deep
Strike Side 18” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep 18” (min) wide (within stall) x 60” (min) deep
Push Side Width of door x 48” (min) deep (within stall) 48” (min) deep
(Measured perpendicular at door closed
position. Extends from hinge sided door to 24”
(min) Width past latch edge of door)
HINGE SIDE Approach
Pull Side area Width of door x 60” (min) deep Width of door x 60” (min) deep (within stall)
Strike Side 36” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep 18” (min) wide x 60” (min) deep
Push Side Width of door x 48” (min) deep (within stall) 48” (min) deep (Measured perpendicular at
door closed position) x 54” wide (measured
from strike edge of door past hinged side)

SECTION
MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET ROOMS

ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET FIXTURES AND HARDWARE CA T24 1115B.3.1; ADA 4.23.4
WATER CLOSETS FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
DESCRIPTION CLEAR SPACE CODES
Controls are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.5;
twisting ADA 4.16.5,4.27.4
Installation position from the centerline to the side wall CA T24 1115B.3.1.3, 1115B.3.1.4.1;
18” minimum
or partition. ADA 4.17.3
Clear space dimension between the accessible Water

CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.1;
Closet or (tank) and any other fixture or to side wall or 28” minimum wide ADA 4.17.3
partition that is located on the wide side .
Clear space dimension between the accessible Water
CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.1.1;
Closet or (tank) and any other fixture or to side wall or 32” minimum wide ADA 4.17.3
partition that is located on the wide side .
60” minimum wide x 48”
Front of the Water Closet CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.2
minimum deep
CA T24 1115B.4.1.4;
Height of Water Closet 17”- 19” high (max). ADA 4.16.3
CA T24 1115B.4.1.4;
Toilet Seat 2” high Max. ADA 4.16.3
Toilet seat in alteration where the existing fixture is CA T24 1115B.4.1.4;
3” high Max.
less than 15” high. ADA 4.16.3
CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.7;

Automatic “Spring to lifted position” seat not allowed. ADA4.16.3
THE FLUSH VALVE
CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.5;
Operable force required 5lbf Max. ADA 4.16.5,4.27.4
CA T24 1115B.3.2.3, 1115B.4.1.4,
Installed always on wide side of toilet area 44” high maximum 1115B.4.1.5; ADA 4.16.5
HARDWARE, FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
Automatic-closing device Adjusted so that from an 3” (75 mm) from the latch,
CA T24 1133B.2.5.1;
open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at measured to the leading edge of ADA 4.13.10
least 3 seconds to move to a point. the door.
Door Opening Hardware - Centered above floor CA T24 1133b.2.5.2;
30” - 44” height
surface between ADA 4.13.9
Privacy latch (push button-lever release

recommended) Shall be installed on accessible door. CA T24 1115B.3.2.7, 1115B.3.1(4.5);
(Flip over style, sliding or other hardware not requiring ADA 4.13.9
the user to grasp or twist.)

SECTION
50 Front Transfer Toilet Stall
In existing buildings or facilities, when the responsible enforcing agency determines that com-
pliance with standard stalls would create an unreasonable hardship, a front or lateral water
closet compartment (“front” is described below) may be used.
See Section 51 for Side or Lateral Transfer Toilets, which are the preferred method.

SECTION
Front Transfer Toilet Stall 50
Clear Space
Water closet compartment size must be an absolute 36” GRAB BARS
wide.
Minimum Maximum
Minimum 48”-long clear space must be provided in front of
the water closet. General / Dimensions / Finish
The compartment size must be an absolute 18” from one Grab bar diameter 1¼ inches 1½ inches
side wall to the center of the water closet fixture.
Water Closets / Toilet Seats Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches
The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or abrasive elements, and should
the floor to the top of toilet seat. not rotate within their fittings. All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment
zz The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”. (grab bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into specified clear
zz A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations spaces.
where the existing water closet is less than 15” high. Side Grab Bars
zz Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to
allowed. 33 inches 33 inches
floor)
Flush Valves Forward end of bar to front of toilet seat 24 inches
Flush valve controls: Forward end of bar to back wall 54 inches
Must operate with one hand. Back end of bar to back wall 12 inches
Must operate with a force not exceeding 5 lbf. Bar length 42 inches
Must not require tight grasping pinching or twisting of the Rear Grab Bars
wrist.
Must be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no higher Height (from floor to center of bar, parallel to
33 inches 33 inches
floor)
than 44” above the finished floor.
33 inches 36 inches
installation
Bar length 36"
Point Load 250 lbs.
Fastener or mounting device strength must be greater than the maximum shear force
Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the maximum shear force
Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure must
be greater than (Maximum tensile force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum
moment resulting from a 250-lb force).
Clear Space / Water Closet / Flush Valves (Controls) 323

SECTION
Compartment Doors / Closer Hardware

Doors must open (swing) outwards, and they must be The hardware for compartment door handles and locks
equipped with an automatic closing device. should be centered between 30” and 44” above the floor.
Sweep period of the closer: Both the inside and the outside of a compartment door
zz From an open position of 70°, door must take at least 3 should be equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle imme-
seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured diately below the latch.
to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways The door latch may be flip-over style, sliding, or other hard-
(Section 29). ware not requiring grasping or twisting.
Door widths Toilet Tissue Dispensers
For doors located on the end of the water closet compart- Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on a wall of each
ment (opposite the water closet): water closet compartment:
zz Clear opening width must be at least 32” when the door zz Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat.
is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. zz At least 19” above finished floor level.
For doors located on the side of the water closet Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not
compartment: permit continuous paper flow may not used.
zz Clear opening width must be at least 34” when the door
is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position. Interior Surfaces
If standard compartment doors are used (which provide a Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsor-
minimum 9” toe clearance and a self-closing device), a level bent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile,
area on the strike side of the door (at least 24” for exterior or other approved material).
doors and 18” for interior doors) is not required. See Doors zz The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”.
& Doorways (Section 29). zz At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls
within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equiv-
alent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall
at least 48”.
must not be adversely affected by moisture.
324 Compartment Doors / Door Hardware / Accessories

SECTION
In existing buildings or facilities, when enforcing agency

determines that compliance with standard water closet
compartment requirements would create an unreasonable
hardship, front or lateral toilet compartment (alternate)
described below may be used.
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.17.3)
Water closet compartment size shall be an absolute 36”
wide. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.22.4)
Minimum 48” long clear space shall be provided in front
of water closet. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.17.3)
Compartment size shall be an absolute 18” from one side
wall to the center of the water closet. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.1) (ADA 4.17.3)
floor to the top of a max. 2” high toilet seat. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.4) (ADA 4.16.3)
Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not allowed.
FIGURE 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.7) (ADA 4.16.3)
tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.27.4)
Controls for flush valves are mounted on the wide side
of the water closet compartment at height of 44” max.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.16.5)
Maximum force to operate controls is 5 lb. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.27.4)
Grab Bars
Minimum length of side grab bar at side wall is 42” with

front end positioned 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.22.4) FIGURE 2
Parallel grab bars shall be located on each side wall of a
water closet compartment. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.22.4)
Front end of side grab bar shall be 54” min. and rear end
12” max. from back wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.17.6)
Height of grab bar is 33” above and parallel to floor. Grab
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.17.6)
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
abrasive elements. Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig.4
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
FIGURE 3
Clear Space / Height / Flush Valves (Controls) / Grab BArs 325

SECTION
Cross section of rails is 1¼” to 1½” in diameter or the

shape provides an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
If handrails or grab bars are mounted to adjacent to a wall,
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
Structural Strength
FIGURE 4
Grab bar materials are strong enough to withstand a max.
bending moment resulting from a 250 lb. point load. See
also Grab Bars. Fig. 6A
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.3(1))
Grab bar is strong enough to withstand a max. shear
resulting from 250 lbf. load at supports. Fig. 6B
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.3(2))
Max. shear force in a fastener or mounting device resulting
from a 250 lbf is less than allowable lateral load of either
the fastener or mounting device or supporting structure,
FIGURE 5 whichever is the smaller allowable load. Fig. 6C
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.3(3))
Max. tensile force induced in a fastener plus the max.
moment resulting from a 250 lbf. is less than the allowable
structure. Fig. 6D
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.3(4))
FIGURE 6a
FIGURE 6b FIGURE 6c
FIGURE 6d
326 Grab Bars

SECTION
Compartment Doors
Compartment doors are outward swinging and have an

automatic closing device. Sweep period of the closer is
adjusted so that from an open position of 70º, the door
takes at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3” from the
latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. See Doors
& Doorways section 29, Clear Space at Doors. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.23.4)
The clear opening width is 32”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.13.5)
Minimum clear space in front of compartment door is 48”
in its closed position. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.17.3)
The hardware for compartment door handles and locks is
centered between 30” and 44” above the finish floor. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.2) FIGURE 7 FIGURE 8
The inside and outside of the stall door is equipped with a
loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
The latch is a flip-over, sliding, or other hardware style
not requiring grasping or twisting. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
Dispensers are located on a side wall of each compart-

ment, within 12” of front edge of toilet seat and 19” min.
height from the floor to center of the dispenser. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.4.1) (ADA 4.16.6)
Dispensers that control delivery or that do not permit FIGURE 9
continuous paper flow shall not be used. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.4.1) (ADA 4.16.6)
Interior Surfaces
Walls within compartments are smooth, hard and non-

absorbent to 48” in height and shall not be adversely
affected by moisture. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.5)
Floors shall have a smooth, hard non-absorbent surface
such as portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other
at least 5”. Fig. 10 FIGURE 10
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.5)
Compartment Doors / Door Hardware / Accessories 327

SECTION
DESCRIPTION FRONT TRANSFER TOILET DESIGN

1. Minimum width, between walls 36” (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4)
2. Minimum Clear Space at the front of Water Closet 48” (1115B.3.2) (4.17.3)
3. TOILET COMPARTMENT
3.1. Interior Dimensions on a Tank-Type Toilet
A. Wall-Mounted Water Closet - Minimum 48” wide by 66” deep (4.17.3)
B. Floor-Mounted Water Closet - Minimum 48” wide by 69” deep (4.17.3)
3.2. Compartment Doors
A. Outward-swinging, front entry self-closing door Outward 32” min. (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4)
B. Stall Door Opening 32” clear (1115B.4.1.3) (4.13.5)
C. Hardware for compartment door handles and locks is centered above the finish door. between 30” and 44” (1133B.2.5.2)
D. Inside and outside of the Stall Door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9)
below the latch.
E. Latch is a flip-over, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting.  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9)
3.3 Water Closet
A. Accessible Water Closet and toilet accessories  (4.22.4)
B. In new construction and alterations, centerline of the Water Closet from the nearest side-wall Absolute 18” (1115B.4.1.1) (4.22.4)
C. Water Closet top of toilet seat from the floor surface with 2” high toilet seat. (Automatic 17” to 19” (1115B.4.1.4) (4.22.4)
“spring to lifted position“ seats are not allowed) (1115B.4.1.7)
D. Water Closet controls are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.4)
or twisting.
3.3 Flush Valve
A. Controls for flush valve Maximum distance above the floor 44” (1115B.4.1.5) (4.16.5)
B. Maximum force required to operate the flush valve. 5 lb. (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5)
C. Flush Control hand-operated /automatic  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5)
4. GRAB BARS
4.1 Parallel grab bars provided on toilet compartment Both sides (1115B.4.1.3) (4.22.4)
4.2 Flush valve on the wide side of the toilet area. No
4.3 Grab bars within the accessible compartment None
4.4 Side Grab Bars
A. Minimum length 42”min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.22.4)
B. Extend a Maximum from the back wall 12” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.22.4)
C. Front ends positioned in front of the water closet. 24” min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6)
D. Front ends located from the back wall 54” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6)
E. Securely attached and are mounted to the center of the bar above and parallel to floor 33” (1115B.4.1.3.2) (4.17.6)
4.5 Back Grab Bars
A. Minimum length None
B. Extend from the centerline of the water closet None
C. Securely attached and mounted to the center of the bar above and parallel to floor. (For tank None
type toilets, 36” may be allowed if tank obstructs placement of bar)
D. Minimum Space between the rear grab bar & top of the toilet tank. None
4.6 Grab Bar Diameter or width of the gripping surface. 1¼” to 1½” or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2)
4.7 Space between the Grab bar and adjacent wall. 1½” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2)
4.8 Grab Bar do not rotate within their fittings.  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3 (5))
4.9 The Grab Bar and any wall or other surface adjacent to it is free of any sharp or abrasive  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4)
elements.
4.10 Minimum radius on any edge of Grab Bars. 1/8” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4)
4.11 Minimum structural strength 250 lb. Point load (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3)
5. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS
5.1 Mounted a Maximum Distance from the back wall to the front of the dispenser. 36” (1115B.4.1) (4.23.4)
On the side wall below the grab bar within 12” of the front edge
5.2 Dispenser located within front edge of water closet. of the toilet seat (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)
5.3 Centered at the Minimum height from the floor to the centerline of the dispenser. 19” (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)
5.4 Allows for the continuous paper flow and does not control delivery.  (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)
6. INTERIOR SURFACES
6.1 Walls within compartment are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely 48” min. in height (1115B.3.2.5)
affected by moisture, (Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material)
6.2 Toilet room floor surfaces are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely 5” min. (1115B.3.2.5)
affected by moisture, (Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material)

SECTION
Side (Lateral) Transfer Toilet Stall 51
In existing buildings or facilities, when the responsible enforcing agency determines that
compliance with standard water closet compartments would create an unreasonable hard-
ship, a front or lateral compartment (“lateral” is described below) may be used. (See Section
50 for Front Transfer Toilets.) Otherwise, side (lateral) transfer compartments are the pre-
ferred method.

SECTION
51 Side (Lateral) Transfer Toilet Stall
Clear Spaces
A minimum 48” clear space approach to the compart- GRAB BARS
ment’s door must be provided
Minimum Maximum
Inside the compartment, a minimum 32”-long clear space
must be provided in front of the water closet. General / Dimensions / Finish
A 32” clear space must be provided from one wall to the Grab bar diameter 1¼ inches 1½ inches
water closet (space alongside water closet).
The compartment size must be an absolute 18” from one
side wall to the center of the water closet fixture. Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches
Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp or
Water Closets / Toilet Seats abrasive elements, and should not rotate within their fittings.
The water closet should be 17” to 19” high, measured from All required clear spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab
the floor to the top of toilet seat. bar max. diameter plus clearance from wall) of grab bars into
zz The toilet seat may be no higher than 2”. specified clear spaces.
zz A 3”-high seat may be permitted, but only in alterations Side Grab Bars
where the existing water closet is less than 15” high.
zz Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not 33 inches 33 inches
parallel to floor)
allowed.
Flush Valves 24 inches
seat
Flush valve controls: Forward end of bar to back wall 54 inches
Must operate with one hand.
wrist. Rear Grab Bars
Must be mounted on the wide side of compartment no Height (from floor to center of bar,
higher than 44” above the finished floor. 33 inches 33 inches
parallel to floor)
Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-
33 inches 36 inches
high installation
Out side of tank to outside end of
12 inches
bar
Bar length 36"
Point Load 250 lbs.
Supporting structure (wall) strength must be greater than the
Allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the
supporting structure must be greater than (Maximum tensile
force induced in the fastener(s) used) + (Maximum moment
resulting from a 250-lb force).
330 Clear Space / Height / Flush Valves (Controls) / Grab Bars

SECTION
Compartment Doors / Closer Both the inside and the outside of a stall door should be
Compartment doors must open (swing) outwards, and they equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately
must be equipped with an automatic closing device. below the latch.
Sweep period of the closer: The door latch may be flip-over style, sliding, or other hard-
ware not requiring grasping or twisting.
zz From an open position of 70°, door must take at least 3
seconds to move to a point 3” from the latch, measured Toilet Tissue Dispensers
to the leading edge of the door. See Doors & Doorways Toilet tissue dispensers must be located on a side wall of
(Section 29). each water closet compartment:
Door widths zz Within 12” of the front edge of the toilet seat.
For doors located on the end of the compartment (opposite zz At least 19” above finished floor level.
the water closet): Toilet tissue dispensers that control delivery or that do not
zz Clear opening width must be at least 32” when the door permit continuous paper flow may not used.
is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position.
Interior Surfaces
For compartment doors located on the side of the water
closet compartment: Toilet room floors should have a smooth, hard, nonabsor-
bent surface (e.g., Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile,
zz Clear opening width must be at least 34” when the door or other approved material).
is positioned at an angle of 90° from its closed position.
zz The floor material should extend up the wall at least 5”.
If standard compartment doors are used (which provide a
minimum 9” toe clearance and a self-closing device), a level zz At walls within water closet compartments, and at walls
area on the strike side of the door (at least 24” for exterior within 24” of front and side of urinals, the floor or equiv-
doors and 18” for interior doors) is not required. See Doors alent nonabsorbent material must extend onto the wall
& Doorways (Section 29). at least 48”.
Hardware must not be adversely affected by moisture.
should be centered between 30” and 44” above the floor.
Compartment Doors / Door Hardware / Surfaces 331

SECTION
In existing buildings or facilities, when enforcing agency

determines that compliance with standard water closet
compartment requirements would create an unreason-
able hardship, front or lateral compartments (alternate)
described below may be used.
(CA 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.17.3).
Minimum 48” long clear space shall be provided in front
of water closet. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.17.3)
There shall be a 48” min. wide clear space from a wall
at one side of the water closet. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.3.2)
Compartment size shall be an absolute 18” from one side
wall to center of water closet. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.1) (ADA 4.22.4)
floor to the top of a max. 2” high toilet seat. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.4) (ADA 4.16.3)
Automatic “spring to lifted position” seats are not allowed.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.7) (ADA 4.16.3)
tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.27.4)
Controls for flush valves are mounted on the wide side
of the compartment at height of 44” max. above the
floor. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.16.5)
Max force to operate controls is 5 lbf. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.5) (ADA 4.27.4)
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
332 Clear Space / Height and Seats / Flush Valves (Controls)

SECTION
Grab Bars
Minimum length of grab bar at side wall is 42” with front

end positioned 24” in front of the water closet. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.17.6)
Rear grab bar shall be at least 36” long, and shall begin
a max. of 6” from the corner of the wall on the toilet
side. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (ADA 4.17.6)
Front end of grab bar shall be 54” min. from the back wall
and rear end 12” max from back wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.17.6)
Height of grab bar is 33” above and parallel to floor
except that where a tank-type toilet used obstructs the
33” placement, the grab bar may be as high as 36”. Grab
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3.2) (ADA 4.17.6)
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp or FIGURE 3
abrasive elements. Min. radius of all edges is 1/8”. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
Cross section of rails is 1¼” to 1½” in diameter or the

shape provides an equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall,
FIGURE 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
Structural Strength
Grab bar materials are strong enough to withstand a max.

bending moment resulting from a 250 lb. point load. See
also Grab Bars, Section 52.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.3(1))
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 6
Grab Bars 333

SECTION
Compartment Doors
Compartment doors have an automatic closing device and

shall be outward swinging. Sweep period of the closer is
adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees,
the door takes at least 3 seconds to move to a point
3” from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the
door. See Doors & Doorways Section 29, Clear Space at
Doors. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.13.10)
The clear opening width is 32”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.7.1.4) (ADA 4.13.5)
Minimum clear space in front of the compartment door
(in its closed position) is 48”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.3.2) (ADA 4.17.3)
FIGURE 7 FIGURE 8
When standard compartment doors are used with a min.
9” clearance for footrests underneath and a self-closing
device, clearance at strike edge as in CA T24 1115B.3.2
is not required. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.1)
The hardware for compartment door handles and locks is
centered between 30” and 44” above the finish floor. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133B.2.5.2)
The inside and outside of stall door is equipped with a loop
or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
The latch is flip-over style, sliding, or other hardware not
requiring grasping or twisting. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.3.1.4.5) (ADA 4.13.9)
FIGURE 9
Dispensers are located on a compartment side wall within

12” of front edge of toilet seat and 19” min. height from
the floor to center of the dispenser. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
(CA T24 1115B.8.4) (ADA 4.16.6)
Interior Surfaces
Walls within compartment are smooth, hard and non-

absorbent to 48” in height and such walls are not adversely
affected by moisture. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.5)
FIGURE 10
Floors shall have a smooth, hard nonabsorbent surface
such as portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other
at least 5”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.3.2.5)
334 Compartment Doors / Door Hardware / Surfaces

SECTION
DESCRIPTION SIDE (LATERAL) TRANSFER DESIGN

1. Minimum width, between walls 48” (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4)
2. Minimum Clear Space at the front of Water Closet 48” (1115B.3.2) (4.17.3)
3. TOILET COMPARTMENT
3.1. Interior Dimensions on a Tank-Type Toilet
A. Wall-Mounted Water Closet - Minimum 48” wide by 66” deep (4.17.3)
B. Floor-Mounted Water Closet - Minimum 48” wide by 69” deep (4.17.3)
3.2. Compartment Doors
A. Outward-swinging, front entry self-closing door Outward 32” min. (1115B.3.2) (4.22.4)
B. Stall Door Opening 32” clear (1115B.4.1.3) (4.13.5)
C. Hardware for compartment door handles and locks is centered above the finish door. between 30” and 44” (1133B.2.5.2)
D. Inside and outside of the Stall Door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped handle immediately below the latch.  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9)
E. Latch is a flip-over, sliding, or other hardware not requiring grasping or twisting.  (1115B.3.1.4.5) (4.13.9)
3.3 Water Closet
A. Accessible Water Closet & Toilet Accessories  (4.22.2)
B. In New Construction & Alteration Centerline of the Water Closet from the nearest side-wall Absolute 18” (1115B.4.1.4) (4.22.4)
C. Water Closet Top of Toilet Seat from the floor Surface with 2” high toilet seat. (Automatic “spring to lifted 17” to 19” (1115B.4.1.4) (4.22.4)
position“ seats are not allowed) (1115B.4.1.7)
D. Water Closet control are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting.  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.4)
3.3 Flush Valve
A. Controls for Flush valve Maximum distance above the floor 44” (1115B.4.1.5) (4.16.5)
B. Maximum force required to operate the flush valve. 5 lb. (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5)
C. Flush Control hand-operated /automatic  (1115B.4.1.5) (4.27.5)
4. GRAB BARS
4.1 Parallel grab bars provided on toilet compartment None
4.2 Flush valve on the wide side of the toilet area.  (1115B.3.2.3) (4.16.5)
4.3 Grab bars within the accessible compartment Side wall closest to the water closet & on the back wall (1115B.3.2.3) (4.17.6)
4.4 Side Grab Bars
A. Minimum length 42” min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6)
B. Extend a Maximum from the back wall 12” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6)
C. Front Ends positioned in front of the eater closet. 24” min. (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6)
D. Front Ends located from the back wall 54” (1115B.4.1.3.1) (4.17.6)
E. Securely attached and are mounted to the center of the bar above & parallel to floor 33” to 36” (1115B.4.1.3.2) (4.17.6)
4.5 Back Grab Bars
A. Minimum length 36” long (1115B.4.1.3) (4.17.6)
B. Extend from the centerline of the water closet 12” min. on one side & 24” min. toward the open side (1115B.3.2.3) (4.17.6)
C. Securely attached and is mounted to the center of the bar above & parallel to floor. (For Tank type toilets, 33” (1115B.3.2.3) (4.17.6)
36” may be allowed if tank obstructs placement of bar)
D. Minimum Space between the rear grab bar & top of the toilet tank. 1½” (1115B.3.2.3)
1¼” to 1½” or the shape provides an equivalent gripping surface
4.6 Grab Bar Diameter or width of the gripping surface. (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2)
4.7 Space between the Grab bar & adjacent wall. 1½” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.2)
4.8 Grab Bar do not rotate within their fittings.  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3 (5))
4.9 The Grab Bar & any wall or other surface adjacent to it is free of any sharp or abrasive elements.  (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4)
4.10 Minimum radius on any edge of Grab Bars. 1/8” (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.4)
4.11 Minimum Structural Strength 250 lb. Point load (1115B.4.1.3) (4.26.3)
5. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS
5.1 Mounted a Maximum Distance from the back wall to the front of the dispenser. 36” (1115B.4.1) (4.23.4)
On the side wall below the grab bar within 12” of the front
5.2 Dispenser located within front edge of water closet. edge of the toilet seat (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)
5.3 Centered at the Minimum height from the floor to the centerline of the dispenser. 19” (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)
5.4 Allows for the continuous paper flow & does not control delivery.  (1115B.4.1) (4.16.6)
6. INTERIOR SURFACES
6.1 Walls within compartment are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely affected by moisture, 48” min in height (1115B.3.2.5)
(Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material)
6.2 Toilet room floor surfaces are smooth, hard & non-absorbent, and are not adversely affected by moisture, 5” min. (1115B.3.2.5)
(Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material)

SECTION
52 Grab Bars
Grab bars are required in sanitary facilities (restrooms), around toilets, and in conjuntion
with accessible bathtubs and showers.
zz See the specific other Section for details on their installation and use. The Table below is
reproduced in those Sections (and sometimes modified), as needed.
GRAB BARS
Minimum Maximum
General / Dimensions / Finish
Grab bar diameter 1¼ inches 1½ inches
Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches
elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear
spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus
Side Grab Bars
33 inches 33 inches
parallel to floor)
24 inches
seat
Forward end of bar to back wall 54 inches
Rear Grab Bars
33 inches 33 inches
parallel to floor)
33 inches 36 inches
installation
Bar length 36"
Point Load 250 lbs.
250-lb. load.
336 Grab Bars

SECTION
Grab Bars 52
Basic Dimensions
The diameter or width of grab bars must be between 1¼” GRAB BARS
to 1½”, or a shape that provides an equivalent gripping
surface. Minimum Maximum
Grab bars must be finished with a smooth surface. General / Dimensions / Finish
zz The bar must be free from sharp and/or abrasive Grab bar diameter 1¼ inches 1½ inches
elements. Grab bar edge radius 1/8 inch
zz Grab bar edges must have a radius of at least 1/8”.
Grab bar clearance from wall 1½ inches 1½ inches
The clearance from wall surface to grab bar surface must
be at least 1½”. elements, and should not rotate within their fittings. All required clear
Grab bars must not rotate within their fittings. spaces assume 3" max. encroachment (grab bar max. diameter plus
Dynamics / Structural Strength
Side Grab Bars
Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong
enough to withstand a maximum bending moment result- Height (from floor to center of bar,
33 inches 33 inches
parallel to floor)
ing from a 250-lb. point load.
Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong Forward end of bar to front of toilet
24 inches
seat
enough to withstand a maximum shear stress resulting
from 250-lbf. load. Forward end of bar to back wall 54 inches
Grab bar and shower seat supports must provide the same Back end of bar to back wall 12 inches
strength as required of grab bars, shower seats, and their Bar length 42 inches
materials:
Rear Grab Bars
zz The maximum shear force induced in a fastener or
mounting device resulting from a 250-lbf must be less Height (from floor to center of bar,
33 inches 33 inches
than the allowable lateral load of either: (a) the fastener parallel to floor)
or mounting device, or (b) supporting structure; which- Height if toilet tank obstructs 33"-high
33 inches 36 inches
ever is the smaller. installation
zz The maximum tensile force induced in a fastener, when Side end of bar to side wall 6 inches
combined with the maximum moment resulting from a Out side of tank to outside end of bar 12 inches
250-lbf. must be less than the allowable withdrawal load
between the fastener and the supporting structure. Bar length 36"
Point Load 250 lbs.
250-lb. load.
Basic Dimensions / Dynamics / Strength 337

SECTION
52 Grab Bars
All Grab Bars must comply with this section.

(CA T24 1115B.7) (ADA 4.26.1)
Projection
Grab bars shall not project more than 3” into the required
clear floor space.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
Diameter
The grab bar or handrail cross-section diameter or width

is 1¼” to 1½”, or the shape provides an equivalent grip-
ping surface. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
If grab bars are mounted adjacent to the wall, the space
between the wall and the grab bar is 1½”. Fig.1
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
Structural Strength
The structural strength of grab bar or shower seat materi-

als is strong enough to withstand a max. bending moment
resulting from a 250 lb. load. Figs. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.1) (ADA 4.26.3(1))
The grab bar or shower seat material is strong enough
FIGURE 1
to withstand a maximum shear resulting from a 250 lb.
load at the supports. If the connection between the seat
and its supports or brackets are fully restrained, then
direct and torsional shear stresses should be totaled for
the combined shear stress, which does not exceed the
allowable shear stress. Figs. 4 & 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.3(2))
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 3
338 Dimensions / Strength

SECTION
Grab Bars 52
Max. shear force in a fastener or mounting device result-

ing from a 250 lb. point load is less than allowable
lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or
supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable
load. Figs. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.3) (ADA 4.26.3(3))
Max. tensile force in a fastener plus max. moment result-
ing from a 250 lb. force is be less than the allowable
structure. Figs. 8 & 9
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.4) (ADA 4.26.3(4))
Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3; 1115B.7.2.5) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
Surface FIGURE 5
All grab bars and any wall or other adjacent surfaces are
free of sharp or abrasive elements. All edges have a min.
radius of 1/8”.
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 8
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 9
Dynamics / Surface 339

SECTION
53 Accessible Sinks
Since lavatories in restrooms and sinks in kitchens are covered separately, this section is
intended primarily to cover those other sinks that should be accessible (e.g., sinks installed
in lunch or break rooms, etc.). At the end of the Checklist for this section, some kitchen sink
requirements are provided; however, you are encouraged to also refer to Section 54. Kitch-
ens, as well.
Configuration and Clear Space

zz A 30” x 48” minimum clear floor space must be provided for a sink. This clear floor
space must be on an accessible route, and it may may extend no more than 19” under-
neath the accessible sink.
zz When mounted, the counter or the sink’s rim may be no higher than 34” above the fin-
ished floor height.
zz The following minimum clearance for kneespace must be provided underneath the sink:
at least 27” high x 30” wide x 19” deep.
Any exposed hot water and drain pipes under the sink must be insulated or otherwise
configured to protect against contact, and there should be no sharp or abrasive surfaces
under a sink.
Sink basins may not exceed 6½” in depth.
Faucet Controls and Operating Mechanisms

zz All controls must be operable with one hand. They may not require tight grasping, pinch-
ing, or twisting of the wrist, and the force required to activate the controls must be 5 lbf
or less.
zz Acceptable faucet designs incude lever-operated, push type and electronically operated.
If self-closing valves are used, the faucet must remain open at least 10 seconds.
340 Accessible Sinks

SECTION
Accessible Sinks 53
General Controls
A 30” x 48” minimum clear floor space must be provided Faucet controls and operating mechanisms must be oper-
for a sink. able with one hand.
zz This clear floor space must be on an accessible route. zz They may not require tight grasping, pinching, or twist-
zz This clear floor space may extend no more than 19” ing of the wrist.
underneath the accessible sink. zz The force required to activate the controls must be 5
The sink should be mounted with the counter or the sink’s lbf or less.
rim no higher than 34” above the finished floor height. zz Acceptable faucet designs: lever-operated, push type
A minimum clearance for kneespace must be provided and electronically operated.
underneath the sink that is at least 27” high x 30” wide x zz If self-closing valves are used, the faucet must remain
19” deep. open at least 10 seconds.
Any exposed hot water and drain pipes under the sink must
be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against SINKS
contact. Clear space is provided in
There may be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under a sink. front of the sink that allows
30” x 48” min.
forward approach and CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
Sink basins may not exceed 6½” in depth. accessible route. 1118B.4.1
ADA 4.24.5
Regular clear space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route.
From floor surface sink is CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;

mounted with counter or rim 34” Max. height 1115B.4.7.2
no higher ADA 4.24.2
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
Each accessible sink shall be
6 1/2” Max. Deep 1115B.4.7.2
at least ADA 4.24.4
27” High CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;

Knee clearance under sink 30” Wide 1115B.4.7.2
19” Depth ADA 4.24.3
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
Drain and hot water pipping insulated or configured 1115B.4.7.2
to prevent contact. ADA 4.24.6
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
There are no sharp or abrasive elements under sink. 1115B.4.7.2
ADA 4.24.6
Faucets are lever type,

push type or electronically CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
controlled mechanisms (or 10 sec. open flow 1115B.4.7.2
other similar designs). Self ADA 4.24.7
closing valves must maintain.
Faucets are operable with

one hand and do not require
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
tight grasping, pinching or
5 lb. max. 1115B.4.7.2
twisting of the wrist. ADA 4.27.4
Force required to activate
controls.
Clear Floor Space / Height / Dimensions / Controls 341

SECTION
53 Accessible Sinks
Clear Floor Space
A clear floor space at least 30” by 48”must be provided

in front of a sink to allow forward approach. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.5)
The clear floor space must be on an accessible route and
shall extend a max. of 19” underneath the sink. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.3)
FIGURE 1
Depth and Height
Each accessible sink shall be a max. of 6½” deep. Fig.

5 and 6
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.4)
Sinks shall be mounted with the counter or rim no higher
than 34” above the finish floor. Fig. 2, 3 and 5.
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.2)
Knee Clearance
Knee clearance that is at least 27” high, 30” wide and

19” deep. Fig. 6 and 7
FIGURE 2 (CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.2)
It must be provided underneath sinks. Fig. 6 and 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.2)
FIGURE 3
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 4 FIGURE 6
342 Clear Floor Space / Height / Clearance / Depth

SECTION
Accessible Sinks 53
Exposed Pipes and Surfaces
Hot water and drain pipes exposed under sinks shall be

insulated or otherwise configured so as to protect against
contact. Fig. 3 and 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.6)
There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks.
Fig. 3 and 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.24.6)
Faucet Controls and Operating Mechanisms
Faucet controls operating are operable with one hand

and do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting
of the wrist. The force required to activate controls is no
greater than 5 pounds of force. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
Lever-operated, push-type, and electronically controlled
mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs.
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.19.5, 4.24.7)
If self-closing valves are used, the faucet remains open
for at least 10 seconds. FIGURE 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.19.5)
SINKS
Clear space is provided in
front of the sink that allows
30” x 48” min.
forward approach and CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
accessible route. 1118B.4.1
ADA 4.24.5
Regular clear space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route.
From floor surface sink is CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;

mounted with counter or rim 34” Max. height 1115B.4.7.2
no higher ADA 4.24.2
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
Each accessible sink shall be
6 1/2” Max. Deep 1115B.4.7.2
at least ADA 4.24.4
27” High CA T24 1115B.4.7.1; FIGURE 8

Knee clearance under sink 30” Wide 1115B.4.7.2
19” Depth ADA 4.24.3
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
Drain and hot water pipping insulated or configured 1115B.4.7.2
to prevent contact. ADA 4.24.6
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
There are no sharp or abrasive elements under sink. 1115B.4.7.2
ADA 4.24.6
Faucets are lever type,

push type or electronically CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
controlled mechanisms (or 10 sec. open flow 1115B.4.7.2
other similar designs). Self ADA 4.24.7
closing valves must maintain.
Faucets are operable with

one hand and do not require
CA T24 1115B.4.7.1;
tight grasping, pinching or
5 lb. max. 1115B.4.7.2
twisting of the wrist. ADA 4.27.4
Force required to activate
controls.
Kitchen Sinks 343

SECTION
54 Kitchens
These requirements relate to adaptable dwelling units (in multifamily dwelling structures) primarily.
For example, commercial kitchens need only provide a 32” clear entry and acccessible path of travel
within. Kitchens in employee break rooms should provide accessiblity, and should not concern them-
selves with adaptability/repositioning of work surfaces and cabinetry.
The kitchen layout in an adaptable dwelling unit should provide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space to
allow for accessible forward or parallel approach to oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer, and trash
compactor. As a parallel approach is necessary for ranges or cooktops, the design must also pro-
vide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space for accessible parallel approach for any range or cooktop.
The design must provide a minimum clear width measured between cabinet, countertop or the face
of any appliance (ignoring handles and controls that project into the kitchen) and the opposing cabi-
net, countertop, appliance or wall. The dimension of that clear width varies, by type of design.
zz A U-Shaped kitchen with a range or cooktop at the base of the U, to provide the parallel approach
at the range or cooktop means you must have a minimum clear width of 60”.
zz U-Shaped kitchens with a cooktop or sink at the base of the U which provides a 30” wide knee
space to a height of 27” above the floor to allow for a forward approach must have a minimum
clear width of 48”.
zz Any other kitchen designs must provide a minimum clear width of 48”
zz Any base cabinets that are installed directly under the kitchen sink counter area (including
toeboards and shelving) must be removable without the use of special tools or knowledge, to
provide clearance for a wheelchair.
zz Finished flooring must be installed on the floor beneath such cabinets.
A minimum clear space of 48” must be provided for all other kitchen designs.
Sink faucets and other controls must be operable with one hand. Operation of the faucet and other
controls should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to
activate controls must not be greater than 5 lbs. of force. Lever-operated, push-type and electroni-
cally controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Self-closing valves are allowed if
faucet remains open for a minimum of 10 seconds.
Minimum linear dimensions of accessible countertops that must be provided: For kitchen sinks: 30”.
For work surfaces: one area of min. 30” wide (typical) or two min. 15” wide “breadboards.”
Accesible countertops may be no more than 34” above the finished floor surface. Accessible counter-
tops and work surfaces must be able to be repositioned to a minimum height of 28”. (Stone, cultured
stone and tile countertops are exempt from the repositioning requirements.)
Accessible countertops and work surfaces may either be a single integral unit or separate com-
ponents. Any base cabinets that are installed under accessible countertops must be removable
without the use of specialized tools, to provide a forward approach and necessary clearance for a
wheelchair. The sides and back of cabinets adjacent to countertops must be constructed of dura-
ble, non-absorbent materials. Finished flooring must be installed beneath these countertops and/or
sinks, extending completely to the wall beneath the sink and/or work surface.
At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freezers must be within space allowances and
reach ranges. The space and placement of cabinets and appliances must allow for the operation of
cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and usable. Maxi-
mum height of kitchen lower shelving and/or drawer space: 48”.
344 Kitchens
SECTION
Kitchens 54
Requirements Countertops
These requirements relate to kitchens within adaptable dwell- Minimum linear lengths of accessible countertops:
ing units, typically multifamiliy dwelling units. For kitchen sinks: 30”
Clear Floor Space / Clear Width For work surfaces: 30”
You must provide at least 30” x 48” clear floor space to allow Heights:
for accessible approach to the following kitchen appliances: Accessible countertops and sinks are those that are
zz For oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/freezer, and trash mounted no more than 34” above the finished floor surface.
compactor, you can provide either a forward approach Accessible countertops and work surfaces must be able to
or a parallel approach. be repositioned to a minimum height of 28”.
zz For ranges or cooktops, you must provide a parallel Design and Finish:
approach. Accessible countertops and work surfaces may either be a
Kitchen design must provide a minimum clear width measured single integral unit or separate components.
between cabinet, countertop or the face of any appliance Any base cabinets that are installed under accessible coun-
(excluding handles and controls that project into the kitchen) tertops must be removable without the use of specialized
and the opposing cabinet, countertop, appliance or wall. The tools, to provide clearance for a wheelchair.
dimension of that clear width varies, by type of design:
The sides and back of cabinets adjacent to countertops
U-Shaped kitchens with parallel approach at the range or must be constructed of durable, non-absorbent materials.
cooktop located at the base of the U must have a minimum
clear width of 60”. Finished flooring must be installed beneath these counter-
tops and/or sinks, extending completely to the wall beneath
U-Shaped kitchens with a cooktop or sink at the base of the the sink and/or work surface that is repositionable.
U which provides a 30” wide knee space to a height of 27”
above the floor to allow for a forward approach must have Available Exceptions
a minimum clear width of 48”. Only 5% of units within a multifamily apartment house (that is
Any other kitchen designs must provide a minimum clear itself required to provide accessible units) must provide repo-
width of 48” sitionable countertops. All other covered multifamily dwelling
units are exempt.
Repositionable Cabinets When stone, cultured stone and tiled countertops are used,
Any base cabinets that are installed directly under the they may be exempted from the repositioning requirements.
kitchen sink counter area (including toeboards and shelv- Two 15” minimum width breadboards may be provided in lieu of
ing) must be removable without the use of special tools or the required 30” of countertop work surface.
knowledge, to provide clearance for a wheelchair.
Lower Shelving
Finished flooring must be installed on the floor beneath
such cabinets. Maximum height:
A minimum clear space of 48” must be provided for all other Kitchen lower shelving and/or drawer space: 48”.
kitchen designs. Design Considerations
Sink Faucets/Controls At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freez-
Sink faucets and other controls must be operable with one ers must be within space allowances and reach ranges.
hand. The space and placement of cabinets and appliances must
Operation of the faucet and other controls should not allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors
require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and
usable.
The force required to activate controls must not be greater
mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs.
Self-closing valves are allowed if faucet remains open for a
minimum of 10 seconds.
Floor Space / U-Shaped Kitchens / Sinks / Counters / Shelves 345

SECTION
54 Kitchens
Kitchens w it hin adaptable d welling units shall be

accessible.
(CA T24 1133A.1)
Clear Floor Space / Centerline / Clear Width
Clear Floor Space

FIGURE 1 Kitchens in covered multifamily dwelling units that are
required to provide access to persons with physical dis-
abilities must comply with the following:
(CA T24 1133A.2.1) (ADA 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))
A clear floor space at least 30” by 48” that allows a
parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair must be
provided at the range or cooktop. Fig. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1133A.2.2) (ADA 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))
Clear floor space must allow either a parallel or forward
approach at the kitchen sink and all other fixtures or
FIGURE 2 appliances including the oven, dishwasher, refrigerator/
freezer and trash compactor. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1133A.2.2) (ADA 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))
Centerline
The centerline of the 30” x 48” clear floor space provided
for a parallel or forward approach must be aligned with
the centerline of the appliance or fixture.
(CA T24 1133A.2.4)
Clear Width
Kitchens must have a min. clear width measured between
FIGURE 3 cabinet and countertop or the face of any appliance (exclud-
ing handles and controls that project into the kitchen)
and the opposing cabinet, countertop, appliance or wall.
(CA T24 1133A.2.1.1) (ADA 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))
zz U-Shaped kitchens with parallel approach at the range
or cooktop located at the base of the U must have a
min. clear width of 60”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1133A.2.1.1) (ADA 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))
zz U-Shaped kitchens with a cooktop or sink at the base of
the U which provides a 30” wide knee space to a height
of 27” above the floor to allow for a forward approach
must have a min. clear width of 48”. Fig. 6
FIGURE 4
(CA T24 1133A.2.1.1) (ADA 4.24.5, 9.2.2(7))
zz Any other kitchen designs must provide a min. clear
width of 48”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1133A.2.1.3)
Kitchen Sink Faucet Controls
Faucet controls and operating mechanisms shall be oper-

able with one hand and shall not require tight grasping,
FIGURE 5
346 Clear Floor Space

SECTION
Kitchens 54
pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to

activate controls shall be no greater than 5 pound force.
Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133A.6; 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1133A.6; 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.27.4)
Self-closing valves are allowed if the faucet remains open
for at least 10 seconds.
(CA T24 1133A.6; 1115B.4.7.1) (ADA 4.27.4) FIGURE 6
Countertops
Min. linear length of 30” of countertop shall be provided

for the kitchen sink, and a min. linear length of 30” of
countertop shall be provided for a work surface, both
of which shall be designed to enable repositioning to a
minimum height of 28”. Figs 9-12
(CA T24 1133A.4(1))
The sink and work surface may be a single integral unit of
60”, or they may be separate components of 30” each.
Figs. 13 & 14
(CA T24 1133A.4(3)) FIGURE 7
Counter and sinks shall be mounted at a maximum height
of 34”. Fig. 13
(ADA 9.2.2(7))
Repositionable Countertops
Must be provided in a minimum of 5% of the covered

multi-family units.
(CA T24 1133A.4.1) FIGURE 8
Kitchen sink and work surface must enable repositioning
to a minimum height of 28”. Figs. 11 & 12
(CA T24 1133A.4.1)
Base cabinets directly under the kitchen sink and work
surface shall be removable to provide clearance for a
wheelchair.
(CA T24 1133A.4.1(2))
The sides and back of adjacent cabinets, which may
become exposed to moisture of food handling when a
countertop is lowered, shall be constructed of durable,
nonabsorbent materials appropriate for such uses. Fig. 15 FIGURE 9
(CA T24 1133A.4.1)
Finished flooring shall be installed on the floor beneath
such countertop and must extend to the wall beneath the
sink and/or work surface. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1112A.4.1)
EXCEPTIONS
1. Stone, cultured stone and tiled countertops may be used
without meeting the repositioning requirements. FIGURE 10
2. In covered multifamily apartment house dwelling units, two
15” min. width breadboards may be provided in lieu of the
required 30” of countertop work surface.
(CA T24 1133A.4.1(4))
Sink Faucets / Countertops 347

SECTION
54 Kitchens
Lower Shelving
Lower shelving and/or drawer space shall be provided

in the kitchen at a height of no more than 48”. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1133A.5) (ADA 9.2.2(7))
At least 50% of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/
freezers shall be within reach ranges and shall be designed
to allow for the operation of cabinets and appliances. Fig. 16
FIGURE 11 (CA T24 1133A.5) (ADA 9.2.2(7))
Removable Base Cabinets
In covered multifamily dwelling units required to be acces-

sible, base cabinets directly under kitchen sink counter
area, including toeboard and shelving, shall be remov-
able without the use of specialized tools or specialized
knowledge to provide clearance for a wheelchair. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1133A.3) (ADA 9.2.2(7))
FIGURE 12
Finished flooring shall be provided on the floor beneath
the countertop and must extend to the wall beneath the
sink and/or work surface. Fig. 18
(CA T24 1133A.3)
FIGURE 13
FIGURE 14
FIGURE 16
FIGURE 15 FIGURE 17
FIGURE 18
348 Shelving & Cabinets

SECTION
Bathtubs 55
To be accessible, a bathtub/bathing area must provide all of the following:

zz Single-lever faucet control
zz Hand-held sprayer with hose
zz Seat
zz Grab bars
zz Required clear floor space
A built-in seat is required either at the head end of the tub, or in-tub. Commercially available
in-tub seats typically fit into tracks or grooves in the tub rim, and meet the requirements
for strength and materials.
Clear floor space requirements vary, depending on whether a parallel approach (30” x 60”)
or perpendicular approach (48” x 60”) is being provided.
When installed according to the requirements stated here, grab bars will assist the tub’s
user enter and exit the tub, and adjust the water supply, without interfering with the opera-
tion of the controls. Reinforcement behind the walls is required to provide the grab bars
with necessary structural support.
A removable shower spray unit (with a 60” flexible hose) is required, to allow fixed shower
or hand-held shower.
Controls must be accessible, both in their location and their operation.
If bathtub enclosures and/or doors are used, they must not reduce the clear open space
access to the tub, nor should they require or use tracks on the rim of the tub.
BAthtubs 349
SECTION
55 Bathtubs
Requirements Grab Bar Locations with Seat in Tub

Where facilities for bathing (showers, bathtubs or lockers) When the required seat is provided in the tub, the following
are provided for the public, clients or employees, at least 1 grab bars are required:
facility, and no less than 1% of all facilities, must conform Along the control end of the tub (typically the foot end,
to the following standards unless exempted. against a wall), a grab bar at least 24” long must be
zz For bathtubs and showers within adaptable dwelling mounted at a height of 33” to 36”.
units, refer to Section 15 for the requirements as to Along the long side of tub, two parallel grab bars of 24”
number provided. long each should be mounted, starting 12” from the control
Accessible Bathtubs must have all of the following: side of the tub. The lower of the two is mounted 9” above
zz Single-level faucet control the top of tub, while the higher of the two is mounted at 33”
to 36” above the finished floor level.
Along the head end of the tub (opposite the control end),
zz Seat a 12” horizontal grab bar must be mounted on the wall
zz Grab bars behind the head end, from the edge of the tub toward the
zz Required clear floor space appropriate to the type of long wall.
approach
Grab Bar Locations with Seat at Head of Tub
Seat When the required seat is provided at the head end of the tub,
A seat in the tub or at the head end of the tub must be the following grab bars are required:
provided. Along the control end of the tub (typically the foot end,
When an in-tub seat is installed at the head end of the tub, against a wall), a grab bar at least 24” long must be
it must be at least 15” wide. mounted at a height of 33” to 36”.
Seats must be mounted securely and may not slip during Along the long side of tub, two parallel grab bars of 24”
use. long each should be mounted, starting 12” from the control
side of the tub. The lower of the two is mounted 9” above
Clear Floor Space the top of tub, while the higher of the two is mounted at 33”
Seat in tub to 36” above the finished floor level.
zz Parallel approach, 30” by 60”. Grab Bar Dynamics / Structural Strength
zz Perpendicular approach, 48” by 60”. Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong
Seat at head of tub enough to withstand a maximum bending moment result-
zz Parallel approach, 30” by 75”, with a tub that has a seat. ing from a 250-lb. point load.
Grab bars, shower seats and their materials must be strong
Grab Bars and Shower Seats: enough to withstand a maximum shear stress resulting
Basic Dimensions from 250-lbf. load.
The diameter or width of grab bars must be between 1¼” Grab bar and shower seat supports must provide the same
to 1½”. strength as required of grab bars, shower seats and their
Grab bars must be finished with a smooth surface. materials. This often requires the installation of adequate
zz The bar must be free from sharp and/or abrasive ele- support structures behind the walls surrounding a bath
ments. And the surrounding wall surfaces/elements tub:
should also be free from sharp and/or abrasive zz The maximum shear force induced in a fastener or
elements. mounting device resulting from a 250-lbf must be less
zz Grab bar edges must have a radius of at least 1/8”. than the allowable lateral load of either: (a) the fastener
or mounting device, or (b) supporting structure; which-
The clearance from wall surface to grab bar surface must ever is the smaller.
be at least 1½”.
zz The maximum tensile force induced in a fastener, when
Grab bars must not rotate within their fittings. combined with the maximum moment resulting from a
250-lbf. must be less than the allowable withdrawal load
between the fastener and the supporting structure.
350 Seat / Floor Space / Grab Bars / Controls / Enclosures

SECTION
Bathtubs 55
Controls Door and Panels

Controls must be operable with one hand. The doors and panels of shower and bathtub enclosures
zz They must not require tight grasping, pinching or twist- must be constructed from approved, shatter-resistant
ing of the wrist. materials.
zz The maximum force required to operate controls is 5 If hinged shower doors are used, they must open outward.
lbf. Glazing
Controls must be located on the foot wall below the grab zz Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower
bar or are offset to the front half of the tub. enclosures must be fully tempered glass, laminated
safety glass, or approved plastic.
Shower Spray Unit
zz When tempered glass is used, it must be at least 1/8”
A shower spray unit with a 60” hose, usable as a fixed thick when fully tempered, and must pass the test
shower head and hand-held shower, must be provided. requirements of IBC Standard.
Bathtub Enclosures zz When laminated safety glass is used, it must be at
least ¼” thick when laminated, and must pass the test
If provided, an enclosure may not obstruct controls, trans-
requirements of IBC Standard.
fers, or require tracks mounted on the bathtub rims.
zz When plastics are used in doors and panels of showers
and bathtub enclosures, they must be of a shatter-resis-
tant type.
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3
Enclosures 351
SECTION
55 Bathtubs
Bathing Facilities
Where facilities for bathing (showers, bathtubs or lockers)

are provided for the public, clients or employees, at least
1 facility, and no less than 1% of all facilities, conform to
the following standards unless exempted.
(CA T24 1115B.2)
Accessible Bathtubs shall have all of the following:
zz Single-level faucet control
zz Seat
FIGURE 1 zz Grab bars
(CA T24 1115B.4.5)
Clear Floor Space

Seat in tub
Parallel approach, 30” by 60”. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.1) (ADA 4.20.2)
Perpendicular approach, 48” by 60”. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.1) (ADA 4.20.2)
Seat at head of tub

Parallel approach, 30” by 75”, with a tub that has a seat.
Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.1) (ADA 4.20.3)
In-tub seat at the head of tub is 15”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.5) (ADA 4.20.3)
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 3
352 Facilities Provided / Clear Floor Space / Seat

SECTION
Bathtubs 55
Seat
The in-tub seat at the head end of tub is 15” wide. Seats
are mounted securely and do not slip during use. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.5) (ADA 4.20.3)
Grab Bar and Shower Seat Structural Strength
Grab bar or shower seat can withstand a max. bending

moment resulting from a 250 lbf. load. Figs. 4, 5, & 6
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.1; 1115B.4.5.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
Grab bar or seat material can withstand a max. shear
FIGURE 4
from 250 lbf load at supports. When seat connection is
fully restrained, the direct and torsional shear stresses
are totaled for combined shear stress, which does not
exceed the allowable shear stress. Figs. 7 & 8
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.2; 1115B.4.5.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
Max. shear force in fastener or mounting device from a
250 lbf is less than the allowable lateral load of fastener,
mounting device or supporting structure whichever is the
smaller. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.3; 1115B.4.5.2) (ADA 4.26.3)
Tensile force induced in a fastener by direct tension of a
250 lbf plus the max. moment of applicaton of a 250 lbf
point load, must be less thant the allowable withdrawal FIGURE 5
load between the fastener and supporting structure. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.4) (ADA 4.26.3)
Grab Bars / Basic Dimensions
Diameter (the width) of grab bars must be between 1¼”

to 1½”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
Clearance from wall surface to grab bar surface must be
a minimum of 1½”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
Grab bars must not rotate within their fittings. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.7.2) (ADA 4.26.2) FIGURE 6
Grab bars and adjacent surfaces must be free of sharp
or abrasive elements/materials.
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
Min. radius of edges is 1/8”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
Grab bars must not project more than 3” into the required
clear floor space.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.26.2)
FIGURE 7
Grab Bars & Shower Seat / Structural Strength 353

SECTION
55 Bathtubs
Grab Bar Location with Seat in Tub
At control side of tub, the grab bar is 24” long, starting

at edge of tub; the grab bar is installed at a height of
33” to 36”. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8; 1115B.4.5.3) (ADA 4.20.4)
At long side of tub there are two grab bars 24” long
starting 12” from the control side of the tub. One is 9”
above top of tub, one at 33” to 36” above floor. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.3) (ADA 4.20.4)
Head side of tub opposite the contol end has a 12” grab
FIGURE 8 bar at edge of tub. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.3) (ADA 4.20.4)
Grab Bars Location with Seat at Head of Tub
At control side of tub there is a 24” grab bar starting at

edge or tub. The grab bar height is 33” to 36”. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.3) (ADA 4.20.4)
At long side of tub there are two grab bars 48” long start-
ing 12” from the control side of tub. One is located 9”
above top of tub, one at 33” to 36” above floor. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.3) (ADA 4.20.4)
FIGURE 9
Wall Reinforcement for Grab Bars
Reinforcement must be located on each end of the

bathtub, 32” to 38” above the floor, extending a min.
of 24” (from the front edge of bathtub toward the back
wall of the bathtub) with a min. of 6” nominal height for
the reinforced area.
(CA T24 1134A.5.2)
Reinforcement must be installed on the back wall of the
bathtub. A max. of 6” above the bathtub rim, extending
upward to a min. of 38” above the floor.
(CA T24 1134A.5.2)
FIGURE 10
FIGURE 11 FIGURE 12
354 Grab Bar Location

SECTION
Bathtubs 55
Backing shall be installed horizontally to permit installa-

tion of a 48” min. grab bar, with each end a max. of 6”
from the end walls of the bathtub. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1134A.5.2)
The grab bar reinforcement must be a min. of 6” nominal
in height.
(CA T24 1134A.5.2)
Controls
Controls are operable with one hand and do not require

tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Max.
force required to operate controls is 5 lbs. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.4) (ADA 4.27.4) FIGURE 13
Controls are located on the foot wall below the grab bar.
And are offset to the front half of the tub. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.4) (ADA 4.20.5)
Shower Spray Unit
A shower spray unit with 60” hose usable as a fixed

shower head and hand-held shower mounted at a max.
of 48” above shower floor is available. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5; 1115B.4.5.5) (ADA 4.20.6)
Bathtub Enclosures
If provided, they do not obstruct controls, transfers, or

have tracks mounted on the bathtub rims. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1115B.4.5.6) (ADA 4.20.7) FIGURE 14
Door and Panels
The doors and panels of shower and bathtub enclosures

are constructed from approved, shatter resistant materi-
als. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1115B.2.2; 1134A.5)
Hinged shower door opens outward.
(CA T24 1115B.2.2; 1134A.5)
Glazing for Shower and Bathtub Enclosures
Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower

enclosures shall be fully tempered, laminated safety glass
or approved plastic. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1115B.2.3; 1134A.5)
When glass is used it has a min. thickness of not less than FIGURE 15
1/8” when fully tempered, or ¼” when laminated, and
shall pass the test requirements of Section 2406. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1115B.2.3; 1134A.5)
Plastics
Plastics used in door and panels of showers and bathtub

enclosures are of a shatter-resistant type. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1115B.2.4; 1134A.5)
Grab Bars & Shower Seat / Structural Strength 355

SECTION
55 Bathtubs
BATH TUBS GRAB BARS LOCATION

DESCRIPTION Seat-in-Tub Design
Clear floor space for side entry (parallel ap- 30” x 60” CA T24 1115B.4.5.1; At control side of the tub height from floor 24” minimum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
proach) - with seat in tub. minimum ADA 4.20.2 surface side long at 33”-36” ADA 4.20.4
Height
Clear floor space for parallel approach at 60” x 75”
bathtub with seat at heat of tub. minimum Grab bar at head of tub at height from floor 12” minimum at CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
surface. 33”-36” Height ADA 4.20.4
Clear floor space for front entry (perpendicular 48” x 60” CA T24 1115B.4.5.1;
approach). With seat in tub. minimum ADA 4.20.2 At long side of the tub there are (two) grab bars. 24” minimum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
ADA 4.20.4
Accessible bathtubs seats is provided (“head
end” or “in-tub” type) 250 lb. mini- CA T24 1115B.4.5.2,
Top bar is mounted height from floor surface. 33”-36” Height CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
Structural strength of seat will support a point mum 1115B.7.2
ADA 4.20.4
load
ADA 4.26.3 Bottom bar is mounted height from rim of tub. 9” Height CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
Structural strength of all grab bars will support
a point load ADA 4.20.4
Single lever faucets and other controls are Both bars are mounted maximum from head 24” maximum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
CA T24 1115B.4.5.4; wall ADA 4.20.4
located at the foot of the tub, near the front end
ADA 4.27.4
of the wall, and below the grab bar.
Both bars are mounted maximum from back 12” maximum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
Faucets and other controls is no more than 5 lb. minimum wall ADA 4.20.4
Force required to operate controls is no more 5 lb. minimum CA T24 1115B.4.5.4; Seat at Head-of-Tub Design
than ADA 4.27.4
At control side of the tub height from floor 24” minimum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
Minimum shower spray unit with minimum hose 60” minimum CA T24 1115B.4.5.5;
surface side long at 33”-36” ADA 4.20.4
that can be used both as a fixed bead or hand-
ADA 4.20.6
Height
held unit is provided
At long side of the tub there are (two) grab bars. 48” minimum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
Doors and panels of bathtub enclosures are ADA 4.20.4
bathtubs constructed from approved, shatter-
CA T24 1115B.2.2
resistant materials. Hinged doors shall open Top bar is mounted height from floor surface. 33”-36” Height CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
outwards. ADA 4.20.4
Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtubs Glass min. Bottom bar is mounted height from rim of tub. 9” Height CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
enclosures is fully tempered, laminated safety 1/8” or 1/4” ADA 4.20.4
glass or approved plastic. When glass is used when laminated CA T24 1115B.2.3
, it has a minimum thickness of not when fully Both bars are mounted maximum from back 12” maximum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
tempered, and shall pass the requirements of wall. ADA 4.20.4
Section 2406.
Both bars are mounted maximum from head 15” maximum CA T24 1115B.4.5.3;
Plastic used in doors and panels of bathtub wall. ADA 4.20.4
CA T24 1115B.2.4
enclosures are shatter-resistant type
Grab bars do not rotate within their fitting.
Grab Bars and adjacent surface are free of 1/8” minimum CA T24 1115B.7.3;
sharp or abrasive elements minimum radius
ADA 4.26.4
of edges.
356 Grab Bar Location

SECTION
Showers 56
For bathtubs and showers within adaptable dwelling units, refer to Section 15 for the require-
ments as to number provided.
Accessible showers may be provided in one of three configurations.
Shower sprayer units (with 60” flexible hoses) which allow either hand-held or fixed show-
ers must be used.
zz In areas subject to vandalism, instead of the flexible-hose, hand-held unit, two fixed
heads may be used. (This alternative is not available in lodging occupancies.)
All controls must be accessible in both location and operation.
Thresholds, soap dishes, grab bars and door panels are all subject to specific requirements
provided in this section.
Showers 357
SECTION
56 Showers
Sizes Structural Design / Strength

One of three alternative sizes may be used to provide an Allowable stress for grab bar or seat > bending stress
accessible shower: caused by 250 lb. point load.
zz Roll-In Shower: 60” min. wide x 30” min. deep, with a full zz Allowable shear stress for grab bar, brackets and sup-
opening/entrance on the long side (60”). This is what is ports > shear stress induced by a 250 lb. point load.
known as the “ADA Shower.” Direct and torsional shear stresses must not exceed the
zz Alternate Roll-In Shower: 60” min. width x 36” min. allowable shear stress.
depth with a min. 36” opening on the short side (36”). zz Allowable lateral load of fastener, mounting device, or
(NOTE: This “replaces the old configuration of 42” min. supporting structure (whichever is the smaller) > Max.
wide x 48” min. deep, with opening/entrance of 36”, induced shear force in fastener or mounting device
which was an accessible design that had been “legal” in from a 250 lb. point load.
California for more than 20 years. That old Calif. design zz Allowable withdrawal load between fastener and its sup-
is no longer allowed.) port > Max. tensile force plus max. moment from 250
zz Alternate Roll-In Shower: 60” min. wide x 36” min. deep, lb. point load induced in fastener.
with opening/entrance on the short side (36”). This size
can have an optional enclosure, as long as the opening Faucets & Controls
is 36” min. The controls should be of the single-lever type, mounted on
While you can choose from among the three designs, most the wall adjacent to the seat. In the first and third configura-
builders choose the ADA Shower, which is becoming the tions, this will be the back wall; in the second configuration,
standard within California. this will be the side wall.
zz Controls should operate with one hand and should not
Threshold / Recessed Drop require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.
When thresholds are permitted and used, a threshold/ zz The force to activate controls may not exceed 5 lbf.
recessed drop may be no higher than 2” and it must be
zz The horizontal centerline of controls should be situated
beveled or sloped at a maximum angle of 45° (100% gradi-
36” to 41” above the shower floor.
ent; 1:2) from the horizontal.
zz The vertical centerline of controls should be 19” to 27”
In roll-in type showers, the threshold may be no more than
from the seat wall (the seat’s rear edge).
½” in height. It must be beveled or sloped at a maximum
angle of 45° (100% gradient; 1:2) from the horizontal. Sprayer Units
The soap dish must be located on the control wall at no A flexible hand-held sprayer unit with a hose at least 60” in
higher than 40” above the shower floor and within reach length must be provided.
from the seat. zz The sprayer unit must be within reach of the seat: no
Grab Bars more than 27” (measured horizontally) from the rear
seat edge.
Grab bars should be securely mounted between 33” and
36” above the shower floor. zz The sprayer unit should be mounted at a height not to
exceed 48”.
An L-shaped grab bar should be mounted on the walls oppo-
site to and adjacent to the front edge of the shower seat Where accessible shower facilities are in areas subject
(but not over the seat). to vandalism, in lieu of providing a the fixed flexible hose
described above, two wall-mounted shower heads may be
Grab bars and adjacent surfaces should be free of sharp or installed.
abrasive elements.
zz Each shower head must be installed so that it can be
zz Edges must have a min. radius of 1/8”. operated independently of the other, and each must
zz The diameter or width of the grab bar gripping surfaces have swivel angle adjustments, vertically and horizon-
= 1¼” to 1½” or equivalent. tally. One shower head must be located at a height of
The space between the inside grab bar surface and the wall 48” (±1”) above the floor.
surface must be at least 1½”. zz The 2-head alternative is not available within guest
Grab bars should not rotate within fittings. rooms and suites in hotels, motels and similar transient
lodging establishments. In those facilities, in all cases
flexible sprayer units must be provided.
358 Dimensions / Accessories / Controls / Grab Bars

SECTION
Showers 56
Surfaces and Materials 30” x 60” Showers

Enclosures for shower stalls may not obstruct transfer Shower size and clearance
from wheelchairs to shower seats.
Minimum 60” wide (between wall surfaces)
The maximum slope of the shower floor is 2% per foot in
any direction. Minimum 30” deep.
Where drain grates are present, grate openings should be 36” x 60” Shower Stall (as an alternative)
¼” minimum and flush with the floor.
Floor and wall surfaces should be smooth, non-absorbent Shower Size and Clearance
and made from approved materials not adversely affected Minimum 60” wide (between wall surfaces)
by moisture. Minimum 36” deep.
Floor materials should extend at least 70” up the walls Minimum entrance opening is 36” wide, on the short side.
(measured above the drain).
Optional Enclosure, as long as the entrance/opening on the
Shower areas that contain only a shower head installed on short side is at least 36” clear.
a wall (e.g., adjacent to a swimming pool or beach) must
meet these “open shower” requirements. Shower Seat
A shower seat of the folding type must be provided, located
Floor Slope on the wall adjacent to the shower controls.
The max. slope of the floor must be 1 vertical unit in 50 zz This shower seat should be mounted 18” high (above
horizontal units (2% slope), in any direction. Where drains the floor) when extended.
are provided, the drain grate must be installed flush with
the floor surface and the openings in any drain grate must zz The seat must extend the full depth of the stall.
be ¼” or less. zz The space between the edge of the seat and any wall
The max. slope of the shower floor must be ½” per foot (1 must be at least 1” but no more than 1½”.
vertical unit in 24 horizontal units; 4% slope) and shall slope zz Typically, this seat is L-shaped: 23” deep max. x 36”
to a drain located 6” from the rear wall. The floor surfaces wide min., with a 7” cutout section on the inside portion
must be of a carborundum or grit-faced tile or of material of the seat.
providing equivalent slip resistance. zz The bottom of the L may extend no more than 16” from
Door and Panels the adjacent wall and no more than 23” from the mount-
ing back wall.
The doors and panels in and around shower and bathtub
zz The shower seat materials must be strong enough to
enclosures must be constructed from approved, shatter-
withstand a maximum bending moment from a 250-lb.
resistant materials.
load.
If hinged shower doors are used, they must open outward.
zz The seat may not extend more than 6” from the mount-
Glazing ing wall when folded.
zz Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower
enclosures must be fully tempered glass, laminated Lockers
safety glass, or approved plastic. At least 1% of lockers for public, employees, or members
zz When tempered glass is used, it must be at least 1/8” should be made accessible.
thick when fully tempered, and must pass the test Accessible lockers must be provided along a minimum 36”-
requirements of UBC Standard No. 24-2. wide path of travel.
zz When laminated safety glass is used, it must be at Accessible lockers meet the requirements of Section 37
least ¼” thick when laminated, and must pass the test (Space Allowances) and Section 38 (Reach Ranges).
requirements of UBC Standard No. 24-2.
zz When plastics are used in doors and panels of showers
and bathtub enclosures, they must be of a shatter-resis-
tant type.
Open Showers / Stalls & Doors / Seat / Lockers 359

SECTION
56 Showers
Where facilities for bathing are provided for the public,

clients or employees, including showers or bathtubs, at
least one shower or bathtub and support facilities such
as lockers, and not less than 1% of all facilities, shall be
accessible and conform to the following standards.
(CA T24 1115B.2)
Accessible Showers. Showers required to be accessible
must comply with this section.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4)
Orientation. Where, within the same functional area,
two or more accessible showers are provided, there shall
be at least one shower constructed opposite hand from
the other or others (that is, one left-hand controls versus
right-hand controls). Fig. 7
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.3)
Accessible Showers must comply with one of the following:
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1)
OPTION 1: Roll-In Shower

60” min. width × 30” min. depth
FIGURE 1 Option 1: Roll-in shower: 60” min. width × 30” min.

depth with a full opening width on the long side between
wall surface. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1.1) (ADA 4.21.2)
Clear Floor Space

Clear floor space of 30” deep × 60” wide. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1) (ADA 4.21.2)
Water Controls-Location
Controls must be located on the back wall of the compart-
ment adjacent to the seat. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4.1) (ADA 4.21.5)
The centerline of the controls must be within a range
of no less than 19”and no more than 27” from the seat
wall. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4.1) (ADA 4.21.5)
Hand-Held Sprayer Unit-Location

Must be located on the back wall of the compartment
adjacent to the seat. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5.1) (ADA 4.21.2)
The centerline of the unit must be no more than 27” from
the seat wall. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5.1) (ADA 4.21.2)
Shower Seat-Mounting Location

Adjacent to control wall. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
FIGURE 2 Extending the full width of side/seat wall. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
360 Dimensions / Soap Dish / Grab Bars

SECTION
Showers 56
OPTION 2: Alternate Roll-In Shower

Option 2: Alternate roll-in shower 60” min. width ×36” min.

depth with an entrance opening width of 36” min. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1.2) (ADA 4.21.2)
Clear Floor Space

(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1) (ADA 4.21.2)
Controls must be located on the side wall of the compart-
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4.2) (ADA 4.21.5)
The centerline of the controls must be within a range of
no less than 19” and no more than 27” from the seat
wall. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4.2) (ADA 4.21.5)

Must be located on the side wall of the compartment
adjacent to the seat. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5.2) (ADA 4.21.2)
The centerline of the unit must be 18” from the seat FIGURE 3
wall. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5.2) (ADA 4.21.2)

Adjacent to the side/control wall
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
Extending a min. of 24” on front/seat wall.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
Option 3: Alternate Roll-In Shower

Option 3: Alternate roll-in shower 60” min. width × 36”

min. depth as long as the entrance opening width is a
min. 36” with optional enclosure Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1.3) (ADA 4.21.2)
Clear Floor Space

(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1) (ADA 4.21.2) FIGURE 4
Controls must be located on the back wall of the compart-
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4.3) (ADA 4.21.5)
The centerline of the controls shall be within a range of
no less than 19” and no more than 27” from the seat
wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4.3) (ADA 4.21.5)
Controls / Sprayer Unit / SEAT 361

SECTION
56 Showers

Must be located on the back wall of the compartment
adjacent to the seat. Fig 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5.3) (ADA 4.21.2)
The centerline of the unit shall be no more than 27” from
the seat wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5.3) (ADA 4.21.2)

Adjacent to control wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
Extending the full width of side/seat wall. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO

ALL 3 SHOWER OPTIONS
Floor Slope
The max surface slope must be 1 unit vertical in 50
units horizontal ( 2% slope) in any direction.
FIGURE 5 (CA T24 1115B.4.4.7) (ADA 4.3.7)
Where drains are provided, grate openings must be a max.
of ¼” and located flush with the floor surface.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.7) (ADA 4.3.7)
Thresholds
Must be a max. of ½” high and shall comply with the
following: Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.2, 1124B.2)
Changes in level up to ¼” may be vertical and without
edge treatment. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.2, 1124B.2)
Changes in level between ¼” and ½” shall be beveled
with a slope no greater than 1unit vertical in 2 units
horizontal (50% slope). Fig. 4
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.2, 1124B.2)
Water Controls
Water controls must be of a single-lever design Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4) (ADA 4.27.4)
Operable with one hand, and must not require tight grasp-
ing, pinching or twisting of the wrist. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4) (ADA 4.27.4)
FIGURE 6 than 5 lbf. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4) (ADA 4.27.4)
The centerline of the controls shall be located at 40”
above the shower floor. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4) (ADA 4.27.4)
362 Sprayer Unit / Slope and Surfaces

SECTION
Showers 56
Hand-held Sprayer Unit

A flexible hand-held sprayer unit with a hose at least 60”
long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and
as a hand-held shower must be provided. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5) (ADA 4.21.6)
This unit shall be mounted such that the top of the mount-
ingbracket is at a max. height of 48” above the shower
floor. Fig. 1,2 and 3
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5) (ADA 4.21.6)
Sprayer Unit Alternative

Except within guest rooms and suites in hotels, motels and
similar transient lodging establishments, where accessible
shower facilities are provided in areas subject to exces-
sive vandalism, in lieu of providing the fixed flexible hose,
two wall-mounted shower heads shall be installed. Each
shower head shall be installed so that it can be operated
independently of the other and shall have swivel angle FIGURE 7
adjustments, both vertically and horizontally. One shower
head shall be located at a height of 48” above the floor.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.6) (ADA 4.21.6)
Shower Seat
Must be mounted 18” above the floor. Fig. 1, 2 and 3.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
Must have a min 1” and max. of 1½” space allowed between
the edge of the seat and any wall. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
When folded, the seat shall not extend more than 6” from
the mounting wall.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3) FIGURE 8
Shower seat materials must be strong enough to withstand
a max. bending moment from a 250 lb. load.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
Shower Seat Dimensions

Narrow portion extends a max. of 16” from the mounting
wall. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
Side parallel to narrow portion extends a max. of 23”. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
The short side parallel to the side touching the wall extends
a max. of 15” Fig. 8
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) (ADA 4.21.3)
Shower Seat 363

SECTION
56 Showers
Grab Bars
Located on walls adjacent to and opposite the seat.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8) (ADA 4.21.4)
Grab bars must also comply with the diameter, loading
and projection requirements of Grab Bars Section 52.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8) (ADA 4.21.4)
Must be mounted between a min. of 33” and a max. of
36” above the shower floor with an L-shaped grab bar
FIGURE 9 mounted on walls opposite and adjacent to the front edge
of the seat, but not extended to include that portion of
wall over the seat.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8) (ADA 4.21.4)
Grab Bars Dimensions

or its shape provides equivalent gripping surface. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
is 1½”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.7.1) (ADA 4.26.2)
FIGURE 10
(CA T24 1115B.7.2.5) (ADA 4.26.3(5))
Grab bars and their adjacent surfaces are free of sharp
or abrasive elements. Min. radius of edges is 1/8”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1115B.7.3) (ADA 4.26.4)
Max. projection of the grab bars into required clear
spaces is 3”.
(CA T24 1115B.4.1.3) (ADA 4.17.6)
Grab Bars Structural Strength

Bending stress in a grab bar or seat induced by the maximum
bending moment from the application of a 250-pound
(1112 N) point load shall be less than the allowable stress
for the material of the grab bar or seat. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1115B.7.2)
Shear stress induced in a grab bar or seat by the appli-
cation of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load shall be less
FIGURE 11 than the allowable shear stress for the material of the
grab bar or seat, and its mounting bracket or other sup-
port is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and
torsional shear stresses shall not exceed the allowable
shear stress. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1115B.7.2)
Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device
from the application of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load
shall be less than the allowable lateral load of either the
fastener or mounting device or the supporting structure,
whichever is the smaller allowable load. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1115B.7.2)
364 Grab Bars

SECTION
Showers 56
Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force

of a 250-pound (1112 N) point load, plus the maximum
moment from the application of a 250-pound (1112 N)
point load, shall be less than the allowable withdrawal load
between the fastener and supporting structure. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1115B.7.2)
Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings.
(CA T24 1115B.7.2)
Grab bar wall-reinforcement shall comply with require-
ments in Section 15 Adaptable Dwelling Units
Soap Dish
When provided, it shall be located on the control wall at
a max. height of 40” above the shower floor, and within
reach limits from the seat.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.9) (ADA 4.21.6)
Enclosures
When provided for shower compartments, shall not
obstruct controls or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs
onto shower seats.
FIGURE 12
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.10) (ADA 4.21.8)
Doors and Panels

Constructed from approved, shatter resistant materials.
Fig. 6
(CA T24 1134A.5, 1115B.2.2)
Hinged shower doors open outward. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1134A.5, 1115B.2.2)
Glazing and Plastics

Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower
enclosures must be fully tempered glass, laminated safety
glass, or approved plastic. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1134A.5, 1115B.2.4)
When glass is used it must have a min. thickness of 1/8” FIGURE 13
when fully tempered, or ¼” when laminated and must
pass the test requirements of CBC. 2007 No. 2406 Safety
Glazing. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1134A.5, 1115B.2.4)
Plastics used in door and panels of showers and bathtub
enclosures are of a shatter-resistant type. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1134A.5, 1115B.2.4)
Floors and walls are smooth, non-absorbent surfaces

made from approved materials not adversely affected
by moisture, and extend up the walls 70” min. above the
drain. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1115B.9.5 & .6)
Soap Dish / Enclosures / Doors 365

SECTION
56 Showers
Shower Options and Requirements

Shower Options
Accessible Showers Roll-In Shower Alternate Roll-In Alternate Roll-In
shall comply with one of Shower Shower
the following: 60” min. width x 30” min. depth 60” min. width x 36” min. depth 60” min. width x 36” min. depth
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1; with a full opening width on the long with an entrance opening so long as the entrance opening
1115B.4.4.1.1; 1115B.4.4.1.2; side between wall surface width of 36” min. width is a min. 36” with optional
1115B.4.4.1.3) (ADA 4.21.2) enclosure
Orientation Where, within the same functional area, two or more accessible showers are provided, there shall be
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.3) at least one shower constructed opposite hand from the others (that is, one with left-hand controls ver-
sus right-hand controls).
Floor
Clear Floor Access
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1) 30” deep x 60” wide 36” deep x 60” wide 36” deep x 60” wide
(ADA 4.21.2)
Floor Slope The max. surface slope must be 1 vertical unit in 50 horizontal units (1:50 or 2% slope) in any
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.7) direction.
(ADA 4.3.7) Where drains are provided, grate openings must be a max. of ¼” and located flush with the floor
surface.
Thresholds
Thresholds Must be a max. of ½” high and shall comply with the following:
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.2; 1115B.2) zz Changes in level up to ¼” may be vertical and without edge treatment.
zz Changes in level between ¼” and ½” shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1 vertical unit
in 2 horizontal units (1:2).
Water Controls
Water Controls Water controls must be of a single-lever design
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4) Operable with one hand, and must not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist.
(ADA 4.27.4)
The force required to activate controls must be no greater than 5 lbf.
The centerline of the controls shall be located at 40” above the shower floor.
Water Controls Location Controls must be located on Controls must be located on Controls must be located on
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.4.1; the back wall of the compart- the side wall of the compart- the back wall of the compart-
1115B.4.4.4.2; 1115B.4.4.4.3) ment, adjacent to the seat. ment, adjacent to the seat. ment, adjacent to the seat.
(ADA 4.21.5) The centerline of the controls The centerline of the controls The centerline of the controls
must be within a range of no must be within a range of no must be within a range of no
less than 19” and no more less than 19” and no more less than 19” and no more
than 27” from the seat wall. than 27” from the seat wall. than 27” from the seat wall.
Hand-Held Sprayer Unit
Hand-Held A flexible hand-held sprayer unit with a hose at least 60” long that can be used as both a fixed shower
Sprayer Unit head and as a hand-held shower must be provided.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5) This unit shall be mounted such that the top of the mounting bracket is at a max. height of 48”
(ADA 4.21.6) above the shower floor.
Hand-Held Must be located on the back Must be located on the side Must be located on the back
Sprayer Unit Location wall of the compartment, wall of the compartment, wall of the compartment,
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5.1; adjacent to the seat. adjacent to the seat. adjacent to the seat.
1115B.4.4.5.2; 1115B.4.4.5.3) The centerline of the unit must The centerline of the unit must The centerline of the unit must
(ADA 4.21.2) be no more than 27” from the be no more than 18” from the be no more than 27” from the
seat wall. seat wall. seat wall.
366 Showers
SECTION
Showers 56
Shower Options and Requirements

Shower Options
Accessible Showers Roll-In Shower Alternate Roll-In Alternate Roll-In
shall comply with one of Shower Shower
the following: 60” min. width x 30” min. depth 60” min. width x 36” min. depth 60” min. width x 36” min. depth
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.1; with a full opening width on the long with an entrance opening so long as the entrance opening
1115B.4.4.1.1; 1115B.4.4.1.2; side between wall surface width of 36” min. width is a min. 36” with optional
1115B.4.4.1.3) (ADA 4.21.2) enclosure
Sprayer Unit Except within guest rooms and suites in hotels, motels and similar transient lodging establishments
Alternative where accessible shower facilities are provided in areas subject to excessive vandalism, in lieu of pro-
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.6) viding the fixed flexible hose, two wall-mounted shower heads shall be installed. Each shower head
(ADA 4.21.6) shall be installed so that it can be operated independently of the other and shall have swivel angle
adjustments, both vertically and horizontally. One shower head shall be located at a height of 48”
above the floor.
Shower Seat
Shower Seat Must be mounted 18” above floor.
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1) Must have a min. 1” and max. 1½” space allowed between the edge of the seat and any wall.
(ADA 4.21.3)
When folded, the seat shall not extend more than 6” from mounting wall.
Shower seat materials must be strong enough to withstand a max. bending moment from a 250-lb.
load.
Shower Seat Narrow portion extends max. 16” from the mounting wall
Dimensions
Side parallel to narrow potion extends a max. of 23”
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8.1)
(ADA 4.21.3) The short side parallel to the side touching the wall extends a max. 15”
Shower Seat Adjacent to control wall Adjacent to the side/control Adjacent to control wall
Mounting Location wall
Extending the full width of the Extending the full width of
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.8) side/seat wall Extending a min. of 24” on side/seat wall
(ADA 4.21.3) front/seat wall
Grab Bars Located on walls adjacent to and opposite the seat.

(CA T24 1115B.4.4.5) Grab bars must also comply with the diameter, load and projection requirements of Section 52, Grab
(ADA 4.21.4) Bars.
Must be mounted between a min. of 33” and a max. of 36” above the shower floor with an L-shaped
grab bar mounted on walls opposite and adjacent to the front edge of the seat, but not extended to
include that portion of wall over the seat.
Soap Dish When provided, a soap dish must be located on the control wall at a max. height of 40” above the
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.9) shower floor, and within reach limits from the seat.
(ADA 4.21.6)
Encosures When provided for shower compartments, enclosures must not obstruct controls or obstruct transfer
(CA T24 1115B.4.4.10) from wheelchairs onto shower seats.
(ADA 4.21.8)
Doors and Panels Constructed from approved, shatter-resistant materials.
(CA T24 1134A.5; Hinged shower doors must open outwards.
1115B.2.2)
Glazing and Plastics Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub and shower enclosures must be fully tempered glass, lam-
(CA T24 1134A.5; 1115B.2.4) inated safety glass, or approved plastic.
When glass is used, it must have a min. thickness of 1/8” when fully tempered, or ¼” when laminated,
and must pass the test requirements of CBC 2007 No. 2406: Safety Glazing.
Plastics used in doors and panels of shower and bathtub enclosures must be of a shatter-resistant
type.
Showers 367
SECTION
57 Storage
In accessible spaces, if built-in storage is provided, at least one of each type of storage cabinet,
shelf, closet or drawer must be made accessible.
Clear floor space must be provided to allow wheelchair users to access the storage and stored
items.
zz The space required varies, depending on whether confining walls (alcove) are present, and
whether the approach is front or side.
Forward/side reach and reach heights of features (shelves, clothes rods, etc.) must be within
allowable ranges, depending on the presence or absence of obstructions.
368 Storage
SECTION
Storage 57
Requirements
If fixed or built-in storage (cabinets, shelves, closets, or Reach Ranges
drawers) are provided in accessible spaces, a minimum of
one of each storage type must be made accessible, as Forward Side
outlined below.
NO OBSTRUCTION
Additional (non-accessible) storage may be provided out-
side of the reach ranges shown here. 48” above
Maximum High Reach 54” above finished floor
finished floor
Clear Space / Approaches
24” above
General Minimum Low Reach 9” above finished floor
finished floor
Minimum 30” by 48” clear floor space must be provided at
accessible storage units that allows either a forward or par- Maximum Allowable Reach 25” 24”
allel approach by a person using a wheelchair.
zz This clear floor space may be part of knee space OVER an OBSTRUCTION
required under some objects.
Obstruction less than 20” deep: 48” above
zz This clear floor space must be adjacent to or overlap an Maximum High Reach finished floor
accessible path of travel.
Obstruction 20” to 25” deep: 44” above
Alcove: Front Approach Maximum High Reach finished floor
In an alcove with a confining wall less than 24” deep, a 30” Obstruction up to 34” high:
x 48” clear space should be provided for a front approach 46” above finished floor
Maximum Side Reach
accessible storage unit.
In an alcove with a confining wall more than 24” deep, a 36” Maximum size of obstruction 25” deep 34” high
by 48” clear space should be provided for a front approach
accessible storage unit. For Forward Reach to be considered, the depth of clear floor space must be equal to or
greater than the depth of the reach, subject to the maximum allowable reach.
Alcove: Side Approach
Side Reach to Clothes rods / shelves
In an alcove with a confining wall less than 15” deep, a 30”
by 48” clear space must be provided for a side approach Side of wheelchair access to vertical line dropped from
accessible storage unit. 54” high
clothes rod or front edge of shelf is 10” or less
In an alcove with a confining wall more than 15” deep, a 30” Side of wheelchair access to vertical line dropped from
by 60” clear space must be provided for a side approach clothes rod or front edge of shelf is more than 10” but less 48” high
accessible storage unit. than 21”
Hardware
Touch latches and U-shaped pulls are acceptable.
Hardware must be operable with one hand and may not
require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist.
than 5 lbf.
Clear Space / Approach & Reach / Hardware 369

SECTION
57 Storage
If fixed or built-in storage (cabinets, shelves, closets, or

drawers) are provided in accessible spaces, a min. of
one of each storage type complies with these require-
ments. Additional storage may be provided outside of
these reach ranges.
(CA T24 1125B.1) (ADA 4.1.3 (12) (a))
Min. 30” by 48” clear floor space is at accessible storage
units that allows either a forward or parallel approach by
a person using a wheelchair. May be part of knee space
required under some objects.
(CA T24 1125B.2) (ADA 4.25.2)
For a front approach accessible storage unit in an alcove
with a confining wall less than 24” deep, a 30” by 48”
clear space is provided. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1125B.2; 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
FIGURE 1 For a front approach accessible storage unit in an alcove
with a confining wall more than 24” deep, a 36” by 48”
(CA T24 1125B.2; 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
For a side approach accessible storage unit in an alcove
with a confining wall less than 15” deep, a 30” by 48”
(CA T24 1125B.2; 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
For a side approach accessible storage unit in an alcove
with a confining wall more than 15” deep, a 30” by 60”
(CA T24 1125B.2; 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 3
370 Clear Floor Space / Side Approach & Reach

SECTION
Storage 57
Forward Reach
Max. high forward reach is 48” from floor surface. Fig. 5

(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
Min. low forward reach is 15” from floor surface. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
If the forward reach is over an obstruction then the max.
allowable forward reach is 25”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When forward reach over an obstruction is less than 20”,
max. height of reach is 48” from floor surface. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When forward reach over an obstruction is 20” to 25”,
max. height of reach is 44” from floor surface. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
FIGURE 5
Depth of clear floor space under an obstruction is equal
to or greater than depth of reach. Fig. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 7
Forward Approach & Reach 371

SECTION
57 Storage
Side Reach
Max. high side reach is 54” from the floor surface. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Min. low side reach is 9” from floor surface. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118.B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Max. height of clothes rods or shelves for a side approach
is 54” from floor surface if distance from wheelchair to
rod or shelf is 10” max.
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118.B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
I f side reach is over an obstruction, then:
Max. allowable side reach is 24” from floor surface. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
FIGURE 8 Max. height of side reach is 46” from floor surface. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Max. height of an obstruction is 34” from floor surface.
Fig. 9
(CA T24 1125B.3) (ADA 4.2.6)
Where the distance from the wheelchair to the clothes rod
or shelf exceeds 10”, but is less than 21”, as in closets
without accessible doors, the height of the rod or shelf
is 48”. Figs. 10 & 11
(CA T24 1125B.3; 1118B.6) (ADA 4.25.3)
Hardware
FIGURE 9
Touch latches and U-shaped pulls are acceptable. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1125B.4) (ADA 4.25.4)
Hardware is operable with one hand and does not require
tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force
required to activate controls is no greater than 5 pounds
of force. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1117B.6.4; 1125B.4) (ADA 4.25.4; 4.27.4)
FIGURE 10
FIGURE 12
FIGURE 11
372 Side Reach / Hardware

SECTION
Controls & Operating Mech. / Vending Machines 58
When they are located within accessible portions of accessible buildings, controls and operat-
ing mechanisms (e.g., those controls and the vending portions on vending machines) must be
accessible.
zz They must be accessible both in their location and their operation.
Clear floor space must be provided to allow wheelchair users to apprach and access the device.
zz The space required varies, depending on whether confining walls (alcove) are present, and
whether the approach is front or side.
Forward/side reach and reach heights must be within allowable ranges, depending on the pres-
ence or absence of obstructions.
Controls & Operating Mechanisms / Vending Machines 373

SECTION
58 Controls & Operating Mech. / Vending Machines
Requirements
Controls, operating mechanisms and vending machines Reach Ranges
within accessible spaces must be made accessiblem and
should be operable with one hand, not requiring tight grasp- Forward Side
ing, pinching or twisting of the wrist.
NO OBSTRUCTION
The maximum force required to operate any control is 5
lbf. 48” above 54” above
Maximum High Reach
Electrical switches should be mounted max. 48” above the finished floor finished floor
floor or working platform. 24” above 9” above
Electrical outlets should be mounted at least 15” above the Minimum Low Reach
finished floor finished floor
floor or working platform.
An outlet receptacle on a branch circuit of 30 amps or Maximum Allowable Reach 25” 24”
more should be at least 15” but no more than 48” above
the floor or working platform. OVER an OBSTRUCTION
Available Exception
Obstruction less than 20” deep: 48” above
The requirement regarding electrical outlets does not apply Maximum High Reach finished floor
where the use of special equipment dictates otherwise, or
where electrical and communications systems receptacles are Obstruction 20” to 25” deep: 44” above
not normally intended for use by building occupants. Maximum High Reach finished floor
Obstruction up to 34” high: 46” above
Controls and Operation Maximum Side Reach finished floor
Controls and operating mechanisms:
zz Should be operable with one hand Maximum size of obstruction 25” deep 34” high
zz Should not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting For Forward Reach to be considered, the depth of clear floor space must be equal to or
of the wrist. greater than the depth of the reach, subject to the maximum allowable reach.
zz The force required to activate controls should not
exceed 5 lbf.
Clear Floor Space
The appropriate clear floor space (below) must be provided
at accessible controls and vending machines that allows
either a forward or parallel approach by a person using a
wheelchair.
zz This clear floor space must be adjacent to or overlap an
accessible path of travel.
Alcoves: Clear Floor Space
Alcove: Front Approach
accessible control or vending machine.
In an alcove with a confining wall more than 24” deep, a 36”
by 48” clear space must be provided for a side approach
by 60” clear space must be provided for a side approach
374 Controls / Floor Space / Approach & Reach Ranges

SECTION
Vending machines are installed in compliance with CA

Title 24, Part 2, Vol.1 1117B.6.
(CA T24 1126.B) (ADA 4.27)
Highest operable parts of controls, dispensers, receptacles,
and other operable equipment are placed within the reach
ranges identified by CA Title 24, Part 2, Vol.1 1118.B.5.
(CA T24 1117.B.6.3) (ADA 4.27.3)
EXCEPTION
These requirements do not apply where the use of special FIGURE 1
equipment dictates otherwise or where electrical and commu-
nications systems receptacles are not normally intended for
use by building occupants.
Electrical switches: The center of the operating control
of a switch used to control lighting, outlets, appliances,
cooling, heating or ventilating equipment is max. 48”
above the floor or working platform.
(CA T24 1117B.6.5.1)
Electrical receptacles: Outlets are a min. height of 15”
above the floor or working platform. Figs. 1, 3 & 4
(CA T24 1117B.6.3; 1117B.6.5.2) (ADA 4.27.3)
Electrical receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30

amps of less are installed max. 48” and min. 15” above
the floor or working platform. FIGURE 2
(CA T24 1117B.6.5.2)
Controls and operating mechanisms are operable with
one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or
twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate con-
trols shall be no greater than 5 pounds of force. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1117.B.6.4) (ADA 4.27.4)
Facilities Provided / Highest Operable Parts 375

SECTION
58 Controls & Operating Mech. / Vending Machines
Alcove — Clear Floor Space
For a front approach with the confining wall up to 24”

long, the clear floor space is 30” x 48”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1118B.4.1 & 2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
For a front approach with the confining wall over 24” long,
the clear floor space is 36” x 48”. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1118B.4.1 & 2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
For a side approach with the confining wall up to 15” long,
(CA T24 1118B.4.1 & 2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
FIGURE 3 For a side approach with the confining wall over 15” long,
(CA T24 1118B.4.1 &2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
One full unobstructed side overlaps an accessible route.
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 6 FIGURE 8
376 Alcoves
SECTION
Forward Reach
If the high forward reach is over an obstruction then the

max. allowable forward reach is 25”. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
or greater than the depth of reach. Fig. 8 & 9
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When the forward reach is less than 20” max., the max.
height of reach is 48”. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When the forward reach is 20” to 25”, the max. height
of reach is 44”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
Max. forward reach from floor level is 48”. Fig. 10 FIGURE 9
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
Min. low forward reach from floor level is 15”. Fig. 10
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
Side Reach
Side reach range is between 9” and 54”. Fig. 11

(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
If the side reach is over an obstruction, then:
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
The max. allowable side reach is 24”. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
FIGURE 10
The max. height of side reach is 46” from floor level. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
The max. height of obstruction is 34” from floor level.
Fig. 12
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
FIGURE 11
FIGURE 12
Forward Approach / Side Approach 377

SECTION
59 Automated Teller (ATM) / Point of Sale (POS) machines
IMPORTANT: Drive-up-only ATMs are not required to comply with this section.
Generally, at least 50% (minimum 1) of ATMs and Point-of-Sale machines must be acces-
sible to persons in wheelchairs.
zz Only the ATMs/POS machines at accessible checkstands in grocery stores and other
retail outlets must be made accessible.
Clear floor space must be provided to allow wheelchair users to access the device.
zz The space required varies, depending on whether confining walls (alcove) are present,
and whether the approach is front or parallel.
Forward/side reach and reach heights of operable parts must be within allowable ranges,
depending on the presence or absence of obstructions.
The screen display height and type is regulated, to ensure that the information is readable
by a wheelchair user.
Instructions and all information for use must be usable by persons with vision impairments.
zz Braille markings on older machines proved ineffective since the directions on the screen
remained unreadable by the visually impaired. Newer ATMs provide the capability for
voice instructions (e.g., through a headphone jack).
378 ATM and Point-of-Sale Machines

SECTION
Automated Teller (ATM) / Point of Sale (POS) machines 59
Definitions Clear Space Within A Forward Alcove

“ATM” includes any electronic information processing device In an alcove with a confining wall less than 24” deep, a 30”
used by businesses and their customers primarily for process- by 48” clear space should be provided for a front approach.
ing financial transactions. This includes point-of-sale machines, In an alcove with a confining wall more than 24” deep, a 36”
ticket sales facilities, and other business entities, but does not by 48” clear space should be provided for a front approach.
include card-readers on fuel pump islands at motor-vehicle fuel
facilities (see Section 66). Parallel Approach & Reach
An “ATM site” is the location or area which is within, made, or If side reach is over an obstruction, the side reach and
to be made part of an existing or future building where 1 or height of reach are reduced as follows:
more ATM’s is or shall be located. zz The maximum allowable side reach is 24” from floor
An “ATM installation” is where a single ATM is affixed to a build- surface.
ing or structure. zz The maximum height of side reach is 46” from floor
Requirements surface.
The maximum height of any obstruction is 34” from floor
Point-of-sale machines must be made accessible when they
surface.
are at accessible checkstands.
If only a parallel approach is possible, operable parts of
Where ATM and point-of-sale machines are located away
controls should be placed as follows:
from checkstands, they must all be made accessible.
zz If reach depth is no more than 10”, the maximum high
Available Exceptions side reach allowed is 54” from floor surface.
1. Existing Buildings: Hardship & Equivalent Facilitation. zz If reach depth is more than 10”, the maximum height
3. Existing Buildings: Legal or Physical Constraints. of reach is decreased by ½” for each additional inch of
Card reading devices on fuel pump islands are subject to other reach over 10, to a maximum reach depth of 24” and a
requirements (see Section 66). maximum height of 46”.
Controls or Operating Mechanisms MAXIMUM REACH DEPTH FOR ATMs
Controls or operating mechanisms Maximum Maximum
zz Must operate with 1 hand. Reach Depth Height Reach Depth Height
zz Should not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm
of the wrist. 11 280 53½ 1360 18 455 49½ 1255

zz The force to activate controls must not exceed 5 lbs. 12 305 53 1345 19 485 49 1245
One ATM 13 330 52½ 1335 20 510 48½ 1230

14 355 51½ 1310 21 535 47½ 1205
Forward Approach
15 380 51 1295 22 560 47 1195
If only a forward approach is possible, operable parts of all
controls must meet the requirements discussed in Sections 16 405 50½ 1285 23 585 46½ 1180
37 (Space Allowance) and 38 (Reach Ranges: Forward Reach). 17 430 50 1270 24 610 46 1170
Forward Reach Clear Space Within A Parallel Alcove

High forward reach allowed is 48” or lower from floor In an alcove with a confining wall less than 15” deep, a 30”
surface. by 48” clear space must be provided for a side approach.
Low forward reach allowed is 15” or higher from floor In an alcove with a confining wall more than 15” deep, a 30”
surface. by 60” clear space must be provided for a side approach.
If the forward reach is over an obstruction, the forward
reach and height of reach are reduced as follows: Other Considerations
zz The maximum allowable forward reach over any obstruc- If both forward and parallel approaches are possible, oper-
tion is 25”. able parts of controls should be placed within at least one
zz When the forward reach required over an obstruction is of the reach ranges cited on previous pages.
less than 20”, the maximum height of reach is 48” from If bins for envelopes, waste paper or other purposes are
floor surface. available, at least one bin for each must comply with the
zz When the forward reach required over an obstruction is reach ranges for forward approach, parallel approach or
between 20” and 25”, the maximum height of reach is both.
44” from floor surface.
The depth of clear floor space under an obstruction must
be greater than or equal to the depth of reach required.
ATM and Point-of-Sale Machines 379

SECTION
Available Exception ATM Display

If an alternate control is used to perform as a bin, only one of LED, Cathode Ray, or other screen devices intended to be
those controls is required to comply. If the controls are identi- viewed by the user should be positioned so that they are
fied by tactile markings, they are provided on both controls. readily visible and usable by a person sitting in a wheelchair
with an approximate eye level of 45”.
Two ATM’s
If mounted vertically or tipped no more than 30° away from
Where 2 ATM’s are provided at one location, only 1 must
the viewer, the center line of screens and other screen
comply with the requirements of the section above on “One
devices must be located a maximum of 52” above grade.
ATM.”
If mounted at an angle between 30 and 60° tipped away
The highest operable part for that one ATM may not exceed
from the viewer, the center line of screens and other
48” in height.
screen devices must be located at a maximum of 44”
Three or More ATM’s above grade.
Where there are 3 or more ATM’s provided at one location, If horizontally mounted at an angle between 60 and 90°
the first 2 ATMs must comply with the “Two ATMs” section tipped away from viewer, the center line of screens and
above. other screen devices must be located a maximum of 34”
above grade.
zz For the third and all additional ATM’s, at least 50% must
comply with the “One ATM” section above. Available Exception
In addition, if features of the ATM’s differ, all features should Those ATM’s that are allowed to be unregulated as to height in
be equally represented among the accessible ones. sections covering One-, Two-, or Three or More ATMs are also
exempt from this section.
ATM Equipment for Visually Impaired

Instructions and information for use must be accessi-
ble to, and independently usable by, people with vision
impairments.

SECTION
ATMs are electronic information processing devices,

including point-of-sale machines, used by financial institu-
tions and businesses and their customers primarily for
the processing of financial transactions. This includes
point-of-sale machines used in grocery and other retail
stores, ticket sales facilities, and other business entities,
but does not include card-readers on fuel pump islands
at motor-vehicle fuel facilities.
(CA T24 1117B.7.1)
The ATM site is the area which is within, made, or to be
made part of an existing or future building where 1 or
more ATM’s is or shall be located.
(CA T24 1117B.7.1) FIGURE 1
The ATM site is the location where 1 or more ATM’s are
located, or will be located.
(CA T24 1117B.7.1)
The ATM installation is where a single ATM is affixed to a
building or structure.
(CA T24 1117B.7.1)
In general, where ATM’s are provided, they must comply
with this Section.
(CA T24 1117B.7)
Exceptions
1. In grocery stores and other retail outlets with point-of-sale
machines located at individual check stands, machines
that are located at accessible check stands must be made
accessible. Where machines are located away from individual
check stands, they must all be made accessible.
(CA T24 1117B.7.2)
FIGURE 2
2. Where the enforcing agency feels that compliance would cre-
ate an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted
when equivalent facilitation is provided the use of other meth-
ods or materials.
(CA T24 1117B.7.2.2)
3. In existing buildings, these regulations do not apply when
legal or physical constraints do not allow compliance with
these regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an Controls or Operating Mechanisms
(CA T24 1117B.7.2.3) Controls and operating mechanisms must be operable with
1 hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching or
4. Drive-up-only ATMs are not required to comply with this sec- twisting of the wrist.
tion.
(CA T24 1117B.7.3) (ADA 4.27.4)
(CA T24 1117B.7.2.4)
Max. force to activate controls is 5 lbs. Fig. 2
5. Card reading devices on fuel pump islands at gasoline
(CA T24 1117B.7.3) (ADA 4.27.4)
service stations and motor vehicle fuel facilities are not
required to comply with this Section, Section 1114B Clearances and Reach Range
Facility Accessibility, or Section 58 Controls and Operating
Mechanisms, Vending Machines.
Free-standing or built-in units not having a clear space
(CA T24 1117B.7.2.5) under them shall comply with the following as to clear-
ance and reach range.
(CA T24 1117B.7.4)

SECTION
Where One ATM Is Provided
Where one ATM is provided at a location, it shall comply

with the following:
One ATM — Forward Approach
If only a forward approach is possible, operable parts of all
controls are placed in compliance with Section 37, Space
Allowance and Reach Ranges: Forward Reach.
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.1.2) (ADA 4.34.3(1))
One ATM — Forward Reach

FIGURE 3
Max. high forward reach is 48”. Min. low forward reach
is 15”. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
If high forward reach is over an obstruction, then the
max. forward reach is 25”. Depth of clear floor space
under obstruction is equal to or greater than reach. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When the forward reach over the obstruction is less than
20”, the maximum height of reach is 48”. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When the forward reach over the obstruction is 20” to
25”, the max. height of reach is 44”. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
FIGURE 4 If only a forward approach is possible, operable parts of
all controls shall be placed within the forward reach range
specified in reach ranges above.
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.1) (ADA 4.34.3)
One ATM — Clear Space Within A

Forward Alcove
If confining wall is less than 24” deep, a 30” x 48” clear
space is available. If wall is more than 24” deep, floor
space must be 36” by 48”. Figs. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
One ATM — Parallel Approach & Reach

FIGURE 5 person in a wheelchair, the maximum high side reach
allowed must be 54” and the low side reach shall be no
less than 9” above the floor. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
If side reach is over an obstruction, max. allowable side
reach is 24”. Max. height of side reach is 46”. Max. height
of obstruction is 34”. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
If only a parallel approach is possible, operable parts of
controls are placed as follows:
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.1.3) (ADA 4.34.3(2))
Reach Depth not more than 10”

FIGURE 6 Where the reach depth to the operable parts of all con-
trols as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular
to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the

SECTION
farthest protrusion of the ATM or surround is not more

than 10” the max. height from the floor must be 54” Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.1.3.1) (ADA 4.34.3(2)(a))
Reach Depth more than 10”

Reach depth more than 10” ( Where the reach depth to the
operable parts of any control as measured from the verti-
cal plane perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed
clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the ATM or
surround is more than 10” the max. height from the floor
must be as shown in the following table. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.1.3.2) (ADA 4.34.3(2)(b))
FIGURE 7
Max. Reach Depth for ATMs
Reach Depth Max. Height Reach Depth Max. Height
(inch) (mm) (inch) (mm) (inch) (mm) (inch) (mm)
10 254 54 1371.6 18 455 49½ 1255
11 280 53½ 1360 19 485 49 1245
12 305 53 1345 20 510 48½ 1230
13 330 52½ 1335 21 535 47½ 1205
14 355 51½ 1310 22 560 47 1195
15 380 51 1295 23 585 46½ 1180
16 405 50½ 1285 24 610 46 1170
17 430 50 1270 FIGURE 8
FIGURE 9
FIGURE 11
FIGURE 12 FIGURE 10

SECTION
Forward and Parallel Approach

If both a forward and parallel approach are possible,
operable parts of controls shall be placed within at least
one of the reach ranges above (either for the forward
approach or the parallel approach).
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.1.4)
Clear Space Within A Parallel Alcove

If confining wall is less than 15” deep, a 30” x 48” clear
space is available. If wall is more than 15” deep, a 30”
by 60” clear space must be provided. Figs. 10 & 11
(CA T24 1118B.4.2) (ADA 4.2.4.2)
Bins
FIGURE 13 Where bins are provided for envelopes, waste paper, or
other purposes, at least one of each type provided shall
comply with the applicable reach ranges in the above
headings.
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.1.5)
EXCEPTION
Where a function can be performed in a substantially equivalent
manner by using an alternate control, only one of the controls
needed to perform that function is required to comply with this
section. If the controls are identified by tactile markings, such
markings shall be provided on both controls.
Two ATM’s
Where two ATMs are provided at a location, one shall

comply with the requirements under the heading “One
FIGURE 14 ATM” of this section, except that the highest operable
part shall be 48” max.
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.2)
The second ATM is not regulated as to height, including
height of display.
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.2)
Three or More ATM’s
Where 3 or more ATMs are provided, the first 2 ATMs

shall comply with the “Two ATMs” section above. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.3)
For additional ATM’s beyond the first 2, a min. of 50%
shall comply with the “One ATM” section above. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.3)
The remainder are not regulated as to height, including
height of display.
FIGURE 15
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.3)
If features of the ATM’s differ, all features are equally
represented among the accessible ATMs.
(CA T24 1117B.7.4.3)

SECTION
ATM Display
LED, Cathode Ray, or other screen devices intended to be

viewed by the user are positioned so that they are readily
visible and usable by a person sitting in a wheelchair with
approximate eye level of 45”, and they comply with the
following requirements:
(CA T24 1117B.7.5)
Vertically Mounted Screen Devices

If mounted vertically or tipped no more than 30 degrees
away from the viewer, the center line of screens and
other screen devices shall be located a max. of 52” above
grade. Fig. 15
(CA T24 1117B.7.5.1)
FIGURE 16
Angle Mounted Screen Devices
If mounted at an angle between 30 and 60 degrees
tipped away from the viewer, the center line of screens
and other screen devices shall be located at a max. of
44” above grade. Fig. 16
(CA T24 1117B.7.5.2)
Horizontally Mounted Screen Devices

If horizontally mounted at an angle between 60 and 90
degrees tipped away from viewer, the center line of screens
and other screen devices shall be located a maximum of
34” above grade. Fig. 17
(CA T24 1117B.7.5.3)
Exception
ATM’s allowed to be unregulated as to height in sections cover-
ing One-, Two-, or Three or More ATMs are also exempt from
this section.
(CA T24 1117B.7.5.3)
ATM Equipment for Persons with Vision FIGURE 17

Impairments
Instructions and information for use shall be accessible

to, and independently usable by, people with vision
impairments.
(CA T24 1117B.7.6)

SECTION
60 Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters
Fixed or built-in seating, tables and counters includes such diverse installations for as din-
ing facilities, study tables and carrels in libraries and schools, visitor’s seating in jails, etc.
These requirements apply whether the seating, tables and counters are intended for use by
the public, clients or employees.
Requirements cover clear floor space, reach and height of tables/counters.
386 Fixed (Built-In) Seating, Tables and Counters

SECTION
Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters 60
Requirements
A minimum of 5%, but not less than one fixed table or portion Reach Ranges
of dining table within a dining establishment or facility, must
be accessible. Forward Side
Height of Work Surfaces NO OBSTRUCTION

Work surfaces must be between 28” to 34” high above fin-
ished floor level. Maximum High Reach 48” above finished floor 54” above finished floor
Where a single counter contains more than one transaction
station (such as a bank counter with multiple teller windows Minimum Low Reach 24” above finished floor 9” above finished floor
or a sales counter with more than one cash register), a min-
imum of 5% but at least one of each type of station must be
Maximum Allowable Reach 25” 24”
located at a section of counter that is at least 36” long and
between 28” to 34” high.
OVER an OBSTRUCTION
Knee Space / Counter or Table Heights
Tables and counters must provide minimum knee space of Obstruction less than 20” deep:
48” above finished floor
27” high, 30” wide, and 19” deep. Maximum High Reach
zz This knee clearance is not required at check-out or ser- Obstruction 20” to 25” deep:
vice counters. Maximum High Reach
Clear floor space (below) may not be calculated by overlap- Obstruction up to 34” high:
ping required knee space by more than 19”. Maximum Side Reach
Height of accessible tables or counters must be between Maximum size of obstruction 25” deep 34” high
28” to 34” above the finished floor level.
Clear Floor Space For Forward Reach to be considered, the depth of clear floor space must be equal to or
greater than the depth of the reach, subject to the maximum allowable reach.
General
Side Reach to shelves
Clear floor space of at least 30” wide x 48” deep, which
allows either a forward or parallel approach, should be pro- Side of wheelchair access to vertical line dropped from front edge of
vided for fixed or built-in seating, tables and counters. 54” high
shelf is 10” or less
zz The clear floor space may be part of knee space Side of wheelchair access to vertical line dropped from front edge of
required under some objects. shelf is more than 10” but less than 21”
48” high
zz The clear floor space must be on an accessible route.
zz In the situations described below, the clear floor space
requirement may be increased.
Clear Space Within A Forward Alcove
by 48” clear space should be provided for a front approach.
by 48” clear space should be provided for a front approach.
by 48” clear space must be provided for a side approach.
by 60” clear space must be provided for a side approach.
Fixed (Built-In) Seating, Tables and Counters 387

SECTION
Min. of 5%, but not less than one fixed table or portion
of dining table, must be accessible. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1122B.1) (ADA 4.1.3(18))
Seating Space Allowance, Clear Floor

Space & Reach Ranges
Clear floor space does not overlap knee space by more

than 19”. Fig. 2 & 3
(CA T24 1122B.2) (ADA 4.32.2)
Min. seating knee space is 27” high, 30” wide and 19”
FIGURE 1
deep. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1122B.3) (ADA 4.32.3)
Exception: Knee clearance not required at check-out or
service counters. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1122B.3)
Height of accessible tables or counters is between 28”-
34” from floor finish. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1122B.4) (ADA 4.32.4)
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 3
FIGURE 4 FIGURE 6

SECTION
Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters 60
Min. clear floor space is 30” x 48”, which allows either a

forward or parallel approach. May be part of knee space
required under some objects. Fig. 5 & 7
(CA T24 1118B.4.1; 1122B.3) (ADA 4.2.4.1; 4.32.2)
In front approach, if confining wall is less than 24” deep,
a 30” x 48” clear space is available. If confining wall is
more than 24” deep, an additional 6”, or 36” by 48” clear
space is provided. Fig. 5 & 6
(CA T24 1118B.4.2; 1122B.3) (ADA 4.2.4.1)
In side approach, if confining wall is less than 15” deep,
a 30” x 48” clear space is available. If confining wall is
more than 15” deep, an additional 12”, or 30” by 60”
clear space is provided. Fig. 7 & 8 FIGURE 7
(CA T24 1118B.4.2; 1122B.3) (ADA 4.2.4.1)
Max. high forward reach is 48”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
Min. low forward reach is 15”. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
If high forward reach is over an obstruction
Max. allowable forward reach is 25”. Fig. 11

(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
or greater than depth of reach. Fig. 10 & 11
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
FIGURE 8
When the forward reach is less than 20”, the max. height
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
When the forward reach is 20” to 25”, the max. height
(CA T24 1118B.5) (ADA 4.2.5)
FIGURE 9
FIGURE 11
FIGURE 10
Fixed (Built-In) Seating, Tables and Counters 389

SECTION
Side Reach

(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Min. low of side reach is 9”. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Max. height of clothes rods or shelves for a side approach
is 54”. Fig. 12
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
If side reach is over an obstruction
Max. allowable side reach is 24”. Fig. 13

(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
FIGURE 12 (CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Max. height of obstruction is 34”. Fig. 13
(CA T24 1118B.6) (ADA 4.2.6)
Height of Work Surfaces
Min. height is 28” and max. height is 34” from floor or

ground. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1122B.4) (ADA 4.32.4)
Where a single counter contains more than one transaction
station, such as a bank counter with multiple teller windows
or a sales counter with more than one cash register, a
min. of 5% but at least one of each type of station shall
be located at a section of counter that is a min. of 36”
long and a max. height of 28” to 34” high. Fig. 14
(CA T24 1122B.4)
Sales and Service Counters,
FIGURE 13 Teller Windows and Information Counters
In department stores and misc. retail stores (where

counters have cash registers and are provided for sales
or distribution of goods or services to the public), at
least one counter of each type shall have a portionof the
counterspace which min. 36” long at a max. height of 34”
above the finished floor, located on an accessible route.
(CA T24 1122B.5)
At ticket counters (incl. box offices), bank teller stations,
registration counters in hotels/motels, and other counters
that may not have cash registers but at which goods or
FIGURE 14 services are sold or distributed, a portion of the main
counter that is at least 36” long and max. 34” high shall
be provided.
(CA T24 1122B.5) (ADA 7.2(2))
Available Exception
In existing buildings where it is determined that providing an
accessible counter would create an unreasonable hardship,
equivalent facilitation may be provided by one of the following:
An auxiliary counter in close proximity to the main counter
meeting these requirements may be provided.
A folding shelf attached to the main counter on which an
individual with disability(ies) can write.

SECTION
Signs and Identification 61
Many types of building signage must meet accessibility requirements: signs at entrances,
along accessible routes, along paths of egress, at accessible toilet facilities, in elevators and
stairways, etc.
The addition of signage, by itself, does not trigger any additional path of travel requirements.
Permanent room signs (such as those that identify restrooms, room numbers and room
use) must meet the following requirements:
zz Feature raised letters and Grade 2 Braille.
zz Often must include a raised pictogram.
zz Typically must be mounted on the wall, adjacent to the latch side.
zz Should also meet the requirements for sign and character size and proportion, finish,
colors and contrast.
zz Be mounted in appropriate locations and at appropriate heights.
Directional or informational signs (such as overhead information signs, signs directing occu-
pants to other rooms or areas) must meet the following requirements:
zz Do not require tactile features (raised letters, pictograms, or Braille) since blind persons
would not typically know where to find such signs and therefore would not use them.
zz They should still meet the requirements for sign and character size and proportion, col-
ors and contrast.
zz Be mounted in appropriate locations and at appropriate heights.
When a permit is otherwise required for new construction, or for an addition, alteration,
replacement or renovation of existing buildings or facilities, information regarding signs and
identification subject to these requirements shall be included in the plans or specifications,
and shall be subject to plan review and approval by the local enforcing agency. Signs and
identification shall be field inspected after installation and approved by the local enforcing
agency, and the inspection shall (among other things) verify that any Braille dots and cells
are properly spaced and the size, proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these
requirements.
NOTE: Plan review, approval and inspection requirements apply also to tactile exit signs, tac-
tile floor designation signs in stairways, tactile special egress-control device signs, elevator
car control identification, elevator doorjamb marking, and sanitary facilities signage.

SECTION
61 Signs and Identification
Requirements Traffic-Control Devices

Signs and identification devices must meet these require- Pole-mounted traffic-control buttons are accessible when they
ments when: meet these requirements:
zz New or additional signs/identification devices are They are indicated by a 2” wide textured horizontal yellow
provided. band encircling the pole, with 1” wide dark bands above
zz Existing signs/identification devices are replaced or and below.
altered. Color coding must placed immediately above the control
The addition or replacement of signs/identification devices button.
does not trigger any additional path of travel requirements. The control button must be mounted no higher than 48”
above the surface adjacent to the pole.
Symbols of Accessibility
The International Symbol of Accessibility is used to identify Identification, Direction and Information Signs
facilities accessible to and usable by physically disabled Signs that identify, direct persons to or give information
persons as cited in these standards. about permanent accessible rooms, spaces or facilities of
The following elements and spaces of accessible facili- a building or site must comply with this section.
ties must be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility Signs
Accessibility:
When signs identify, direct or give information about acces-
zz Accessible parking spaces (except where the total park-
sible elements and features of a building or site, they
ing spaces provided are five or less).
should include the appropriate International Symbol of
zz Accessible areas of refuge. Accessibility.
zz Accessible passenger loading zones.
Color of Symbol
zz Accessible toilet and bathing facilities.
The International Symbol of Accessibility consists of a
Available Exception white figure on a blue background.
Signs need not be provided for adaptable dwelling units, or in zz The blue is equal to Color No. 15090 in Federal Stan-
an accessible patient or guest rooms. dard 595B.
Entrance Signs Available Exception
Building entrances accessible to and used by the disabled The enforcement agency may approve signs and identification
must be identified with at least 1 International Symbol of necessary to complement décor or a unique design when it is
Accessibility sign, and with additional directional signs determined that such signs and identification provide adequate
using the symbol, wherever the accessible path leaves the direction to persons with disabilities.
regular circulation path, such signs to be visible to persons
along approaching circulation paths.
Information Posted
Buildings that have been remodeled to provide accessible
sanitary facilities and/or accessible elevators for public
use must have that information posted in the lobby, prefer-
ably as part of the building directory.
zz Accessible facilities shall be indicated in this posting by
using the International Symbol of Accessibility.
392 Symbols / Entrance Signs / Traffic Control / Colors

SECTION
Finish and Contrast Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs

Characters, symbols and their backgrounds must have a Raised characters and pictorial symbols (pictograms) must
non-glare finish. conform with the following requirements:
Characters and symbols must contrast with their back- Type
ground: either light characters on a dark background, or
dark characters on a light background. Characters are raised at least 1/32”.
Alphanumeric characters are sans-serif uppercase.
Characters
Raised alphanumeric characters are accompanied by
Characters’ width-to-height ratio must be in the range of equivalent Grade 2 Braille.
3:5 to 1:1.
Stroke width-to-height ratio must be in the range of 1:5 to Size
1:10. Height of raised alphanumeric characters is between 5/8”
to 2”.
Character Height
Characters and numbers should be appropriately sized Pictorial symbol signs (Pictograms)
based on the distance from which they are to be read. Pictorial symbol signs must include a verbal description
For signs suspended or projected above the finish floor, that is placed directly below the pictogram.
character height must be at least 3”. The outside dimension of the pictogram is at least 6” in
zz Minimum character height is determined by using an height.
uppercase X. (This method is for determining appro- Plan Review and Approval
priate character heights for readability. Lowercase
characters are permitted in the final sign.) When a permit is otherwise required for new construction,
Braille or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation of
existing buildings or facilities:
When required, contracted Grade 2 Braille should be used.
In Grade 2 Braille, dots are 1/10” on centers in each cell, to these requirements shall be included in the plans or
with 2/10” space between cells, measured from the 2nd specifications, and shall be subject to plan review and
column of dots in the first cell to 1st column of dots in the approval by the local enforcing agency.
2nd cell.
Dots are raised at least 1/40” inch above the background installation and approved by the local enforcing agency.
surface.
Mounting Location and Height Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size,
Where permanent identification is provided for accessible proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these
rooms and spaces, such signs should be installed on the requirements.
outside wall adjacent to the latch side of the door.
Where there is no wall space on the latch side, signs may
be placed on the nearest adjacent wall, preferably to the
right of the subject doorway/entrance.
The required mounting height for identification signs (mea-
sured at the center line of the sign) is 60” above the finish
floor.
Signs should be mounted so that a person may approach
within 3” of the sign without encountering protruding
objects and without standing within the swing of a door.
Finish & Contrast / Characters / Braille / Locating 393

SECTION
When new or additional signs/identification devices are

provided, or when existing signs/identification devices
are replaced or altered, the new items comply with this
section. (Section 1117B.5)
(CA T24 1117B.5.1)
FIGURE 1 The addition or replacement of signs/identification devices
do not trigger any additional path of travel requirements.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1)
EXCEPTION
Signs need not be provided for facilities within an adaptable
dwelling unit, or within an accessible patient or guest room.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.1) (ADA 4.1.2(7))
Symbols of Accessibility
The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be the

standard used to identify facilities that are accessible to
and usable by physically disabled persons as set forth in
these building standards and as specifically required in
this section. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1)
FIGURE 2 The following elements and spaces of accessible facilities
are identified by the international symbol of accessibility:
1. Acessible parking spaces, except where the total park-
ing spaces provided are 5 or less.
2. Accessible areas of refuge
3. Accessible passenger loading zones.
4. Accessible toilet and bathing facilities.
(CA T24 1115B.5, 1117B.5.8, 1129B.5, 1131B)
EXCEPTION
Signs need not be provided for facilities within an adaptable
dwelling unit, or within an accessible patient or guest room.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.1) (ADA 4.1.2(7))
FIGURE 3
The Color of Symbol
The symbol specified above shall consist of a white figure

on a blue background.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.1) (ADA 4.1.2(7))
The blue shall be equal to Color No. 15090 in Federal
Standard 595B.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.1) (ADA 4.1.2(7))
EXCEPTION
The appropriate enforcement agency may approve other colors
to complement decor or unique design. The symbol contrast
shall be light on dark or dark on light.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.1)
FIGURE 4
394 Symbols / Color

SECTION
Signs
Identification Signs
Must be provided when signs identify permanent rooms
and spaces of a building or site, and must comply with
this section.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.1)
Directional and Informational Signs

Must be provided when signs direct or give information
about permanent rooms and functional spaces of a build-
ing or site and must comply with this section.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.2)
Accessibility Signs
Must be provided when signs identify, direct or give
information about accessible elements and features of a
building or site, they must include the appropriate symbol
of accessibility and must also, comply with this section. FIGURE 5
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.3)
Entrance Signs
All building and facility entrances that are accessible to
and usable by persons with disabilities shall be identified
with a min. of 1 International Symbol of Accessibility and
with additional directional signs, utilizing the symbol, at
junctions where the accessible route of travel diverges
from the regular circulation path, to be visible to persons
along approaching circulation paths. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2) FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7
In existing buildings and facilities, entrances which are not
accessible must have directional signage which indicates
the location of and route to nearest accessible entrance.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2)
Must comply with the requirements of this section.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2)
Accessibility Information Posted
Buildings that provide specific sanitary facilities and/or

elevators for public use that conform to these accessible
building standards shall have this information posted
in the building lobby, preferably as part of the building
directory. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.3)
The information shall be accompanied by the International
Symbol of Accessibility.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.3)
Inaccessible sanitary facilities shall have directional sig- FIGURE 8
nage complying with this section to indicate the location
of the nearest accessible sanitary facility.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.3)
Entrance Signs / Posting Accessibility Information 395

SECTION
Traffic Control Devices
Pole-supported pedestrian traffic-control buttons shall

be identified with color coding consisting of a textured
horizontal yellow band 2” in width encircling the pole,
and a 1” dark border band above and below this yellow
band. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1117B.5.9)
Color coding should be placed immediately above the
control button. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1117B.5.9)
Control buttons shall be located no higher than 48” above
the surface adjacent to the pole. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1117B.5.9)
Symbols
International TTY Symbol
Where the international TTY symbol is required, it shall
comply with respective figure on Table 1117.5
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.2)
Volume Control Telephones Symbol

Where telephones with volume controls are required to be
identified, the identification symbol shall be a telephone
handset with radiating sound waves, such as shown in
Figure 11B-14B.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.3)
Assistive Listening Systems

Sanitary Facilities are required to provide 2 separate Where assistive listening systems are required to be iden-
types of signage: Door signage and Wall signage tified by the International Symbol of Access for Hearing
Loss, it shall comply with Figure 11B-14C.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.4)
FIGUREs 9 and 10
Signs for Text Telephones
Must use the term “TTY” and NOT “TDD.” The sign for text
telephones must be used whenever signs shall refer to text
telephones for people who are deaf or hard of hearing.
(CA T24 1117B.5.10)
Cleaner Air Symbol

Refer to Section 62 for details and requirements.
(CA T24 1117B.5.11)
Finish and Contrast

glare finish. Characters and symbols contrast with their
background, either light characters on a dark background
or dark characters on a light background.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Proportions
Characters width-to-height ratio is between 3:5 and 1:1

and stroke width-to-height ratio is between 1:5 and 1:10.
Fig. 6 & 7
(CA T24 1117B.5.3) (ADA 4.30.2)
396 Traffic Control / Symbols / Finish / Proportions

SECTION
Character Height
Table 1117B.5
Characters and numbers are sized based on the distance Name of Symbol Symbol
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
ercase characters are permitted. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3) International Symbol
For signs suspended or projected above the finish floor, of Accessibility
the min. character is 3” in height. Fig. 7
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
Visual characters can be serif or sans serif.
(CBC 1117B.5.4)
Braille
Contracted Grade 2 Braille is used. Fig. 8 International TTY

(CA T24 1117B.5.6) (ADA 4.30.4) Symbol
Dots are 1/10” on centers in each cell with 2/10” space
between cells, measured from the 2nd column of dots in
the first cell to 1st column of dots in the 2nd cell. Fig. 8
(CA T24 1117B.5.6)
Dots are raised a min. of 1/40” inch above background.
Fig. 8
(CA T24 1117B.5.6)
Braille dots shall be domed or rounded. Volume Control
(CA T24 1117B5.6) (ADA 4.30.4) Telephones Symbol
Where permanent identification is provided for rooms

and spaces, signs are installed on the wall adjacent to
the latch outside of the door. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Assistive Listening
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Systems Symbol
Where permanent identification signage is provided for
rooms and spaces they shall be located on the approach
side of the door as one enters the room or space. Signs
that identify exits shall be located on the approach side
of the door as one exits the room or space.
(CA T24 1117B.5.7)
Mounting height is 60” above the finish floor to the center
line of the sign. Fig. 9 Cleaner Air Symbol
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
3” of the sign without encountering protruding objects or
standing within the swing of a door. Fig. 9
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Character Height / Braille / Mounting Location 397

SECTION
Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs Plan Review Inspection
Raised characters and pictorial symbols (pictograms) Signs and identification as specified in this Section (Sig-
conform with the following requirements: nage and Identification, CA T24 1117B.5.1) when included
(CA T24 1117B.5.5) in the construction of new buildings or facilities, or when
zz Type. Characters are raised /32” min. and are sans
1 included, altered or replaced due to additions, alterations
serif uppercase character with Grade 2 Braille. Fig. 10 or renovations to existing buildings or facilities, and when
a permit is required, shall comply with the following plan
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.30.4) review and inspection requirements:
zz Size. Raised characters are a min. of 5/8” and a max. (CA T24 1117B.5.1.4)
of 2” high. Fig. 10
Plan review. Plans, specifications or other information
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.30.4) indicating compliance with these regulations shall be sub-
zz Pictorial symbol signs - (Pictograms). Pictorial sym- mitted to the enforcing agency for review and approval.
bol signs include the verbal description that is placed (CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.4.1)
directly below. The outside dimension of the pictogram Inspection. Signs and identification shall be field inspected
is 6” min. in height. Fig. 10 after installation and approved by the enforcing agency
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.3) (ADA 4.30.4) prior to the issuance of a final certificate of occupancy
per Appendix Chapter 1, Section 110.2, or final approval
Character Placement where no certificate of occupancy is issued. The inspec-
Characters and Braille must be on a horizontal format. tion shall include, but not be limited to, verification that
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.4) Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size,
Braille must be placed a min. of 3/8” and a max. of ½” proportion and type of raised characters are in compli-
directly below the tactile characters; flush left or center. ance with these regulations.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.4.2)
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.4)
When tactile text is multiline, all Braille must be placed Other signs and identification. Tactile exit signage in
together below all lines of tactile text. Sections 1011.3 and 1011.3.2, tactile floor designation
signs in stairways in Section 1020.1.6.2, tactile special
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.4) egress control device signs in Section 1008.1.8.6, Item
5, elevator car control identification required in Section
1116B.1.9, elevator doorjamb marking required in Sec-
tion 1116B.1.14 and sanitary facilities signage required
in Section 1115B.6 shall also comply with this section.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.4.3)
Plan Review and Approval
When a permit is otherwise required for new construction,

or for an addition, alteration, replacement or renovation
subject to these requirements shall be included in the
plans or specifications, and shall be subject to plan
review and approval by the local enforcing agency.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.1)
installation and approved by the local enforcing agency.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)
proportion, and type of raised characters satisfy these
requirements.
(CA T24 1117B.5.1.4.2)
398 Raised Characters / Plan Review & APproval

SECTION
SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS
Accessibility Signs (CA T24 1117B.5.1.3)

Must be provided when signs identify, direct or give information about accessible elements and features of a building or site, they must include the appropri-
ate symbol of accessibility and must also comply with this section. See International Symbol of Accessibility in the Symbols table. (CA T24 1117B.5.1.3)
Identification Signs (CA T24 1117B.5.1.1)
Description Placement Places and Location Codes
Identification Signs Must be provided when signs identify permanent (CA T24 1117B.5.1.1)
rooms and spaces of a building or site, and must
also comply with the requirements of this section
Directional and Informational Signs (CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2)
Must be provided when signs direct or give information Provided at all inaccessible entrances, directing (CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2)
about permanent rooms and functional spaces of a building persons to the nearest accessible entrance
or site and must comply with this section.
At entrance or in lobby informing of available (CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.3)
features
Inaccessible sanitary facilities to indicate the loca- (CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.3)
tion of the nearest accessible sanitary facility
At junctions where the accessible route diverges (CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2 and
from the regular circulation path 1117B.5.8.1.3)
Where evacuation plans are posted (CA T24 1117B.5.1(2))
Directional and Informational signs can be (CA T24 1117B.5.1(2)) and 1117B.2.8)
installed on:
- walls,
- doors,
- posts, or
- in the interiors of buildings, It must be
projecting from walls or -hanging from the ceiling
in corridors, as long as the location will allow
them to be easily found and read by persons with
various disabilities
Signage Requirements 399

SECTION
Symbols
International Symbol of Accessibility (Accessibility Sign) The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be the standard used to identify facili-
ties that are accessible to and usable by physically disabled persons as set forth in these building standards and as specifically required in this section.
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1), (CA T24 1117B.5.1.3); (ADA 4.1.2(7))
Description Placement Places and Location Codes
Accessibility Sign must be provided when signs identify, All accessible entrances (CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.2) (ADA 4.1.2(7))
direct or give information about accessible elements
and features of a building or site, they must include Accessible parking spaces, except where the total parking (CA T24 1115B.5)
the appropriate symbol of accessibility and must also spaces provided are 5 or less
comply with this section Accessible passenger drop-off and loading zones (CA T24 1131B.2.1.1)
(CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.3) (ADA 4.1.2(7))
Accessible areas of refuge (CA T24 1117B.5.8)
Accessibility Signage notifying patrons of the availability At accessible seating: (CA T24 1104B.3.4.1)
of such seats shall be posted at the ticket office • Aisle
• Transfer Seats,
• Companion Seats,
• Wheelchair Spaces at bleachers
Accessibility Sign at accessible toilet and bathing Accessible Sanitary facilities. (CA T24 1131B and 1117B.5.8.1.3)
facilities
Accessibility Sign Accessible elevators (CA T24 1117B.5.8.1.3)
Telephone equipment for hearing Text telephones (CA T24 1117B.2.8)
Accessibility Sign for communication: International TTY Symbol (CA T24 1117B.5.8.2)
Where the international TTY Symbol is required (CA T24 1117B.5.8.2)
Signs for Text-telephones must use the term “TTY” and NOT (CA T24 1117B.5.10)
“TDD.” It must comply with the requirements of this section
The sign for text telephones must be used whenever signs (CA T24 1117B.5.10)
shall refer to text telephones for people who are deaf or
hard of hearing. It must comply with the requirements of
this section
Telephone equipment for hearing Text telephones. It must (CA T24 1117B.2.8)
comply with the requirements of this section
Volume Control Telephone Symbol (CA T24 1117B.5.8.3)

Where telephones with volume controls are required • At telephones (CA T24 1117B.2.8); (ADA 4.30.7)
to be identified, the identification symbol shall be a • Telephone equipment for hearing Text telephones
telephone handset with radiating sound waves, such as
shown in (Table 1117B.5)
Assistive Listening Systems - (CA T24 1117B.8.4)

Where assistive listening systems are required to be identified by the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss,
it shall comply with this section. (CA T24 1117B.5.1.4) (ADA 4.30.7(7))
Assistive - listening systems must be provided in as- Place signage at: (CA T24 1104B.2.4)
sembly areas posted in a prominent place. • lobbies,
• ticket windows, or
• entrances to offices that must be reserved for use by
persons with hearing impairments
Signage location of TTY Symbol or Volume Control Symbol (CA T24 1117B.2.8 and 1117B.2.9.3)
high enough so that another person can see the sign even
when the telephone is in use
Location of International Symbol of Hearing Loss to indicate (CA T24 1104B.2)
the availability of an assistive listening system outside the
entrance to the room where it can be used
Phones with no accessible equipment, must directs persons (CA T24 1104B.2(4))
with disabilities to accessible phones
Assistive-listening system required informational sign • box office, (CA T24 1104B.2(4))
with symbol. Located at: • lobby,
• entrance, or
• at administration building.
• where it is appropriate.
Cleaner Air Symbol Refer to Section 62 for details and requirements (CA T24 1117B.5.11)
400 Symbols
SECTION
Finish & Contrast

DESCRIPTION CODES
Finish and Contrast
Characters and symbols contrast with their background, Characters, symbols and their backgrounds have a nonglare finish.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2)
either light characters on a dark background or dark
(ADA 4.30.5)
characters on a light background
Proportions
Characters width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 (CA T24 1117B.5.3)
Stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10 (ADA 4.30.2)
Character Height
Characters and numbers are sized based on the dis- The min. height is measured using an uppercase X. Lowercase charac-
tance from which they are to be read. ters are permitted.
(CA T24 1117B.5.4)
Height of characters of signs suspended or projected Character is 3” min. in height.
(ADA 4.30.3)
above the finish floor
Visual characters fonts serif or sans serif
Braille
Contracted Braille is used Dots are 1/10” on the center of each cell
Spaces between cells and column of braille There is a 2/10” space between cells, measured from the 2nd column
of dots in the first cell to 1st column of dots in the second cell (CA T24 1117B5.6)
(ADA 4.30.4)
Dots raised above background 1/40” min height
Braille dots shall be domed or rounded
Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbols
Raised characters and pictorial symbols (pictograms) conform with the following requirements. (CA T24 1117B.5.5)
Type Characters are raised 1/32” min. and are sans serif uppercase charac- (CA T24 1117B.5.5.1)
ter with Grade 2 Braille (ADA 4.30.4)
Size. Raised characters are a min. of 5/8” and a max. of 2” high. (CA T24 1117B.5.5.2)
(ADA 4.30.4)
Pictorial symbol signs (Pictograms) Pictorial symbol signs include the verbal description that is placed (CA T24 1117B.5.5.3)
directly below it. (ADA 4.30.4)
The outside dimension of the pictogram is 6” min. in height
Character Placement
Characters and Braille must be on a horizontal format. Braille must be placed a min. of 3/8” and a max. of ½” directly below (CA T24 1117B.5.5.4)
the tactile characters; flush left or center
When tactile text is multiline, all Braille must be placed together below
all lines of tactile text
Mounting Location and Height Where permanent identification is provided for rooms and spaces, (CA T24 1117B.5.7)
signs are installed on the wall adjacent to the latch outside of the door (ADA 4.30.6)
Where there is no wall space on the latch side, signs are placed on
nearest adjacent wall, preferably on the right
Where permanent identification signage is provided for rooms and
spaces they shall be located on the approach side of the door as one
enters the room or space
Signs that identify exits shall be located on the approach side of the
door as one exits the room or space
Mounting height above the finish floor to the centerline 60” height above finish floor
of the sign.
Signs are mounted so that a person may approach protruding objects
within 3” of the sign without encountering protruding objects or stand-
ing within the swing of a door
Finish & Contrast 401

SECTION
62 Cleaner Air Symbol
The following section applies only to publicly funded facilities or any facilities leased
or rented by the State of California. It does not apply to state concessionaires.

SECTION
Cleaner Air Symbol 62
The Symbol Conditions of Use

The Cleaner Air symbol is the standard used to identify Use of the Cleaner Air symbol is voluntary.
rooms, facilities and paths of travel that are accessible The Cleaner Air symbol identifies a path of travel, and/or a
to and usable by people who are adversely impacted by room or a facility where the following conditions are met.
airborne chemicals or particulate(s) and/or the use of elec-
trical fixtures and/or devices. zz Floor and wall coverings, floor and wall covering adhe-
sives, carpets, formaldehyde-emitting particleboard
cabinetry, cupboards or doors have not been installed
or replaced in the previous 12 months.
zz Incandescent lighting is provided in lieu of fluorescent
or halogen lighting, and electrical systems and equip-
ment may be operated or adjusted by or on behalf of the
occupant or user of the room, facility or path of travel.
zz Heating, ventilation, air conditioning and their controls
may be operated or adjusted by or on behalf of the
occupant or user.
zz Only nonirritating, nontoxic products are used in clean-
ing, maintenance, disinfection, pest management or for
Removal of Symbol
any minimal touch-ups that are essential for occupancy
If the path of travel, room and/or facility identified by the of the area.
cleaner air symbol has temporarily or permanently ceased
zz Deodorizers or Fragrance Emission Devices and Sys-
to meet the minimum requirements set forth below, the
tems (FEDS) may not be used in the designated area.
Cleaner Air symbol must be removed and may not be
replaced until the requirements are again met. zz Allowable pest control practices for cleaner-air areas
include the use of bait stations using boric acid, sticky
Color and Size of Symbol traps and silicon caulk for sealing cracks and crevices.
When the Cleaner Air symbol is used, the sign should meet Areas should be routinely monitored for pest problems.
the following minimum conditions: Additional nontoxic treatment methods–such as tem-
perature extremes for termites–may be employed in
The symbol, as shown above, must be displayed either as
the event of more urgent problems. These pest control
a negative or positive image within a square that is at least
practices may not used within 48 hours prior to place-
6” on each side.
ment of the sign, and the facility should be ventilated
The symbol may be shown either in black and white or in with outside air for at least 24 hours following their use
color. or application.
When color is used, it must be Federal Blue (Color No. zz Signage must be posted requesting occupants or users
15090 Federal Standard 595B) on white, or white on Fed- not to smoke or wear perfumes, colognes or scented
eral Blue. personal care products. Fragranced products may not
There must be a 70% minimum color contrast between the be used in the designated cleaner-air room facility or
background of the sign from the surface that it is mounted path of travel.
on. zz A log should be maintained on-site, and should be made
accessible to the public (in person or by telephone,
e-mail, fax or other accessible means), as requested.
One or more individuals should be designated to main-
tain the log. The log should be used to record any
product or practice used in the cleaner-air designated
room, facility or path of travel, as well as scheduled
activities, that may impact the Cleaner-Air designation.
The log should include the product label as well as the
material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
Applies to Publicly Funded Facilities Only 403

SECTION
“STRICTLY FOR PUBLICLY FUNDED FACILITIES OR ANY

FACILITIES LEASED OR RENTED BY STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
NOT CONCESSIONAIRES.” This symbol is the standard
used to identify a room, facility and paths of travel that
are accessible to and usable by people who are adversely
impacted by airborne chemicals or particulate(s) and/or
the use of electrical fixtures and/or devices.
(CA T24 1117B.5.11)
Removal of Symbol
If the path of travel, room and/or facility identified by

the cleaner air symbol has temporarily or permanently FIGURE 1
ceased to meet the min. conditions as set forth below,
the cleaner air symbol has been removed and will not be
replaced until the min. conditions are again met.
(CA T24 1117B.5.11.3)
Color and Size of Symbol
T he symbol is used when the following min. conditions 3. Heating, ventilation, air conditioning and their controls
are met: are operable by or on behalf of the occupant or user.
The symbol, as shown in Fig. 1, is displayed either as a (CA T24 1117B5.11.2)
negative or positive image within a square that is a min. 4. To maintain “cleaner-air” designation only nonirritating,
of 6” on each side. The symbol is shown in black and nontoxic products are used in cleaning, maintenance, dis-
white or in color. When color is used, it is Federal Blue infection, pest management or for any minimal touch-ups
(Color No. 15090 Federal Standard 595B) on white, or that are essential for occupancy of the area. Deodorizers
white on Federal Blue. or Fragrance Emission Devices and Systems (FEDS) are
(CA T24 1117B5.11.1) not used in the designated area. Pest control practices
There’s a 70% min. color contrast between the background for cleaner-air areas include the use of bait stations using
of the sign from the surface that it is mounted on. boric acid, sticky traps and silicon caulk for sealing cracks
and crevices. Areas are routinely monitored for pest
(CA T24 1117B5.11.1)
problems. Additional nontoxic treatment methods, such
The sign is used strictly for publicly funded public facilities as temperature extremes for termites, may be employed
or any facilities leased or rented by State of California. in the event of more urgent problems. These pest control
Not concessionaires. practices are not used 48 hours prior to placement of
(CA T24 1117B5.11.1) the sign, and the facility is ventilated with outside air for
a min. of 24 hours following use or application.
Conditions of Use (CA T24 1117B5.11.2)
Use of the cleaner air symbol is voluntary. 5. Signage is posted requesting occupants or users not to
(CA T24 1117B5.11.2)
smoke or wear perfumes, colognes or scented personal
care products. Fragranced products shall not be used in
The cleaner air symbol is used to identify a path of travel, the designated cleaner-air room facility or path of travel.
and a room or a facility when the following is met. (CA T24 1117B5.11.2)
(CA T24 1117B5.11.2)
6. A log is maintained on site, accessible to the public,
1. Floor and wall coverings, floor and wall covering in person or by telephone, e-mail, fax or other accessible
adhesives, carpets, formaldehyde-emitting particleboard means as requested. One or more individuals are desig-
cabinetry, cupboards or doors have not been installed or nated to maintain the log. The log records any product
replaced in the previous 12 months. or practice used in the cleaner-air designated room,
(CA T24 1117B5.11.2) facility or path of travel, as well as scheduled activities,
2. Incandescent lighting provided in lieu of fluorescent or that may impact the Cleaner-Air designation. The log
halogen lighting, and electrical systems and equipment is includes the product label as well as the material Safety
operable by or on behalf of the occupant or user of the Data Sheets. (MSDS)
room, facility or path of travel. (CA T24 1117B5.11.2)
(CA T24 1117B5.11.2)
404 Applies to Publicly Funded Facilities Only

SECTION
Means of Egress Exit Identification Signs 63
An “exit sign” is any required sign that visually indicates the path/direction of exit travel
within the “means of egress system.”
No point within a building may be more than 100 feet from the nearest visible exit sign.
The path of exit travel to exits and within exit areas must be identified by exit signs located
so as to be visible from any direction of approach.
If the appropriate building official approves, main exterior exit doors that obviously and clearly provide exit need not have exit
signs.
Exit signs are not required in the following rooms or areas:

• Rooms or areas that require only one exit or exit access.
• Group R, Division 3 Occupancies.
• Individual units of Group R, Division 1 Occupancies.
• Group E, Division 3 day-care occupancies where the occupant load is less than 50.
• Group I, Division 1.1, 1.2 or 2 Occupancies.
Means of Egress Identification Signs 405

SECTION
63 Means of Egress Exit Identification Signs
Sign Graphics Tactile Exit Signs

Exit sign lettering, symbols and arrows must be in high con- The following tactile exit signs are required:
trast with their backgrounds. At each grade-level exit door: “EXIT”
Exit signs must have the word “EXIT” on the sign in block At each exit door that leads, by means of a stairway or
capital letters meeting the following minimum dimensions: ramp, directly to a grade-level exit door: “EXIT STAIR
zz Letter height: 6” DOWN,” “EXIT RAMP DOWN,” ‘EXIT STAIR UP,” or “EXIT
zz Letter width: 2” wide (except the letter “I”) RAMP UP,” as appropriate.
zz Stroke width: ¾”.
zz Inter-letter spacing = 3/8”.
Signs that use larger lettering must have letter height,
width, stroke and spacing in these same proportions.
Illumination of Exit Signs
Exit signs must be internally or externally illuminated.
zz Externally illuminated: Intensity must be at least 5 foot-
candles (54 lx) from either of two electric lamps.
zz Internally illuminated: Should provide (be listed for) the
equivalent luminance as required for externally-illumi-
nated signs (above).
zz Signs which use LEDs, or electroluminescent lamps,
need not meet the “two electric lamps” requirement.
zz Approved self-luminous signs with evenly illuminated let- At each exit door that leads directly to a grade-level exte-
ters providing at least 0.06 foot lambert (0.21 cd/m2) rior exit via an exit enclosure or an exit passageway: “EXIT
will satisfy the requirements. ROUTE”
At each exit access door from an interior room/area to a
Power Source for Signs corridor or hallway: “EXIT ROUTE”
All exit signs must be illuminated at all times. At each exit door through a horizontal exit: “TO EXIT”
Exit signs must remain illuminated at least 1.5 hours during
any power outage.
zz Backup power for illumination during outages may be
provided by storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site
generators, installed in accordance with the CA Electri-
cal Code.
zz Additional requirements apply to high-rise buildings.
zz The requirement may be satisfied by approved self-
luminous signs that provide continuous illumination
(including the required minimum of 1.5 hours during
power outage) without an external power source.
Power for internally illuminated exit signs and markings that
do not contain electric lamps shall normally be provided by
the premises wiring system.
zz During outages, the power must then be provided by
storage batteries or on-site generator, all installed in
accordance with the CA Electrical Code.
406 Graphics / Illumination / Power Source / Tactile Signs

SECTION
Special Egress-Control Devices Reactivation/Re-locking

Devices that control or limit the immediate ability to exit Regardless of the means of deactivation, re-locking must
may be used (when approved by the appropriate building be my manual means only, at the door.
official) on exit doors in certain: zz The door may not automatically reset or re-lock.
zz Group B Occupancies
zz Group F Occupancies Available Exceptions
zz Group I, Divisions 1 and 2 Occupancies
zz Group M Occupancies If the appropriate building official approves, main exterior exit
doors that obviously and clearly provide exit need not have exit
zz Group R, Divisions 1 and 2 Occupancies
signs.
zz Group S Occupancies
Such devices are allowed only when the building is Exit signs are not required in the following rooms or areas:
equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system and • Rooms or areas that require only one exit or exit access.
an approved automatic smoke-detection system. • Group R, Division 3 Occupancies.
Deactivation • Individual units of Group R, Division 1 Occupancies.
When used, the egress-control device must automatically • Group E, Division 3 day-care occupancies where the occu-
deactivate: pant load is less than 50.
zz Upon activation of either the sprinkler system or smoke- • Group I, Division 1.1, 1.2 or 2 Occupancies.
detection system.
zz Upon loss of electrical power to the egress-control
device.
zz Upon loss of electrical power to the smoke-detection
system.
zz Upon loss of electrical power to the means of egress
(exit sign) illumination.
zz Remotely, upon demand, from an approved location.
Deactivation at Exit
Pushing on the panic bar (or other door-latching hardware)
on the exit door with a force of not more than 15 pounds
(66.72 N) for two seconds must initiate an irreversible deac-
tivation of the egress-control device within an approved
time period (not more than 15 seconds).
zz The delay time must not be field-adjustable.
Actuation of the panic bar or other door-latching hardware
must activate an audible signal at the door.
The unlatching may not require more than one operation
zz Pushing on the panic bar for the required time must
both deactivate the egress-control system and unlatch
the door.
The following sign is required on the door (above and within
12” of the panic bar or other door-latching hardware):
“KEEP PUSHING.
THIS DOOR WILL OPEN IN __ SECONDS.
ALARM WILL SOUND.”
zz Sign lettering must be 1” high with a stroke width of

1/8”.
zz An equivalent, tactile sign must also be provided in
Braille and raised characters.
Egress-Control Devices / Deactivation / Reactivation 407

SECTION
Where required exits and exit access doors shall be

marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any
direction of egress travel.
(CA T24 1011.1)
In cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not
immediately visible to the occupants access to exits shall
be marked by readily visible exit signs.
(CA T24 1011.1)
Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in a corridor
is more than 100’ or the listed viewing distance for the
sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign.
(CA T24 1011.1)
EXCEPTIONS
FIGURE 1 1. Exit signs are not required in rooms or areas that require only
one exit or exit access.
(CA T24 1011.1)
2. Main exterior exit doors or gates that are obviously and
clearly identifiable as exits need not have exit signs where
approved by the building official.
(CA T24 1011.1)
3. Exit signs are not required in occupancies in Group U and
individual sleeping units or dwelling units in Group R-1, R-2 or
R-3
(CA T24 1011.1)
4. Exit signs are not required Group I-3 occupancies where
inmates are housed or held.
(CA T24 1011.1)
5. In occupancies in Groups A-4 and A-5, exit signs are not
required on the seating side of vomitories or openings into
seating areas where exit signs are provided in the concourse
that are readily apparent from the vomitories. Egress lighting
is provided to identify each vomitory or opening within the
seating area in an emergency.
(CA T24 1011.1)
408 Means of Egress Identification Signs

SECTION
Tactile Exit Signs If a chevron directional indicator is provided as part of

the exit sign, the construction must be such that the
For the purposes of Section the term “tactile exit signs” direction of the chevron directional indicator cannot be
shall mean those required signs that comply with Section readily changed. Fig. 1
1117B.5.1, Item 1. Fig. 1 (CA T24 1011.5.1)
(CA T24 1011.3)
Tactile exit signs shall be required at the following locations: Exit Sign Illumination
zz 1. Each grade-level exterior exit door must be identified
by a tactile exit sign with the word: “EXIT.” General
(CA T24 1011.3) Exit signs shall be internally or externally illuminated.
zz 2. Each exit door that leads directly to a grade-level (CA T24 1011.2)
exterior exit by means of a stairway or ramp must be EXCEPTION
identified by a tactile exit sign with the following words Tactile signs do NOT need to be provided with illumination.
as appropriate:
(CA T24 1011.2)
“EXIT STAIR DOWN”
“EXIT RAMP DOWN” Internally Illuminated Exit Signs
“EXIT STAIR UP” Internally illuminated exit signs must be listed and labeled
“EXIT RAMP UP” and must be installed in accordance with the manufac-
(CA T24 1011.3) turer’s instructions and Section 2702.
zz 3. Each exit door that leads directly to a grade-level (CA T24 1011.4)
exterior exit by means of an exit enclosure that does Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times.
not utilize a stair or ramp, or by means of an exit pas-
(CA T24 1011.4)
sageway, must be identified by a tactile exit sign with
the words: Externally Illuminated Exit Signs
“EXIT ROUTE.” Externally illuminated exit signs shall comply with the
(CA T24 1011.3) following:
zz 4. Each exit access door from an interior room or area Graphics section above.
that is required to have a visual exit sign, must be identi- (CA T24 1011.5.2)
fied by a tactile exit sign with the words “EXIT ROUTE.”
The face of an exit sign illuminated from an external
(CA T24 1011.3) source must have an intensity of not less than 5 foot-
zz 5. Each exit door through a horizontal exit must be iden- candles (54 lux).
tified by a tactile exit sign with the words “TO EXIT.” (CA T24 1011.5.2)
(CA T24 1011.3) Exit signs must be illuminated at all times.
(CA T24 1011.5.3)
Graphics
To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not
Every exit sign and directional exit sign must have plainly less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the
legible letters not less than 6” high with the principal sign illumination means must be connected to an emer-
strokes of the letters not less than 0.75” wide. gency power system provided from storage batteries,
(CA T24 1011.5.1) unit equipment or an on-site generator. The installation
of the emergency power system shall be in accordance
The word “EXIT” must have letters having a width not less with Section 2702.
than 2” wide, except the letter “I”
(CA T24 1011.5.3)
(CA T24 1011.5.1)
The min. spacing between letters must not be less than EXCEPTION
0.375”. Approved exit sign illumination means that provide continuous
(CA T24 1011.5.1) illumination independent of external power sources for a dura-
tion of not less than 90 minutes, in case of primary power loss,
Signs larger than the min. established in this section must are not required to be connected to an emergency electrical
have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to system.
their height. (CA T24 1011.5.3)
(CA T24 1011.5.1)
The word “EXIT” must be in high contrast with the back-
ground and shall be clearly discernible when the means
of exit sign illumination is or is not energized.
(CA T24 1011.5.1)

SECTION
Stairway Signs in Buildings With

Two or More Stories
Enclosed stairways in buildings with two or more stories

in height have approved tactile floor designation sign
located at each floor level in the stairway. Figs. 2 and 3
(CA T24 1011.5.1)
The sign is 5’ above the floor, immediately adjacent to
the door on the strike side.
(CA T24 1011.5.1, 1117.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
The sign is positioned to provide uninterrupted visibility
when the door is open or closed. Fig. 11
(CA T24 1011.5.1, 1117.5.7)
The information on the sign is presented using raised
Arabic numerals and raised Braille symbols. Grade 2
Braille is used.
(CA T24 1011.5.1, 1117.5.7)
FIGURE 2
The sign shall include a raised five pointed star located
to the left of the identifying floor level.
(CA T24 1011.5.1, 1117.5.7)
The outside diameter of the star shall be the same as the
height of the raised characters.
(CA T24 1011.5.1)
Signage Detail Characteristics

Finish
glare finish.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Characters and symbols contrast with their background,
either light characters on a dark background or dark
characters on a light background.
(CA T24 1117B.5.2) (ADA 4.30.5)
Height Proportions
FIGURE 3
Characters width-to-height ratio is between 3:5 and 1:1
and stroke width-to-height ratio is between 1:5 and 1:10.
(CA T24 (1117B.5.2,3) (ADA 4.30.5)
Character Height
Characters and numbers are sized based on the distance
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
ercase characters are permitted.
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
For signs suspended or projected above the finish floor,
the min. character is 3” in height.
(CA T24 1117B.5.4) (ADA 4.30.3)
FIGURE 4
410 Means of Egress Identification Signs

SECTION
Braille Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs

Grade 2 Braille is used. Floor-Level Exit Signs
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) (ADA 4.30.4)
Where exit signs are required by Chapter 10, additional
Dots are 1/10” on centers in each cell with 2/10” space approved floor-level exit signs which are internally or
between cells, measured from the 2nd column of dots in externally illuminated, photoluminescent or self-luminous
the first cell to 1st column of dots in the 2nd cell. Fig. 8 shall be provided in all interior corridors of Group A, E,
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) I, R-1, R-2 and R-4 occupancies.
Dots are raised a min. of 1/40” inch above background. (CA T24 1011.6)
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) EXCEPTIONS
Raised Characters and Pictorial Symbols 1. Where path marking complying with Section 1011.7 is pro-
vided.
Raised characters and pictorial symbols (pictograms)
(CA T24 1011.6)
conform with the following requirements:
(CA T24 1117B.5.5) 2. Group I-3 occupancies.
(CA T24 1011.6)
Characters are raised 1/32” min. and are sans serif
uppercase character with Grade 2 Braille. The bottom of the sign must be a min. of 6” and a max.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.1) (ADA 4.30.4) of 8”above the floor level and shall indicate the path of
exit travel.
Raised characters are a min. of 5/8” and a max. of 2” high.
(CA T24 1011.6)
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.2) (ADA 4.30.4)
For exit and exit-access doors, the sign shall be on the
Pictorial symbol signs include the verbal description that
door or adjacent to the door with the closest edge of the
is placed directly below.
sign or marker within 4” of the door frame.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.3) (ADA 4.30.4)
(CA T24 1011.6)
The outside dimension of the pictogram is 6” min. in height.
(CA T24 1117B.5.5.3) (ADA 4.30.4) Path Marking
Grade 2 Braille is used. When exit signs are required by Chapter 10, approved path
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) (ADA 4.30.4) marking must be installed at floor level or no higher than
Dots are 1/10” on centers in each cell with 2/10” space 8” above the floor level in all interior corridors of Group
between cells, measured from the 2nd column of dots in A, E, I, R-1, R-2 and R-4 occupancies.
the first cell to 1st column of dots in the 2nd cell. Fig. 4 Such marking shall be continuous except as interrupted by
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) doorways, corridors or other such architectural features
Dots are raised a min. of 1/40” inch above background. in order to provide a visible delineation along the path of
Fig 4 travel and shall comply with Section 1011.5.3.
(CA T24 1117B.5.6) EXCEPTIONS
1. Where floor level exit signs complying with Section 1011.6
Placement Location are provided.
Where permanent identification is provided for rooms and 2. Group I-3 occupancies.
spaces, signs are installed on the wall adjacent to the
latch outside of the door. Delayed Egress Locks
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6)
Delayed egress devices shall conform to all of the following:
(CA T24 1008.1.8.6)
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6) Sign shall be provided on the door located above and
within 12” of the release device reading:
Mounting height is 60” above the finish floor to the cen-
terline of the sign. “KEEP PUSHING. THIS DOOR WILL OPEN IN 15
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6) [30] SECONDS. ALARM WILL SOUND.”
3” of the sign without encountering protruding objects Sign lettering shall be at least 1” in height and shall have
or standing within the swing of a door. a stroke of not less than 1/8”
(CA T24 1117B.5.7) (ADA 4.30.6) (CA T24 1008.1.8.6.5)
A tactile sign shall also be provided in Braille and raised
characters, which complies with section on Braille, above.
(CA T24 1008.1.8.6.5)

SECTION
64 Electrical Receptacles, Switches & Controls
Required Accessibility Baseboard outlets in relocatable partitions, window walls, or

Where access for people with disabilities is required, the fol- other electrical convenience floor outlets are not subject to the
minimum height requirement (that is, they may be installed
lowing electrical outlets, controls or switches must be made
lower than 15” above the floor or working platform).
accessible:
This section shall not apply to existing buildings when the
Receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amps or less enforcing agency determines that compliance would create an
Controls or switches or operating handles intended to be unreasonable hardship.
used by the occupant of the room or area to control lighting
and receptacle outlets, appliances, or cooling, heating and Reach and Obstructions
ventilating equipment If depth of reach over an obstruction (i.e., a kitchen base
cabinet) is in the range of 20” to 25”, the maximum height
Installation Height is reduced to 44” for a forward approach.
The center of receptacle outlets, controls or switches or The maximum height for a side approach reach over an
operating handles must be situated no lower than 15” (mea- obstruction is reduced to 46”, provided the obstruction is
sured from the bottom of the receptacle outlet box to the no more than 25” in depth.
finished floor) and no higher than 48” (measured from the
top of the receptacle outlet box or receptacle housing) zz Obstructions may not extend more than 25” from the
above the finished floor or working platform. wall beneath a control or receptacle.
Outlets or controls that do not satisfy these specifications
may be acceptable, provided that comparable accessible
Receptacle outlets of permanently installed baseboard heaters outlets or controls that perform the same functions are
are exempt. provided within the same area.
Receptacle outlets shall be permitted in floors when adjacent to
sliding panels or walls.
412 Accessible Outlets, Controls and Switches

SECTION
ELectrical Receptacles, Switches & Controls 64
Electrical Receptacles
The center of receptacle outlets on branch circuits 30

amps or less, and/or the center of controls or switches
of operating handles intended to be used by the occupant
of the room or area to control lighting and receptacle
outlets, appliances, or cooling, heating and ventilating
equipment, shall be installed 15”- 48” above the floor
or working platform. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1142A.1)
FIGURE 1
1. Receptacle outlets of permanently installed baseboard heat-
ers are exempt. Fig. 1
2. Required receptacle outlets shall be permitted in floors when
adjacent to sliding panels or walls. Fig. 2
3. Baseboard outlets in relocatable partitions, window walls, or
other electrical convenience floor outlets not subject to the
min. height requirements. Fig. 3
4. This section shall not apply to existing buildings when the
enforcing agency determines that compliance would create
an unreasonable hardship.
(CA T24 1142A.1)
Switches FIGURE 2
When access for persons with disabilities is required in
covered multifamily dwelling units, the center of outlets
on branch circuits of 30 amps or less, and/or switches,
thermostats, and other environmental controls shall be
located 15” - 48” above the floor. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1142A.2)
If reach over an obstruction (i.e., a kitchen base cabinet)
is 20”- 25” in depth, the max. height is reduced to 44”
for a forward approach. Fig. 5
(CA T24 1142A.1)
Max. height for a side approach reach over an obstruction
is 46”, provided the obstruction is no more than 24” in
depth. Fig. 6
(CA T24 1142A.1) FIGURE 3
FIGURE 5 FIGURE 4
Installation Height / Switches 413

SECTION
64 ELectrical Receptacles, Switches & Controls
Obstructions shall not extend more than 25” from the

wall beneath a control or receptacle.
(CA T24 1142A.1)
Outlets or controls that do not satisfy these specifica-
tions are acceptable provided that comparable outlets or
controls that perform the same functions are provided
within the same area and are accessible.
(CA T24 1142A.1)
FIGURE 6
414 Reach Range / Obstructions / Facilities Provided

SECTION
Transportation Facilities 65
All transportation facilities must comply with applicable provi- Signage

sions of ADAAG Section 4, Special Application sections, and All bus route identification signs must comply with Section
applicable provisions of this section. 61 (Signs & Identification).
Bus Stop Pads and Shelters Signs sized to the maximum dimensions permitted under
local, state or federal regulations or ordinances must follow
Bus Stop Pads Section 61 (Signs & Identification) with respect to propor-
Bust stop pads must have a firm, stable surface. tions and character height
Bus stop pads must be provided that are at least 96” long Available Exception
(long side parallel to the curb or road edge), up to the maxi- Bus schedules, timetables, or maps that are posted at the bus
mum allowed by legal or site constraints. stop or bus bay are not required to comply with this provision.
Bus stop pads must be adjacent to or continuous with an
accessible route. Bus Stop Siting: New and Alterations
The bus stop pads should be at the same slope as the road- Bus stop sites should be chosen so that areas where lifts
way, in the direction parallel to roadway, and a maximum of or ramps are to be deployed comply with the preceding
2% slope perpendicular to roadway. requirements in this section.
New bus stop pads must provide a square curb surface When new bus route identification signs are installed or old
between the pad and the road or other detectable warning signs are replaced, they should comply with the require-
in accordance with Section 25 (Hazards: Detectable Warn- ments above.
ings and Detectable Directional Texture). Fixed Facilities and Stations
Important Note
New Construction
Only approved DSA/AC detectable warning products and direc-
tional surfaces may be installed, as directed by CCR, Title 24, New stations in rail transport systems (fixed rail, rapid rail,
Part 1, Art. 2, 3 and 4. Refer to CCR Title 24, Part 12, Chap- light rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high-speed
ter 12-11A and B, for building and facility access specifications rail, and other fixed guideway systems) must comply with the
for product approval of detectable warning products and direc- following provisions:
tional surfaces.
Path of Travel
Detectable warning products and directional surfaces installed
after January 1, 2001, must be evaluated by an independent Ramps, elevators, ticketing areas, or fare collection and
entity, selected by the Department of General Services, DSA/ vending areas must be sited so as to minimize distances
AC or the Department of Housing and Community Develop- which the disabled must travel when compared to the gen-
ment. See Government Code Section 4460. eral public.
The circulation path for the disabled, including accessi-
Bus Stop Pads: New Construction ble entrances and routes, should coincide to the greatest
In addition to the requirements stated above, the following extent possible with the circulation path for the general
apply to newly constructed bus stop pads. public.
The bus stop pad must be at least 96” deep (from the curb zz Where the circulation path is different, signage comply-
or vehicle roadway edge inward) and at least 60” wide, up ing with Section 61 (Signs and Identification) must be
to the maximum size allowed by legal or site constraints. provided to indicate directions and identify accessible
The bus stop pad must be connected to streets, sidewalks, entrances and routes.
or pedestrian paths by an accessible route. Gates that must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility
The slope of the pad in the direction parallel to the roadway aid users should have a smooth continuous surface from 2”
must, to the extent practicable, be the same as the road- to 27” above the floor and comply with Section 29 (Doors
way itself. & Doorways).
For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpen- Where an accessible circulation path does not coincide
dicular to the roadway is allowed. with that used by general public, accessible fare collection
systems should be located at or adjacent to the accessible
Bus Shelters point of entry or exit.
In addition to the requirements stated above (for the pads If it is necessary to cross tracks to reach boarding plat-
associated with a bus stop), the following apply to bus shel- forms, the route surface must be level and flush with the
ters (new construction or otherwise): rail top at the outer edge and between the rails, except for
Where provided, bus stop shelters must permit a wheel- gap of no more than 2½” on the inner edge of each rail
chair user or other mobility aid user to enter the shelter and to permit passage of wheel flanges. Such crossings must
access a clear floor area of 30” x 48” within the shelter. comply with Section 25 (Hazards).
Bus stop shelters must connect to an accessible route and zz Where gap reduction between rails and platforms
to bus stop pads or boarding areas. cannot be achieved, an above-grade or below-grade
accessible route must be provided.

SECTION
65 Transportation Facilities
Entrances & Exits Accessible fare collection devices must have a clear open-
In lieu of compliance with ADA 4.1.3(8), at least one ing of at least 32” and permit passage of a wheelchair.
entrance to each station should comply with ADA 4.14. See Coin or card slots and controls must comply with Sec-
Section 27 (Entrances & Exits). tion 58 (Controls & Operating Mechanisms and Vending
If different entrances serve different transportation routes Machines).
or groups of fixed routes, at least 1 entrance serving each Hazards / Platforms
group or route must comply with ADA 4.14. See Section 27
(Entrances & Exits). Station or system configuration must not require persons
with disabilities to board or alight from a vehicle at a loca-
Direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential tion other than one used by the general public.
facilities must have an accessible route complying with
Section 17 (Route of Travel), from the point of connection, Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by
to the boarding platforms and all transportation system platform screens or guard rails must have a detectable
elements used by the public. warning. See Section 25 (Hazards).
Elements which facilitate future direct connections must Detectable warnings on platforms must comply with Sec-
be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms tion 25 (Hazards).
and all transportation system elements used by the public. zz They must be 24” wide running the length of the plat-
form drop-off.
Signage
Rail-to-platform height in new stations should be coor-
At least one sign should be located at stations entrances dinated with the floor height of new vehicles so that the
to show the station and/or the entrance. This sign should vertical difference is within ±5/8”, measured when the vehi-
comply with requirements for raised characters, Braille, cle is in the station at rest under normal passenger load
placement, etc. (See Section 61, Signs & Identification). conditions.
Signs should be placed in uniform locations at entrances For rail systems in new stations, the horizontal gap between
within the transit system to the greatest extent practicable. the platform and vehicle floor sill should be no greater than
zz If there is no entrance, the accessible signage can be 3”.
placed in a central location. zz Automated guideway (“people mover”) transit systems
Stations must have location name or identification signs may have a horizontal gap no greater than 1”.
complying with Section 61, Signs & Identification. Available Exceptions
zz Signs should be placed at frequent intervals and must Existing vehicles operating in new stations may have a vertical
be visible from within incoming/outgoing vehicles on difference with respect to the new platform within ±1½”.
both sides.
In rail systems where it is not feasible to meet the horizontal
zz Station identification signs placed close to vehicle win- gap or vertical difference requirements, mini-high platforms,
dows must have the top of the highest letter or symbol car-borne or platform-mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates,
below the top of the window and the bottom of the low- or similar manually deployed devices, meeting the applica-
est letter or symbol above the horizontal mid-line of the ble requirements of 36 CFR part 1192, or 49 CFR part 38 will
window. suffice.
Lists of stations, routes, or destinations served by the sta-
tion and located on boarding platforms, or mezzanines Lighting
comply with Section 61, Signs & Identification. Illumination in areas where signage is located must be uni-
At least one sign identifying the station must be provided form and minimize the glare on signs.
on each platform or boarding area. The lighting along circulation routes for the handicapped
All signs should be placed in uniform locations within the must be of a type and configuration that provides uniform
transit system, to the maximum extent practicable. and adequate illumination.
Ticket Systems Telephones

Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (add- Text telephones: The following is provided in accordance
fare) systems must comply with Section 59 (Automated with section 42, Public Telephone: Text telephone
Teller Machines and Point-of-Sale Machines). (ADAAG 4.31.9)
At each accessible entrance, automatic fare systems must If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a transit
be located on an accessible route. facility, at least 1 text telephone is provided in the station.
If self-service fare collection devices are provided for the Where 4 or more public pay telephones serve an entrance
general public, at least one accessible entering device, to a rail station and at least 1 is in an interior location, at
and at least one exiting device must be provided at each least 1 text telephone is provided to serve that entrance (in
accessible entry/exit point, unless one device serves both compliance with 4.1.3(17)(c)).
functions.

SECTION
Clocks / Public Address Existing Facilities — Key Stations

Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the Rail key stations (as defined by the DOT) provide at least
clock face must be uncluttered so that it is clearly visible. 1 accessible route from an accessible entrance to those
zz Clocks should be located throughout the facility and areas necessary for use of the transportation system.
system at uniform locations. The accessible route required by 10.3.2(1) includes the fea-
zz Clock hands, numerals, and/or digits contrast with the tures specified in 10.3.1(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19).
background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where infeasibility requires an accessible route to lead
zz Numerals and/or digits of clocks mounted overhead from the public way to a paid area of the transit system, an
must comply with Section 61 (Signs and Identification: accessible fare collection system is provided.
Character Height). In rail key stations, the platform and the vehicle floor are
Where public address systems convey information to the such so that the vertical difference under normal load con-
public in terminals or stations, a means of conveying the ditions is within ±1½”, and the horizontal gap is no greater
same or equivalent information to persons with hearing than 3” for at least 1 door of each car.
loss, or who are deaf should be provided. Available Exceptions
Elevators / Escalators Vehicles retrofitted to meet 49 CFR 37.93 (1-car-per-train rule)
are aligned with the platform so that for at least 1 door, the ver-
Where provided in below grade stations, the top and bot- tical difference between the vehicle floor and the platform with
tom of escalators must have a minimum clear width landing 50% normal passenger capacity, is within ±2”, and the horizon-
area of 32”. tal gap is no greater than 4” (when the vehicle is at rest).
At the top and bottom of each escalator run, at least 2 Where it is not feasible to meet the horizontal gap or vertical
adjacent treads must remain level beyond the comb plate difference requirements, mini-high platforms, car-borne or plat-
before the risers begin to form. form mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates, or similar manually
Escalator treads must be marked by a strip of contrasting deployed devices, meeting the applicable requirements of 36
color, 2” wide, placed parallel to and on the nose of each CFR part 1192, or 49 CFR part 38, will suffice.
step. Connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities
zz The strip should be made of a material that is as slip must have an accessible route complying with Section 17
resistant as the remainder of the tread. (Accessible Route of Travel) and Section 34 (Interior Routes
of Travel, Alcoves and Corridors), from the point of connec-
zz The edge of the tread must be apparent from both tion to boarding platforms and all transportation system
ascending and descending directions. elements used by the public.
Where provided, elevators should be glazed or have trans- Elements provided to facilitate future direct connections
parent panels to allow the unobstructed view both into and must be on an accessible route connecting boarding plat-
out of the car. forms and transportation system elements used by the
Elevators must comply with Section 40 (Elevators). public.
Available Exception Airports — New Construction
Elevator cars with a clear floor area in which a 60” diameter
circle can be inscribed may be substituted for the minimum car Path of Travel
dimensions of required in Section 40. Ramps, elevators or other vertical circulation devices,
Baggage Check-in / Retrieval ticketing areas, security checkpoints, or passenger wait-
ing areas must be placed to minimize the distance which
Ticketing areas must permit the disabled to obtain a ticket wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate
and check baggage. steps may have to travel compared to the general public.
Ticket counters must comply with requirements under Sec- The circulation path for those with disabilities, including an
tion 7d (Group A Occupancies). accessible entrance and an accessible route, should coin-
Baggage check-in/retrieval systems must be on an acces- cide with the circulation path for the general public.
sible route complying with Section 17 (Accessible Route of zz Where the circulation path is different, signage comply-
Travel) and Section 34 (Interior Routes of Travel, Alcoves ing with Section 61 (Signs and Identification) must be
and Corridors), and have space immediately adjacent com- provided to indicate directions and identify accessible
plying with Section 37 (Space Allowances) and Section 38 entrances and routes.
(Reach Ranges).
Ticketing areas should permit persons with disabilities
If unattended security barriers are provided, at least 1 gate to obtain a ticket and check baggage and comply with
complies with Section 29 (Doors & Doorways). the sales counter requirements of Section 7d (Group A
Gates that must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility Occupancies).
aid users must have a smooth continuous surface 2”-27”
inches above the floor.

SECTION
Telephones Clocks / Public Address

Text telephones: The following is provided in accordance Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the
with section 42, Public Telephone: Text telephone (ADAAG clock face must be uncluttered so that it is clearly visible.
4.31.9) zz Clocks should be located throughout the facility and
If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a transit system at uniform locations.
facility, at least 1 text telephone is provided in the station. zz Clock hands, numerals, and/or digits contrast with the
Where 4 or more public pay telephones serve an entrance background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.
to a rail station and at least 1 is in an interior location, at zz Numerals and/or digits of clocks mounted overhead
least 1 text telephone is provided to serve that entrance (in must comply with Section 61 (Signs and Identification:
compliance with 4.1.3(17)(c)). Character Height).
Baggage Check-in / Retrieval Where terminal information systems convey information to
the public in through public address systems, a means of
Ticketing areas must permit the disabled to obtain a ticket
conveying the same or equivalent information to persons
and check baggage.
with hearing loss, or who are deaf should be provided.
Ticket counters must comply with requirements under Sec-
zz Terminal information systems for the disabled include,
tion 7d (Group A Occupancies).
but are not limited to, visual paging systems using video
Baggage check-in/retrieval systems must be on an acces- monitors and computer technology.
sible route complying with Section 17 (Accessible Route of
zz For persons with certain types of hearing loss, termi-
Travel) and Section 34 (Interior Routes of Travel, Alcoves
nal information systems include, but are not limited to,
and Corridors), and have space immediately adjacent com-
an assistive listening system complying with Section 7a
plying with Section 37 (Space Allowances) and Section 38
(Group A Occupancies - Assistive Listening Systems).
(Reach Ranges).
If unattended security barriers are provided, at least 1 gate Security Systems
complies with Section 29 (Doors & Doorways). In public airports, at least 1 accessible route complying
Gates that must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility with Section 17 (Accessible Route of Travel) must be pro-
aid users must have a smooth continuous surface 2”-27” vided through fixed security barriers at each single barrier
inches above the floor. or group of security barriers.
zz A group is 2 or more security barriers adjacent to each
other at a single location.
Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as
metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices
which cannot be made accessible, an accessible route
must be provided adjacent to such security screening
devices to facilitate an equivalent circulation path.
Any circulation path must permit those using it to pass
through the associated security barriers to maintain visual
contact with their personal items to the same extent pro-
vided other members of the general public.
Available Exception
Doors, doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by
security personnel are exempt from accessibility requirements
related to door hardware/latch design and opening force.

SECTION
All transportation facilities (including stations, bus stops,
bus stop pads, terminals, or other transportation facili-
ties)shall comply with the accessibility requirements of
this Section.
(CA T24 1121B.1) (ADA 10.1)
The exceptions for elevators in Section 2 Building Acces-
sibility do not apply to a terminal, depot or other station
used for specified public transportation.
Bus Stop Pads and Shelters
New Construction: Bus pads must have a firm, stable

surface of a min. clear length of 96” (measured from
FIGURE 1
the curb or the vehicle roadway edge) and a min. clear
width of 60” (measured parallel to the vehicle roadway)
to the max. extent allowed by legal or site constraints.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(10))
Stop pads are provided that are a min. of 96” long
(parallel to curb or road edge) to the max. allowed by
legal or site constraints. They connect to an accessible
route. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(1))
Bus stop pads provide a square curb surface between
pad and road or other detectable warning in accordance
with Section 25 Hazards.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(1))
Note: Detectable warning products and directional sur-
faces installed after January 1, 2001, shall be evaluated
48 ”
by an independent entity, selected by the Department of
General Services, DSA/AC or the Department of Hous-
ing and Community Development. See Government Code FIGURE 2
Section 4460.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1)
The bus stop pads are at same slope as the roadway, in
the direction parallel to roadway, and a max. of 1 unit
vertical in 50 units horizontal (2% slope) perpendicular
to roadway. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(1))
Where provided, bus stop shelters permit a wheelchair
user to enter the shelter and access a clear floor area of
30” by 48” within the shelter. Bus stop shelters connect
to an accessible route to the boarding area and to bus
stop pads. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1121B.2) (ADA 10.2.1(2))
Only approved DSA/AC detectable warning products and Note: Detectable warning products and directional sur-
directional surfaces are installed as directed by CCR, Title 24, faces installed after January 1, 2001, have been evaluated
Part 1, Art. 2, 3 and 4. Refer to CCR Title 24, Part 12, Chapter by an independent entity, selected by the Department of
12-11A and B, for building and facility access specifications for General Services, DSA/AC or the Department of Housing and
product approval of detectable warning products and direc- Community Development. See Government Code Section
tional surfaces. 4460.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (CA T24 1121B.2.1)

SECTION
Bus Stop Pads
Bus stop pads have a firm stable surface.

(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(1))
The bus stop pad is a min. clear length of 96” (from curb
or vehicle roadway edge) and a min. clear width of 60”
(parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the max. extent allowed
by legal site constraints. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(1))
The bus stop pad is connected to streets, sidewalks,
or pedestrian paths by an accessible route. Figs. 1 & 2
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(1))
Bus pads must be at the same slope as the roadway in the
FIGURE 1
direction parallel to roadway and max. 1 unit vertical in
50 units horizontal (2% slope) perpendicular to roadway.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(10))
New or replaced bus shelters are installed or positioned
to permit a wheelchair or mobility aid user to enter from
the public way, and access a clear space area of 30” by
48” min. floor area within the shelter.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(2))
Bus shelters are connected by an accessible route to the
boarding area.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(2))
All new bus route identification signs comply with 4.30.2
and 4.30.3, Section 61, Signs & Identification: Proportions
48 ” and Character Height.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(3))
Signs sized to the max. dimensions permitted under local,
FIGURE 2 state or federal regulations or ordinances are considered
with 4.30.2 and 4.30.3, Section 61, Signs & Identification:
Proportions and Character Height, and Section 61 Signs
and Identification.
(CA T24 1121B.2.1) (ADA 10.2.1(3))
EXCEPTION
Bus schedules, timetables, or maps that are posted at the bus
stop or bus bay are not required to comply with this provision.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1) (ADA 10.2.1(3))
Bus Stop Siting Alterations
Bus stop sites are chosen so that areas where lifts are
to be deployed comply with this Section’s requirements
under “Bus Stop Pads and Shelters.”
(CA T24 1121B.2.2) (ADA 10.2.2(1))
When new bus route identification signs are installed or
FIGURE 3 old signs are replaced, they comply with requirements of
Section 61, Signs and Identification.
(CA T24 1121B.2.2) (ADA 10.2.2(1))

SECTION
Fixed Facilities and Stations — New Construction Signage
New stations in rail transport systems shall comply with At least 1 sign is located at stations entrances to show
the following provisions: the station and/or the entrance. Section 61 Signs &
(CA T24 1121B.3.1) (ADA 10.3.1) Identification.
New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity (CA T24 1121B.3.1.4) (ADA 10.3.1(4))
bus, intercity, rail, high speed rail and other fixed guide way Signs are placed in uniform locations at entrances within
systems (for ex. Automated guideway transits, monorails, the transit system to the max. extent practicable.
etc.) must comply to with the following provisions. Fig. 3 (CA T24 1121B.3.4) (ADA 10.3.1(4))
(CA T24 1121B.3.1)
EXCEPTION
Path of Travel If there is no entrance, the accessible signage can be placed
in a central location.
Ramps, elevators, ticketing areas, or fare collection and (CA T24 1121B.3.1.4) (ADA 10.3.1(4))
vending areas are placed to minimize distances which the
Stations covered by this section have identification signs
disabled have to travel compared to the general public.
complying with Section 61, Signs & Identification.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.1) (ADA 10.3.1(1))
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8) (ADA 10.3.1(5))
The circulation path for the disabled, including accessible
Signs are placed at frequent intervals and are visible from
entrances and routes, coincides with the circulation path
within the vehicle on both sides.
for the general public.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.5) (ADA 10.3.1(5))
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.1) (ADA 10.3.1(1))
Station identification signs placed close to vehicle win-
Where the circulation path is different, signage comply-
dows have the top of the highest letter or symbol below
ing with Section 61, Signs and Identification, is provided
the top of the window and the bottom of the lowest letter
to indicate directions and identify accessible entrances
or symbol above the horizontal mid-line of the window.
and routes.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.5) (ADA 10.3.1(5))
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.1.1) (ADA 10.3.1(1))
Lists of stations, routes, or destinations served by the
Entrances and Exits station and located on boarding platforms, or mezzanines
comply with Section 61, and with this Section (“Fixed
In lieu of compliance with new construction minimum Facilities and Stations”) and its requirements.
requirements as stated in ADA 4.1.3 (New Constuction (CA T24 1121B.3.1.6) (ADA 10.3.1(6))
Accessibility), at least 1 entrance to each station complies
Min. of 1 sign identifying the station is provided on each
with Section 27, Entrances.
platform or boarding area.
(ADA 10.3.1(2))
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.6) (ADA 10.3.1(6))
If different entrances serve different transportation routes
All signs are placed in uniform locations within the transit
or groups of fixed routes, at least 1 entrance serving
system, to the max. extent practicable.
each group or route complies with Section 27 Entrances
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.6) (ADA 10.3.1(6))
and Exits. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.2) (ADA 10.3.1(2))
Direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential
facilities have an accessible route complying with Section
17 Accessible Route of Travel, from the point of connec-
tion to boarding platforms and all transportation system
elements used by the public.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.3) (ADA 10.3.1(3))
Elements which facilitate future direct connections are on
an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and
all transportation system elements used by the public.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.3) (ADA 10.3.1(3))
FIGURE 4

SECTION
Accessible Fare Collection Systems Detectable Warnings At

Transit Boarding Platforms
Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (add-
fare) systems comply with Section 59 ATMS and Point of Platform edges bordering a drop off and not protected
Sale Machines. by platform screens or guards shall have a detectable
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.7) (ADA 10.3.1(7)) warning. Such detectable warnings must comply with the
At each accessible entrance, automatic fare systems are following provisions as applicable and should run the full
located on an accessible route, complying with CA T24 length of the loading area.
1114B.1.2. (CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.7) (ADA 10.3.1(7))
Warning Texture and Color Features:
If self-service fare collection devices are provided for the Width 24” to 36” placed at the edge of the drop-off or
general public, a min. of 5% but not less than 1 accessible safe area.
device for entering and at least 1 for exiting (unless 1
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
device serves both functions) must be provided at each
location where such devices are provided. Durable, slip-resistant material having a surface texture
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.7) (ADA 10.3.1(7)) composed of raised, truncated domes in a staggered
pattern.
Accessible fare collection devices have a clear opening
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
width of 32” min. and permit passage of a wheelchair.
Coin or card slots and controls comply with Section 58 Diameter of nominal 0.9” at the base, tapering to 0.45”
Controls and Operating Mechanisms. at the top, a height of nominal 0.2”, and a center-to-center
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.7) (ADA 10.3.1(7)) spacing of nominal 2.35”.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
Gates that are pushed open by wheelchair or mobility
aid users have a smooth continuous surface from 2” to Must contrast visually with adjoining surfaces, either light
27” above the floor and comply with Section 29 Doors on dark or dark on light.
and Doorways. (CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.7) (ADA 10.3.1(7)) Material used to provide contrast shall be an integral part
Where circulation path does not coincide with that used of the walking surface.
by general public, accessible fare collection systems are (CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
located at or adjacent to the accessible point of entry Warning surfaces must differ from adjoining walking sur-
or exit. faces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8) (ADA 10.3.1(7)) (CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
Hazards / Platforms This surface must be reserved for warning.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by
platform screens or guard rails have a detectable warning. Color Contrast:
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8) (ADA 10.3.1(8)) Color Yellow conforming to Federal Color No. 33538,
Detectable warnings on platforms comply with Section as shown in table IV of Standard No. 595b. Where color
25 Hazards and are 24” wide running the length of the value contrasts between the yellow warning and the main
platform drop-off. walking surface is less than 70% , a 1” wide black strip
shall separate the yellow warning from the main walking
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8.A) (ADA 10.3.1(8))
surface. Contrasts shall be determined by:
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )
Contrast= [(B1-B2/B1)] × 100 percent where B1= light
reflectance value (LRV) of the lighter area and B2= light
reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a) )

SECTION
Detectable Directional Texture At Horizontal Gaps

Boarding Platforms
Rail-to-platform height in new stations is coordinated with
At transit boarding platforms the pedestrian access must the floor height of new vehicles so that the vertical dif-
be identified with a detectable directional texture: ference, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is within
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) ) ±5/ 8 ” under normal passenger load conditions.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.9) (ADA 10.3.1(9))
zz 0.1” in height that tapers off to 0.04” with bars raised
0.2” from the surface. For rail systems in new stations the horizontal gap is no
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) ) greater than 1”.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.9) (ADA 10.3.1(9))
zz Raised bars must be 1.3” wide and 3” from the center-
to-center of each bar. Automated guideway “people mover” transit systems have
a horizontal gap no greater than 1”.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) )
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.9) (ADA 10.3.1(9))
Surface must differ from adjoining walking surfaces in
resiliency or sound-on-cane contact. EXCEPTIONS
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) ) 1. Existing vehicles operating in new stations may have a verti-
cal difference with respect to the new platform within ±1½”.
zz The color must comply with section 1121.3.1.8(a)
2. In rail systems and in light rail, commuter rail and intercity rail
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) )
systems where it is not operationally or structurally feasible
zz Surface must be placed directly behind the yel- to meet the horizontal gap or vertical difference require-
low detectable warning texture (specified in section ments, mini-high platforms, car-borne or platform-mounted
1121B.3.1.8(a)) aligning with all doors of the transit vehi- lifts, ramps or bridge plates, or similar manually deployed
cles where passengers will embark. devices, meeting the applicable requirements of 36 CFR part
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) ) 1192, or 49 CFR part 38 will suffice.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.9) (ADA 10.3.1(9))
zz Width of directional texture must be equal to the width
of the transit vehicle’s door opening. Stations should not require persons with disabilities to
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) ) board or alight from a vehicle at a location other than one
used by the general public.
zz Depth of texture must be a min. of 36” (CA T24 1121B.3.1.10) (ADA 10.3.1(10))
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (b) )
Applies to both Detectable Warnings At Transit Boarding

Platforms and Detectable Directional Texture At Boarding
Platforms
Only approved DSA-AC detectable warning products and direc-

tional surfaces must be installed as provided in the CCR T24,
Part 1, Articles 2,3 and 4. Refer to CCR T24, part 12, Chapters
12-11A and B, for building and facility access specification s
fro product approval for detectable warning products and direc-
tional surfaces.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a and b) )
Detctable warning products and directional surfaces installed

after January1, 200, must be evaluated by an independent
entity, selected by the Department of General Services,
Divisions of the State Architect-Access Compliance, for all
occupancies , including transportation and other outdoor envi-
ronments, except that when products and surfaces are for the
use in residential housing, evaluation must be in consultation
with the Department of Housing and Community Development.
See Government Code Section 4460.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.8 (a and b) )

SECTION
Lighting Clocks
Illumination where signage is located is uniform and mini- Where clocks are provided for use by the general public,
mizes glare on signs. the clock face is uncluttered so that it is clearly visible.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.11) (ADA 10.3.1(11)) Clocks are located throughout the facility and system at
uniform locations. Clock hands, numerals, and/or digits
The lighting along circulation routes for the handicapped
contrast with the background either light-on-dark or
are of a type and configuration that provides uniform
dark-on-light. Numerals and/or digits of clocks mounted
illumination.
overhead comply with character height requirements
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.12) (ADA 10.3.1(11))
under Section 61 Signs & Identification.
Telephones (CA T24 1121B.3.1.15) (ADA 10.3.1(15))
Clocks must be placed in uniform locations throughout
Text telephones: The following is provided in accordance the facility and system.
with section 42, Public Telephone: Text telephone, and (CA T24 1121B.3.1.15)
with Section 48 Telephones.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.12) (ADAAG 4.31.9) (ADA 10.3.1(12)) Elevators/Escalators
If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a transit Where provided in below-grade stations, escalators have
facility, at least 1 interior text telephone is provided in a min. clear width of 32”.
the station. (CA T24 1121B.3.1.16) (ADA 10.3.1(16))
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.12A) (ADA 10.3.1(12)(a))
At the top and bottom of each escalator run, at least 2
Where 4 or more public pay telephones serve an entrance contiguous treads are level beyond the comb plate before
to a rail station and at least 1 is in an interior location, at the risers begin to form.
least 1 interior public text telephone is provided to serve (CA T24 1121B.3.1.16) (ADA 10.3.1(16))
that entrance (in compliance with 4.1.3(17)(c)) and with the Escalator treads are marked by a strip of contrasting
“Text Telephone” section under Section 48 Telephones. color, 2” wide, placed parallel to and on the nose of each
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.12A) (ADA 10.3.1(12)(b)) step. The strip is of a material that is as slip resistant as
the remainder of the tread. Fig. 6
Boarding Platforms
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.16) (ADA 10.3.1(16))
If it is necessary to cross tracks to reach boarding plat- The edge of the tread is apparent from both ascending
forms, the route surface is level and flush with the rail and descending directions.
top at the outer edge and between the rails, except for (CA T24 1121B.3.1.16) (ADA 10.3.1(16))
a max. 2½” gap on the inner edge of each rail to permit Where provided, elevators are glazed or have transparent
passage of wheel flanges. Such crossings comply with panels to allow the unobstructed view both into and out
“Detectable Warnings” under Section 25 Hazards. of the car. Elevators comply with Section 40 Elevators.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.13) (ADA 10.3.1(13)) (ADA 10.3.1(17))
Where gap reduction between rails and platforms can not EXCEPTION
be achieved, an above-grade or below-grade accessible
Elevator cars with a clear floor area in which a 60” diameter
route is provided. Fig. 5
circle can be inscribed may be substituted for the min. car
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.13) (ADA 10.3.1(13)) dimensions of Section 40.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.17) (ADA 10.3.1(17))
Public Address Systems
Ticketing areas permit the disabled to obtain a ticket
Where public address systems convey information to the and check baggage (and comply with Section 60 Fixed
public in terminals or stations or other fixed facilities, a or Built-In Seating, Tables and Counters).
means of conveying the same or equivalent information (CA T24 1121B.3.1.18) (ADA 10.3.1(18))
to persons with hearing loss, or who are deaf is provided. Baggage check-in/retrieval systems are on an accessible
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.14) (ADA 10.3.1(14) route complying with Section 17 Accessible Route of
Travel and have space immediately adjacent complying
with Sections 37 Space Allowances and 38 Reach Ranges.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.19) (ADA 10.3.1(19))
If unattended security barriers are provided, at least 1
gate complies with Section 27 Entrances & Exits
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.19) (ADA 10.3.1(19))
Passageways containing security barriers must comply
with Section 29 Doors and Doorways.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.19)

SECTION
Gates that must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility

aid users must have a smooth continuous surface 2”-27”
inches above the floor.
(CA T24 1121B.3.1.19) (ADA 10.3.1(19))
Existing Facilities — Key Stations
Rail key stations (as defined by the DOT) provide at least

1 accessible route from an accessible entrance to those
areas necessary for use of the transportation system.
(ADA 10.3.2(1))
The accessible route required for rail key stations must
include the features specified elsewhere in this Section.
(ADA 10.3.2(2)) FIGURE 5
Where infeasibility requires an accessible route to lead
from the public way to a paid area of the transit system,
an accessible fare collection system is provided.
(ADA 10.3.2(3))
In rail key stations, the platform and the vehicle floor are
such so that the vertical difference under normal load
conditions is within ±1½”, and the horizontal gap is no
greater than 3” for at least 1 door of each car.
(ADA 10.3.2(4))
EXCEPTIONS
1. Vehicles retrofitted to meet 49 CFR 37.93 (1-car-per-train rule)
are aligned with the platform so that for at least 1 door, the
vertical difference between the vehicle floor and the platform
with 50% normal passenger capacity, is within ±2”, and the
FIGURE 6
horizontal gap is no greater than 4” (when the vehicle is at
rest).
2. Where it is not feasible to meet the horizontal gap or verti-
cal difference requirements, mini-high platforms, car-borne
or platform mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates, or similar
manually deployed devices, meeting the applicable require-
ments of 36 CFR part 1192, or 49 CFR part 38, will suffice.
(ADA 10.3.2(4))
Connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities
have an accessible route complying with 4.3 from the point
of connection to boarding platforms and all transportation
system elements used by the public.
(ADA 10.3.2(5))
Elements provided to facilitate future direct connections
are on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms
and transportation system elements used by the public.
(ADA 10.3.2(5))
Existing Facilities — Alterations
For the purpose of complying with 4.1.6(2) (Alterations

to an Area Containing a Primary Function), the area of
primary function is as defined by provisions of 49 CFR
37.43(c) or 28 CFR 36.403 (DOJ’s ADA Rule).
(ADA 10.3.3(1))

SECTION
Alterations of transportation facilities must comply with

section 1134B.
(CA T24 1121B.3.2)
Airports — New Construction

Path of Travel
Ramps, elevators or other vertical circulation devices,
ticketing areas, securit y checkpoints, or passenger
waiting areas are placed to minimize the distance which
wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate
FIGURE 7 steps may have to travel compared to the general public.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.1) (ADA 10.4.1(1))
The circulation path for those with disabilities, including
an accessible entrance and an accessible route, coincides
with the circulation path for the general public.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.2) (ADA 10.4.1(2))
Where the circulation path is different, directional sig-
nage complying with Section 61 Signs and Identification
is provided which indicates the location of the nearest
accessible entrance and its accessible route.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.2) (ADA 10.4.1(2))
Ticketing areas permit persons with disabilities to obtain
a ticket and check baggage and comply with ADA 7.2
and with Section 60 Fixed or Built-In Seating, Tables and
FIGURE 8 Counters. items 2 and 3 must be provided to indicate
direction to and identify the accessible entrance and
accessible route.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.3) (ADA 10.4.1(3))
Telephones
Where public pay telephones are provided, and at least

1 is at an interior location, 1 public text telephone (TTY)
is provided in compliance with Section 42 Telephones.
(CA T24 1121B.4.4) (ADA 10.4.1(4))
If 4 or more public pay telephones are located in a main
terminal outside the security area, a concourse within the
security areas, or a baggage claim area in a terminal, at
least one (1) public text telephone shall also be provided
in that location.
(CA T24 1121B.4.4) (ADA 10.4.1(4)(a), (b) & (c))
Compliance with this section constitutes compliance with
Section 42 Telephones.
(ADA 10.4.1(4))
Baggage Check-in/ Retrieval
The baggage check-in and retrieval systems are on an

accessible route complying with Sections 37 Space Allow-
ances and 38 Reach Ranges, and have space immediately
adjacent complying with Section 17 Accessible Route of
Travel. Figs. 7 and 8
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.5) (ADA 10.4.1(5))

SECTION
If unattended security barriers are provided, at least 1

gate complies with Section 29 Doors and Doorways. Pas-
sageways containing security barriers must comply with
Section 29 Doors and Doorways.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.5) (ADA 10.4.1(5))
Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair mobility
aid users have a smooth continuous surface extending
from 2”-27” above the floor.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.5) (ADA 10.4.1(5))
Public Address
Terminal information systems that broadcast information

to the public through a public address system provide a
means to provide the same or equivalent information to
persons with a hearing loss or who are deaf.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.6) (ADA 10.4.1(6)) FIGURE 9
Terminal information systems for the disabled include,
but are not limited to, visual paging systems using video
monitors and computer technology. Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.6) (ADA 10.4.1(6)) metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices
which cannot be made accessible, an accessible route
For persons with certain types of hearing loss, terminal is provided adjacent to such security screening devices
information systems include, but are not limited to, an to facilitate an equivalent circulation path.
assistive listening system complying with Section 7a (ADA 10.4.1(8))
Assistive Listening Systems.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.6) (ADA 10.4.1(6)) The circulation path permits those with disabilities passing
through security barriers to maintian visual contact with
Clocks their personal items to the same extent provided other
members of the general public.
Where clocks are provided for use by the general public (ADA 10.4.1(8))
the clock face is uncluttered so that its elements are Exception
clearly visible.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.7) (ADA 10.4.1(7)) Doors, doorways and gates designed to be operated only by
security personnel are exempt from Section 30 Door Hardware.
The clock hands, numerals, and/or digits contrast with (ADA 10.4.1(8))
their background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.7) (ADA 10.4.1(7))
Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and/or
digits comply with Section 61 Signs and Identification.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.7) (ADA 10.4.1(7))
Clocks are placed in uniform locations throughout the
facility to the max. extend practicable.
(CA T24 1121B.4.1.7) (ADA 10.4.1(7))
Security Systems
In public facilities that are airports, at least 1 accessible

route complying with Section 17 Accessible Route of Travel
is provided through fixed security barriers at each single
barrier or group of security barriers. Fig. 9
(ADA 10.4.1(8))
A group is 2 or more security barriers adjacent to each
other at a single location.
(ADA 10.4.1(8))

SECTION
66 Card Readers at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities
Other card readers associated with Point-of-Sale purchases (such as those in grocery store,
etc.) are covered by Section 59. The requirements in this section are specific to those card
readers found at fuel dispensing machines (self-serve gasoline).
Card readers may be integral to their associated pump, or they may be standalone (free-
standing) and serve multiple pumps.
zz Existing integral card readers must be upgraded when both the associated fuel pump
and the island is being remodeled or replaced.
zz Existing standalone card readers must be upgraded when any associated fuel island is
remodeled or replaced.
zz Remodels or replacements of offices, stores, or underground tanks do not trigger
required upgrades to the card readers.
428 Card REaders at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities

SECTION
Card Readers at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities 66
Requirements Required Features

Requrements in Section 59 applicable to ATMs and Point- The highest operable part of each card reader may not
of-Sale devices do not apply to card-reading devices in exceed 54” (1372 mm) above the base of the fuel dispenser.
motor vehicle fuel facilities. Instead, the following require- When card readers are located on free-standing pedes-
ments apply. tals, the controls may not exceed 54” (1372 mm) above an
Definitions accessible level area, served by an accessible path.
Available Exception
Alternate Card Reader
If an enforcing agency requires that fuel dispensers or card-
An “alternate card reader” is a card reader and control reading devices be placed where the card-reading device
which is functionally equal, directly attached to or an inte- exceeds these requirements, the above provisions do not apply.
gral part of the fuel dispenser, which is provided in addition Any enforcing agency having jurisdiction over retail fueling
to the primary card reader (which is an integral part of the facilities may not require islands or impose other regulations
dispenser). which conflict with this section, unless the agency documents
and justifies its necessity and complies with all of the require-
Free-Standing Pedestal ments of Health and Safety Code Section 18941.
A “free-standing pedestal” is a card-reader that controls
one or more remote fuel dispensers that have no card Accessible Route: An accessible path of travel must be pro-
reader as an integral part of the fuel dispenser. vided to all fuel dispensers that are required to meet the
provisions of this section.
Level Accessible Area
zz Fuel dispensers should be mounted on the accessible
A “level accessible area” is an area with a slope of not more level area.
than 2% in front of the dispensing device.
Clear Approach: An accessible level area must be provided
zz The slope can extend to 5% where the enforcing author- which is at least 30” by 48” (762 mm by 1219 mm), level
ity determines that, due to unusual site conditions, the and clear.
2% gradient is not obtainable.
Side Reach: The accessible area must be provided within
Path of Travel 10 inches (254 mm) in plain view of the face of the con-
A “path of travel” includes requirements cited in Section 37 trols and should be unobstructed by any features, except
(Space Allowances: Wheelchair Passage Width, and Rela- nozzles and hoses, with the long side of this space parallel
tionship of Maneuvering Clearances to Wheelchair Spaces). to and centered, ± 9 inches (229 mm), with the face of the
card-reader controls.
zz Fuel dispensing nozzles and hoses may overlap
clearances. Dispensers Mounted at Grade
Type of Motor Fuel Dispensers mounted at grade should be protected from
vehicular damage by mounting on a concrete island 6
“Type of motor fuel” means gasoline, diesel, compressed inches (152.4 mm) or more in height or by other approved
natural gas, methanol, electricity or ethanol. methods.
Application zz Where dispensing devices are mounted at grade, they
This section applies to equipment located at the following shall be protected at each end with a minimum of two
facilities: concrete filled steel posts, 6 inches (152 mm) in diame-
ter; having a minimum 3 feet (914 mm) deep footing not
New motor vehicle fuel facilities. less than 15 inches (381 mm) in diameter; and project-
Existing motor vehicle fuel facilities built before the effec- ing above grade at a minimum of 3 feet (914 mm) and
tive date of this section when: be located not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) nor more than
zz Remodeling or reconstruction includes removal and 5 feet (1524 mm) from fuel dispensers or point-of-sale
replacement of one or more islands and associated pip- devices, or equivalent means approved by the chief.
ing and tank(s); or
zz Remodeling includes reconstruction or removal and
replacement of fuel islands at facilities that provide free-
standing pedestal card readers.
Accessible Card-Reading Devices
When only one card-reading device is installed for use with
any type of motor fuel, it must meet the requirements of
this section.
When more than one card-reading location is available for a
type of motor fuel, at least two card-reading locations must
have accessible features.
Card REaders at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities 429

SECTION
66 Card Readers at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities
Notwithstanding other requirements in the CA Building

Code, only the requirements and additional definitions in
this section apply to card-reading devices in motor vehicle
fuel facilities, except that administrative requirements
which are found in Chapter 1 still apply.
(CA T24 1101C.1)
Definitions
Alternate Card Reader: A functionally equal card reader

and control directly attached to or an integral part of the
fuel dispenser in addition to the primary card reader which
is an integral part of the dispenser. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1101C.1)
Free-Standing Pedestal: A card-reader that controls one
or more remote fuel dispensers that have no card reader
FIGURE 1 as an integral part of the fuel dispenser. Fig. 2
(CA T24 1101C.1)
Level Accessible Area: A slope of not more than 2 percent
in front of the dispensing device; however, the slope can
extend to 5% where the enforcing authority determines
that, due to unusual site conditions, the 2 percent gradi-
ent is not obtainable. Fig. 1
(CA T24 1101C.1)
Path of Travel: Includes requirements cited in Section
37, Space Allowances: Wheelchair Passage Width, and
Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances to Wheelchair
Spaces, except that nozzles and hoses may overlap
clearances. Fig. 1
Type of Motor Fuel: Means gasoline, diesel, compressed
natural gas, methanol, electricity or ethanol.
(CA T24 1101C.1)
Application
FIGURE 2 This section applies to equipment located at the follow-
ing facilities:
1. New motor vehicle fuel facilities.
(CA T24 1102C.1)
2. Existing motor vehicle fuel facilities built before the
effective date of this section when:
(CA T24 1102C.2)
2.1 Remodeling or reconstruction includes removal and
replacement of one or more islands and associated pip-
ing and tank(s); or
(CA T24 1102C.2.1)
2.2 Remodeling includes reconstruction or removal and
replacement of fuel islands at facilities that provide free-
standing pedestal card readers.
(CA T24 1102C.2.2)
FIGURE 3
430 Card REaders at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities

SECTION
Card Readers at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities 66
Number of Accessible Card-Reading

Devices Required
When only 1 card-reading device is installed for use with

any type of motor fuel, it meets the features of this section.
When more than 1 card-reading location is available for a
type of motor fuel, a min. of 2 have accessible features.
(CA T24 1103C)
Required Features
The highest operable part of each card reader is 54”

max. (1372 mm) above the base of fuel dispenser. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1104C.1)
When card readers are located on free-standing pedestals,
the controls are no more than 54” (1372 mm) above an FIGURE 4
accessible level area, served by an accessible path. Fig. 4
(CA T24 1104C.1)
EXCEPTIONS
If an enforcing agency requires that fuel dispensers or card-
reading devices be placed where the card-reading device
exceeds these requirements, the provisions of Section 1104C
do not apply. Any enforcing agency having jurisdiction over
retail fueling facilities may not require islands or impose other
regulations which conflict with this section, unless the agency
documents and justifies it’s necessity and complies with all of
the requirements of Health and Safety Code Section 18941.
(CA T24 1104C.1)
An accessible path of travel is provided to all fuel dis-
pensers required to meet provisions of this section. Fuel
dispensers are mounted on the accessible level area. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1104C.2)
An accessible level area is provided which is a min. of
30” by 48” (762 mm by 1219 mm) level and clear. Fig. 3
(CA T24 1104C.3)
This area is provided within 10 inches (254 mm) in plain
view of the face of the controls and is unobstructed by
any features, except nozzles and hoses, with the long side
of this space parallel to and centered, ± 9 inches (229
mm), with the face of the card-reader controls. Figs. 3 & 4
(CA T24 1104C.3)
Protection of Dispensers Mounted at Grade
Dispensers mounted at grade are protected from vehicular

damage as required by Part 9, Title 24 (California Fire Code).
(CA T24 1105C)
Card REaders at Gas/Fuel Dispensing Facilities 431

NOTES
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Builder’s Book, Inc. 1-800-273-7375 • www.buildersbook.com

NOTES
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

NOTES
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

buildersbook.com
The Contractor’s Book Center on the Web
Offering Thousands of Essential References

at 10% or More OFF Publisher List Prices
EVERYDAY!
SERVING All Trades and Specialties SINCE 1991

Licensing Study Guides
Building Codes
International, Uniform, National, State & Local
Printed and Electronic Contractor Forms
Up-to-Date Cost Estimating Data and Calculators
Pocket References and Truck Books
Contractor Software
... AND MORE !!!

BOOKSTORE • PUBLISHER
8001 Canoga Avenue / Canoga Park, CA 91304
1-800-273-7375 / www.buildersbook.com
Using the CD-ROM / PDF Version
BASIC USAGE
To use the PDF files on the enclosed CD-ROM, you need the Adobe Reader (available for free download
from http://get.adobe.com/reader/). As the size of the PDF file for the book (California Accessibility
Reference Manual - 3rd Edition) is quite large (over 125 MB), you will achieve better performance (and
find it more convenient) to FIRST copy the PDF file to your hard drive and access it from there. (Under
the Limited License below, you are allowed to copy this PDF file to a maximum of two (2) personal
computer hard drives which you use for your own personal or business research.)
Once you open the PDF file, you can navigate the book by using the links in the left-hand list of “book-
marks.” There are also links in the book’s Table of Contents and Alphabetical Index of Sections. You can
also use Adobe Reader’s Search capabilities, to find pages containing words or phrases that interest you.
IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT PRINTING

• As the CD-ROM is provided as a companion to the printed book, printing from the PDF Version
has been disabled for the main book – California Accessibility Reference Manual - 3rd Edition.
• Additional PDF files have been provided, reproducing selected portions of relevant codes. Printing
has not been disabled in these PDF files, so that you may – subject to the Limited License and Terms
and Conditions of Use below – print pages from these PDF files.
Limited License / Terms and Conditions of Use NOTICES TO THE READER
This PDF Version is provided as an electronic version of the printed edition of © 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be
California Accessibility Reference Manual, 3rd Edition (Book), under a limited, reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechani-
non-exclusive license: You (the original purchaser) may use the PDF Version cal, including photocopying, optical scanning, recording or by any informa-
to conduct research for personal or business purposes. You may install/copy tion storage and retrieval systems, without special, advance written permission
the PDF file to a maximum of two (2) personal computer hard drives, which from Builder’s Book, Inc. (the Publisher).
personal computers you use for your personal or business research. Copying
and printing capabilities have been restricted/disabled on the PDF version of The information contained in this publication is subject to change with-
the Book; nonetheless, you may not print, copy, reproduce, reverse engineer or out notice. For future updates, errata, amendments and other changes,
otherwise duplicate or distribute any portion of this PDF Version (including please contact the Publisher.
but not limited to the entire PDF file or any pages, illustrations or text there-
from) for others’ use. Specifically, you shall not use any of the information or The Publisher has made every effort to provide complete and accurate infor-
illustrations contained in the Book in a commercial publication or product mation, but does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any infor-
of any kind, including but not limited to collections of illustrations, refer- mation published herein, nor shall the Publisher have neither liability nor
ence works, Internet web sites, promotional materials and/or advertisements. responsibility to any person or entity for any errors, omissions, or damages
You are specifically prohibited from loaning, sharing, copying or otherwise arising out of use of this information. California Accessibility Reference Manual,
transferring this CD-ROM disc and/or any of the files contained therein to 3rd Edition, and the Codes are published with the understanding the Publisher
third parties. If you do not agree with all of these terms and conditions, you is not attempting to render professional services. If such services are required,
are hereby prohibited from using the PDF Version of the Book included on the assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought.
this CD-ROM.
The selected portions of relevant state and federal codes (Codes) included on
this CD-ROM are provided under a limited, non-exclusive license. You are per-
mitted to use the Codes provided on this CD-ROM in reports, correspondence,
proposals and plans that you prepare for existing and prospective clients in the
regular course of business. Except as otherwise described herein, you shall not
sell, copy, share, transfer or otherwise distribute any of these Codes to third
parties, whether for a fee or otherwise. Specifically, you shall not use any of
these Codes in a commercial publication or product of any kind, including
BOOKSTORE • PUBLISHER
but not limited to collections of illustrations, reference works, Internet web 8001 Canoga Avenue / Canoga Park, CA 91304
sites, promotional materials and/or advertisements. If you do not agree with
all of these terms and conditions, you are prohibited from using the PDF Ver- 1-800-273-7375 / www.buildersbook.com
sions of the Codes included on this CD-ROM.

CARM 3rd Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CARM 3rd Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3rd Edition

Builder’s Book, Inc.

Notice to the Reader

For future updates, errata, amendments and other changes,

The information in this book is subject to change without notice.

© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

HOW TO USE THIS REFERENCE MANUAL

USING THIS REFERENCE MANUAL iii

Section Number and subject SECTION

28 eGress And AreAs for evACuATion AssisTAnCe

Identifies type of page

Brief overview of the subject area

Page footers provide quick-scan

subject, you quickly find what

Checklists provides code

53 accessiBle sinks 14 Group r: loDGinG AnD DorMiToriEs

iv USING THIS REFERENCE MANUAL

Using this Reference Manual.............................. iii Written Approval.....................................................25

7B. Group A Occupancies: Auditoriums, 8. Group B Occupancies: Offices And

TABLE OF CONTENTS vii

17. Accessible Exterior Route Of Travel...........126 21. Guardrails................................................148

viii TABLE OF CONTENTS

26. Stairways.................................................172 Clear Space At Doors /

35. Corridors, Hallways & Exterior Employee Work Areas...........................................245

42. Public Telephones.....................................268 46. Lavatories/Lavatory Fixtures

49. Multiple Accommodation Toilet.................309 51. Side (Lateral) Transfer Toilets...................329

xii TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS xiii

61. Signs And Identification............................391 64. Electrical Receptacles,

xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page Section Page

Cleaner Air Symbol 62 402 Ramps 20 141

Clear Floor Or Ground Space For 32 208 Reach Ranges 38 239

This book is designed to provide information about the California

For future updates, errata, amendments and other changes,

The information in this book is subject to change without notice.

© 2009 Builder’s Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

xvi TABLE OF CONTENTS

General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions xvii

xviii General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions xix

xx General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions xxi

xxii General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions xxiii

xxiv General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions xxv

xxvi General Terminology & Definitions

General Terminology & Definitions

TRANSIENT LODGING: This is a building, facility or

General Terminology & Definitions xxvii

xxviii General Terminology & Definitions

Accessibility in New Buildings – Scope 1

 See Sections 14 and 15 to determine the applicability of accessibility requirements to mul-

 See Sections 7 through 14 for requirements applicable to specific occupancy types.

ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW BUILDINGS 1

1 Accessibility in New Buildings – Scope

General Requirements Temporary Structures

See Sections 14 and 15 to determine the applicability of accessibility requirements to mul-

See Sections 7 through 14 for requirements applicable to specific occupancy types.

Exceptions are made for...

It must be accessed by an accessible aisle (see Aisle Widths below).